V ASILIY SERGEYEVICH VLADIMIROV

Methods of the Theory of Functions

of Many Complex Variables

with a preface by
Academician N. N. Bogolyubov

translated by
SCRIPT A TECHNICA. INC.

edited by
LEON EHRENPREIS
Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences
New York University

1111111
THE M.I. T. PRESS
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Cambridge. Massachusetts. and London. England
 Originally published under the title

METODY TEORII FUNKTSIY MNOGIKH

KOMPLEKSNYKH PEREMENNYKH
by
Nauka Press. Moscow. 1964

Copyright @ 1966 by
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology

All Rights Reserved. This book may not be reproduced. in whole

or in part. in any form (except by reviewers for the public press).
without written permission from the publishers.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 66-28672

Printed in the United States of America
 Preface

The present monograph of V.S. Vladimirov is devoted to a system-

atic exposition of the fundamentals of the theory of single sheeted
(schlicht) domains of holomorphy and its applications to quantum
field theory, to the theory of functions, and to differential equations
with constant coefficients.
In recent years, the theory offunctions of several complex varia-
bles, which previously had not found much application in natural
science, unexpectedly found numerous and fruitful applications in
quantum field theory, especially in connection with questions re-
garding the basis of the so-called dispersion relations. The suc-
cesses achieved in quantum field theory by this route have in turn
had influence on the theory of functions of several complex variables.
As it happened, a number of results and methods that were originally
found for the solutions of particular problems in quantum field theory
can be generalized to the theory of functions of several complex
variables, enriching it with new and far-reaching theorems and
methods. This applies, for example, to the theorem on the "edge of
a wedge" to the theorem of a C-convex envelope, and to the Jost-
Lehmann- Dyson integral representation.
The second portion of the monograph, containing results discov-
ered partly by the author and partly by a number of other investi-
gators in this field, is devoted to a study of this series of questions.
It should be. noted that the theory of generalized functions is used
extensively in the monograph, especially in the second portion.
Generalized functions appear here as boundary values of hoI omorphic
functions. This point of view enabled the author to single out the
class of generalized functions that possess the distinctive property of
quasianalyticity and to indicate applications of the theory of functions
of this class to a number of problems in mathematics and quantum
field theory.
For the convenience of the reader (especially, the theoretical
phYSiCist), the first portion of the monograph includes a detailed
exposition of the theory of schlicht domains of holomorphy (pseudo-
convex domains and integral representations. This is all the more
necessary since the majority of the results and methods of the theory
of functions of several complex variables that have found application
in phYSics are either widely dispersed ina large number of period-
ical articles, not always easily accessible, or are insufficiently

v
VI PREFACE

represented in monograph literature. Therefore, it is to be hoped

that the present monograph will meet with the approval of theoretical
physicists and mathematicians who are working with quantum field
theory and who are interested in the applications of the methods of
the theory of functions of several complex variables.

N. N. Bogolyubov
 Introduction

In recent years, the theory offunctions of several complex vari-

ables has found numerous applications to quantum field theory. This
is due to the fact that the absence of any sort of satisfactory model in
the contemporary theory of elementary functions that would enable
us to explain and predict experimental results has lead to the devel-
opment of an axiomatic (dispersion) approach to quantum field
theory. The axiomatization of quantum field theory consists in a
number of general principles, the most important of which are the
following: lnvariance under transformations of the inhomogeneous
Lorentz groups, the existence of a complete system of (physical)
states with positive energy, and microcausality. With this approach,
physical quantities are treated as the boundary values of a function
I (z) of several complex variables that is holomorphic in some
"primitive" (sometimes rather complicated) domain D defined by
the axioms. However, in contrast with the situation with a single
complex variable, in the space of several complex variables the fol-
lowing remarkable fact is true: not every domain is a domain of
holomorphy. Therefore, in the absence of the specific form of the
function I, the problem arises as to the construction of an envelope
of holomorphy H (D) of the domain D. Once the envelope H (D) is con-
structed, we may hope in principle to write the integral represen-
tation (the dispersion relationship) expressing the value of an arbi-
trary function f that is holomorphic in D in terms of its values on a
portion of the boundary H (D). If these last values are connected with
experimentally observed values, the integral representation obtained
opens a path to the experimental checking of the theory. At the pres-
ent time, the program envisioned is far from completed. In large
measure, this is due to the fact that the methods of actually con-
8tructing envelopes of holomorphy for regions of complicated
structure have been worked out only to a slight degree and are not
8tandard methods. * In each individual case, this requires the appli-
cation of some technique, often rather complicated, that is peculiar
to the problem at hand. Thus, methods of constructing envelopes of
holomorphy and methods of obtaining integral representations are
of supreme interest in quantum field theory.

~ method of successive approXimations (see section 21.6) might be considered an

---.-oa. However, actual application of this technique requires numerical methods.
VII
VIII INTRODUCTION

In the present book, we shall give a systematic exposition of

these methods and shall illustrate their usefulness with a number
of examples and applications. Chapter 1 is introductory. In it, we
define the basic concepts and the elementary propositions. As a rule
these are trivial generalizations of the corresponding propositions
from the theory of functions ofa single complex variable to the case
of two or more complex variables. The chapter also contains the
more salient facts from the theory of functions of real variables
(see section 2) and the theory of generalized functions (see section
3). The material of section 3 is used primarily in Chapter V. Chapter
II is also of an auxiliary nature. It is devoted to the theory of plu-
risubharmonic functions and pseudoconvex domains. Chapter III
treats various characteristics of domains of holomorphy: holo-
morphy: holomorphic convexity, the principles of continuity, local
and global pseudoconvexity (Oka's theorem). The concept of an
envelope of holomorphy is introduced and its properties are studied.
The results of this chapter are of more than trivial value in a space
of several complex variables. The case of a single variable is
treated as a degenerate case since, for it, every domain is a domain
of holomorphy. For greater clarity, the exposition is made for the
simplest and, at the Bame time, mOBt important caBe of single
Bheeted (schlicht) domains. Generalization to many-sheeted (plane
covering) domains doeB not as a rule entail significant difficulties.
(Appropriate remarks are made at certain points in the text.) The
reBults of Chapters II and III are illustrated with examples of four
types of domains: multiple-circular, tubular, semitubular, and
Hartogs domains. Integral representations are expounded in Chapter
IV. Three types of representations are examined: Martinelli-
Bochner, Bergman-Weil, and Bochner representations: Chapter V
is devoted to actual applications, especially in quantum field theory.
However, the exposition iB developed under more general hypotheses
than are required for this theory. Therefore, the results given have
an independent purely mathematical value. In this chapter, a study
is made of the properties of the boundary valueB of functions that
are holomorphic in tubular cones; Bogolyubov's theorem on the
"edge of a wedge" and the theorem of a C-convex envelope are
proven; a derivation is given of the Jost- Lehmann- Dyson integral
representation; certain applications of these reBults to quantum
field theory and the theory of functions are presented. It Bhould be
noted that the theory of generalized functions is used along with the
theory of functions of several complex variables in this chapter.
The bibliography at the end of the book makes no claim at all to
completeness. The references to sources mentioned in the text,
especially in Chapters I-IV, are for the most part rather random
and should by no means be regarded as material on the history of
the theory of functions of several complex variables. In the prep-
aration of this monograph, the following books proved of especial
help: B. A. Fuks [1,2], S. Bochner and W. T. Martin [3], H. Behnke
 INTRODUCTION IX

and P. Thullen[4],andalsothesurveys by H. Bremermann [13] and

A. Wightman [61].
This book is an expansion of lectures given by me to my col-
leagues in the Laboratory of Theoretical Physics in Dubna in
1958-59 and 1961-62 and to students of the Department of Physics
in Moscow State University during the academic year 1962-63.
I should li.ke to take this opportunity to thank my colleagues and
pupils in the division of quantum field theory at the Mathematical
Institute of the Academy of Sciences, the Laboratoryof Theoretical
Physics, and the Department of Physics at Moscow State University
for a number of comments that have contributed to the improvement
of this book. In particular, I wish to thank N. N. Bogolyubov, Yu. N.
Drozhzhinov, A. B. Zhizhchenko, B. V. Medvedev, M. K. Polivanov,
B. M. Stepanov, I. T. Todorov, B. A. Fuks, B. V. Shabat, and M.
Shirinbekov for valuable comments and attention to my work.
 Contents

PREFACE v
INTRODUCTION vii

I. THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS I

1. Notations and Definitions 1
2. Some Facts from the Theory of Functions of n Real Variables 7
3. Facts Taken from the Theory of Generalized Functions 13
4. Definitions and Simplest Properties of Holomorphic Functions 28
5. Holomorphic Functions at Infinitely Distant Points 36
6. Holomorphic Continuation 39
7. Holomorphic Mappings 44
8. Domains of Holomorphy 50
ll. PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX
DOMAINS 56
9. Subharmonic Functions 56
10. Plurisubharmonic Functions 73
11. Convex Functions 84
12. Pseudoconvex Domains 94
13. Convex Domains 108
ill. DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY 116
14. Multiple-Circular Domains and Power Series 116
15. Hartogs' Domains and Series 122
16. Holomorphic Convexity 134
17. Continuity Principles 149
18. Local Pseudoconvexity 155
19. Global Pseudoconvexity 171
20. Envelopes of Holomorphy 176
21. Construction of Envelopes of Holomorphy 181
IV.INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS 191
22. Facts from the Theory of Differential Forms 191
23. The Martinelli-Bochner Integral Representation 200
24. The Bergman-Wei! Integral Representation 204
25. Bochner's Integral Representation 218
V. SOME APPUCATIONS OF THE THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF
SEVERAL COMPLEX VARIABLES 229
26. Functions That Are Holomorphic in Tubdar Cones 230

XI
XII CONTENTS

27. Bogolyubov's -Edge of the Wedge" Theorem 251

28. A Theorem on C-Convex Envelopes 265
29. Some Applications of the Preceding Results 274
30. Generalized Functions Associated with Light Cones 294
31. Representations of the Solutions of the Wave Equation 303
32. The Jost-Lehmann-Dyson Integral Representation 316
33. Construction of an Envelope of Holomorph; K (T U G) 327
REFERENCES 339
INDEX 349
 CHAPTER I

The Basic Properties of Holomorphic

Functions

1. NOTATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

1. Notations
We denote by en and R n the n-dimensional complex and real
spaces respectively: en = R-n+iR n_ We denote points in the space
Rn by X = (xl' x 2•• ••• xn)' y. e, etc. Correspondingly, we denote
+
points in en by Z = (zl' Z2' •..• Zn) = .t' ly. C,.... We denote by z the
complex conjugate of the point Z; thus, z= .r: - i)'. The symbols 1z 1
and I x 1 denote Euclidean lengths (norms):
I zl = l(zz.
and the symbols zC. z;. etc., denote scalar products:

If II = (:x\, 112' •••• 11/1) is an n-dimensional vector with nonnegative

integral components, we shall use the following abbreviations:

D=( O~I' 0: 2 ' •••• o:J·

lal=:X1+112+ ...
• 0 1' I
D = • +11".
().;.~I OZ;2 .•. i}z:"
11!=11 1 !11 2 ! ••. 11/1!' Z·=Z~IZ;2 ...... Z:".

The symbol z· will also be used for negative integral values of aJ.
We shall denote the vector (1. 1. ....... 1) by I. When there is no
danger of confusion, we shall write z'instead of Z1Z2 .... Zn' dz in-
z
stead of dZ 1 dZ 2 ...... dz", and instead of (Z2' ..... z,,).

2. Some concepts and generalizations

from point-set theory
We shall denote by the symbol Ix: C) the set of all points x
possessing property e. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with
I
 2 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

the basic concepts in the point-set theory of a finite-dimensional

(Euclidean) space, such as the neighborhood of a point, an interior
point, a cluster point, closure, open and closed sets, connect-
edness, etc.
Let A and B denote two arbitrary sets. The notation x EA (the
notation x ~ A) indicates that x is (is not) an element of A. We deno~
by int A the interior (that is, the set of interior points) of A, by A
the closure of A, by U (A) a neighborhood of A (the union of neigh-
borhoods of all points x EA), by eA (x) the characteristic function of
the set A (that is, eA(x)=lforxEAandeA(x)=Oforx~A). We in-
dicate by A c: B the fact that A is a subset of B. We denote by AU B
the union of A and B, by A nB the intersection of A and B, by
U A. and nA. the union and intersection respectively of a family of
s·ets {A.], "by A'\. B the complement of B with respect to AU B, by
A X B the Cartesian product of A and B (that is, the set of ordered
pairs (a, b) as a and b range over the sets A and B respectively).
The notation A E B indicates that A is a compact subset of 8 (that
is, A is bounded and A c: 8). We denote by oA the boundary of A
(thus, oA = A'\. int A), by 0 the empty set, and by (Xli), x(2), •• " x(k»)
the set consisting of the elements x(1), X(2). , ••• X(k).
A set is said to be bounded if all coordinates of its points are
uniformly bounded. A domain is any open connected set. Every
closed bounded set is compact.
We shall usually denote an open set by the symbol O. The set of
cluster points of 0 that do not belong to 0 constitutes the boundary
00 of the set 0: 00 = 0 '\. O. We note that int O:::l O. Every open
set can be uniquely decomposed into countably many disjoint
domains, known as the components of the original open set.
We have the following
THEOREM (Heine-Borel). If a compact set K is covered by a collection of
neighborhoods, this collection contains a finite subcollection that also covers K.
It follows from this theorem that if A is a bounded set, then
A E U (A).
In what follows, we shall usually deal with neighborhoods of a
point ZO Een of a particular type, namely, polydiscs of radius, =
('1''2' , •. , 'n)with center at that point:

S(ZO, ,)=S(z~, '1) X ... X S(z~, 'n)'

S(z~, 'J)=[z,: I z, -z~ I < ',],

or balls

U (ZO, ,) = [z : I z - ZO I < 'I.

Analogously, for a neighborhood of a point XO ERn, we shall usually

take a poly-interval S (X O, r) or a hypercube U (x o, ,).
 NOTATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 3

We denote by At and AI: the particularE-neighborhoods of the set

A that are generated by the polydiscs or balls

Ae= U S(z'. E/). A£= U U(z'. E). E > O•

• 'EA .'EA
Finally. we shall say that a sequence ofsets A\, A2•• •• converges
to a set A and we shall write lim Ak = A if the set A consists of the
k .... ""
limits of all possible convergent sequences of points X(k) (for
k=t. 2... ) in A k •
A set X is called a topological space if a collection L of subsets
of X exists that possesses the following two properties: (1) 0 EL
and X EL; (2) the union of an arbitrary number and the intersection
of a finite number of members of L also belong to L. We then say
that this collection L of subsets of X defines a topology on X and
that these subsets are open in that topology. It is in terms of a
topology that we usually define the concepts of convergence. con-
tinuity. connectedness. etc. (see, for example. Aleksandrov [14].
Chapter 1).
A mapping of a topological space X onto a topological space Y
Is called a homeomorphism of X onto Y if it is one-to-one and
bicontinuous.

3. Distance junctioos and their properties

Suppose that 0 is an open set in Rn. We denote by Ao(X) the
function denoting the (Euclidean) distance from the point x E0 to
the boundary dO (see Fig. 1):
6o(x)=supr. if U(x. r)cO.

Sometimes. we shall use the distance

generated by the norm II x II = max I x J I.
I<'}<'"
. We denote this distance by 80 (x):
80 (x) = sup r.
if
Fill!. I
Sex. rl) co.

If O+R", mOAo(X) is a continuous function in O.

To see this, note that the function Ao(X)is bounded in O. Suppose
that I x'-x"1 < I!. Then. Ix - x'i < I x-x"I+E. If I x-x" 1< Ao(X')-E,
It follows that I x - x' I < Ao (x'). From this it follows that x E0
and. consequently. by definition. Ao(x")~Ao(X')-I:. From sym-
metry considerations. we also have Ao(X')~Ao(X")-I!. Therefore,
140(x')-Ao (x'')I<E iflx'-x"I<E. which proves the assertion.
4 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

If A c O. we den~te by flo (A) the distance from A to 0 (see Fig. 1):

flo(A);= in! flo(x) •

.rEA

Clearly,

flo (I~ A.) = i~! flO (A.). (1)

From this and from the Heine-Borel theorem, it follows that
ACEO implies tJ.o(A) > O. If A is bounded and flo (A) > O. then ACEO.
Let Oa (for a = I, 2, ... ) denote an increasing sequence of open sets and
suppose that U
Oa = O. Then, for an arbitary set A CE 0, there exists a number
•
N = N(A) such that, for all a ~ N,

Ao. (A) < 60.+ 1 (A) < flo (A) and lim 6 0 (A) = 6 0 (A).
_""00 •
(2)

The proof follows immediately from the definitions.

Suppose that 0 is the interior of the intersection of open sets Oa. Then, for
an arbitrary set A C 0,

flo (A) = in! 6 0 • (A). (3)

•
To prove Eq. (3), we need only show that it holds for sets
consisting of a Single element A = (x) and that

tJ.j, (x) =

for every component B of the open set 0 = int

· .
in! flo (x)

no ..
•
Since x EBe 0 •• we have 6B (x) < 6 0 • (x) and therefore
6 B (x) < inf• flo• (x).
On the other hand. since U (x. flo. (x» c O. and x EB. we have

This implies the inequality

in! flo (x)"';;;: 6 B (x).

• •
which, in conjunction with the preceding one, completes the proof.
Since the norms I x I and /I x /I are equivalent. that is. since /I x /I ""
I x I < Villi x /I, the function&o (x) possesses the properties enumerated.
 NOTATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 5

Suppose that Q is a domain in e", that a is a complex vector such

that I a I = I, and that ).. is a complex parameter. We denote by
fl•• a (z) the distance from the point z to the boundary of the open (two-
dimensional) set which is the intersection of the two-dimensional
analytic plane z' = z +)..a with the domain Q. Thus,

fl•. o(z)=supr. if Iz': z'=z+Aa. 1)..1 <r)c:O.

The function ~o. G (z) is lower-semicontinuous in G for all a (see section

2.1).
Introducing the open set 0 Z./I = I). : z +).a EOJ in the plane of the
complex variable A, we may write

fl •• 0 (z) = fl oz. a (0) •

Obviously,
flO (z) = inf fl •• 0 (z). (4)
1/11=1

4. Surfaces
We shall say that a function f (x) belongs to the class elm) =
elm)(0) (for Tn c= O. I ....) in an open set 0 if its first Tn derivatives
are all continuous in O.
A set S c R" is called a k-dimensional surface (for I < k < n - 1)
of class elm) (for Tn = 1. 2.... ) if, in some neighborhood of every
point XO ES, it is defined by the equations
xj=xj(X O; t). j= 1. 2..... n. 1=(/1' t 2• .... til)

where the functions x j (x O; t) Eelm) and the rank of the matrix

U = I. 2. ...• n. S = I. 2. •..• k)

Is equal to k in the corresponding neighborhood of the point t = 0,

xCI = x (XO; 0).
It follows from this definition and from the implicit-function
theorem that, in a neighborhood of a point XO ES, a k-dimensional
surface S of class ell1l ) is defined by the equations
/s(x O; x)=O. s=l, 2..... n-k.

Where the functions f. (XO; x) Eelm) and the rank of the matrix al,l
Ix} is n-k in this neighborhood.
Thus, we can define a topology on a k-dimensional surface S of
class e(J) in terms of the collection of those neighborhoods of the
POints in S that are homeomorphic to the k-dimensional ball. Suppose
 6 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

that a sequence x (1) , X(2), ••• of points in S is a Cauchy sequence

in S. Then. the limit lim X(A) = Xo ER" exists. If Xo ~ s.. we shall
A-+oo
call the point Xo a lX)1.mdary point of the surface S. The set of all
boundary points of S constitutes the boundary as of the surface S.
If oS = 0, we shall say that the surface S is closed.
Suppose that an open set S lies on a surface S' of class elm). We
assume that the topology in S is induced by the topology in S'. Then,
obviously. S is also a surface of class elm). We shall call the
boundary oS of the surface S the boundary of the open set S. If the
set S= S UoS also lies on the surface S', we shall say that S is a
surface with a class elm) boundary. In this case, we shall also say
that the open set (or domain) S lies on the surfaceS' together with
its boundary as, S c: S'. (If. in addition, S is bounded, we shall say.
in accordance with section 1.2, that S is compact in S' and we shall
write S ~ S' (see Fig. 2).)
We shall say that a surface is piece-
wise smooth if it consists of a finite
number of connected surfaces with
class C(li boundary. One-dimensional
surfaces are called clITves; (n-I)-di-
mensional surfaces are called hyper-
surfaces. A continuous curve x = x (t).
where 0 -<: t -<: I. that has no muI tiple
points is called a Jordan clITVe. Thus,
Fi8' 2 on a Jordan curve. x (t') 'i= x (t") for all
t' 'i= til except possibly for the case in
which t' = 0 and t" = I. In the case in which x (0) = x (I), the curve is
said to be closed; otherwise, it is open.

5. Simply connected regions

Two Jordan curves that have common end points and that lie in
some domain are said to be homotopic in that domain if, by means
of a continuous deformation. it is possible to displace one of these
curves into the other without leaving the domain anywhere in the
process and such that the fixed end points are not moved during the
displacement. A domain is said to be simply connected if any two
such curves in it are homotopic.
We have the following theorems:
THEOREM (the Jordan curve theorem). A closed Jordan clITVe L lying in the
a
extended plane l separates this plane into two simply connected domains having
L as their comnwn boundary. One of these domains the interior of L. is bounded;
the other, the exterior of L, contains the point ... The complement of an open
. Jordan clITVe L consists of a single simply connected domain containing the point
.. and having L as its boundary.
THEOREM (SchonOies). All points of a closed Jordan clITVe in C 1 are acces-
sible from both sides (see Goluzin [5], 41>.
 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF n VARIABLES 7

A point zOE 00 is said to be accessible from a domain 0 if it is

possible to draw a Jordan curve one end point of which is ZO and
all other pOints of which lie in a.
It follows from the theorems of Jordan and Schonflies that all
interior points of an open Jordan curve in CI are accessible.

6. Other definitions
We shall say that a series (sequence) converges uniformly in an
open set 0. if this series (sequence) converges uniformly on every
set that is compact in D.
If a function f (x) is bounded (resp. bounded above, resp. bounded
below) or is summable on every compact subset of the open set D.
we shall say that this function is locally bounded (resp. bounded
above, resp. bounded below) or locally summable in D.
We shall say that a function f (x) defined on an open set 0 c: RB is
unbounded at a point xO E00. if there exists in 0. a sequence of
points {x(1')} such that x(") _ X O and 1f (X(II» 1_ 00 as k _ 00.
We shall say that a real function defined on an open set 0 ap-
proaches + 00 everywhere on 00. if, for arbitrary M, the set
Ix : f (x) < M, x EO)is compact in O.
Clearly. if f (x) approaches + 00 everywhere on 00.. it is un-
bounded at all points of 00.
We shall say that a maximum principle applies to sets Sand T
with respect to a certain class of real functions if. for an arbitrary
function f (x) in that class.

sup f (x) = sup f (x).

xET xESUT

2. SOME FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF FUNCTIONS

OF n REAL VARIABLES
Most of the material of this section is contained in the book by
Natanson [8].

1. Definition of a semicontinuous junction

Suppose that a real function f (x). is defined on a set A c R". If,
for a point X O EAt

f (xO) = lim f (x) = lim • sup f (x).

x-+x' ,..,.0
U!,rO, at n,t
We say that f(x} is upper-semicontinuous at xO. Analogously, if
8 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

l(xO)= lim I(x).

X~XCl

we say that I (x) is lower-semicontinuous at the point xo. In par-

ticular. if l(xO)= +00 (resp. (f(XO) = -00). then I{x) is upper-
(lower-) semicontinuous at the point xu.
We note that if I (x) is both upper- and lower-semicontinuous at
the pointxO and if I/(xO)1 + 00. it is continuous at xO.
We shall say that I (x) is upper-semicontinuous on a set A if it
is upper-semicontinuous at every point of A.
If a function I (x) is upper-semicontinuous. the function -I (x) is
lower-semicontinuous. Therefore. we need study only, for example.
upper-semicontinuous functions.

2. Tests for semicontinuity

Suppose that a function I (x) is defined on a set A and that X OEA.
For (x) to be upper-semicontinuous at a point xO such that (Xo) < 00, it is
necessary and sufficient that (or every a > (xO) there exists a [) > 0 such that,
(or all x in U(xo;[) n A, (x) < a.
The necessity follows from the fact that
lim sup l(x)=/(.t'°)<a.
a-joo U(x •• a)nA

Let us prove the sufficiency. H I(x) <a inU(xo. o)n A. then

lim I(x) <a.
X;'.l,o

If we now let a approach I (xli). we obtain

lim I (x) <. I (XO) <. xlim f (x).
Z-+.a;D ...... xo

As a consequence of this test. we may make the following

assertions:
If - 00 < I (XO) < 00. the function I (X) is upper-semicontinuous at
the point XU if and only if. for every e > O. there exists a 0 > 0
such that. for all xEU(xo.o)nA. the inequality I(x) </(xO)+e
holds.
For a function f (x) to be upper-semi continuous in an open set O.
it is necessary and sufficient that. for arbitrary a < 00. the set +
of points x in 0 for which I (x) < a be open. In particular. semi-
continuous functions are measurable.
For J (x) to be upper-semicontinuous in an open set O. it is
necessary and suffiCient that the set
((x. y): I(x) < y. x E01
be open in R"+I.
 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF n VARIABLES 9

Suppose that a function f (x) is upper-semlcontinuous in an open

set o. Then. the corresponding function f (x) defined on any curve
x = x (I), where 0 -< f -<. I, contained in 0 is upper-semlcontinuous on
that curve.
To see this. let to E[0. I] and Xo = x (10)' Then.

f(xO)=f1x(lo)]'<: lim fix (t)] .< lim f(x)=/(xO).

t-+-to x-+x'

3. Properties of semicontinuaus junctions

A function f(x) that is upper-semicontinuous on a compact set K attains its
maximum value on K.
Proof: Define

M = sup I(x).
xEK

There exists a sequence {x.) c.K such that

M = lim f(x.) .
• -+co

According to the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem. there exists a sub-

sequence x.k-+xoEK.. Then,
l(xO)= lim f(x)";P lim f(x.k)=M";P/(xO).
z ..... x o k ...... co

If the value of a function that is upper-semicontinuous on K is

never +
00. the function is bounded from above on K. This follows
from the preceding assertion.
The lower envelope
I
.
(x) = inf f.. (x)

of a family [fa (x) I of functions that are upper-semicontinuous on a set A is upper-

semicontinuous in A.
Proof: Suppose that xO EA and that I (xO) < a < 00. Then, +
there exists an 110 such thatt.o(xO)<a-e, where e=1/2[a-/(xD)].
Since the function I ... (x) is upper-semicontinuous in A, there exists
a 8> 0 such that t (x) < a for all x EU (xii. 8) n A (see section 2.2).
Then, I (x) < a for "'aJ.I x in U (xO. 8) n A: that is, the function f (x) is
upper-semicontinuous at the point xO. If f (XO) = + 00, f (x) is also
upper-semicontinuous at xO, which completes the proof.
We note that the upper envelope of a finite number of upper-
semicontinuous functions is also upper-semicontinuous. For an in-
finite number of functions, this may not be the case.
10 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

4. Monotonic sequences oj semicontinuous junctions

The limit of a decreasing sequence of ·upper-semicontinuous functions defined
on a set A is upper-semicontinuous in A.
This follows from the preceding property since

I(x)= lim I.(x)=inf/.(x) •

• ~co •

if

The converse is also valid:

If fbJ is upper-semicontinuous on a compact set K and f(x) < +.. in K.
there exists a decreasing sequence of continuous functions that converges to
f(x)·
To prove this, we set

I.(x)= max [f(x')- alx- x'I)· (5)

x'EK

The functions I. (x) are continuous, nonincreasing, and uniformly

founded from above (see section 2.3) and they are not less than / (x):

From this, it follows that

lim I. (x) ';p I (x).

..... co (6)

Let us assume first that I (x) > - 00 on K. Let z. (x) denote a

point at which the maximum in Eq. (5) is attained. Then z.(x)_x
as 4_00. On the basis of the test given in section 2.2, for arbitrary
I > 0, there exists a 8 > 0 such that

l(z.(x»)</(x)+e and Iz.(x)-xl <3.

Then,

1.(x)=1 (z.(x») -alz. (x) - xl <I (x) +11.

From this it follows that equality holdsinconditional inequality (6).
If I(x) assumes the value -00, we define the nonincreasing
sequence
!(x). if J(x)~-N.
KN(x)= { -N. if !(x)<-N.
 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF FUNCTIONS OF n VARIABLES 11

These functions gN(X) are each bounded from below and upper-
semicontinuous and the sequence converges to f (x). If we apply the
result obtained to each of the functions gN(X}. we can see. by the
familiar diagonal process that the assertion holds in this case also.

5. Taking the limit under the Lebesgue integral sign

The reader is assumed to be familiar with the basic concepts of
Lebesgue integration: measurable sets. measurable functions.
Lebesgue measure. the Lebesgue integral, "almost everywhere"
(see [8]).
THEOREM (Lebesgue). If a sequence of functions Ifa (x)\ that are summable
on a compact set K converges almost everywhere to (x) and if there exists a
summable function g(x) such that

then (x) is summable and

lim
.-+"" K
f f. (x) dx = f f(x)dx.
K
(7)

THEOREM (B. Levi). If a sequence 1(.. (x)1 is such that

the limit function f(x) is summable and Eq. (7) holds.

6. Extension of the concept of the Lebesgue integral

For measurable functions that are bounded above (or below) on
a compact set K, we shall extend the concept of the Lebesgue in-
. tegral as follows: If the function is summable, we shall consider
the extended Lebesgue integral as coinciding with the ordinary
Lebesgue integral. If the function is not summable. we assign to
the extended Lebesgue integral the value - 00 (resp. + 00). For
+
example. if f (x) < 00 is upper-semicontinuous on K. it is
bounded above on K (see section 2.3). Therefore. it is integrable on
K (in the sense that the extended Lebesgue interval of f (x) over K
exists). Henceforth. all integrals of functions that are botmded
above or below will be understood in the extended sense.
For the extended Lebesgue integral. Levi's theorem. and
Fatou's lemma are valid in the following forms:
12 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

7. Theorem (B. Levi)

If a sequence of measurable functions fa (xl (for a = I, 2, ... l is such that

then,

lim
« ..... 00 K
Jf. (x)dx = I K
lim f. (x) dx.
a:-+oo
(8)

Proof: If

lim
m-+oo K
f f.(x)dx > -00,

Eq. (8) is valid by virtue of the theorem of Levi in section 2.5.

On the other hand, if

lim f f.(x)dx=-co,
a-+..:x:> K

Eq. (8) follows from the inequality

lim
tz-+oo K
Jf.(x)dx"> f lim f.(x)dx.
K 0.400

8. Fatuu's lemma
If a sequence of measurable functions Ita (xl I is such that - "" 'S: fa (xl 'S: C < + "",

lim
0-1-00 K
r f. (x)dx -< f K
lim f. (x) dx.
.~..JO
(9)

Proof: We set

'f (x)
a
= m;;'O
sup f + (x).
a m

Then,

<PH I (x) -< 'f. (x) -< c. lim 'f. (x)

a~...o
= lim f.(x).
tl-7A

From this, we obtain by virtue of (8)

lim
II~.X) K
f 'f. (x) dx =
K
r lim f. (x\ dx.
a.~oo
(10)
 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS 13

But

1.(X)<,'f,(X).
K
J1.(x)dX<..r K
'f. (x)dx.

so that

lim rI. (x)dx <.

a-..:oi<
lim
a~w0A:
J 'f'. (x) dx.

which, together with (10) yields inequality (9).

9. Fubini's theorem
If f(x, y) is a measurable nonnegative function defined on a compact set A x B,
and if one of the iterated integrals

has a finite value, then f(x, y) is summable and the other iterated integral also
has a finite value. Furthermore,

![j/(x. Y)dY]dX= j[!f(x. Y)dX]dY =

(11)
J f(x. y)dxdy.
AXB

For the extended Lebesgue integral (see section 2.6), Fubini's

theorem takes the following form: If a measurable function f(x,y) c:; C < +00
is defined on a compact set A x B, all three integrals exist and Eqs. (11) are
valid.
Proof: By applying Fubini's theorem to the nonnegative func-
tion C - f (XI y), we see that all three integrals are finite or that all
three are equal to - 0 0 . In both cases, Eqs. (11) hold.

3. FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF

GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS
Generalized functions found their first application in quantum
mechanics when Dirac introduced the now-famous delta-function.
In 1936, Soholev introduced generalized functions in an explicit
and nowadays commonly adopted form [77].*

·Editor's note: Actually the fonn in which generalized functions are used nowadays Is
due to L. Schwartz [11].
14 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOL.OMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

Most of the information from the theory of generalized functions

that we shall present below is contained in the books by Schwartz
[11]. GePfand and Shilov [38]. and Kantorovich and Akilov [95] and
also in the lectures of Girding and Lions [79]. References to re-
sui ts borrowed from other sources will be given from time to time
in the exposition.

1. The space oj basic junctioos D (0)

The closure of the set of points x for which a continuous function

cp(x)~O is called the cCITTier* of cp(x) and is denoted by Sop. If Sf t5 O.
the function is said to be of compact carrier in 0, where 0 i.s an
is an open set.
We shall refer to the (linear) set of functions in the class Clml (0)
that are of compact carrier in 0 as the space DIm) (0). (for m =
O. I. 2•... ). When we say that a sequence of functions in D(m) (0)
converges. we mean that the sequence of functions and the se-
quences of the first m derivatives of these functions converge
uniformly and that the carriers of the functions in the original
sequence are contained in some compact subset of O. We shall
refer to the space D'oo'(O:=D(O) as the space of basic functions.
We shall denote the space D(Rn) Simply by D.
An example of a basic function is

if /x/ < 1.
if /xl:>l.
where the constant Cn is chosen so that

I I

f w(IXj)dx=Cllonf e-1-p'pn-1dp=l.
o

Here. all is the area of the surface of a unit sphere Rn.

The function w <I x Dcan be used to construct other basic functions
by assigning to each function f ED IO ) (0) its mean function (regu-
larization):

f. (x) = ,In f f (e) (I

w x -:- e I) d;. e > o.

which. obviously. belongs to D (0) if E < flo (SI)' Here, f. (x) - f (x)
as E _ + 0 in the topology of D 'ol (0).
Thus. D (0) is dense in DIU) (0).

-nus often called support.

 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS 15

Suppose that a set A cO. Then. there exists a function e € OW) such that
e(x) = 1 for x € A and 0 5. I for x € O.
Specifically, if t!,.o (A) < 3e, the mean function (e A'), (x), where eA' (x)
is the characteristic function of the set A' = U U (x. t), is the re-
xEA
quired function.
From this. we have the following assertion regarding the parti-
tion of unity. Let 0 denote an open set of the form 0 = U Oa. where the open
sets Oa are compact in 0 and each compact set K Co has a ~onempty intersection
with only a finite number of sets Oa in the collection 10al. Then, there exist func-
tions ea(x) such that 0 .s
e a € OWa ) and u ~ ea(x) = 1 for x € O.
a
We shall say that a set M cD (0) is bounded in D(O) if S9cO'eO
and ID·cr(x)I<K. for allcrEM.ltfollowsfromthis and from Arzela's
theorem that every closed bounded subset of D (0) is compact in
D(O).
We shall say that an operator T that maps D (0') into D (0) is
continuous if Tcr. _ 0 as a. -> 00 in D (0) wherever cr. _ 0 as a. _ 00
in D(O').
An operator T is continuous if and only if it is bounded. that is. if it maps
every bounded set in OW') into a set that is bounded in 0(0).
For example, ~he differential operators D·~ and the operators of
the form ~cr indicating multiplication by a function<jl E Coo) (O)are con-
tinuous from D (0') into D (0).

2. The space of generalized junctions D*(O)

We shall refer to the set of all linear continuous functionals !
defined on D (0) as the space of generalized functions D' (0). The
value of the functional fED' (0) when applied to a basic function
'flED(O) will be denoted by (I. 'f), so that

where fED*(O) and <po <jIED(O~; (j. <Pk)-O if <Pk-O as k_oo in D(O).
Sometimes, to show the argument of basic functions clearly, we
shall use the notation f (x) for a generalized function f and we shall
write the quantity (j. rr) in the form of an "integral":

(j. 9)= f !(x)9(x)dx. (12)

If a function f (x) is locally summable in 0, this formula * de-
fines a generalized function f E D* (0). We shall say that such

*In a number of works (see, for example, [38, 30, 40», instead of [12), the definition

(I. '!') = f Tex),. (x) dx.

is used. 'Ibis means that the space D* (O)is antilinear.
16 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

generalized functions are regular. We shall say that all other gen-
eralized functions are singular. An example ofa singular generalized
function is Dirac's delta-function

(8, tp)= J8(x)cp(x)dx=cp(O).

For a linear functional f over D (0) to be continuous, that is.
fED" (0). it is necessary and sufficient that it be bounded on every
bounded set in D(O).
Convergence of a sequence of functionals f., for a = 1. 2.... , in
DO (0) to a functional f should be understood as weak convergence in
the space D" (0); that is,
lim
_-+00
U•. '1') = (j. '1').

The space D* (0) is complete with respect to (weak) convergence; that is, if
a sequence !. (for a = 1. 2•.••) of functions D' (O)is such that, for an
arbitrary cpED(O), the numerical sequence (f •• tp)has a limit, there
exists a function fED" (0) such that f. - f as a - co.
A generalized function ! ED* (0). vanishes in an open set 0' eO if
(f. 11')=0 for all tpED(O'). For lED'(O) to vanish in 0', it is nec-
essary and sufficient that it vanish in a neighborhood of every
point of the set 0'. This assertion follows immediately from the
partition of unity (see section 3.1). It then follows that if two gen-
eralized functions coincide in a neighborhood of every point of the
set 0', they coincide everywhere in 0'.
Suppose that 0' is the largest open set in which a given gen-
eralized function fED" (0) vanishes. We shall call the complement
of 0' with respect to 0 the carrier of I and we shall write S, . - 0 '\ 0' •
Obviously, S, is closed in O. If S,EO, the generalized function! is
said to be of compact carrier in O. If f is of compact carrier in
R", we shall simply call it of compact carrier. For example, o(x)
is of compact carrier and its carrier is the point x = O.
The set M"eD" (0) is said to be bounded in D" (0) if, for an arbi-
trary tp ED (0), the set of numbers (j. If) is uniformly bounded with
respect to f EM". It can be shown that the set of numbers (f,cp) is uniform-
ly bounded for all f € M* and cp € M, where M is an arbitrary bounded set in D (0).
From this it follows that, if I.-f in D"(O) and tp._tp in D(O),
then
(f., 'P.)-(f, 'P) as ~-+oo*.

If ,.-+0 in D(O) as Cl-+=. then (j, ,.)-+0 uniformly with respect

to I as 11-+ 00, where I belongs to an arbitrary bounded set in D· (O}.

-Editor's Note: The author is somewhat sloppy here and does not distinguish between
convergence and sequential convergence.
 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS 17

If
as
.'P.- 0 inwhereas1 belongsthento an arbitrary
11-00,
D (0) 11_ 00, 'PJ-+ 0 uniformly with respect to I
(f,
bounded set in
D*(O). If
1._0 in D*(O) aSI1_oo, then(/•• 'P)-Ouniformlywith respect to, as
11-00, where If belongs to an arbitrary bounded set of D(O).
For the set M to be bounded in D (0), it is necessary and sufficient
that, for arbitrary IElY'(O). the set of numbers (f. tp) be uniformly
bounded with respect to cp EM.

3. Continuous linear operators in the space D*(O)

Linear operators in the space of generalized functions can be
.constructed from operators in the space of basic functions by taking
adjoints.
Let T denote a continuous linear operator that maps the space
D (0') into D (0). For the operator T. we define the adjoint operator
r, which maps D*(O) into D* (0'), according to the formula
(T*I. cp)=(f. Tep). IED·(O). cpED(O'). (13)

The operator T* is continuous and hence maps a bounded set in D'(O)

into a bounded set in D"(O'). Thus, the operator <ltl in D"(O) which
indicates multiplication by a function 1\1 ECleo) (0) is defined, in ac-
cordance with (13), by the formula
(<ltl. cp)=(/. <ltep). IED'(O). cpED(O).

We define the derivative DOl in the space D* (0) by the formula

(D'I. 9)=(-1),0'(/. D'9). fED'(O). cpED(O).

From this it is clear that the differential operator D'f in D" (0) is
conjugate to the operator (_1)'0' D''f' in D (0).
Let 10 ED" (0) be a convolutor; that is, suppose that 10 possesses
the property that the convolution operator (see section 3.1)
lo.'f=(/o(~). cp(x+S»

is continuous from D(O') into D(O). For example, if S'oc.U(O. ,). the
functional 10 is a convolutor (from D(O') into D(O) if Ao(O') > 2,).
The convolution operator 10.1 in the space of generalized functions
is defined as the adjoint operator to the convolution operator de-
fined on the space of basic functions by formula (13):
(fo·'· tp)=(f. lo·tp). IED"(O). cpED(O').
It follows from this definition that if 10 (x) is a finite summable func-
tion and I (x) is a locally summable function, then

If 'PED, then
 18 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

(rp*j)(x)=(j(e). rp(x-e)).

The operator ,*j maps D*(O) into ctOO)(O') if If ED, S,cU(O. r), and
40(0') > r*
We have the following equations:

D' (fo. I) =D'/o * 1=/0. DO,. (14)

Suppose that a function co (x) is such that (see section 3.1)

O<w(x)ED. S.,cU(O. I). f co (x)dx= I.

Then.

Therefore, for an arbitrary generalized function / ED' (0), we have

the limit relation

co. * j -+ / as e -+ +0 (in an arbitrary D* (0'), where 0' c:: 0). (15)

The function (co, * f)(x) is called a regularization of the generalized

function IED'(O). Since S",.cU(O. e), we have co.~fEctOO)(o') if
40(0') > s.
Let us show that D(O) is dense in D*(O).
Suppose that, ED* (0). Consider a sequence of functions If. (x) in
D (0) such that If. (x) =- 1 for Ao (x) > I and i x I < 1 /1. Let Ao (S,.)
== 3&,. Then. the sequence of functions IIIk X (flf.) In D (0) approaches
lin D* (0) as & - + 0, q.e.d.

4. Measures
A measure on a set A is a completely additive (complex) function
that has a finite value on all Borel sets that are compact in A. A
measure p. in an open set 0 defines a generalized function p. E[J' (0)
by the formula

(p.. If)~ f If(x)dp.(x).

Furthermore, this formula gives the general form of a continuous
linear functional on the space D(O) (0). This assertion follows from
the following theorems:
THEOREM (F. Riesz). Every continuous linear function f on the space of con-
tinuous functions defined on a closed set K can be represented in the form
 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS 19

(f. '1') = f (jI (x) dp. (x). 11/11 = fldp.(x)l.

K K

where II- is a measure on K.

THEOREM (Haha-Banach). Suppose that f is a continuous linear functional
defined on a subspace m of a linear normed space M. Then. there exists a contin-
uous linear functional F' on M such that

(F. (jI)=(f. (jI). (jIEm;

Suppose that the measure p.(a) is absolutely continuous in O. that

is. that there exists a locally summable "denSity" I(x) in 0 that,
for an arbitrary Borel set EeQ,

p. (a) = f I (x) dx .
•
In this case, let us agree to identify the generalized functions (p.. (jI)
and (f. (jI) and to write p. = I.
We shall say that a generalized function lED" (0) is positive in 0
and to write I ~ 0 if (/. (jI)~ 0 for all '!I~O in D(O). Thus, a positive
measure in 0 defines a positive generalized function in O. The
converse is also true: E;very positive generalized function in D*W) defines
a unique positive measure.
The Simplest example of a positive measure is the delta-function.
Suppose that a measure p. is defined on the entire space Rft. We
shall say that this measure is of power increase if

f (1+1 x I)- <

I dfL (x) 1 00

for some (It ~ O.

5. The structure oj generalized junctions oj finite order

Suppose that lED' (0).. The smallest integer m in [0,00) such that
IED,I1I,o(O). is called the order of the generalized function lin O.
For example, the order of a measure is equal to O. If I EDO (0)
and O'eO, then IED'(O') and the order ofl in 0' is always finite.
In particular, if the carrier of I is compact in 0, then I is of finite
order in O.
If the order of € D·W) is equal to m < 00 in 0, then

where the ,.,._ are measures in O. This result follows from the Riesz and
Hahn-Banach theorems.
20 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

If the order of f € D*(Ol is equal to m in O. then (f.cf» = 0 whenever cf> € D<O)

and D<I. cf> (x) = O. where x E Sf and I a I ~ m.
However. if a sequence of functions Cfll in D (0) is such that
uniformly on Sf for all 1111 -<: m as k - 0, the quantity
D·cpl/ (x) _ 0
(I. CPII)does
not in general approach zeroask_:xJ even if Sf is com-
pact in D. On the other hand, if Sf is a regular set, such incon-
veniences cannot occur (for more details. see section 3.8),
A closed set F is said to be regular if there exist positive
numbers d. ClI. q (where q -<: I) such tha.t any two points x and x' in F
-<
at a distance Ix - x'I d from each other can be connected in F by a
rectifiable curve of length I -< ClI Ix - x'I q.
For example. every convex closed set Fis regular. In this case.
we may take d as equal to the diameter F and CD = q = 1.
Finally. we note that every generalized function /whose carrier
is the point x O has a unique representation of the form

I(x)= ~.c.D'o(x-xO) (16)

I·l"m

for a nonnegative number m and complex numbers c••

For a generalized function 1 ED· (0) to be of compact carrier in
O. it is necessary and sufficient that it be extended as a continuous
linear functional on the space C(CO) (0) with uniform convergence of
each derivative on an arbitrary set that is compact in O.

6. The space at basic junctions S

We shall refer to the (linear) set of functions belonging to the
class C(:x>, (R") that. together with all their derivatives. decrease at
infinity faster than an arbitrary power of Ix I-I as the set of basic
functions S.. We introduce a topology in S by means of the countably
many norms

IICPllm= (l+lxDmID'",(x)l. ",ES.

x. 1.,sup
"m
m=O.), ...

Convergence in S is defined in terms of this topology: CPA _ 0 in S if

IICf.llm-O for arbitrary m.•
We denote by s(m) the completion of S with respect to the mth
norm. The spaces sImi are separable Banach spaces. D is dense in
s(ml
Par cf> to belong to sImi. it is necessary and sufficient that cf> belong to c(m)(R n)
and that I x ImDC! cD (x) .. 0 as I x I .... for all I a ISm.
Since the normsllql"m increase with increasing mp'f~lm lI'film+! and -<
are pairwise consistent (that is. every sequence that is a Cauchy
sequence with respect to both of the norms and that converges to
zero with respect to one of them must also converge to zero with
 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS 21

respect to the other norm), it follows that the Si m ) constitute a de-

creasing chain of spaces, each contained in the preceding one:
S(O) :::>S(I) • ••••

Here,

S= n
m~O
s(m).

There, S is a complete space.

We shall say that the set M is bounded in S if /I <Pllm <: K m , where
cp EM and m = O. I ....• Every closed set that is bounded in S is also compact
in S. (S is a Montel space.)
Let us denote by OM the class of multipliers in the space S, that
is, the set of all functions in C(oo) (Rn) multiplication by which is a
continuous operator from S into S. It can be shown that a function
tP in e«/) (R n ) belongs to (1M if and only if all its derivatives are of power increase.
Linear differential operators DOC!( (x) and displacement operators
cp(s +h) are continuous from S into S. The Fourier-transform o~
erator

performs a linear homemorphic mapping of S onto S. Here, the in-

verse operator is of the form

p-l(C!(J(E)= (2~)n f e-l~<p(x)dx= (2~)'1 F[<p(-x)J(e).

'1. The space oj generalised junctions S*

We shall refer to the set of all continuous linear functionals on

S as the space of generalized functions S· (and we shall call them
generalized functions of slow growth or tempered distributions).
Every measure of power increase (see section 3.4) and also
every generalized function of compact carrier defines a functional
in SO. If f ESo, obviously f E DO (0) for every S. Therefore, all the
assertions made regarding generalized functions in the space D' (0)
remain valid for generalized functions in the space SO.
The spaces ~m)o dual to the SCm) constitute an increasing chain
s"'°c:S(I)oc: •.•• The space S" is the union of the spaces $om)":

Therefore, every generalized function fESO'belongs tc:>s'm)Ofor some

 22 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOL.OMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

m ~ O. The smallest N such that f ESN)· is called the order of f.

Thus, every f Es' is of finite order N = N (f). For each f. we may
introduce the decreasing sequence of norms

m=N.N+1. ..••

From this it follows that ,( (x) is a locally summable function and f(x)
10S*, it does not increase (as ter than a polynomial *.
We define convergence in· S as weak convergence: f. - finS'
if (f., rp)-(f, rp) for all ip E S. Since S is a perfect space. weak con-
vergence in S implies strong convergence. that is, convergence
with respect to the norm in some space Slm).: If. I cS1m). and
IIf.-fL m-O as a_oo.
The space S* is complete with respect to weak (and.consequently,strong)
convergence.
We shall say that a set M'cS is (weakly) bounded if l(f. ip)1 c (rp) -<
for all f EM'. In this case the set M O is (strongly) bounded, that is,
M'cSlm)O and IIfll-rn-<K. where fEM' for some m.
For a generalized function f in DO to belong to S', it is necessary
and sufficient that all its regularizations cp * f for ip ED belong to fj M'
Finally, we note that the space S is reflexive: S = SOO,
In the proof of these assertions. an important role is played by
the
THEOREM {Banach-Steinhaus}. Por a sequence Ifa ! o( continuous linear (unc-
tionals on a Banach space B to converge weakly to a continuous linear functional
on B, it is necessary and sufficient that
(1) the sequence of norms III fall I be bounded and
(2) the limit lim (fa, rh) exist for all rh in some set that is dense in B.

8. The structure of generali%ed junctions in the space S*

If flO s*,

(17)

where the ga (x) are continuous functions of power increase with carrier contained
in a arbitrary neighborhood S; on the set Sf"
If the carrier S, is a regular set, this theorem can be strength-
ened. The strengthening is based on the following theorem on the
extension of differentiable functions.

-Editor's Note: 1ms is not true: e.g., f could be the derivative of a function of
polynomial growth..
 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERAL.IZED FUNCTIONS 23

Suppose that F' is a regular set (characterized by the numbers d > 0, cu > 0,
and 0 < q S. 1 [see section 3.5]) and that m' is a nonnegative integer. Then, a
number K exists such that, for an arbitrary function ¢ in c(m)(R n), where m is
the smallest integer verifying the inequality mq ~ m', there exists a function", in
c(m) (R n) with the properties

where

This theorem is proven in the author's article [42] by means of

Whitney's construction [80] in the form given byI10rmander [81].
THEOREM. Suppose that f E S· and Sf C F', where F' is a regular set. Then,

/== ~ D"I1•• (19)

l·l<M

where the /La(X) are measures of power increase with carriers in F'. (We note that
the representation (19) is a generalization of formula (16).)
We indicate the proof of this theorem. Let N denote the order of
f and let III denote the smallest integer that verifies the inequality
mq ~ N + 1 (where q is determined from F). According to the
theorem on the extension of differentiable functions for arbitrary
!pES, there exists a tjlEC(m)(R") with properties (18):
D·!p(x)=D·~(x), lal<'lII, xEFi IItj1I1N+l<.KlIcpllm.F'

from which it follows that tjI ES(N) (see section 3.6), that <t. !p) = (j. tjI)
(see section 3.5), and that

1(/. 1f)1 < II/LNII'i'IiN< III LN IitjlIi + <

N 1

<K II/LN lI'¥II m • F , 'PES.

From this inequality and the Riesz and Hahn-Banach theorems (see
section 3.4), we obtain the required representation (19) for some
M ~ III, q.e.d.

9. Fourier transformations and convolutions

ba As was pointed out in section 3.6, the Fourier transformation of
sic functions in S is a continuous operator from S onto S with a
continuous inverse operator. In accordance with section 3.3, we
:flne the Fourier transformation F (II of a generalized function f
sr as the operator adjoint to the operator F in the basic space S:
24 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

(Fill. '11)=(/. FI({lJ). IES·. 'liES.

If IE~., that is, if
J

11/11 =[J I/(x)j2 dx Y< +00.

this operator F Ifl coincides with the ordinary Fourier transfor-
mation:*

F III (x) = f I (e) elEx dE = I. \. m

R-+""IEI<R
f 1m elF.x dE.

where 1. i. m. should be understood in the ~ sense. Then, Parseval's

equality

holds.
The carrier Sf is called the spectrum of the Fourier transfor-
mation Fill.
The operator F performs a homeomorphic mapping of S* onto S* with the in-
verse operator F- 1 [f] = (217)-n F[fh~·)l.
The following formulas are immediate consequences of the def-
inition:

D" F Ifl = F [(le)" fl; F [D' fl =- (-Ix)" F [f). (20)

Furthermore, since F 181 == I and F 11) - (21t)-S, we obtain from for-

mulas (20)

Finally. we note the diagonalization formulas,

F[f(~-h)l=el.r"F[f); F(,IEhfl==F(fJ(x+h). (22)

where the symbol I (E - h) denotes the displacement operator in the

space S· dual to the displacement operator ,(E·+h) in the basic
space S.
If the functional f is of compact carrier, then

(23)

*'The theory of the Fourier transformation of functions in L. is expounded in the

book by Bochner [154].
 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS 25

Let /0 be a generalized function in S· (e.g., a finite one) such

that, for arbitrary cp ES, the convolution

(fo'''f)(x)=(fo(~). cp(~+x»

belongs to S and this operation is continuous from S into S, so that

10 is the convolutor in S. We denote by a~ the class of all convolutors
in S (the generalized functions of rapid decrease).
THEOREM. For Fo to belong to 0;, it is neces sary and sufficient that F (fol
belong to 8M, where Ow is the class of muLtipLiers in the space S (and, conse-
quently, in the space 5*).
Examples: /,2 Ef)~ n aM since

IT 1 ESO n C(OO). then 1 EI) M'

We define the convolution 10 * I in the space SO (with convolutor
foE I)~) as the operator adjoint to the convolution operator in the
space S (see section 3.3):

(fo*l. cr)=(f· lo*cp)· IES', 'PES.

For the convolution 10 * I. the differentiation formulas (14) are
valid.
We note the important formulas

F [fo * I) = F [fo) , P [f). if 10 EI)~ and IE S·; (24)

(21t)np [~/) = P [~) * P [f) if ~ EOM and IE s· . (25)

It is easy to verify by use of formulas (24) and (25) that

IES and cpES; (26)

cp*/Ea M for all
CPt Ea~ for all / ES· and cp ES; (27)
lo*go EI)~ for all loE 6~ and goE a~. (28)

10. Differential equations with constant coefficients

Such equations are of the form
P (iD) u = / (x), (29)

where pm is a polynomial with constant coefficients (independent of

x), f is a known and u an unknown generalized function in the space
lY (0). If f = 0, Eq. (29) is said to be homogeneous.
 26 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

Every solution u E D*W) of the homogenous equation (29) is the limit (in the
sense of D*W) of a sequence Ua(X), where a = 1, 2, ... , of infinitely differenti-
able solution of the equation in the open sets

Specifically, by virtue of what was said in section 3.3, such a

sequence is defined by

U.=Ul~
.* u. a= 1.2 •..••

A fundamental solution E (x) of Eq. (29) is a solution of this equation

for /=3(x):

P (iD) E (x) = 8 (x). (30)

Every equation of the form (29) has a fundamental solution E E S*.

Specifically, on the basis of (30), we have

P(~)F [EI= 1.

But the possibility of dividing by a polynomial in the space S* has

been established by Hormander [81] and Loyasevich [82).
For example, Laplace's equation tJ.u = 0 has the fundamental
solution

E(x)= I - (n-2)
Inr
2.<'
1
an
r 2- n
•
n:>3.

n=2.

Suppose that the right member / of Eq. (29) is a positive

measure po in 0 (see section 3.4). Then, we have the following
THEOREM. Every solution u E D*(Q) of the equation pew) u = Il, where the
measure Il ~ 0 in 0, is represented in an arbitrary 0' Ci 0 by the expansion formu-
la of P. Riesz:

u =E* P.o' + U o' (31)

where 1-'0' (,) = Il (, no') is the restriction of the measure Il to 0' and uo is a
solution in D*(Q') of the homogenous equation corresponding to Eq. (29).
This is true because, by virtue of formulas (14) and (30), we have
hi 0'

PtiD) u = P (iD)E * P.o' +P (iD) uo = 3 * P.o' = p..

 FACTS TAKEN FROM THE THEORY OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS 27

11. Hypoelliptic differential operators

A differential operator P (10) is said to be hypoelliptic if every so-
lution u in D' (0) of the homogeneous equation P (10) u = 0 belongs to
c(OO) (0).
THEOREM (Hormander [85]). [i'or an operator P (jD) to be hypoelliptic, it is
necessary and sufficient that

D'p(e)
p (e) - o. IeI - 00. /11 r > O. (32)

It follows from this that, in particular, every solution of La-

place's equation t:.u = 0 inDo (0) is an infinitely differentiable function
(in fact, an analytic function).
Suppose that x=(xl' ...• x m). Y=(YI' ..•• )'n)' OcRmXR n., and
/ (x. y) ED' (0). We shall say that f is infinitely differentiable with
respect to x if

for all 0 1 cR m and 02cR" such that 0 1 X 02CO and for all cp ED (02).
An operator P (iD z' iDv) is said to be hypoelliptic with respect to
x if every solution of the homogeneous equation

P(lO z • tDy)u=O

is infinitely differentiable with respect to x.

THEOREM (Gftrding and Malgrange [83, 84])~ For an operator P <iDx, iDyl to
'be hypoelliptic with respect to x, it is necessary and sufficient that

(33)

where Po<iDx) is a hypoelliptic operator and

It follows from this theorem, that, in particular, every solution in

D" of the equation
• iJ"u
I - " =P(tD)u. (34)
ox.
that can be solved for the highest derivative with respect to XI is

Editor's note: This is also proven by L. Ebrenpreis, "Solution of some problems of

cliYis1on, Part IV," American Jour. of Math, Vol. 82 (l962). pp. 522-588.
28 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

Infinitely differentiable with respect to XI' Therefore, for every

fixed a, there exists a generalized function u (a.:;) ED', where
x=(x 2 • X 3• •••• x n ). Here,
lim u (a'. x) = u (a.
a' -+a
x)
in the sense of convergence in DO.
On the other hand, if a solution u of Eq. (34) belongs to S*,
then u (a. x)
E S.
To see this, note that for every 'l' (x) ED, the convolution 'l' * u =
(u (XI'x). 'P(x - x'»
is infinitely differentiable with respect to all
arguments and belongs to So. Consequently, 'f'*U EaM (see section
3.6). Then. (u (a. 'f'x'). (x - x'»
EaM for every a. Therefore. by
virtue of the criterion in section 3.7. it follows that u (a. ES' • x)
as asserted.

12. Schwartz' theorem of the kernel

Por a linear operator T to be continuous from OW x ) into O*W'y), it is neces-
sary and sufficient that there exist a generalized function fT E O*Wx x Q'y),
such that

An analogous theorem holds for the space So.

4. DEFINITIONS AND SIMPLEST PROPERTIES

OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS
1. Definitions of holomorphic junctions
A function f (z) is said to be holomorphic at a point ZO Een if, in
some neighborhood of zO, it is the sum of an absolutely convergent
power series

(35)

(This is Weierstrass' definition.)

A function f (z) is said to be holomorphic at a point ZO Een if, in
some neighborhood of zO, all the first partial derivatives of/ozJ= 0,
for i = 1. 2..... n. that is, if the Cauchy-Riemann conditions
ou OV ou OV
i=1.2 ..... n. (36)
ox) = oy) • oY, = - ox)'
where !=u+lv and zj=x;+IYj are satisfied. (This is Riemann's
defini tion.)
 DEFINITIONS AND SIMPLEST PROPERTIES 29

Thus, a function is holomorphic at a point ZO according to Rie-

mann's definition if it is holomorphic with respect to each variable
zJ separately (with the other variables fixed) in some neighborhood
of that point.
The first definition is also suitable for defining holomorphic
functions of real variables whereas the second definition is not
since there exist infinitely differentiable nonholomorphic functions
of a real variable, for example,

I
f (x) = e--;; for x =1= 0, / (0) = 0).
Suppose that a function f (z) is holomorphic at a point ZO in the
sense of Weierstrass. Then. the series (35) converges absolutely
in the closed polycircle S (ZO, r) and, hence,

/ex/ =0, I. ... (37)

for some M>O .• (Here.r=(r .. '2' .... rn) [cf. the notations in sec-
tion 1.2].) Consequently. in S(ZO, r>. the series (35) is dominated
by the series

it can be termwise differentiated infinitely many times and all its

derivatives are continuous functions. In particular.

a. = +r-D'f (ZO). (38)

Thus, every function that is holomorphic in the sense of Weierstrass is continuous

and infinitely differentiable, and all its derivatives are also holomorphic functions.
In particular. every function that is holomorphic in the sense of
Weierstrass is holomorphic in the sense of Riemann also.
From this and from the Cauchy-Riemann conditions (36), it
follows that the real and imaginary parts u and 'CJ of a holomorphic
function (these are referred to as conjugate functions) are infinitely
differentiable and satisfy the system of differential equations
O'u o·U o·U o·U
OXjOXk = - 0YjOYk' OXjOYk = OY}OXk • (39)
j, k= I, 2, ... , n.

Every generalized function u (x, y) ED' (0) that satisfies the sys-
tem of equations (39) is said to be pluriharmonic (harmonic in the
case in which ·n = 1) in the domain O.
Every pluriharmonic function is infinitely differentiable.
 30 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

This is true because Eqs. (29) imply that the pluriharmonic

function u ED' (0) satisfies Laplace's equation

in the domain a and hence is infinitely differentiable in a (see

section 3.11).

2. The equivalence of the definitions

of holomorphic junctions
In the preceding section, it was shown that a function that is
holomorphic in the sense of Weierstrass is also holomorphic in the
sense of Riemann. The converse assertion. constituting the funda-
mental theorem of Hartogs [6), is also valid:
If a function is holomorphic with respect to each variable individually, it is
also holomorphic with respect to the entire set of variables Cin the sense of
Weierstrass).
The proof of this theorem is not trivial, and we shall postpone
it until section 15.8. We note that this theorem would not be valid
for functions of real variables. For example, the function

I(x, y)= X2+Y2 as (x, y)+(O, 0), 1(0,0)=0

is holomorphic for each variable individually in a neighborhood of

the point (0. 0), but it is not even continuous at that point.
Here. we shall prove this theorem under the additional hy-
pothesis that the function in question is bounded.
Suppose that a function fez) is holomorphic with respect to each
variable_ zJ individually and that it is bounded in the closed* poly-
circle S(ZO, r). Then, if we apply Cauchy's formula (for a single
variable) n times. we obtain for all zES(zO, r)

(40)

where we take the positive direction on oS(z~. rJ)counterclockwise.

By hypothesis, the integrand

-By virtue of the Heine-Borel theorem. this means that f (z) Is bolomorpuc with re-
spect to each variable individually in the somewhat larger polycirc1eS(zO, r+ e/) for
some £>0.
 DEFINITIONS AND SIMPLEST PROPERTIES 31

0 0 0
/(C)=/ ( z.+r.e " Z2+r2e
18 18
I, ••• , ZR+r"e "=
18 )

= / (ZO + re18)
in Eq. (40) is uniformly bounded in absolute value for 0 ~ 0, ~ 2'11:,
where J = 1, 2, ... , IJ. It is easy to show that this function is meas-
urable. Therefore, it is summable and, from Fubini's theorem
(see section 2.9), the iterated integral (40) may be replaced with the
multiple integral

-
/ (z) -
,I
(2 )"
J J :z,.

•••
2..
/(zO+,eI8) ,101 dO -
( 0 + re-z
18 )1 =
"0 0 z

=
1
(2"i)"
J /(C)dC
(C _ z)/' Z ES (ZO, r).
(41)

iJS (%~, ,.)x ... xiJS (z~, rII)

Suppose that z ES (ZO, rf), where rj < rr Then, the series
1 = ~ (z - z'l)" e- 18 (_+I)
(zO+reI8_z)1 .i.J. ,HI
(42)
1"1>0

converges absolutely and uniformly with respect to z and 8. Since

I(C) is bounded, the series (42) can be substituted into formula (41),
and the order of integration and summation can be reversed.
This leads us to Taylor's series (35). which converges absolutely
in the polycircle S(ZO, r). The coefficients in this series are

(43)

This proves the assertion.

Thus. on the basis of this theorem, weno longer need to specify
whether a function is holomorphic in the sense of Riemann or
Weierstrass and we may treat these two concepts of holomorphy
as equivalent.
We shall say that a function / (z). dermed in a domain Oc::C R is
holomorphic in 0 if it is holomorphic at every point in '0.
It follows from this definition that holomorphy of a function in a
dOmain 0 implies its single-valuedness in O.
We shall denote by Ho the set of functions that are holomorphic
in a region O.
We are now in a position to prove the following assertion: If
f e D*(G) satisfies the Cauchy-Riemann conditions, (z) is holomorphic in G.
Proof: In this case, the real and imaginary parts belong to D' (0)
and satisfy the system of equations (39). Therefore, I (z) ECco) (a)
32 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

(cf. section 4.1). But then the function / (z) satisfies the Cauchy-
Riemann conditions (36) in the usual sense and, hence, is holo-
morphic with respect to each individual variable in the domain Q.
This means that !(z) is holomorphic in Q, q.e.d.

3. Cauchy's formula
Suppose that!(z) is holomorphic inadomainO= A. X O2 X ... X a"
where each OJ is a domain in the zCplane with a piecewise-smooth
boundary 00" and is continuous in O. Then. by following the reason-
ing of the preceding section, we can verify that Cauchy's formula is
valid for the function! (z):

_1_
(21ti)" iJO
J iJO
f(C)dC
(C - z)1
={ !(z).
O.
if
if
(44)
IX ... X n

where the positive direction on 00, is taken in such a way that the
domain a, is on one's left. We note that formula (41) is a particular
case of formula (44) with a = S (zo. r).
Cauchy's formula (44) expresses the values of /(z) in a :2n-
dimensional domain a = a. x O2 X ... X a" in terms of its values on
the n-dimenSional oriented manifold 00. X 00 2 X ... X oO,,-that is.
the hull of the domain '0. The hull constitutes a portion of the
boundary 00 of the domain O. We note that 00 consists of points z
of the form
z,EoOj' (z •. .... z/_I' z,+ •. .... z,,)EO. X ...
. .. X 0J-' X 0,+. X ... X a". . j = I. 2..... n.
For generalizations of Cauchy's formula for different regions O.
see Chapter IV.
Formula (44) can be differentiated an arbitrary number of times:

D"!(z). zE~.
{ (45)
o. zEO.

4. The simplest properties of holomorphic junctions

Suppose that a function / (z) is holomorphic in
a polycircle
S (zO. r). and continuous in S (zO. r). Then, in S (zo. r),
this function
can be represented in the form of Cauchy's integral (41) and
expounded in an absolutely convergent power series with coef-
ficients given by (43). From (43), we have Cauchy's inequality

I a./ -<: ~ max If (z) /. (46)

ra zE S (zO. r)

From this. in turn, we have the following assertion:

 DEFINITIONS AND SIMf'LEST PROPERTIES 33

If a function f(z) is holomorphic in a domain G, then each of its representa-

tions in the form of a power series (35) is unique and is valid in the largest
polycircle S(zO,r) contained in G. Here, the coefficients of the series (35) are
calculated from the equivalent formulas (38) and (43).
We note that the second portion of this assertion is not valid for
holomorphic functions of real variables.
Suppose that a sequence of functions fk (z), for k = I, 2, ... , that are holo-
morphic in a domain G is such that, for arbitrary ¢ E D (0), the sequence of numbers
Ifk (z) ¢ (x, y) dxdy has a limit as k ... 00. Then, there exists a function f(x) that
is holomorphic in G such that Dafk(Z) ... Daf(z) uniformly in G as k .. 00, where
I al = 0, I, ....
Because of the (weak) completeness of the space D' (0)
Proof:
(cf. section 3.2), there exists a generalized function / ED' (0) such
that
lim jl.(Z)cp(X, y)dxdy=(/, cp),
.-+00
cpE D (0).
Since the functions /. (z) satisfy the Cauchy-Riemann conditions and
the differential operators are continuous from D'(O) into D' (O) (cf.
section 3.3), it follows that the generalized
function f also satisfies these conditions
and, conseque~tJ.y, / is a holomorphic func-
tion in the domain 0 (see section 4.2).
Let us show that D"/.{z)-+O"/{z) uni-
formly in O. 'Suppose that S(ZO, rl)<60.
Then, if we apply formula (41) to the func-
tions /. (z) and remember (see Fig. 3) that

S(zo, -i/)US(z" f/)cS{ZO, rI),

Fig. 3
we obtain for all(z, z')E (zOo S -i I) X S(zOo -i I)
D"I ( ) .. I
• z = (2lti)n
J h. (C-zO+z') dC
(C-zo+z' _z)a+1 •
i1s( ..,~r)
Suppose that the function cp{z'):=cp(x', y') belongs to O[S(O, r/41)1 and
f cp (z') dx' dy' =
1. If we multiply the preceding equation by cp (z' - zO)
and integrate with respect to z', we obtain the following representa-
tion for all z in S(ZO, r/4 I):

0'1. (z)=
"I r
= (2"i)" ~ (z'_z)o+r
f.(z') r '
•
C Cd"
cp(z - ) d x dy.
(47)
i1s(..·fr)
34 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

The function

IjI(Z') = f ({I(Z'-C)~
as (zO. ~ I)

is infinitely differentiable and finite. Its carrier is contained. in the

domain [z: 1/4 r<lzJ-z~I<3/4 r. 1=1. 2..... n] (see Fig. 3).
Therefore. the set of functions

{ (z' o/(z') • zES (zO. ~/)}

_z)o+1 8

is bounded in D(O) (see section 3.1). Since /,,(z)-f(z) in 0"(0). we

conclude on the basis of (47) (see section 3.2) that

DOf,,(z)-

__"_1-/
(2I1:i)"
f(z')
(z' - z)o+l
J T(z' -C)dCdx' dy' =

as(.... .;./)
.. I
== (2m)" f f(C)
(C-z)o+1
dC
=
D'f()
Z
as (zO. rl)

uniformly with respect to z ES(zO. r/81). Since an arbitrary sub-

domainO'c:O can be covered by a finite number of the polycircles
S(ZO, r /S/) such that S (zO. rl) e: O. it follows that DOf" (z) - D"f (z)
uniformly in 0' as k _ 00, q.e.d.
We note that the proposition just proven is not valid for holo-
morphic functions of real variables. For example, the function
V x 2+ I! _I x I uniformly as E - + 0 for Ix I -<: 1. although the function
I x I is not holomorphic at O.

5. Formal derivatives
Suppose that a function f(x. y)=u(x. y) +l'fl(x. y) possesses all
first-order derivatives. Then,

(48)

We define the complex variables Zj and Zj in accordance with the

formulas
z,=Xj+IYj' Zj=Xj-IYj;
Zj+Zj Zj-ij
xj =-2-' )I =~. j= 1. 2•••.• n.
 DEFINITIONS AND SIMPLEST PROPERTIES 35

so that

If we differentiate the equation

I(x. y)=1 (-Z+Z Z-Z)

2 - ' -21-

formally with respect to z, and z" we obtain

.!L=~(~-l~) ~=~(~+l~)
oz, 2 ox, OY}' oz, 2 ox} oY, (49)
J= 1.2 •••.• n.
The quantities ol/-oz, and oJ/OZ} defined by formulas (49) are known
as formal derivatives. These should not be confused with partial
deri!atives with respect to zJ and z} since the complex variables zJ
and z} are not independent
We note that the Cauchy-Riemann conditions (36) can be written
in the form

J=I. 2 •.••• n. (50)

Equations (39) in formal derivatives become

1-<"1. k-<,.n. (51)

Formula (48) in formal derivatives becomes

(52)

For a holomorphic function I, this equation is simplified to

"
~ 01 (53)
dl= ~ azdzl'
}=1 }

These formulas enable us to assert that all the rules of dif-

ferential calculus remain in force for formal derivatives.

6. HoZomorphy of a composite fo,nction

Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in a domain G and that functions
for j = 1. 2 •...• n. are holomorphic in a domain B c em. Suppose that a
Zj<>').
36 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

vector-valued function z (,\) maps the domain B into the domain G. Then. the
rr
function z (,\)j is holomorphic in B.
Proof: Suppose that 1..° EB. Then. z (1..0 ) Ea and the power series

(54)

converges absolutely in some polycircle S [z (1..0 ), rl. Furthermore.

there exists a polycircle S (1..0, 0) such that z (A) E S [z (AO), rl for all
AES (1..0 , 0). and the Taylor series

(55)

converge absolutely in this polycircle. If we substitute these ab-

solutely convergent series into the absolutely convergent series
(54). we obtain a new power series that will converge absolutely in
S (1.. 0 , 0) and will coincide with the function f [z (1..)1 in that polycircle.
The holomorphy of the function f [z <A>I can be proven even more
Simply if we use the technique of formal derivatives (see section
4.5). Specifically. by using the Cauchy-Riemann conditions (50).
we have

k = 1. 2.•••• tn.

5. HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS AT INFINITELY

DISTANT POINTS
1. Extension of the space C 1
Consider the group of fractional linear transformations

C- az + b ad - clJ =F O. (56)
- cz+d'

The transformation (56) maps an arbitrary point of the plane CI.

deleted by the point -die if c =F O. into a finite point.
We shall say that the point -dl I: is mapped by th~ transformation
(56) into the infinitely distant point. which we denote by tn. Here.
the inverse transformation

maps the point 00 into the point -die.

By adding the infinitely distant point .. to the plane CI. we obtain
the extended plane (;1. We shall use the term neighborhood of the
 HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS AT INFINITELY DISTANT POINTS 37

point 00 to refer to the exterior of every circle with center at

O. Thus, the transformationC=1 /z defines a one-to-one mapping of
a neighborhood Izl < , of the point 0 onto the neighborhood ICI > I/r
of the point 00. From this it follows that the fractional linear trans-
formation (56) defines a homeomorphic (that is, one-to-one and bi-
continuous) mapping of the extended plane CI onto itself.
Geometrically. the extended plane el can p
be thought of as a sphere (the so-called
Riemann sphere). SpeCifically, a stereo-
graphic projection of the unit sphere onto
the plane CI (see Fig. 4) establishes a
homeomorphism between points M of this
sphere and points z of the extended plane el.
Here, the pole P of the projection corre-
sponds to the infinitely distant point of the
plane. In this projection, to each rotation of
the sphere there correspond two fractional
linear transformations of the plane CI with
unit matrices whose determinants are each 1 and which differ in
sign. Conversely. to each fractional linear transformation of the
plane el there corresponds a single rotation of the sphere.

2. Extension of the plane en

We define the extended Cn as the Cartesian product of the
e
spaces l :

n times

Here, the topology of the space en

is induced by the topology of the
space CI.t" is called the space of the theory of functions. *
It follows from this definition that every two-dimensional ana-
lytic plane zJ = zO, for j # k, in en
has one infinitely distant point,
Which we denote by (Z~• .... ZLI' 00. Z~+I' .••• z~). The transforma-
tion
Cj = zj' j:fo k. Ck = z~
maps this point into the finite point (z~ . .... Z~~I' O. Z~+I'"'' z~).
Every four-dimensional analytic plane, for example, Zj = z~, for
J = 3. .... n. has two infinitely distant (two-dimensional) planes
(00. a. 4 ..... z~)and (a. 00. z8 . .... z~) and one infinitely distant point
(~. 00. z~ . .... z~). etc. Therefore, the set of infinitely distant points
e" constitutes a (2n - 2)-dimensional manifold.

*Other ways of extending the space en are expounded in the book by Fults [11. section 5.
 38 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

In C·, every Infinite sequence of points has a convergent sub-

sequence.
A set Ace-is said to be bounded if its closure does not contain
an infinitely distant point. If it does, it is said to be unbounded.
Henceforth, unless the contrary is explicitly stated, all the sets
that we shall consider are assumed to be bounded.

3. The definition of a junction that is holomorphic at

infinitely distant points
We shall say that a function / (z) is holomorphic at an infinitely
distant point (00 ..... 00 z~ . ...• z~) if the function / (1/ Z\ .... l/zH ,
z" . .... zn) is holomorphic at the point (0..... O. z~ • .... ~).
To illustrate, consider the case in whiCh n = 2. The manifold of
infinitely distant points in C2 is two-dimensional and consists of
points of the forms (a. 00). (00, a} and (00. 00). Corresponding to
these are the transformations

~l = Zl' ~ = 1-.:
Z2
Cl = J.....
z\
~ = Z2: ~l = J..
z\
~ = ..l.
Zt

which map these infinitely distant points into the points (a. 0). (0. a)
and (0. 0), respectively. The function / (~) is holomorphic at these
infinitely distant points if the functions

are holomorphic at the points (a. 0). (0. a) and (0. 0), respectively.
Therefore. the expression "f(z) is holomorphic at the point (a.oo),"
for example, means that there exists a bicirclelz l - al < Tl' /Z2/ < T2
at which the function f(zl 1 I z,) can be expanded in absolutely con-
vergent Taylor series and, hence, that the function / (z) can be ex-
panded in a Laurent series

In the neighborhood /zl-a/ < Tl' /Z2/ > l/r, of the point(a. 00).

4. The Laurent expansion

Suppose that a function / (z) is holomorphic in the Cartesian
product oftheclosedcircularringsri < Izll <rrfor j = I. 2..... n.
By applying Cauchy's formula (44), we obtain
1 ~
/(z) = (21<i)" ~
J ...
f f(C)dC
(c-4 . (57)
• IC\I-r;\ ICnl~r~1I
 HOLOMORPHIC CONTINUATION 39

where the summation is carried out over all 11=(11, •••• In), where
'/ is + or- fori = 1.2 ••••• n. By expanding(C-Z)-1 in the corre-
sponding series. substituting into (57). and replacing the integrals
over the contours IZJ 1= ri with integrals over the contours IZJ 1=r;
(with the corresponding change in sign). we obtain the expansion
of I (z) in a Laurent series
(58)
I(z)= ~a".z·
•
with coefficients

(59)

Special cases of formulas (58) and (59) are the Taylor ex-
panSion (35) in a neighborhood of ZO = 0 and the Laurent expan-
sions in neighborhoods of the infinitely distant points of the form
( •••• O. " •• 00. ".). In particular, if rj==O. it follows from (59)
that a.=O for IlJ+ 1 <0.

6. HOLOMORPHIC CONTINUATION

1. A theorem on holomorphic continuation

Suppose that two functions f 1 (z) and f2 (z) are holomorphic in domains Gland
G2 respectively and that Gl n G2 is a domain. Suppose that the functions fl (z)
and f2(z) concidein a real neighborhood S(xO, r), y = yOof the point zO = xO + iyO
in Gl n G2. Then, these functions are holomorphic continuation each of the
other; that is, there exists a unique function f(z) that is holomorphic in GI U G2
and that coincides with fl (z) in Gl and with f2 (z) in G2.
Proof: It will be sufficient to show that II (z'l==/2 (z) for z E0 1 O2• n
In the largest polycircle S(ZO. ro/), contained in 01 n02. we have the
expansions (see section 4.4)

I,,(z)= ~ a~")(z-zO)". a~lt) = !I D·I" (zO). k == 1. 2. (60)

1_1>0
If we take the derivatives in the real neighborhood S(XO. r), y=YJ.
where. by hypothesis. II(x+lyO)=/2(X+'YJ). we see that a~I)= a~.
From this and from (60). it follows that II (z)=/2(Z) in S(zO. rol).
Suppose now that z" is an arbitrary point in 0 1 n02. Since. by
hypothesis 0 1 nO2 is a domain. the point z" can be connected with
zO by a piecewise-smooth curve L lying entirely in 0 1 n02 (see Fig.
5). Let us take a point z' in the polycircle S(ZO. rol) that lies on the
curve L. and let us expand the functions /" (z) in a power series in
40 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

the largest polycircle S(z', r/) contained in 0 1 n O2 • From what we

proved above, /1 (Z)=f2(Z) in S(ZO, r/). By continuing this process,
after a finite number of steps we arrive at the point z', at which
Idz*) = 12 (z*). The finiteness of the number of steps follows from
the Heine-Borel theorem. To see this, note that since L is com-
pact, the distance from L to 0(0 1 nO2) is positive. Therefore, the
radii r o' rl'000of the polycircles referred to above are bounded be-
low by some positive number. But the length of the curve L is
finite. From this it follows that the number of steps is finite,
which completes the proof.

Fif!;o 5

Remark: If 0 1 nO2 is not a domain, I (z) may not be single-

valued in 0 1 UO 2• In this case also, we shall say that 11 (resp./2) is
holomorphically continued into O2 (resp. 0 1 ).

2. Consequences of the holomorphic continuation theorem

If a function f(x) of a real n-tuple is holomorphic in a domain BeRn, there
exists a unique function F(z) that is holomorphic in some domain G c en and
that coincides with f(x) for x E Bo
Proof: If XU E B, we have

in some poly-interval S (x D, r), Therefore, the function

F(z)= ~ a.(z-xD)"
1·1;;>0

is holomorphic in the polycircle S(XO, r) and possesses the required

properties.
This property enables us to obtain a principle of holomorphic
continuation for holomorphic functions of real as well as complex
variables.
 HOLOMORPHIC CONTINUATION 41

If I (z) is holomorphic in a region a and if DOl (zO) = 0 at a point

zO Ea for all Ia I > m, then I (z) is a polynomial of degree not ex-
ceeding m. This assertion is obvious.
Suppose that fez, w) is a function of two complex n-tuples z and w. Suppose
that f is holomorphic in a neighborhood of the point z = 0, W = and that f van-
ishes on the manifold w = z (inside that neighborhood,) Then, fez, w) vanishes
°
identically in that neighborhood.
Proof: We introduce new variables Z and W defined by

_z+w _z-w. _ _
Z--2-' W -2/' z-Z+lW. w-Z-lW.

+
The function / (Z iW. Z -lW) is holomorphic in the corresponding
neighborhood of the point °
(see section 4.6) and it vanishes for
real Z and W. According to the holomorphic continuation theorem,
I(Z+iW. Z-lW)=/Cz, w)=O.

3. Liauville's theorem
Iff(z) is holomorphic inC n (i.e., is an entire function) and if I fez) I ~c(1 + I z I)m,
then fez) is a polynomial of degree not exceeding m.
Proof: If we apply formula (45) to the polycircle S (0. RI), we
obtain

D
•
/(0)= (21ti)n
a! f
[z,[=R
....~.
r
IZnl=R
f (C) de
(61)

Therefore,

IDO/(O)I<alc(l~f.~R)m _0 as R_oo if lal>m.

Therefore,IDO/(O)! = ofor lal > m. Application of the assertion of

the preceding section completes the proof of the theorem.

4. The maximum modulus theorem

If fez) is holomorphic in a domain G and if fez) ¢ const, then I fez) I cannot
have a maximum value in G.
Proof: Suppose that II (z)1 does have a maximum value M at a
POint zOE o. Let us take an arbitrary polycircle S(ZO. r) c:: a and
apply Cauchy's formula (44) to / (z):

/ (zv) = (2_.1.I")n r
.
jjS(Z~. '1)
...
f
iJS(Z~, 'n)
f (z) dz •
(z-ZO)' (62)
42 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

Let us show thatl/(z>I=M on the hull oS (-1. rl)X ... c)S(z~. rn). If
1/ (z')1 were less thanM at some point z' ot this set. there would.
because of the continuity. be a neighborhood of this point throughout
which 1/ (z>l would be less than M. But this contradicts Eq. (62)
because we would then have
2'1t 2.

1/ (ZO)/ = AI < (2!)n J ... J1/ (zO + re iB) I dOl' •• dOn < M.
o 0

Since the numbers rj can be chosen arbitrarily (though sufficiently

small). it follows that If (z) 1 = M in the polycircle 'S (zO. r).
Let us show that /(z)= const in S(zo. r). This is obvious for
=
M = o. since in that case, 1 (z) 0.. Suppose M > o. Then, if we dif-
ferentiate the equation /(z)/(z) = M2 and apply the Cauchy-Riemann
conditions oflo"Zj, for j = 1. 2..... n., we obtain
- df 0/ - of Of - df
/-+/-=/-+/-=-=/-=0. /=1. 2..... n.
OZj iJZj oZJ OZj oZJ

Since 171 = M > 0, this last relationship implies the equations

iJ/liJzj=o. J= 1. 2..... n. These equations, together with the
Cauchy-Riemann conditions yield / (z) = const in S (zO. r).
By virtue of the holomorphic continuation theorem / (z) const =
in O. But this is ruled out by the hypotheses of the theorem. Con-
sequently, 1/(z)1 cannot assume a maximum value within A. which
completes the proof.
Thus, by virtue of a well-known theorem of Weierstrass, we may
say that the maximum theorem holds for bounded domainS a
and their boundaries 00 as applied to the absolute values of func-
tions that are holomorphic in a and continuous in (see section a
1.6).

5. Construction oj a holomorphic continuation

The theorem on hoi om orphic continuation enables us to con-
struct the holomorphic continuation of a holomorphic function as
follows: Suppose that a function f (z) is holomorphic in a poly-
circle S{ZO. rO). We choose a point z' in this polycircle and expand
/ (z) in a power series about that point. This series will converge
absolutely in some polycircle S(z'. r'). This means that fez) can be
continued holomorpbically (see section 6.1) to points of S(z'. r') \.
S(ZO. rO). Thus, we define a new function [which we still denote by
/ (z)] that is holomorphic in S (zO. rO) US (z'. r'). We repeat this process
for other points in the region S (zo. rO) US (z'. r'). As a result of this
continuation, we obtain a function / (z) (not, in general, single-valued)
that is holomorphic at every point of the set of polycircles that we
 HOLOMORPHIC CONTINUATION 43

have obtained. The extended function f (z) may be nonsingle-

valued for the simple reason that we may reach a pointzO from the
given point z· by two or more different paths and in the process
obtain different power series representing the function I (z) in a
neighborhood of the point z·.
6. The monodromy theorem
What was said in the preceding section naturally leads to the
problem of finding sufficient conditions to ensure that the result
of a holomorphic continuation is independent of the steps by which
this continuation is achieved. One such condition is given by the
following
THEOREM (on monodromyl. Suppose that a function f(z) that is holomorphic
in some neighborhood of a point zO is holomorphically continued outside this
neighborhood along every path lying entirely in some domain G. Then, the result
of continuing fez) to an arbitrary point z* € G along all homotopic paths in G
connecting the points zO and z* will be the same. In particular, if the domain G is
simply connected, fez) will be single-valued in G.
Proof: By use of power-series expanSions, we continue the
function I (z) from the point ZO to the point z· along any piecewise-
smooth path L. Since L is compact, there will, by virtue of the
Heine-Borel theorem, be a finite number of polycircles covering L
in which the corresponding power series for I (z)converge. There-
fore, there will exist neighborhood U (L) of the curve L. in which the
function I (z) is holomorphic and single-valued.
Now suppose that L· is an arbitrary path in a homotopic to L
(see Fig. 6). Since the surface F aloo.g which a continuous deforma-
tion of the curve L takes the curve L
Into the curve LOis compact, it follows,
00. the basis of the preceding reason- l C
Ing and the Heine-Borel theorem that
this surface is covered by a finite
lb~l.
number of neighborhoods U (L). U (L.),
.... U (L·) such that (1) the function
,~
I (z) is single-valued in each of these
neighborhoods and (2) the values of
the function I (z) coincide in the com-
mon portion of two adjacent neighborhoods. This means that the
function I (z) is single-valued in some neighborhood of the surface
F and, thus, the coo.tinuations of I (z) into the point z· aloo.g the two
paths L and L· COincide. which completes the proof.

7. Representation of a holomorphic junction

by means of a line integral
Suppose that fez) is holomorphic at some point zO arid is holomorphically con-
tinued from the point zO along every path lying entirely in the domain G. Then,
44 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

the following formula holds for the continuation 0b

fez) along any piecewise-
smooth curve L lying in G that connects the points z and z:

/(z)=/(z)+
o r,-,
z',
Z /I

iJf d '
~ - , zl'
1;1 iJz j
(63)

where the integration is carried out over the curve L. Here, the result does not
change if we replace the curve L in formula (63) with an arbitrary piecewise-
smooth curve in G that is homotOPIC to it. In pnrticular, If the domain G is simply
connected, the integral in (63) is independent of the path of integration.
Proof: If we integrate Eq. (53) over the path L. we obtain
formula (63).
Necessary and sufficient conditions for the value of the line
integral in (63) to be independent of the path of integration are
conditions (39). By virtue of the monodromy theorem, these con-
ditions are satisfied in a neighborhood ofthat surface along which a
continuous deformation of the path L transforms that path into
another path in G that is homotopiC to L. This completes the proof.
It follows from this theorem that conjugate functions (see
section 4.1) can be expressed each in terms of the other. For
example,

Conversely,if u (x, y) is a pluriharmonic function in a simply connected do-

main G, the function fez) = u + iv, where the function v (x, y) is defined by formula
(64), is holomorphic in G.
Proof: The function u (x. y) is infinitely differentiable (see sec-
tion 4.1). Equations (39) ensure that the integral (64) is independent
of the path of integration in the simply connected domain G. By dif-
ferentiating the integral (64), we see that the Cauchy-Riemann condi-
tions (36) are satisfied in the domain G, which completes the proof.

7. HOLOMORPHIC MAPPINGS
1. Definition oj a holomorphic mapping
A mapping C=C(z) of a domain 0 onto a domain 0 1 is said to be
holomorphic* if the vector-valued function e(z) = leI (z) . •••• en (z)) is
holomorphic in 0 and

zEO. (65)

*A holomorphic mapping is sometimes called "pseudoconforrnal."

 HOL.OMORPHIC MAPPINGS 45

For n = I, such a mapping is conformal. In contrast with the

case in which n = I, holomorphic mappings for n ~ 2 do not in gen-
eral preserve angles between directions.
A holomorphic mapping is locally homeomorphic; that is, a sufficiently
small neighborhood of any point is mapped in a one-to-one manner
and bicontinuously into the corresponding neighborhood of the image
of that point.
Proof: If we set Cj=u,+lv,and z,=x,+'YJanduse the Cauchy-
Riemann conditions, we obtain from (69)
d (u,. (I, •...• Uno (In) i) (C,. C" ••• , Cn, Cn)
iJ (x,. y" ...• X n• Yn) i} (z,. z, .... , Zn. z,,)
= i} (C, •...• Cn• S· .... en) I iJ (C I , .•.• en) 12 ~ 0, z EO.
cJ (z, • .•.• Zn. ZI . . . . . Zn) i} (ZI' ••• , Z,,)

By virtue of a classical theorem of analysis, the assertion made

follows from this.

2. BihoWmorphic mappings
A holomorphic mapping of a domain a onto a domain 0 1 is not in
general one-to-one. For example, the conformal mapping C= (z - 1t
of the circle Iz I < 1 onto the corresponding domain is not one-to-
one for n~ 3.•
If a holomorphic mapping of a domain a onto a domain 0 1 is one-
to-one, such a mapping is said to be biholomorphic (single-sheeted).
(schlicht). In this case. we say that the domains a and 0 1 are
equivalent.
Let us showthatthe mapping z = z( e>, that is, the inverse of a biholomor-
phic mapping ( = (z>. is also a biholomoTphic mapping.
Proof: It follows from what was said in the preceding section
that the mapping z = z (e) is infinitely differentiable and that the
corresponding Jacobian is nonzero in the domain 0 1 (on the basis of
classical theorems). It remains to show that the vector-valued
function z (q = [z.(C), ... , zn (C»)is holomorphic in 0 10 en the basis of
section 4.2, to do this we need only show that

1 <1. (66)

H we differentiate the equations

With respect to ~, we obtain

46 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

1 <:1. k<:n.

from which, on the basis of condition (65), relations (66) follow.

Thus, a biholomorphic mapping is a homeomorphic mapping not just locally
but globally.
Remark: For an arbitrary holomorphic mapping ~=~(z) of a do-
main a onto a domain 01' it is possible to define a covering domain
O· with prOjection a) (see section 8.6) such that the mapping will be
a homeomorphism of a onto 0°, that is, such that the vector-
valued function z = z (~) of the inverse mapping will be holomorphic
(and single-valued) in 0* (see Fuks [1], p. 171).

3. Boundary points
Let us make more precise the concept of a boundary pOint of
a finite domain O. Suppose that ZO E00. This means that there
exists a sequence of points Z(k). k = 1. 2. ... such that Z(k) ~ ZO for
z(al E0. It may happen that the points of this sequence lie in dif-
ferent components of the open set On·U(zo. r)~ Therefore, it is
sometimes convenient (for example, in the theory of holomorphic
mappings) to assign to a single geometric point ZO E00 several
(possible infinitely many) boundary points RdzO). R2 (zO) • • ,. lying
over ZO and corresponding to different sequences of points of the
domain a that converge to zO.
Suppose that the point ZO Eao is accessible from the domain a
(see section 1.5).
We shall say that this sequence Z(k) E0, for k = 1.2 •... , con-
verges to the boundary point R (ZO) (cf. Section 8.7) lying over the
point ZO EaD. if (1) Z(k) _ ZO as k ~ 00 and (2) for every r, there exists
an N such that all points z(a), for Ie> N, are contained in the same
component of the open set 0 nU (zo. r). We shall identify two
boundary points RI (zO) and R2 (ZO) if the corresponding sequences
{z(k)1 and {~(k)} are such that the sequence
DO zW. ~(t). Z(2l. ~(2l. •• converges to some
boundary point lying over zoo
If exactly p (where 1-< p <: 00) distinct
boundary points lie over a geometriC
point zO Eao, we shall say that the point
zO is p-multiple. For example, in Fig. 7,
the point zO is 2-multiple. Every point on
the boundary of a plane domain bounded by
a closed Jordan curve is 1-multiple.
Every interior point of a plane nonclosed
Fis.7 Jordan curve is 2-multiple. These as-
sertions follow from Jordan's and Schon-
flies' theorems (see section 1.5).
 HOLOMORPHIC MAPPINGS 47

For an unbounded infinite domain 0, we assignonly finite points

to its boundary iJO. However, under biholomorphic mappings of a
domain 0, finite points of iJO may be mapped into infinitely distant
ones. Therefore, it is natural to consider an unbounded domain a
in some sort of extension of the space en. Here, it is necessary to
assign to its boundary those infinitely distant points that are the
limits of unbounded sequences of points of this region (where con-
vergence of these sequences must be understood in the extended
space [see section 5.2]).
The set of boundary points of the domain a in this sense (that
is, with consideration of their multiplicities and with the addition of
suitable infinitely distant points) will be called the boundary 0'0.
(as distinct from the set-theoretic boundary iJO = a\.. 0). In what
follows, in absence of explicit mention to the contrary, by the
boundary of a domain 0, we shall mean 00..

4. Biholomorphic in C1
The following theorems are valid in the plane CI (see Goluzin
[5], Chapter II; Lavrent'yev and Shabat [94], Chapter II).
THEOREM (Riemann). Let G denote an Cll'bitrCll'Y simply connected domain
boundary consisting of more than one poil/t. Then. there exists a unique bihola-
morphic mapping ( = (z) of this domain onto the unit circle 1(I < 1 such that a
given point zO € G and a direction assigned at that point are mapped respectively
into the point ( = 0 and the direction of the positive real axis.
THEOREM (Caralheodory). If all the boundary points of a bounded simply
connected domain G Cll'e accessible, then. under a biholomorphic mapping ~ = ~(z)
of this domain onto the open unit circle 1(I < 1. the correspondence of the points
a'G and the points of the circle 1'I = 1 will be one-ta-one. Here, the inverse
function z = z(,) is continuous for 1(I ~ 1 if we understand for its value on
the circle I' 1= 1 the limit values from the open circle I' 1< 1. In pCll'ticulCll', if
the domain G is bounded by a closed Jordan curve, the function, = (z) maps 11
onto 1'I ~ 1 in a one-to-one bicontinuous manner.
THEOREM (Koebel. If a function z = z«(), where z(O) = 0, maps the circle
I" 1 < 1 biholornorphically onto the domain G and does not assume a value c >
in that circle, then 1 z' (0) 1 ~ 4c.
°
5. The group of automorphisms
A biholomorphic mapping of a domain onto itself is called an
automorphism of that region. The set of all automorphisms of a
domain obviously constitutes a group, which we shall call the group
of automorphisms of the given domain.
Let us give some examples of domains and their automorphisms.
Multipie-circuiCll' domains (ReinhCll'dt domains). A domain a possessing
the property that ZO Ea implies z E.O. for all points z = (zO-a) e I9 +a,
48 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

where 6 = (81' 82 , •••• 8n) is an arbitrary real vector, is called a

multiple-circular domain (or a Reinhardt domain). The point a is
called the center of such a domain. Multiple-circular domains
possess automorphisms of the form

j= 1. 2..... n.
If the relation zO-E 0, where a is a multiple-circular domain, im-
plies that all the points

also belong to a, such a domain is called a complete multiple-

circular domain.
Hartogs domains (polycircular domains). If zOEa implies that all
points of the form
-0 (0
Z = Z2 • ••• ,
0)
z".

where 81 is an arbitrary real number, also belong to 0, such a

domain is called a Hcutogs domain. The plane ZI = 0 1 is called the
plane of symmetry of that domain. Hartogs domains possess auto-
morphisms of the form

If the relation 'E a, where ZO is a Hartogs domain, implies that

all points of the form

also belong to G, this domain G is called a complete Hartogs

domain.
Tubular domains are domains of the form

or

where B is a domain in R" known as the base of the domain TB or

T B. The mapping ~ = Iz maps the domain T Bonto the domain TB. The
transformations ~ = z + a, where 0 is an arbitrary real vector, are
automorphisms of the region TB.
Semitubular domains are domainS of the form

0= [z = (XI + lyl' z): (XI' z) ED. YI - arbitrary)

 HOLOMORPHIC MAPPINGS 49

where the base D is a domain in RI X C·-I. The transformations

+
CI = Zl tal and (= z,where a l is an arbitrary real number, are
automorphisms of the domain O.
The problem arises as to how to construct the group of auto-
morphisms of a given domain. As an example, let us construct the
~roup of automorphisms of the tubular domain T r +, where r+ =
[y: YI > Vy~ + ---+ Y~l is a future light cone. (This example is of
particular interest in quantum field theory (see Bros [63].) We can
verify directly that the following thre~ mappings belong to the
group of automorphisms of the domain TT :
(1) real translations Til: C= Z + a (n parameters);
(2) similarity transformations C=AZ, where A> 0 (one param-
eter);
(3) transformations defined by the elements L of the ortho-
chronous Lorentz group C= U, where L = II g kJ II for k, j =
1. 2....• n [n'-n)/2 parameters];
(4) the "inversion" transformation J:

When we examine the transformation ATaLlTb' we see that the set of

automorphisms thus constructed depends on no fewer than

parameters. On the other hand, Cartan [123] has shown that the
+
group of automorphisms of the domain TT+ -1/ 2 (n 1)(n 2) is a +
parametric group. Therefore, this domain has no other auto-
morphisms and the automorphisms listed (1)-(4) generate its group
of automorphisms.
If T maps a domain G biholomorphically into a domain Gl and if A is the
group of automorphisms of the domain G. the group of automorphisms of the do-
main Gl is

This is true because TaT-lOI=TaO=TO=Ol_

It follows from this that, in particular, multiple-circular do-
>-
mains S (0. I) and U (0. I) in the space en (for n 2) are not equivalent
since they have different groups of automorphisms. Thus, in the
Space en, for n >- 2, there exist Simply connected domains that can-
not be mapped biholomorphically onto each other. On the other
hand, in the space Cl, a theorem of Riemann (see section 7.4) tells
us that all simply connected domains are equivalent. Herein lies
a Significant difference between the spaces Ci and en for n>- 2.
 50 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

8. DOMAINS OF HOLOMORPHY
1. Definitiun oj a domain oj holomorphy
A domain * 0 is said to be a domain of holomorphy of a function
I I (z) is holomorphic in a but is not holomorphic in a larger
(z) if
domain (more precisely, if f cannot be continued holomorphically
outside 0). The domain of holomorphy of a function is also called
the domain of existence of that function.
For example, the domain of holomorphy of the function
co
lo(z) = ~
11=0
Z·, (67)

is the unit circle S (0, 1).

To see this, note that lo(z) is unbounded (see section 1.6) at the
points z = el , Eas (0, 1) for rational 'f = p / q (where p and q are
integers) since

I
1/0 (,e " )1:> .~+I'·'e
00 I E. .//
q -
/ q
~o ,·'e
I J!...,
q .
I
=

= ~
00
,.,- ~
0=q+1
q I
0=0
,·'eI qP 0'/ -+00 for

but the set of rational values for <p is everywhere dense in the
interval (0. 21t)and, therefore,/o(z) has singularities at all points of
as (0, 1).
If every component of an open set Oc=.C n is a domain of holo-
morphy, we shall say that 0 is an open set of holomorphy.

2. Domains oj holomorphy in Cl
The question arises as to whether every domain is a domain of
holomorphy of some function. The answer to this question is quite
different for n = 1 and n ~ 2.
In the space C l , every domain is a domain of holomorphy.
At the moment, we shall prove this assertion with the hypothesis
that the domain 0 in question is bounded by a closed Jordan curve.
It will be proven in its general form in sections 19.2 and 16.8 (see
also Stoilow [117], Vol. I, Chapter IX).
Indeed, there exists a biholomorphic mapping C=ID(Z) of the
domain a onto unit circle lei < 1that maps onto IC I~ 1 in a one-to- a
one and bicontinuous manner (see section 7.4). Therefore, the

·We recall that we are considering only boUDded domains.

 DOMAINS OF HOLOMORPHY 51

function lolw(z»), where the function 10 is defined by (67), is holo-

morphic in 0 (see section 4.6) and is not bounded at every point of
00. Consequently, 0 is a domain of holomorphy.

3. Domains oj holomorphy in en Jor n ~ 2

In contrast with the space CI, not every domain in the space en for n ~
2 is a domain of holomorphy.
This is one of the more surprising features that sharply dis-
tinguish the theory of functions of several complex variables
(n > 2) from the theory of functions of a single complex variable.
To prove this assertion, we shall exhibit a single counter-
example in C2 which is a slight modification of the example presented
by Bochner and Martin ([31, p. 91).
Let us show that every function f(z) that is holomorphic in the semihollow
sphere

Q: [Z=(ZI' Z2):{<lzl<I].
must necessarily be holomorphic in a larger domain, namely, the open sphere
1z 1 < I, (more precisely. that it admits a holomorphic continuation
into the sphere 1Z 1< 1).
This assertion means that G cannot be the domain of holomorphy of any
function.
To prove it, consider the function

'P
( z)=_I_.
2""
f de
[(C. z,)
C-z,·
(68)
ICi=~
This function is holomorphic with respect to ZI and Z2 individually
in the bicirc~e Iz.I <3/~, IZ21 < y"1/4 since
[(C. z2):ICI=T,!z21<Y7/4IcQ(seeFig.8). 11/1
According to the fundamental theorem of 1
Hartogs (see section 4.2), 'P (z) is holo-
morphic in that bicircle. Furthermore, the
function 'P (z) coincides with 1 (z) in the do-
main Iz.l<3/4, 1/2< IZ21 < y"1/4 since this
domain is contained in 0, so that Cauchy's
formula

is applicable. On the basis of(68), it follows from this that/(z)=rr(z)

in the domain mentioned. Since the set
 52 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

is a domain, according to the holomorphic-continuation theorem

(see section 6.1), the function f (z) is holomorphic in the sphere

as asserted.

4. Holomorphic extension of domains

The preceding example leads us to introduce the following def-
inition. Consider a domain OcC", where n ~ 2. If there exists a do-
main O°::JO such that Ho=Hoo (see section 4.2), we shall call
0 a holomorphic extension of the domain O.
0

Thus, the sphere 1z 1 < 1 is a holomorphic extension of the domain

1/2< Izl < 1. Furthermore. it is clear that if a is a domain of
holomorphy, then 0* = O.
In what follows, we shall repeatedly encounter examples of do-
mains possessing nontrivial holomorphic extensions.

5. Construction of domains of holomorphy

A domain of holomorphy of a functionf(z)that is holomorphic in
some given neighborhood S (ZO, r) can be constructed by means of
its holomorphic continuation (see section 6.5). Let us expand f (z)
in a power series in the polycircle S (zO, r). It may turn out that
this series converges absolutely in a larger polycfrcle. Let S (ZO, ,0)
be the largest of these polycircleso Let us take a countable every-
where-dense set of points (Z(k)} of this polycircle and expand the
function f (z) in a power series in the largest
neighborhood S (Z(k), r(k» of each point Z(k).
It may happen that some of the polycircles
S (Z(k), ,(k,) will extend beyond the polycircle
S(ZO, ,0). From theholomorphic-continuation
theorem (see section 6.1), this means that
the function / (-z) is holomorphic (more
precisely, it can be holomorphically con-
tinued) beyond the boundary of the poly-
circle S(ZO, rO). Now, in each of the poly-
circles S(Z(k" r(k,), let us choose a countable
everywhere-dense set of points and let us
expand f (z) in a power series in the largest
neighborhood of each such point. We COD-
Fill. 9 tinue this process (see Fig. 9).
Let us suppose that as the result of a
countable number of such steps. we have obtained a single-valued
 DOMAINS OF HOL.OMORPHY 53

function f (z) in the domain a which is the union of the (countably

many) polycircles constructed at each step in the holomorphic
continuation. By construction, this function is hoI om orphic in a
and nonholomorphic at all finite points lying outside o. This means
that the domain a that we have constructed is the domain of holo-
morphy of the function f (z).
Another, more complicated case results when the process of
holomorphic continuation described above yields a nonsingle-valued
function f (z). To make the function f (z) single-valued, it will be
necessary to broaden the concept of a domain. This is done by in-
troducing so-called covering domains (nons ingle-sheeted domains)
on en (see Fuks [I), Chapter n, Behnke and Thullen [4]).

6. Construction oj nonsingle-sheeted domains of

holomorphy
In the holomorphic continuation of the function f (z) in the
preceding section, we obtained a countable number ofpairs (Sk' fk)'
for k = 1. 2. . ..• the first member of which is a maximum poly-
circle S k and the second member is the corresponding power series
I" in which the function f (z) is expanded in that polycircle. By
combining all the pairs (Sk' h), we obtain a point set a over e" •
Here, we identify two points of the set a if they (1) have the same
coordinates and (2) belong to the same pair. Thus, every (analytic)
point P (z) Ea represents the coordinates of the (geometric) point z
and the corresponding power series of the function f (z).
It follows from the construction of the system of pairs (S ... fk)1
that the set 0 is connected in the sense that, for arbitrary points P
and Q in O. there exists a finite sequence of pairs (S« I • f.)
I
(s•N. -f N )'
such that P E(Sa 1. f 1).
0:
Q E(S a.
. f (IN). and any two adjacent pairs in
N
this sequence have at least one common point. This means that a
is a (covering) domain.
Obviously. no more than a countable number of distinct analytic
points P (z) in the covering domain 0. lying over the geometriC point
z can exist. We denote this number by p (z), where 1 <. p (z) <. 00. Fur-
thermore, the set of projections of all analytic pOints of the covering
domain a constitutes a domain in en, which we shall call the prcr
jection of O. The number p = sup p (z) characterizes the degree of
zEpr a
branching of the domain a. Here, we say that a is a p-sheeted (cov-
ering) domain. If a is a single-sheeted (schlicht) domain (p = Q, it is
identified with its projection and, in this case, we may take P (z) z. ==
We shall say that a sequence of points P ~ (z("l) for k = 1. 2....•
in the covering domain a converges to a point Po (zO) Ea if (l)z(k l -+ zO
and (2) for an arbitrary pair (S•. I.> containing the point Po(ZO),
there exists a number Nsuch that p,,(Z(k l ) E(S •• I.)for all k ~ N. The
concepts of continuity, curve, etc., are defined in a in the usual
manner in terms of this convergence.
54 THE BASIC PROPERTIES OF HOLOMORPHIC FUNCTIONS

The function f (z) is single-valued and holomorphic in the covering

domain a that we have just constructed but is not holomorphic in
any larger domain. Therefore, a is the domain of holomorphy
(existence) of the function f (z). In view of the uniqueness of a
holomorphic continuation (see section 6.1), the domain a is in-
dependent of the choice of the original neighborhood S (zO. r).
Thus, to every holomorphic function there corresponds a unique domain of
holomorphy, namely, the domain of existence of the function,

7. Boundary points 0/ a domain oj holomorphy

A sequence of points P" (z(·». k = 1. 2. "" in a domain a is
called a fundamental sequence if (l)z(k) -+ ZO and (2) for every poly-
circle S (zo. r), there exists an N such that the inequalities l:> N
and k:> N imply that the points P, (zll» and p. (zl"» can be connected
by a Jordan curve in a the projection of which is contained in that
polycircle (see Fig. 7). Two fundamental sequences (P.)and {Q.} are
said to be equivalent if the sequence PI' Ql' P2• Q2' ••• is a funda-
mental sequence. If a fundamental sequence IF. (zlk») does not have
a limit in a, we shall call this sequence a boundary point of the
domain Q and shall denote it by R (ZO) (cf. section 7.3). We shall
identify boundary points corresponding to equivalent fundamental
sequences. For example, the domain of holomorphy of the function
In z possesses a single boundary point R (ZO), at which ZU = o.
The set of all boundary points of a domain of holomorphy Q
constitutes its boundary iJ'a. The boundary points of a domain of
holomorphy of a function are called the singullU points of that
function.

8. Remark
We def'med covering domains in terms of holomorphic continua-
tion. However, the class of covering domains thus introduced turns
out to be insufficient, for example, in the case in which we need to
consider the holomorphic continuation of several functions simul-
taneously. This leads us to the definition of intersection of domainS
of holomorphy. In this case, the concept of a covering domain
needs to be extended by using the abstract definition of such a do-
main. (For details, see Fuks [1] and Behnke and Thullen [4].) In
the last decade, the concept of a covering domain has been con-
siderably generalized, which has lead to the rapidly developing
theory of complex spaces by use of present-day topological and
algebraic methods (see Fuks [1]. Chapter nI;Grauertand Remmert
[60)). The basic concepts of this theory that deal with domains of
holomorphy are also expounded in Wightman [61].
 DOMAINS OF HOLOMORPHY 55

For our purposes, such general concepts are UDnecessary since

we shall deal primarily with single-sheeted domains and hence with
single-valued functions. Henceforth, unless the contrary is ex-
plicitly stated. we shall assume that all domains are bounded and
single-sheeted.
 CHAPTER II

Plurisubharmonic Functions and

Pseudoconvex Domains
This chapter is devoted to plurisubharmonic (in particular, con-
vex) functions and the pseudoconvex (in particular, convex) domains
corresponding to them. We shall see that plurisubharmonic functions
constitute a basic analytic instrument in the study of domains
of holomorphy.

9. SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS.
Plurisubharmonic functions of (complex) variables are defined
in terms of plurisubharmonic functions of a single variable. These
last coincide with subharmonic functions of two real variables.
Therefore, it will be natural for us to study first subharmonic
functions of two variables. The corresponding results (except for
the material of section 9.16) remain valid without Significant
changes for subharmonic functions of an arbitrary number of
variables. A detailed exposition of subharmonic functions is to be
found in the book by Privalov [9].

1. Definition of a subharmonic junction

A function u (z) = u (z. i)== u (x. ,),) is said to be subharmonic in a
domain oce l if (1) -oo-<:u(z)<+oo in 0, (2) u(Zlisupper-
semi continuous in 0, and (3) for an arbitrary subdomain a'eO and
an arbitrary function U (z) that is harmonic in 0' and continuous in
Qf, the inequality u (z) -<: U (z) on dO'implies the inequality u(z)" U (z)
in 0'. A function u such that -u is a subharmonic function is called
a superharmonic function. A harmonic function is both a subharmonic
and a superharmonic function.
A subharmonic function in a domain a is locally bounded above
in 0 (see section 2.3 and 1.6) and hence is locally integrable in 0
(in the sense of section 2.6). A subharmonic function considered
on an arbitrary continuous curve contained in a is upper-semi-
continuous on that curve (see section 2.2). Therefore, if this curve
is piecewise smooth and bounded, the subharmonic function is
integrable on it.
56
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 57

2. Poisson's formula
Suppose that a function U (z) is harmonic in S(zO, r) and continuous in S (zO, r).
Then, for U (z), Poisson's formula is valid:

2~

U (z) = f P (z - zoo rel~) U (ZO + rew) dO. z ES (zo. r). (1)

o

where P(z, () is Poisson's kernel:

1 r2 -
i. = re". z = (,e
p p2 ·r I
P(z . ..) = 2n r 2 - 2rp cos (:p - 0) +;;2 • r T.
(2)

The kernel P (z. i.) possesses the properties

2•
1
P(O. i.) = 2n' .f P (z, re lfl ) d~ = I. (3)
o

1 r-p 1 r+p
-2-+
n r p <,P(Z. i.)<. -2 --.
n r-p
(4)

In particular, from (1) and (3), we have

2.

U (Z) = 2~ .r
o
U (Z + re/b) dB. (5)

3. Hanuzck's Theorem
THEOREM (Harnack's) A decreasing sequence lVol of functions that are
harmonic in a domain G converges uniformly in G either to a harmonic function or
II) -00. Suppose that -S (zo. r)~O. If we apply Poisson's formula
(1) to the nonnegative harmonic functions U. - U.+ p and use prop-
erties (4) and (5), we obtain Harnack's inequality
~+: (U. (ZO) - Un~(zoJJ <:: U. (z) - V •• ~ (z) <:
(6)
<:: rr+
-p
p [V.(ZO)- V.n(ZO)].
,

Which is valid for all z ES (ZU, n.

Suppose that U.(z"J- -:-..::. Then it follows from inequality (6)
that V. (z) - U (z) uniformly in S (zo, r /2\. On the basis of the Heine-
Borel theorem, we conclude from this that U.(z)-+ - ' X l uniformly
in every subdomain O'~O, that is, uniformly in O.
Suppose now that V.(ZO)-+:l > - :0. Then, from what we have
lust proven, U(z)=limU~(z» -= in O. It follows from inequality
58 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

(6) Va (Z) --+ V (z) uniformly in S (zo ,/2). On the basis of the Heine-
Borel theorem, Va (z) converges uniformly to V (z) in every sub-
domain O'eO. Therefore, V(z) is a harmonic function in 0, which
completes the proof.

4. A test jor subharmonicity

Suppose that u(z) < +00 is a subhannonic function in S(zO,r) and that u(z) is
upper-semicontinuous in S (zO, r). Then, for all z E S(zO, r),

2.
u(z) <: JP(z - zo, re 1o )u(zo+re1o)d6. (7)
°
Conversely, if u(z) < +00 is upper-semicontinuous in the domain G and satis-
fies the inequality

~"

u(z)<: do;:.r u(z+re 10 )d6 (8)

o

for all z E G and for all sufficiently small r ~ ro (z), then u (z) is a subharmonic
function in G.
Proof; Suppose that u (z) < +::x:> is subharmonic in S (ZO, r) and
upper-semicontinuous in S (ZO, r). On the basis of section 2.4, there
exists a decreasing sequence of continuous functions Va (z) for
(l = I, 2, ... , that converges to u (z) in S (ZO, r). Let um(z) be a har-
monic function S (ZO, r) that assumes the value um (z) on as (ZO, r).
Since

V.+ 1 (z) = U d1 (z) -< u. (z)= Vm(z), z Eas (ZO, r).

we have, by virtue of the maximum principle,

V a + 1 (z) -< V. (z), z ES(zo. r). (9)

In accordance with Harnack's theorem (see section 9.3), we con-

clude from this that the function

V·(z)= lim V.(z) (10)

•...,,00
is either identically equal to - 0 0 or is a harmonic function in
S (ZO, r). But the function u (z) is subharmonic in a and
u (z) <: u. (z) =V m (z). z Eas (zO, r). (11)

Therefore,
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 59

u (z) <: u. (Z),

and, consequently, on the basis of (10),
u (z) <: U' (z), z ES(ZO, r). (12)

If we now use (I), (9)-(11), and the theorem of Levi (see

section 2.7), we obtain the chain of equations
2~

U"(z)= lim V.(z)= lim

C1~OO .~oo
f
0
P(z-zO, re ID )U.(zO+re ID )d6=

2~

= f
u
P(z-ZO, relB) 11m
a:~.::n
u. (zo+ relB)dfl =
2. (13)
= f
o
P(Z-ZO, reiD) lim u.(zO+reID)dfl=
II~OO
2~

= f P (z - zo, rel~) u (ZO + re ls) dB,

o

which, together with (12) yields the desired inequality (7).

Conversely, suppose that the function u (z) < 00 is upper- +
semi continuous in a and satisfies inequality (8). Suppose, further-
more, that U (z) is a harmonic function in A' e a which is continuous
in A' and that U (z) >- II (z) on ao'. We assume that there exists a
point z' E A' such that U (z') < u (z'). Then, the function f (z) =
u(z)-U(z) is upper-semicontinuous in 0', nonpositive on ao', and
positive at the point z' EO'. Therefore, it attains its maximum
M > 0 (see section 2.3) at the point ZO Ea'. But, by virtue of Eq.
(5), the function f (Z) satisfies inequality (8) for all sufficiently small
r<ru(zO). This means thatf(z)=:=M in S(ZIl, r) because, if fez) were
less than M at some point z' ES (ZO, r). this inequality would, in
view of the upper-semicontinuity of the function f (z), be retained in
Some neighborhood of the point z' (see section 2.2), which would
contradict inequality (8).
By virtue of the Heine-Borel theorem, we can exhibit a nwnber
ro= ro(O') > 0 such that inequality (8) will be satisfied for all
z EQ' and r -< roo Then, if we apply this inequality to all pOints of
the domain A' at which f (z) = M, we see that f (z) EO M > 0 in 0',
Which contradicts the fact that f (z) ~ 0 on ao'. This contradiction
proves the inequality U (z) >- II (z) in a', sothat u (z) is a subharmonic
function in O. This completes the proof of the theorem.

5. The smallest harmonic majorant

If a function u (z), such that - OJ '1= u (z) < +::0, is subharmonic
in S(ZO, r) and upper-semi continuous in .C:(ZO, r), the function U'(z)
60 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

constructed in the proof of the direct part of the theorem of section

9.4 is harmonic S (ZO, r) and upper-semi continuous in S (ZO, r). Ac-
cording to Eqs. (13), this function is independent of the choice
of decreasing sequence u. _ u. The function U· (z) is called the
least harmonic majorant of the function u (z) in S (ZO, r). It possesses
the property that the inequality u(z)< U(z)OndS(zO, r), where U(z)is
harmonic in S (ZO, r) and continuous in S (ZO, r), implies the inequality
U' (z) < U (z) in S (ZO, r). Specifically, from (1) and (13), we have

u·(z)= f P(z-ZO, re u(zo+ re dO <

ii) 18 )

° 2ft

< f P (z - zo, re U + re iQ ) (ZO i9 ) dO = U (z).

u

If the boundary dO is such that the Dirichlet problem is solvable

for an arbitrary continuous function defined on 00, we define in an
analogous manner the least harmonic majorant of a function u (z)
such that - 00 =1= u (z) < + 00, that is subharmonic in a and upper-
semi continuous in O.

6. The simplest properties of subharmonic junctions

The following properties of subharmonic functions follow from
the test of section 9.4:
A function defined in a domain is subharmonic in that domain if
and only if it is subharmonic in a neighborhood of every point of
that domain.
A linear combination, with positive coeffiCients, of subharmonic
functions is a subharmonic function.
The limit of a uniformly convergent sequence of subharmonic
functions is a subharmonic function.
A monotonically decreasing sequence I Ua I of subharmonic functions converges
to a subharmonic function.
Proof: On the basis of section 2.3, for an arbitrary subregion
0' CEO, there exists a number C <+
x such that u.+ 1 (z) <: u. (z) c. <
Therefore (see section 2.4), the function lim u. (z) < 00 is
«-+00
+
upper-semi continuous. Furthermore, according to section 2.7, it
is possible to take the limit under the integral sign in inequality (8):
2.

lim ". (z)

4-+.)0
< 2~ 0f lim u. (z
11-+.:.0
+ re lB ) dfJ.

From the theorem of section 9.4, the function lim u. (z) is sub-
_-+00
harmonic.
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 61

A nonconstant subharmonic function u (z) in a domain G cannot have a maximum

value within G.
To see this, if the function u (z) did have a maximum value M at
a point ZO Ea, we should have, just as in the proof of the converse
portion of the theorem of section 9.4, u (z) M in a, which is im- =
possible.
The upper envelope

u(z) = lim SliP u. (z')

z' -+.z Il

and the limit superior

'tI (z) = lim lim u. (z')

I·~.z Il~OO

of the family I Ua I of functions that are subharmonic and locally uniformly bounded
above in the domain G are subharmonic functions in G.
Proof: The function /I (z) <+
00 and is upper-semi continuous in a.
If we apply inequality (8) (for, < ~a(Z» to each function ".(Z), we
obtain by use of Levi's theorem (see section 2.7)
2n

U (z) = lim sup u. (z') lim -i- f sup u. (z' + re iS ) d6 -<

-< ,'-+z
z· .... , Q noll

-
~

-< "21n 0/' z'lim sup ". (Z' + re lS ) da =

.... z •
1
2"
1t
r
0
h

II (Z + re iS ) cla.
On the basis of the test of section 9.4, this proves that the function
v(z) is subharmonic. We can treat the function u (z) in an analogous
fashion.

7. The greatest subharmonic minorant

Suppose that a function r (z) is upper-semicontinuous in a. A
subharmonic function v (z) is called the greatest subharmonic minorant
of the function r (z) in the domain a if (1) v (z) r (z) and (2) -<
v (z):;;;" II (z) for an arbitrary subharmonic function u (z) that is
subharmonic
From this definition, it is clear that the function v(z) is unique.
Let us show that if ,(z)<+oo, thenv(z) always exists and is given
by the formula

v (z) = lim sup II (z').

z' -+ z \u (z·).o;;, (z'JI

where the supremum is over all functions II (z) that are subharmonic
in a and that do not exceed , (z).
62 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

Since the function r (z) is upper-semi continuous in 0, the set of

subharmonic functions u(z) that do not exceed, (z) are uniformly
locally bounded above in 0 (see section 2.3). Therefore, the func-
tion 11 (z) is subharmonic in a and

11 (z) < lim

a' -toz
r (z') = , (z).

Finally, if u (z) is a subharmonic function and u (z) <.' (z), then u(z)-<
v(z). This means that the function v(z) that we have constructed is
the greatest subharmonic minorant of the function, (z)in the domain
O.
The least superharmonic majorant V (z) of a lower-semi-
continuous function R (z) > - co in a domain 0 is defined analogously:

V(z)= lim inf u(z'),

z' .... z (u (z');;;' R(z')J

where the infimum is over all functionsu(z) that are superharmonic

in a and that are not less than R (z).

8. The mean value of a subharmonic junction

Suppose that u (z) is a subharmonic function in a domain O. The
function
2.

J(" zo; u)=.!-

:IT; •(u(zo+,e )d6
I9
o

is called the mean value of u (z). Obviously. it is defined for all ,

such that [z: Iz-zol=rlcO.
If u (z) is a subharmonic function in G, its mean value increases with respect
to r in [0, R) if [I z - zO 1< RJ c G, and is convex with respect to In, in (r, R) if
[p < 1 z - zO 1 < RJ c G,
To see this, let '1 and '2' where 'I < '2' be arbitrary numbers in
[0, R) and let U' (z) be the smallest harmonic majorant of the func-
tion u(z) in the circle Iz-zOl <'2 (see section 9.5). Then,

which shows that the function J(" zO; u) is an increasing function

of , in 10, R).
Let 'I and '2' where 'I < '2' be arbitrary numbers in (p, R) and
let V (z) be the least harmonic majorant of the function u (z) in the
annulus '1 < Iz - zOl < '2 (see Fig. 10). By USing Green's formula,
we obtain, for all , E: ('I" (2) and all e E(O" - r 1), .
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 63

(14)

Since the function V is harmonic, we have

J
Iz-z' 1-',+'
~I
Op p-"H
ds= f
•
Iz-z'l-r
~I
Op p-'
ds=a.

where the number a is independent of , and E. Therefore, if we

take the limit in (14) as a ---. 0, we see that the function

J(,. zo; V)= ~, .f

I z-zOI-r
V ds

is linear with respect to In , inc,\, '2). Furthermore, the function

J(,. zO; u) does not exceed J(,. zO; V) in ('1' '2) and it coincides with

Fig. 10

J(,. zO; V) at the pOints '1 and '20 These statements prove that
J(r. zO; u) is convex with respect to In r in ('1' '2). Because '1 and
r2 were arbitrarily chosen (except that p <'1 <'2 < R), we conclude
from this that this function is convex with respect to In , for all
r E(p. R), which completes the proof.
Rel/UJrk: This theorem holds also in R"for arbitrary" ~ 3. Here,
the function In , must be replaced by r- a+2•

9. The summability oj a subharmonic junction

If u(z) ;i -OG is a subharmonic function in a dOl/UJin G, it is locally summable
in G.
64 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

Proof: The function u (z) is integrable over an arbitrary sub-

domain 0' ~ a and its integral < +
00. Let us show that this integral
cannot be equal to - 00. Suppose that it is equal to - 00. Then.
there exists a pOint zOE a' and a positive number ro such that

J u(z)dxd)/=-oo, S(zo,3r o)CiiO. (15)

S (Zo, ro)

If we integrate inequality (8)

with respect to rdr from 0 to ro and apply Fubini's theorem (see

section 2.9). we obtain by virtue of (15),
1
"2 u (zO)ro
2
<
'0 2~

<:: 2~ J
o
rdr.! u(zo+reIS)dO= 21"
0 S
J
(ZII' ro)
u(z)dxdy=-oo.

From this it follows that u (zO) = - 00.

Suppose that Z' E5 (ZO, ro). Since 5 (Z', 2ro)c5 (zo. 3ro)' it follows
from (15) that the integral of the function u (z) with respect to
5 (z'. 2ro) is equal to - 00. But then, according to what we have just
proven, u(z')= - 0 0 . Thus, u(z)=--oo in 5(zo. ro)' This implies
that II (z)= - 00 in a, which contradicts our assumption.

10. The uniqueness oj a subharmonic junction

LEMMA. Suppose that Ul (z) and U2 (z) are subharmonic functions in a domain
G and that they coincide almost everywhere in G. Then. Ul (z) = U2 (z) every-
where in G.
This lemma follows from the following more general proposition.
Suppose that a subharmonic function Ul (z) coincides almost everywhere in G
with an upper-semicontinuous func.tion U2(Z) < +00. Then. Ul (z) ~ U2(Z) every-
where in G.
Proof: Suppose, on the contrary, that "2 (ZO) < "l (zO), where Zo Ea.
Since the function u 2 (z) < +
oc is upper-semi continuous at the point
z?, there exists a positive number ii such that, for alllz-zOl<3,
the inequality 112 (z) < Ul (zo) is satisfied (see section 2.2). If we
apply inequality (8) to the function "l (z), we obtain

.r
2~

112 (z) < 2~ "l (ZO + relS) d6, z E5 (zQ, S). r <:: 8.
o
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 65

If we set z =nil + ZO and integrate the above inequali ty with respect

to r dr from 0 to 8 and with respect to drp from 0 to 21t, we obtain,
by use of Fubini's theorem (see section 2.9)

f u2 (z)dxdy< f ul(z)dxdy.
S~~~ s~~~

which is impossible.

11. Examples oj subharmonic junctions

If u (z)">o, is a subharmonic function, the function uP (z) (for
p> I) is also subharmonic.
This assertion follows from Holder's inequality

uP(z) < [ ;" l u(z+re IS )d8]P < 2~ i uP (z+re'S)d6

and the test of section 9.4.

If u (z) is a. subharmonic function, the function eU (Z) is also sub-
harmonic.
This assertion follows from the inequality between the geometric
and arithmetic means:

e J p In / dx .....
./ f pi dx. 1'f f P d x= 1• ...... 0
Po? I V'
.... 0

(see [101, p. 167) and section 9.4. Specifically.

eU(Zl<ex p !;" l u(z+re iQ )d8 1< 2~

< i" J exp (u (z+ re lS»dO.

o
The converse is not true (see section 9.15).

12. Jensen's inequality

Suppose that f(z) is hoiomorohic in G. Then. the functions In 1f(z) I. In+ ! f(z) 1
and I f(z) IP (p ~ 0) are su/Jharmonic in G.
Proof: Since
I/(zW=ePlnl/(Zll. In+l/(z)l=max(O. Inl/(z)l>.
66 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

it will, by virtue of section 9.11, be sufficient to prove the above

assertion for the function In I/(z)l. But this function is subharmonic
according to the test of section 9.4 since it does not take the value
+ Xl; it is upper-semicontinuous in a; and, it satisfies inequality
(8) for all sufficiently small r -< ro (z) for z Ea. The last assertion
follows from the following considerations: Either In If (z)1 = - 00
and inequality (8) is trivally satisfied or Inl/(z)I=Reln/(z) >-ex:;
is a harmonic function in some neighborhood of the point z and in-
equality (8) is satisfied by virtue of Eq. (5).
Thus, if a function 1 (z) is holomorphic in S (0. r), Jensen's
inequality
2_

Inl/(z)l<j P(z. re I8 )lnl/(re I8 )ld8

o

follows from inequality (7).

13. The approximation oj subharmonic junctions

Por u(z) to be a subharmonic function in a domain G, it is necessary and
sufficient that u (z) be the limit of a decreasing sequence of subharmonic func-
tions Ua(Z). for a = 1.2•...• in the class C(CD)(a:,), where the domains Gil are
such that Ga C Ga + 1 and UGa = G.
a

Proof: Sufficiency of the above condition follows from section 9.6,

Let us prove the necessity. If u (z) = - 00, the required se-
quence is u. (z) = - a. If u (z) ¢ - 00, u (z) is locally summable in a
(see section 9.9). Suppose that a function w(Izl) defined in D
possesses the properties:O<w(lzl) w(jzl)=O forlzl~ I;
I

2"11: f w(p)pdp= 1 (16)

o
(see section 3.1). We construct a sequence of mean functions:

u.(z)= f u lz + :' )w(lz'l)dx' dy' =

= f (z')0l(,;lz-z'I>:x dX'flY'=
U 2

= / rw(n [Iu (z +~ej~)dO Jdr =

(17)

=27./Jl~·' z; Il)rw(r)dr. a=1.2 • ....

"
Since the function u (z) is subharmonic in a. inequalities (17) and the
properties of the function 1D{lz/) imply, by virtue of the test of
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 67

section 9.4, that the functions u. (z) are subharmonic and infinitely
differentiable in the open sets

o.=[z: Aa(Z»~. zEO].

where
O.CO.-IlandUO.=O .
•
As our set 0., we take that component o. to which the fixed point of
the domain 0 belongs.
Let us show that the monotonically decreasing sequence of
functions [u.! converges to u(z) at every point zEo. If zEO, then
S(z. p)eO for some p > O. But then, there exists a number N>- 1
such that S(z. p)@O.for all a.>-N. Since the function J (rjll, z; u) de-
creases monotonically with increasing a. (see section 9.8), it
follows from the last term of Eq. (17) that the sequence u. (z). for
a. ~ N, decreases monotonically. On the other hand. the test of section
2.2 tells us that. for arbitrary positive e. there exists a positive
+
number 8 (where (8 ~ p) sucb that u (z') < u (z) I! for all Iz' - z I < 8.
From this and from (16 and 17). it follows that u. (z) < u (z) +e for all
sufficiently large «. This. together with tbe inequality u (z) ~ u. (z),
proves that lim u.. (z) = a (z) for aU z EO, which completes the proof.
--:toco

14. A property of positivity of subharmonic junctions

If u (z) ~ - 00 is a subharmonic function in a domain G, it satisfies the in-
equality.

02U (z)
4 --_- = tJ.a (x. y)
oz oz >- o. zEO. (18)

Conversely, if u E D·(o) and satisfies inequality (18) in G. then u(z) is a

measurable function and there exists a unique subharmonic function in G that
coincides with u(z) almost everywhere in G.
Remark: Differentiability and positivity in inequality (18) must be
understood in the sense of generalized functions: Au >- 0 means that
f a tJ. 'f' dx dy >- 0 for arbitrary 'f' (z):? 0 in D (0) (see section 3.4).
Proof: Suppose that a (z) is a subbarmonic function in O. Since
u (z) '¢ - 00, u (z) must, because of section 9.9, be locally summable
In O. Hence, u (z) defines a continuous linear functional u over D (0)
f
by the formula (a. 'f')::::: u'f'dx dy (see section 3.2); that is, u ED' (0).
Inequality (8) for the function u (z) can be rewritten in terms of
generalized functions in the form of the convolution (see section 3.3)
68 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUOOCONVEX DOMAINS

(19)

where the generalized function p., is defined by the equation

2.

(p." 'f') = 2~ J
o
'f' (re li ) da, 'f'ED(O),

But since

(fl';:;-~. 'f) = ;2 [21"l'f(retU)da-'f'(O)]-ill'f'(O)

for arbitrary 'f' ED (0). it follows that

flr - ~ 1 ~
-,-.- - 4" Ilu. as r-+ O. (20)

Using the continuity of the convolution (see section 3.3), we derive

inequality (18) from (19) and (20):

Conversely, suppose that Il (z) ED' (0) and satisfies inequality (18)
in the domain O. Then, IlU defines a positive measure in 0 (see
section 3.4). We denote this measure by /1.. Thus, Il satisfies
Poisson's equation 1l1l=P.. We denote by E(z)=(I/:.1,,)lnlzl thefunda-
mental solution of this equation, IlE = 0, and we denote by p.O' the
restriction of the measure (l to an arbi~rary subdomain 0' c: O. Then,
u (z) can be represented by Riesz' formula in A' (see section 3.10):

u=E*p.o'+Vo', (21)

where Vo' (z) is a harmonic function in the region 0'.

Furthermore, since the function

!Ilnlz- z'lldxdy
o·
is continuous with respect to Zl in 0' and since the measure P.o'
defines a continuous linear functional over the space of functions
that are continuous in 0', the iterated integral

exists and is finite. Then, we conclude from Fubini's theorem (see

 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 69

section 2.9) that, for almost all z Ea', the integral

2~ f
0'
Inlz-z'l dp.(z')=E*p.a·,

exists and is finite. This integral is a summable function on 0'.

From this and from (21), it follows that the generalized function u
is locally summable in A' and can, for almost all z Ea', be repre-
sented in the form

u (z) = 2~ I
0'
In jz - z'ldp. (z') + Ua·(z). (22)

Let us show now that the right member of Eq. (22) is a sub-
harmonic function in the domain O~ We denote it by 1'1 (z). Since,
for every z Ea'. the sequence of continuous functions In (Iz - z' I E) +
approaches In Iz - z'l monotonically from above as E ~ 0, it +
follows on the basis of Levi's theorem (see section 2.7) that

1'J(z)= lim u.(z)+Uo·(z). (23)

'-+-10

where

u,(z)= ill Iln(lz-z'I+E)dp.(Z')'

a'

The functions u, (z) are continuous in a'. Furthermore, since the

measure Jl. > 0 and the function
In(lzl +e)= sup Inlz+CI
I CI'"

is subharmonic (see sections 9.6 and 9.12). we conclude, on the

basis of the test of section 9.4, that the function u, (z) is subharmonic
in A' and that it decreases monotonically as E -+ + o. Remembering
that U a · (z) is a harmonic function in a', we conclude from equation
(23) (see section 9.6) that the function 1'J(z) is subharmonic in a'.
Thus, the function u(z) coincides (almost everywhere) in an
arbitrary subdomain Q'~O with a subharmonic function. This
means that u (z) coincides almost everywhere in a with a sub-
harmonic function. From section 9.10, this subharmonic function
is unique, which completes the proof.

15. Logarithmically subharmonic junctions

. A nonnegative function u (z) is said to be logarithmically sub-
harmonic in a domain a if the function In u(z) is subharmonic in O.
70 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

On the basis of section 9.11, the function u (z) Is also subharmonlc.

Examples of logarithmically subharmonic functions are the abso-
lute values of holomorphic functions (see section 9.12).
THEOREM. For a nonnegative function u{z)to be logarithmically subharmonic
in a domain G, it is necessary and sufficient that the function u{z) I e az I be sub-
harmonic in G for all complex a.
PrOOf: The necessity of the condition is obvious since the function
In u (z)+ Re(az)is sliliharmonicfor all a and, by virtue of section 9.11,
the function u (z)leaZI is also subharmonic.
To prove the sufficiency, note that the function In u (z) < + 00 and
is upper-semicontinuous in a since

lim u (z) == u (zO) == 0 = lim u (z)

......... HIt

and hence the nonnegative function u (z) is continuous at points zO at

which u (zO) = O.
We introduce the decreasing sequence

u.(z)= f u(z+:' ) 1D(lz'\)dx'dy'++. «== l. 2••.•

of positive infinitely differentiable subharmonic functions in the

corresponding domains a... where a.cad l and Ua.=a (see
section 9.13). It follows from the equation
.
u. (z) leaz I =
= f u( z+ z: )1/ (z+:') 1111 (lz'l> e -Re (II:') dx' d.v'+~1 eazl

and the hypothesis of the theorem that the function u. (z) I eaz I is sub-
harmonic in a. for all «. Then, by virtue of section 9.14, we have

+
for all b and e, where a = b Ie. From this, taking the minimum
over b and e and using the fact that u. ~ 1 / II is positive, we obtain
the inequality

ou,.
a.b.u.- (ax )1 - (dY
ou,. )1 ~O.

On the other hand, we have

1 [ u. b.u. - ( h
11 In u. = u: iJu. )1 - (T,
ou. )'] .
 SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 71

Therefore. fJ.ln u. ~ 0 in 0 •• From this. we conclude on the basis of the

test in section 9.14 that the function In u. (z) is subharmonic in 0 ••
Since u. -+ u, monotonically decreasing (see section 9.13), as
11 - 00 , it follows that In u. _In u. also decreasing monotonically.
Therefore, the function In u is subharmonic in a (see section 9.6).
which completes the proof.

16. The trace of a subharmonic junction on a Jordan cunJe

Suppose that a function u (z) is subharmonic in a domain G and that L =
. [z: z' = z <t>, 0 ~ t ~ I] is a Jordan curve lying entirely in G. Then.

lim u [z (t») = u [z (0»). (24)

1-+0. '".0

(See Oka [75] and Rothstein [66].)

Proof: Without loss of generality. we may assume that z (0) = O.
Let us denote the left member of Eq. (24) by a. Since the func-
tion u [z (I)] is upper-semicontinuous for t E[0. I) (see section 9.1).
we have
a -< lim u [z (I») =
10+0
II (0) < + 00.
Let us suppose that a<u(O). Define E=I/2[u(0)-aJ. Then.
since 0 Ea and the function u (z) is upper- semicontinuous in 0,
there exist positive numbers r -< I and to -< I such that S (0. r) ~ a
and

u [z (I)] -< u (0) - E. IE (0. to]; (25)

Here, we may assume that the point z (to> lies on the circle I z.1 " r
and that the curve z = z (I). for 0 -< I -< 10• lies
entirely inside the closed circle I z I = r. Sup-
pose that p < r. We denote by Lp that portion
of the curve L that lies between the points
z (to) and z (I p)' where z (I p) is the last point of
intersection of L with the circle Iz I= p (as
we move along L to the point 0 [see Fig. 11]).
We denote by D, the circle lei < r deleted
by the curve L,. Since L is a Jordan curve.
D is a simply connected domain and all points
l
o its boundary dD, are accessible from D
(see section 1.5). Here. points of curve L'
are double points. We denote by d'D, thJ Fi8. II
boundary of D, with the multiplicity of its
points taken into consideration 1see secfion 7.3].
72 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUOOCONVEX DOMAINS

Let us consider the function z = that maps the open circle W. (e)
Ie 1< 1 single-s~eetedly and conformally D, in such a way that on~
cop (U) = 0 and wp (0) > O. According to Caratheodory's theorem (see
section 7.4), w. maps the circle IeI-< I in a one-to-one manner onto
i)'Op' Here, the function "\(C) is continuous in lei < 1.
Thus, the function "'p (C) / c is holomorphic in IeI < 1 and is con-
tinuous and nonzero in ICI = I. Therefore. the function In I'\(;) I
is harmonic in ICI < I and continuous in ICI < 1. If we apply formula
(5) to it, we obtain
In Iw; (0) I=
2. 2.

="2
1 "
f '' I
1>
In (/8) dO="2
-p--
eli
1It ;, r In I wp(e IB ) Id6.
(26)

We denote bv Ip the preimage of the curve Lp C d'Dp under the

mapping z = Wp (e) and we denote by 21ta p the measure of the set Ip (on
the circle ICI= I). Obviously,

I wp (e) I > p. eEIp; IlI)p (C) 1-< r -< I. IeI = I.

From Eq. (26) and the above inequalities, we obtain the inequal-
ity
In III); (0) I> a p In p. (27)

On the other hand, since the function Olp (e) does not assume the
value p in the circle lei < I, it follows, on the basis of Koebe's
theorem (see section 7.4) that Iw' (0) I -< 4p. From this and from in-
equality (27), it follows that P
I-a 2 1
P P9'4"'

Since a p -< I, this inequality means that a p -+ I as p -+ + o.

The function u [wp (e)) is subharmonic in the open circle I e I < I (see
section 10.11) and upper-semicontinuous in the closed circlel 1: 1<' 1.
Therefore, it satisfies inequality (8):
:lot

U (0) = u [wp (O)J -< 21" f

o
u [wp (e I9 ») dB. (28)

Furthermore, since u (z) -< M < + 00 for Iz I -< r, we obtain on the

basis of inequalities (25) and (28)
Iu (0) -< [u (0) - EJ ap + M (I - a p)'

which is impossible as r -+ +0 (since a p -+ 1). This contradiction

proves Eq. (24).
 PLURI SUBHARMON I C FUNCTIONS 73

10. PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS

1. The definition oj a Plurisubharmonic junction

A function u (z)=u(z, z)=u(x, y) is said to be plurisubharmonic
(pseudoconvex) in a domain a c en if (1) u (z) is upper-semicontinuous
in v and (2) for arbitrary ZO EG and a ZO EG, the function u (ZO Aa) +
is subharmonic with respect to A in every component of the open set

A function u is said to be plurisuperharmonic ifi· - u is a pluri-

subharmonic function. We note that a plurisubharmonic function
does not assume the value +
00 and therefore is bounded from
above in G (see sections 2.3 and 1.6) and is locally integrable in G
(see section 2.6).
For the behavior of plurisubharmonic functions, see the works
by Lelong [12, 49], Bremermann [13], and Oka [19, 20].

2. A test jor Plurisubharmonicity

Suppose that u (z) is a plurisubharmonic function in a domain G and that
[z':'z' = z + Aa, I A I < rl eG. Then,
2.

U (z) -< 2~ / u (z + rae lo ) dO. (29)

o

Conversely, if u(z) < +00 is upper-semicontinuous in G and satisfies in-

equality (29) for all z E G, I a I = 1 and r S ro (z, a), then u(z) is a plurisub-
harmonic function in G.
This theorem follows from the definition of section 10.1 and
the test in section 9.4.

3. The simplest properties oj plurisubharmonic junctions

The following properties of plurisubharmonic functions follow
from the preceding test and from section 9.6.
A function u (z) is plurillUbharmonic in a domain G if and only if
it is plurisubharmonic in a neighborhood of each point of G.
A linear combination, with positive coefficients, of plurisub-
harmonic functions is a plurisubharmonic function.
The limit of a uniformly convergent sequence of plurisubharmonic
functions is a plurisubharmonic function.
A monotonically decreasing sequence of plurisubharmonic func-
tions is a plurisubharmonic function.
74 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

A nODConstant plurisubharmonic function in a domain a cannot

attain a maximum inside O.
Thus, by use of the theorem in section 2.3, we may assert that
the maximum principle (see section 1.6) holds for bounded regions
a and their boundaries ao with respect to functions that are pluri-
subharmonic in 0 and upper-semicontinuous in Q.
The upper envelope

u (z) = lim sup u. (z')

z'-+-z •

and the limit superior

{I (z) = lim lim u. (z')

z' -+z ........ 00

of the family {a o ! of functions that are plurisubharmonic in 0 and

locally uniformly bounded above in 0 are plurisubharmonic func-
tions in O.

4. The greatest Plurisubharmonic minorant

The greatest (resp. least) plurisubharmonic (resp. plurisuper-
harmonic) minorant {I (z) (resp. majorantV (z» of an upper- (resp.
lower-) semi continuous functions r (z) < 00 (resp. R (z»- 00) is de-
fined exactly as in section 9.7. We have the corresponding formulas

fI (z) = lim sup u (z').

z' -+z [u (z') " r (z')1
V (z) = lim inf u (z').
z' -+z lu (z');;' R (Z')}

where the supremum (resp. infimum) is over all plurisubharmonic

(resp. plurisuperbarmonic) functions in 0 such that u (z).~ , (z)
(resp. (a (z) ~ R (z»,

5. Examples oj plurisubharmonic junctions

If u (z) is a plurisubharmonic function, the function eU ( " is also
a plurisubharmonic function. If. in addition, u (z) o. then uP (z) is >-
a plurisubharmonic function for all p ~ 1 (see section 9.11).
If J (z) is holomorphic in O. the functions In 1J (z) I. In i- If (z) I and
1J (z) IP (where (p ~ 0) are plurisubharmonic in a (see section 9.12).
A function u (z) ~ 0 is said to be logarithmically plurisub-
harmonic in a domain a if the function In a (z) is plurisubharmonic
in a. It follows from this that the function a (z) must itself be
 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 75

plurisubharmonic. Examples of logarithmically plurisubharmonic

functions are the absolute values of holomorphic functions.
THEOREM. For a function u(z) .? 0 to be logarithmically plurisubharmonic, it
is necessary and sufficient that the function u(z) I e az I be plurisubharmonic (or
all complex vectors a.
This follows from the theorem of section 9.15.
We conclude from this theorem that the property of logarithmic
plurisubharmonicity is conserved under addition and multiplication
by a positive number. Therefore, the function

V(z)= f uP(z; ~)dp.m,

Is logarithmically plurisubharmonic if the function u (z; 0 is log-
arithmically plurisubharmonic with respect to z for every ~ and uP
[s summable with respect to the measure p. 0 (under the assumption >-
that V (z) is upper-semicontinuous).

6. Jensen's inequality

If a function u (z) is plurisubharmonic in Q and S (ZO, r) ~ Q,

then, for all z ES (zo. r),
21t 2'1t

U (z) -<: f ... f P n (z - zO, re le ) u (ZO + re ie ) dfll ... dfl n' (30)
o 0

where

Inequality (30) is easily proven by induction on 1/. since a plurl-

subharmonic function is subharmonic with respect to each variable
individually and this inequality was proven in section 9.4 for n = I.
Inequality (30) implies Jensen's inequality
21t 2"
Inlf(Z)I<f ... f Pn(z, reH)lnlf(rel!)ldO.
o 0

which is valid for all functions f (z) that are holomorphic in S (0, r).
The following properties ofthekernelP. (z, ~)followfrom (3) and (4):

.r ... .r
2'11: 211:

P n (0. ~) = (2~)n • P n (z, re l8 ) dB = 1. (31)

° 0
76 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

mll(r.
(32)

7. A generalization of Harnack's theorem

From inequality (30), we get the following generalization of
Harnack's theorem (see, for example, Bochner and Martin [31.
p. 189):
Suppose that a sequence of functions u,,(z). for a = 1. 2 •...• of functions that
are plurisubharmonic in a domain G and locally uniformly bounded above in G is
such that

lim u. (z) <: A

«-++00
< + 00. zEO. (33)

Then. for arbitrary € C 0 and arbitrary subdomain G'

ber such that. for all a ? N and all z € G'. the inequality
G. there exists a num- =
u. (z) <: A + e (34)
is valid.
Proof: On the basis of the Heine-Borel theorem, the compact set
(i' can be covered by a finite number of polycircles that are com-
pact in O. Therefore, it will be sufficient to prove the conclusion
of the theorem for just one of these polycircles S (Zo. rO). For
Simplicity in writing, we shall assume that ZO = O. Since S lO. rO) c: G,
there exists a greatest polycircle S (0. r), where r. > r~ for J =
I. 2. .... n. which is also compact in O. From the liypothesis of
the theorem.
(35)
If we apply inequality (30) to the functions u. (z) and to the poly-
circle S (0. r):
2n: 211:
U. (z) -< f ., .f P (z. n re 10 ) u. (re i6 ) dB. (36)
o
we obtain
u' (~) = sup II + • (re iO ) •
• m:>'O!l1

U o (~) = lim u. (re/~).

«-++.:0

Then, on the baSis of (33) and (35), we have. for z E:~ (0, r),
u.(rel~)<:u:(~)<:M, }
u:. 1 (8) <: u: (0) _110 (6) <: A. (37)
 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 77

From this and from inequality (36), we conclude that, for z ES(0. rO),.
:l'lt 211:

u. tz) -< J... JP II (z. reta) u: (0) dO -<

o ° 21'1: 2ft

<J ... JPn(z. re/ )uo(9)d9+ 9

(38)
° ° 2'K 2'11:

+MII(r. rO) J... I[«0)-U o(9)]dO-<'

o ° -<.A+Mn(r. rO)e ••

where the numbers Mn (r. rO) are defined in (32) and

2ft 2ft

E.= f ... flu:(O)-Uo(O)]do.

° °
21'1: 2ft

Suppose that f ... f uo(0)d6 > -00. It then follows from (37) and
°
from section 2.8 that
0
E. _ 0, monotonically decreasing. as (,t - 00. We
choose for N = N (E. rO) the smallest integer such thatM n (r. rO) eN -<. E.
From this and from (38), we have the desired inequality (34) in the
polycircle S (0. rO) for ex:> N.
On the other hand, if
21t 2n:

f ... f uu(O)dO=-oo.
° °
then
2ft 2.:

1). =f ... f u: (6) dry - - 00. a- 00.

° °
monotonically decreaSing, as a _ 00. By using inequalities (36),
(37), and (32) and Eq. (31), we obtain, for all z ES (0. -rO),
2. 2.
u.(z)'<M f ... f Pn(z. re/~)dO+
° 2.
0
21l
+f ... JPn{r. e i O)[u:(6)-Mjd6-<.
o 0
2. 2K

-<. M - Mn (r. rO) f ... f [M - u: (O)] dO =

° 0
=M[I-(21t)n mn {r. rO)I+mll(r. r O)l1.·
78 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

From this it follows that a. (z) -+ - 00 uniformly for all z ES (0. rO).
Consequently, inequality (34) remains valid in this case also in the
polycircle a -+ 00 for all sufficiently large a. This completes the
proof of the theorem.

8. The mean value of a Plurisubharmonic junction

Suppose that a (z) is a plurisubharmonic function in a domain a
and that zOEa. The function

J(r. zo; a)=~

".n
f a(zo+ra)da
lal=1

is called the mean value of u (z), where a~n is the area of the surface
of the unit sphere in R2n:

1( u (z) is a plurisubharmonic function in G. then

u(zO)<.J(r. zO; a).

also the {unction J (r. zO; u) is an increasing function with respect to r E [0, R) if
U (zo, R) c G and is convex with respect to In r in (p, R) if[z: p < I z _ zO I <
R] < G (see section 9.8).
Proof: If we integrate inequality (29) over all a such that Ia I = 1
and use the properties of integrals over a unit sphere, we obtain

2~

a (ZO) a~n <. 2~ f f da u (zo+ rae l9 ) dO =

1 a 1= 1 °
.r
~.

= 2~ da ./ u (zO + rae l9 ) da = (39)

o I/J 1= 1

I
.r
a 1=1
u(zo+ra)da=JznJ(r. zO; a).

Furthermore, since the function u (zO+Aa) is subharmonic with

respect to A, it follows on the basis of the theorem of section 9.8
that the function

~
2" •
o
r2.

a (ZO + rae li ) dO
 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 79

is an increasing function and is convex with respect to In r for all 4.

But then it follows from (39) that the function J(r. zoo u) is an in-
creasing function and is convex with respect to In r under analogous
conditions, which completes the proof.
It follows from this theorem and from the test in section 9.4
(for 2n variables) that plurisubharmonic functions are subharmonic
functions. In particular, if u (z) ¢ - 00 is a plurisubharmonic function
in a, it is locally summable in 0 (see section 9.9). If two pluri-
subharmonic functions in a coincide almost everywhere in a, they
are identical in a (see section 9.10).

9. Approximation of plurisubharmonic junctions

For a function u(z) to be plurisubharmonic in a domain G. it is necessary and
sufficient that it be the limit of a decreasing sequence of plurisubharmonic func-
tions ua.(z) , for a '" 1.2 •...• of the class e(CD) (Ga). where the domains Ga are
such that Ga C Ga+ 1 and UaGa '" G.
The proof is analogous to the proof of the theorem in section
9.13. Suppose that a function w (I z I) ED possesses the properties

o" w( I z I ); w( I z I ) = o. I zI > 1;
I

02. f
I)
w(p)p2n- 1 dp= 1

(see section 3.1). We define the required sequence of functions

u. (z) for 11 = I. 2.... , as in (17):

u.(z)= f u (z + ~ )w( Iz'l)dx' dy' =

= .r u (z')w (a. iz - z'l )112n dx' dy' =

I

= f r2n-
o
Iw (r) [ f u (z + ~ a) daJ dr
1'1= 1
=
1

f J(~.
=02n
o
z; u)r2n - 1w(r)dr.

The monotonic decrease of the functions u. (z) follows from the

theorem in section 10.8.
Remark: If a function u (z) is logarithmically plurisubharmonic,
the sequence u (z) constructed in the theorem consists of log-
arithmically plurisubharmonic functions. This follows from the
theorem in section 10.5 (cf. also the proof of the theorem in
section 9.15).
80 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

10. The property ojpositivity jar Plurisubharmonic junctions

If u(z) ~ -00 is a plwisubharmonic function in a domain a,the Hermitian form

~ d 2a - -
~--_- ajak=(!f(zj u)a. a)
J•• dZJ oz.
is positive in Gl that is, for an arbitrary nonnegative function cp € D (0) and,
arbitrary vectors a,

~
~! u(z)--_-dxdyajak"';pO.
d2'1'Cz) -
l.k dZjOZll

Conversely, if u € D*(O) is such that the Hermitian form (H(z; u)a,li) is posi-
tive in a, there exists a unique function that is plurisubharmonic in G and that
coincides with u(z) almost everywhere (cf. section 9.14).
Proof: If U (z) =1= - 00 is a plurisubharmonic function in a, there
exists, by virtue of the theorem in section 10.9, a sequence of
plurisubharmonic functions Ua (z), for II = 1. 2, ...• in the class
C(OO) (Oa)' where 0ac.0a+ 1 and UOa=O such that ua(z)_u(z), de-
creasing monotonically. Therefore. if we use the definition of
plurisubharmonic functions and the theorem in section 9.14, we
conclude that
-
(!f(z' ")a. a)=
• a
d2ua (z+Aa)
d). dJ..
I .......
A=O -:P'
0
•
zE a•.

Since "a(z)-u(z)in the sense ofD'(O), if we take the limit as a_oo

in the inequality that we have just obtained and make use of the
continuity of the differentiation operator in D' (a) (see section 3.3),
we see that the form (H (z; u) a. li) is positive in O.
Conversely, suppose that u ED' (a) and that the form (H (z; u) a. a)
Is positive in O. Then, Au> 0 in the sense of D' (a). In accordance
with the theorem in section 9.14 (more preCisely, in accordance
with the analogous theorem for the 2n-dimensional case), the func-
tion u (z) coincides almost everywhere in a with the unique sub-
harmonic function v(z). It then becomes clear that (H(z; v)a. a»O.
Suppose that the function w( Izl) satisfies the conditions of sec-
tion 10.9. We construct a sequence of mean functions

V.(z)= /v(Z-T- :')~(IZ'I)dx'dY'=

(40)
= f v(z')w(<1 /z-z'/ )a2l1 dx' dy'.

The functions v.(z)EC(=)(Oa), where O.c.0U I and UO.=O, con-

verge to v (z). decreasing monotonically, (see section 9:13). Further-
more, it follows from (40) and from the properties of the function
 PI..URISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS 81

w( Iz I ) that, for all a,

From this we conclude on the basis of the theorem in section 9.14

that the functions v. (z) are plurisubharmonic in 0 •• But then, the
function v (z) is plurisubharmonic in a (see section 10.3), which
completes the proof.
A consequence of this theorem is the following: For a function
to be pluriharmonic (see section 4.1), it is necessary and suf-
ficient that it be both plurisubharmonic and plurisuperharmonic.

11. Invariance under biholomorphic mappings

Plurisubharmonic functions are mapped under biholomorphic transformation into
plurisubharmonic functions.
Proof: Consider first a plurisubharmonic function u (z) EC(2) in a
domain a. IT ~=C(z) is a biholomorphic mapping of a onto 01' the
function 'u 1 (C) = u [z (C)] where z = z (~) is the inverse transformation
(see section 7.2), satisfies the inequality (lfl~; ul)a. ii»o since

(If (~; u l ) a. a) = (If (z; u) Aa. Aa) > o.

where

A= I I, oc~ i·'I
iJz·
j.k=1.2 ..... n.

On the basis of the theorem in section 10.10, the function U I (~) is

plurisubharmonic in 0 1,
Suppose now thatu (z) EC(2). If we apply the result that we have
just obtained to the decreasing sequence of plurisubharmonic
functions of the class C1oo) that converges to u (z) (see section 10.9),
we easily establish the assertion made in the general case.
Remark: Since a holomorphic mapping is locally biholomorphic
(see section 7.2) and since plurisubharmonic functions are defined
locally (see section 10.3), the assertion made above remains in
force for holomorphic mappings.
Finally, we note that if uEC~ the inequality {If(z; u)a. ii»o
when ~
I
::1 a j = 0 remains valid for a biholomorphic transformation.

To see this, note that, for U I (~) = U [z (~)].

 82 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

and hence

(H (C; U,) a. il) = (H (z; u) Aa. Aa):> O. q. e. d.

12. Analytic surfaces

A set FcC" is called a 2k-dimensional analytic surface if it is
defined in some neighborhood of every point zO EF by equations of
the form

where the functions zJ (zO; A) are holomorphic and the rank of the
matrix

(j= 1. 2••..• n. s= 1. 2•.•• , Ie)

is equal to k in the corresponding neighborhood of the point

),=0, zO=z(zO; 0).
It follows from this definition that, in a neighborhood of a
point zO EF, a 2k-dimensional analytic surface F is defined by the
equations
Is (zO; z) = O. s= 1.2 ..•.• n-k.

where the functions Is (ZO; z) are holomorphic and the rank of the
matrix of the 01.1 oZJ is equal to n-k in that neighborhood (cf. 7.2).
In accordance with the definitions of section 1.4, an analytic
surface is a surface of class C<"'l. Therefore, the concepts ex-
pounded in section 1.4 are applicable to analytic surfaces.
If a manifold F of dimension 2k is given by the equations
1.(z)=O fors= 1. 2..... n-k, where the functions Is(z) are holo-
morphic in a neighborhood of F, then F is called a 2k-dimensional
analytic set.

13. Plurisubharmonic junctions on analytic surfaces

Suppose that a function u (z) is defined on an analytic surface F.
We shall say that u (z) is plurisubharmonic on F if, for all zOE F,
the function u (z (zO; ),») is plurisubharmonic with respect to I. in
some neighborhood of the point A= o. We note that this definition
is of a local nature (cf. section 10.3).
A holomorphic function on an analytic surface is defined
analogously.
I( a fUllction u (z) is plurisubharmonic in a neighborhood V (F) of a 2~dimen­
sional analytic surface F, it is also a plurisubharmonic fUllCtion of F.
 PLURI SUBHARMON IC FUNCTIONS 83

Proof: IT we set cp(A) = II [z (ZU; A)I, we obtain (cf. section 10.11)

(H(A; lj1)a. a)=(H(z; u)Aa. Aa):>O.
where

A=II ::~~.
It remains only to use the theorem of section 10.10.•
An analogous assertion holds for functions that are holomorphic
in U (F).

14. The maximum principle

The maximum principle holds for bounded_domains S lying on an analytic sur-
(ace Fand for their boundaries as .such that S = S U as c D. andw~hrespect to
functions that are plurisubharmonic in Sand upper-semicontinuouson S (cf. section
10.3).
Proof: The assertion clearly holds for u ~ const. Let us now
suppose that u (z) ¥= const is a plurisubharmonic function on S that
is upper-semicontinuous on S. Let us suppose that the assertion
formulated above does not hold for this function. We define
A=[z:u(z)=M. zES].
where
M = sup Il(Z).
ZES

Since u (z) is upper-semicontinuous on S, the set A is nonempty (see

section 2.3). By hypothesis, AeS. But A is a closed set on ZO (see
section 9.4) and since it is bounded, we have A~S. Let ZO denote a
point in dA. By definition (see section 10.12), in a neighborhood of
the point zO, an analytic surface F is defined in the form Zj = Zj().),
for j = 1.2 ..... n where the Zj(A) are holomorphic in some neigh-
borhood V of the point A= O. ZU = Z (0). Let us assume that the
neighborhood U is sufficiently small that [z: z = Z (A). AEVieS
(such a neighborhood always exists since AcsS). But then, the func-
tion u [z (A)l is plurisubharmonic in V (see section 10.13) and it
attains its maximum value M at an interior point A= 0 of the domain
U. Consequently, u(zJ=M in [z: Z=Z(A), AEVI (see section 10.3),
which contradicts the fact that ZO is a boundary point of the set A.
This completes the proof.

15. Hartogs {unctions

The class of Hartogs functions F 0 (see [16, 3]) is defined as
the smallest class of real-valued functions defined in a domain a
84 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

that contains all functions In If(z)l, where fez) Is a holomorphlc

function in 0, and that is closed under the following operations:
(1) ifa!. a 2EFa and AI >0. A2> o. then Alai +A2a 2 EFa:
(2) if \a.1 cFa where U. <,. Co' < +00 for every subdomain 0'=0,
then supu. E Fa:
(3) if {u.lcF a and a.>u. i l then lim a.EFa:
.... w
(4) ifuEFa • then lim u (z,)EFa:
z' -+ z
(5) if II EFa' for all subdomains O'eO, then a E Fa.
From the properties of plurlsubharmonic functions, it follows
that Hartogs' functions that are upper-semicontinuous are pluri-
subharmonic functions. However, not every plurisubharmorrlc
function is a Hartogs function. A counterexample has been con-
structed by Bremermann [16, 17). On the other hand, for the case
in which 0 is a domain of holomorphy. the classes of upper-
semicontinuous Hartogs' functions and plurisubharmonic functions
coincide (see [16]).

11. CONVEX FUNCTIONS

Convex functions constitute an important special case of pluri-
subharmonic functions. Therefore. a number of propositions in the
theory of convex functions follow from the corresponding assertions
regarding plurisubharmonic functions. For more detailed informa-:-
tion on convex functions. see, for example, Bonnesen and Fenchel
(121], Hardy. Littlewood, and POlya (10). and Bremermann [13].

1. Definition of a convex junction

A real-valued a (x) < +00 of a real variable x is said to be con-
vex in an interval (a. IJ) if, for aU x and
x'in (a. IJ) and for alIA E[0. II. it satisfies
the inequality (see Fig. 12)

a [b+ (I-A) x')<"Aa (x)+(I-A) a (x'). (41)

A function a (xl. where x = (xl' ...• x n )

is said to be convex in a domain
r ! B c R" if. for aU XU EB and all IJ such
I
I
I
I
that IIJI=I. the function a(xO+tlJ) is
I I convex with respect to t in every in-
a z J..z-(!-).)z' .x' terval contained in the open set
Fi~. 12
B .... b=[t: xO+lJtEB).
It follows from these definitions that if a function a (x) is convex
in a domain B, either a (x}oa - 00 or a (x:) is finite at all points in B.
 CONVEX FUNCTIONS 85

2. Continuity of convex junctions

If a function u(x) ~ - 0 0 is convex in a domain B, it is continuous in B.
Proof: Let us show first that u (x)is bounded
above on every compact set K cB. On the
basis of the Heine-Borel theorem, it will be
sufficient to prove this assertion for closed
bounded convex polyhedra contained in B.
We denote by x(k), for k= 1,2..... N, the
vertices of the polyhedron 1t (see Fig. 13).
An arbitrary point x E1t can be represented
in the form

Fig. 13

Then, the inequality

(42)

is valid.
To see this. note that inequality (42) is valid for N = I. Suppose
that it is valid for N - 1. Then, by using inequality (41), we obtain

U (x) = U( ~ t ... X(k) + t NX(N») <:

l';;k';;N-l

<:(I-tN)U( ~ I~kt X(k»)+

l';k';;N-l N

+tNu(X(N» <: ~ tkU(X(k»).

l';k<.N

Inequality (42) implies that the function U (x) is bounded above on

1t since

Consider any point XO EB. We shall show that U (x) is continuous

at x!l. From what we have already proven, U (x) <:a in a sufficiently
small sphere Jx-xoJ <:r. Let Xk -40Xo. Then,l ~ek= IXk-Xol/ r-400.
If we apply inequality (41) taking I. = ell' x = x ... -xO 1'1/ xo. and +
x' = xO, we obtain

From this it follows that

86 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

(43)

If we apply inequality (41). this time taking ).. = 1/1 + lk x = Xk and

x' = xO - Xk/'k + xo. we obtain

so that

u (X O) - ~ (x k ) -< Ek [a - u (xO)I·

This. together with (43) proves that u (x)is continuous at the point xo.

3. Properties of convex junctions

The properties of convex functions are analogous to the prop-
erties of continuous plurisubharmonic functions and they follow
from the properties of convex functions of a single variable just
as the properties of plurisubharmonic functions follow from the
properties of subharmonic functions of a single (complex) variable
(see section 10).
Let us note some of these properties.
A function u (x) is convex in a region B if and only if the quadratic
form

,"' (}2u
~ ox-oxk bjJ,,=(H(x; u)b. b)
J. k J

is positive semidefinite in 8 (in the sense of D' (8» (cf. section

10.10).
The upper envelope

.
sup u. (x)

and the limit superior

lim u. (x)
. . . . 00

of the family (u.(x)l of functions that are convex in 8 and that are
locally uniformly bounded above in 8 are convex functions in 8
(cf. section 10.4).
If a function u{z} ; u(x,y) is convex in a domain G C R 2n , it is plurisub-
harmonic in that domain_
Proof:Ji we take aj=bj+icj • we have
 CONVEX FUNCTIONS 87

(44)

that is, if we define B = (b. c) = (bl' 00 o. boo el' 00 o. en) and C =

(c. - b), we have

- 1 1
(H(z: u)a. a)=T(H(x. y: u)B. B)+"4(H(x. y: u)C. C).

from which the assertion follows.

Por a function u (x) to be convex in a domain BeRn, it is necessary and
sufficient that it be plurisubharmonic in the tubular domain B + iRnc en.
This is true because au! ay,=o for}= 1. 2. n and, hence, 0 ...

it follows from (44) that

- 1 1
(H(z: u)a. a)=T(H(x; u)b. b)+"4(H(x; u)e. c). q.e.d.

4. Convex junctions with respect to (In r l • .... In r.)

Por a function R (Tl, where r = (T!, r2, ... , rn ), to be convex with respect to
the variables (lnq, r2, ... , lnr n) in a domain B contained in the octant rj > 0, for
j > 1,2, .... n,itisnecessaryandsufficientthatthefunctionu(z) = R(jZll, ... ,
I Zn i> be plurisubharmonic in the multiple-circular domain

Proof: Either the function R (r) is continuous in B or R (r) =- 00

(see section 11.1). Furthermore, taking

we obtain

~=..!.- a2~ +_1_~. a·u_ =~~ei(l'll-")

iizj iiz, 4 ar, 4'j ii" aZj aZIl 4 a,) a'll
(} =1= k).

It follows from this that

88 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

If we define
a = (r11 a.lcos «(jll - ~j)' •..• r nl an Icos (CjIn - an»'
~=(rllallsin(~l- 61), .... rnl a nl sin (CjIn - 6n ».
we obtain
- 1 1
(H(z; u)a. a)=4"(H(lnr; R)a. a)+"4(H(lnr; R)~. ~).

from which the assertion made follows.

5. Functions that are plurisubharmonic in

multiple-circular domains
For a {unction u (z) = R <I ZI I•...• I Zn I> to be plurisubharmonic in a multiple-
circular domain G. it is necessary and sufficient that the {unction R (r) possess
the following properties:
(1) R (r) < + 00 and is upper-semicontinuous on the set

j = 1. 2..... n; z EOJ;

2) R(r? ...• rj • ...• r~) increases with respect to each variable rj( with the
others fixed> in the interval [O.R~) whenever the interval er? ...• rj' ...• r~).
where 0 S rj < RJ. is contained in B;
(3) ~(r) is convex with respect to <In'!. 1nr2 •...• inrn)ataliinteriorpoints
of the set B;
(4) R (d possesses property (3) at all interior points of every (nonempty) face

rJ,=rJ.= .. , =rjk=O. I<.jl<j~< .. · <jk<,n.

k= 1. 2 ..... n - l

of the set B (with respect to the other variables).

Proof: The necessity of conditions (1) is obvious. Let us prove
condition (2). The function R (r~ • .... r J' ...• r~) is subharmonic in
 CONVEX FUNCTIONS 89

the circle 1 Zj! < Rj (see Fig. 14). Then, the function
R (r~ . ..•• rj' .... r~) =
2r.

= I /' R(r~ .•.••

2".
o
r,
increases with respect to in the interval[O. R~) (see section 9.8).

---
The necessity of conditions (3) and (4)
follows from the theorem in section 11.4 '2
and from the fact that the function u (z)
on an arbitrary analytic plane I = Z i. =
... = z) k = 0 is plurisubharmonic with
z,
respect to the remaining variables in !If -
the intersection of the domain 0 by that
plane (see section 10.13).
Proof of the sufficiency: It follows easily o r,o
from condition (1) that the function
u(z) u(z) =R(lzll ..... IZnD< +co and is Fig. 14
upper-semicontinuous in O. Let us show
that the function II (z) is plurisubharmonic in O. From condition (3)
and the lemma of section 11.4, we conclude that u (z) is plurisub-
harmonic in 0 if Z 1 ••• Z II .,c O. It remains for us to consider the
points of the manifold Z I ... Z" = 0 belonging to the region O. Sup-
pose, for example, that
ZO=(Z~ • .... z~. o..... O)E o.
z~ ... z~""O (O<,k<,n- 1).

Then, for some rO>O, we have S(zo. rOJ)€O and Zl'" zk""Ofor
Z ES(zo. raJ). According to what we have proven, it follows from
condition (4) that the function R(/z.l . .... IZkl. o..... 0) is pluri-
subharmonic at those points of the intersection of the domain 0 by
the analytic plane Zk+l = ... = zn = 0 at which Zl'" Zk""O. In
particular, this function is plurisubharmonic in the polydisk
j z) - zj I <, rO, for j = 1. 2..... k. Therefore. for all a =(al' a2 • . . . . an)'
we have (see section 10.2)

u (ZO) = R ( 1 zn .... zn o. .. .. 0) <,

1

~21t.
./ 1 r (I
Q
2•

R ZlI) + ra1e I..... IZkn +"rake 1......

11 iO 0 iO 0) dO.

Furthermore, it follows from condition (2) that

R(lz~+roalel(l .. ·.lz~+r"aJ,eiol. o.. , .. 0)-0:;;:
<, R (I z'i+ ,Oale ie I. ·· .. 1z~ + ,Oa.l'iO I.
Ir'}n I: le ill / ..... j rlla "e t !)] ).
I
90 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

From this and from the preceding inequality. we obtain

2.

" (zO) < ~fC .f R (I z~ + ,oa ,III· .... Iz~ +

J

+ °,oa., 18 I· I,ltaai .,"1 ..... I,Oall,II I) d9 =

= ~211: •
r°
2.

u (ZO + ,O,lt) dB.

Thus, inequality (29) (see section 10.2) is satisfied for all points of
the manifold zJ'" ZII=O. Therefore, the function u(z) is pluri-
subharmonic in a, which completes the proof.

6. Logarithmically convex junctions

A function u (x) ~ 0 is .said to be logarithmically convex in a
domain B if the function In u (z) is convex in B. Here, the function
u (x) = ,In (.I') itself is also convex in B. This follows from the fact
U

that u (x) is a logarithmically plurisubharmonic function in the

tubular domain B + iR Il (see sections 10.5 and 11.3).
THEOREM. For a nonnegative function u(x) to be logarithmically convex in a
domain B, it is necessary and sufficient that the function u(x)e b % be convex in B
for all b.
Proof: The necessity of the condition is obvious (cf. section 9.15).
Let us prove the sufficiency. Since the function u (x) ebJt is convex
in B for all b, it follows that u(x)le"Z~ where a=b+lc, is convex
+
and hence plurisubharmonic in B tRn. Then, on the basis of the
theorem of section 10.5, In u (x) is plurisubharmonic in B + IR· and
hence is convex in B (see section 11.3). which completes the proof.
The sufficiency of the condition of this theorem is also easily
established directly (without use of the corresponding theorem for
plurisubharmonic functions) by use of the following lemma. which
is of interest in its own right.
LEMMA. For a function ~ u(xl <
-00 to be convex in a domain B, it is
+00

necessary and sufficient that, for all b and for every rectangular interval lying in
B, the function u(x) + bx altain its maximum value on the boundary of that in-
terval.
The necessity of the condition is obvious. Let us show that it is
suffiCient. If u (Xo)= - 00 for Xo EB, then, obviously, u (x) = - =
for x EB. Therefore, let us assume Il (x»-oo for x EB. Suppose
that an interval x=Ax'+(I-A)X". for 0<1.< I. is contained in B.
We choose the vector b so that

u (x') + bx ' = u (x") + bx".

Therefore, by using the maximum theorem, we obtain for all AE[0. I I,
 CONVEX FUNCTIONS 91

u [AX' + (I - A)X"J+Abx' +(\ - A)bx" <: u(x')+bx',

that is,

u [Ax' + (I - A) X"[ <: AU (x') + (I - A) u (x").

which means that the function u (x) is convex in B, which completes

the proof.

7. Examples of logarithmically convex junctions

(1) Suppose that a function u (z) is logarithmically plurisubharmonic in a com-
plete circular domain G. Then, its mean value with respect to the hull of the
polycircle S<0, r) c: G of order p

[(2!).l· . ·lu p (reiD) dB] P, 0< p < 00;

max u (z). p=oo,
IZJI-'1' jPI. 2......

h
were re iO = I'-'Ie iO 1 .... , rne iO n\ ·· . f . .h t
j, IS an increasing unctIOn Wit respect oeac
h
variable rj and is logarithmically convex with respect to <lnT!, ... , 1nrn) in the
domain

intB=[r:rj=lzjl. }=1. 2 ..... n; zl'" zn~o, zEal.

Proof: For every 0 = (91' ..•• 0.), the function u (ze la ) is logarith-
mically plurisubharmonic in the domain a. Therefore, the function

IJI(I Z 11 • .... Iz.l; u) = [ (2!)1l 1·· ·lu P (Ze I6 )dB r

1

is logarithmically plurisubharmonic in the domain a and depends on

z through (lzII ..... IZnl> (see section 10.5). Then, it satisfies con-
ditions (1)-(4) of the theorem in section 11.5. In particular, it in-
creases with respect to each r I and is logarithmically convex with
respect to(ln r .. ... , In r n) in the domain int B.
Suppose now that p = 00. If u (z) is a continuous function, then

Ip(r; u)-+-I.,,(r; u). as p-+-oo,

and, consequently, I",,(r; u) is an increasing function with respect to

each ',and is logarithmically convex with respect to (In '1' ...• In r.).
On the other hand, if u (z) is not a continuous function, it must,
92 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

according to the remark following the theorem in section 10.9. be

the limit of a decreasing sequence of continuous logarithmically
plurisubharmonic functions u. for /1. = I. 2..... Then. the function
'co (r; u) is also the limit of a decreasing sequence of functions
(,,(r; u.)for a= I. 2..... From what we have proven. the functions
'",('; u.) are increasing functions with respect to the 'J and are
logarithmically convex with respect to(ln r •• •••• In r n)' Our assertion
follows from this for p = 00.
For n = 1 and u = If I. where f is a holomorphic function in
the circle Izl < R, this assertion includes Hardy's theorem (for
(0 < p < 00) and Hadamard's three-circle theorem (for(p=oo).
(2) Suppose that the function u (z) is logarithmically plurisubharmonic in the
hypersphere I z I < R. Then, its mean value on a sphere of radius r < R of order p

Jp (r; u) = ( [2~ .f lal;)

uP (ra) da]i. 0< p<oo;

max u (z). p=oo

12'\ = r

is an increasing logarithmically convex function of lnr in the interval (0, R).

Proof: We note that for every a such thatlal= 1. the function
u (za) = u (zap ...• zan) is logarithmically subharmonic in the open
circlelzl<R. Therefore, the function
I

Jp(z; u)= ['l~ I

lal=1
UP(Za)da]P

is logarithmically subharmonic (see section 10.5). Because of the

group properties of integrals over a unit sphere (see section 10.8),
the function Jp (z; u) does in fact depend on Iz I. According to the
theorem of section 11.5, the function Jp (,; u)is an increasing log-
arithmically convex function of In, in (0. R). The case of p = 00 is
treated in a manner analogous to that of example (1).
(3) Suppose that the function u (z) is logarithmically plurisubharmonic in the
tubular domain B + iR n and that, for each x € B, its pth power is summable with
respect to y (for p = ... , u(x + iy) is bounded above with respect to y). Then, the
function

Ap(X; u) =/ [f uP(x+ iY)d}i·

sup u (x ly). +
0< p < 00;
p=oo
y

is logarithmically convex in the domain B if it is locally bounded from above inB.

Proof: For every E, the function u (x iy + +
Ie) is logarithmically
plurisubharmonic with respect to z=x+ly, and its pth power is
 CONVEX FUNCTIONS 93

summable with respect to a. Therefore (see section 10.5), the

function
I

Ap,R(x+ly; u)= [ J UP(X+lY+i;)d;]P

1<1 <R

is logarithmically plurisubharmonic in B + iR n and approaches 0 as

Iyl-oo. Suppose that XI and x2 are arbitrary points in the domain B
such that the straight-line segment connecting them is also con-
tained in B. Then, from the maximum theorem for subharmonic
functions, we have

~bxl + (1 -a)bx 2 + III Ap,R(Cx l +(1 -C) x 2 ; u)-<

<. sup l~bxl+(l-~)bx2+IIIAp,R(CXI+(l-C)X2; u)]
<=0, I; I'll <00

for all b andforallc=e+I'l/inthestripO-<~<I. IfwenowletR

approach + 00, we deduce, since Ap, R(z; u)_ Ap (x; II), monotonically
increasing, that, for all b, the function InA/J(x; u)+bx defined on
every interval lying entirely in B attains its maximum value on
the boundary of that interval. According to the lemma in section
11.6, the function In Ap (x; u) is convex in B.
Now consider the case in which p = 00. Following Phragmen
and Lindelof, we introduce the logarithmically plurisubharmonic
function in the domain B + iR n

( )_I ee(z~+ ... u!)1 u ()z.

u, z _ E> O.
For every x EB and for all real b. we have

lim lebZlul(z)= lim e,qxl'-IYI')+bxll(x+ly)=O.

IYI->oo Iyl->oo

Therefore, we conclude on the basis of the maximum theorem for

plurisubharmonic functions (see section 10.3), that the function
A.., (x; u ebx defined on any interval lying entirely in the domain B
I )

attains its maximum value on the boundary of that interval. Ac-

cording to the lemma of section 11.6, the function In A"" (x; u is convex l )

in B. But 1.00 (x; u,) _ A"" (x; u) as E _ +0. Therefore. the function
A.., (x; Il) is logarithmically convex, which completes the proof.

8. Remarks
We point out some relationships between subharmonic, pluri-
subharmonic, and convex functions in (real) spaces of various
94 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

dimensions n: for n = I, subharmonic and convex functions coincide;

for n = 2, subharmonic and plurisubharmonic functions. but convex
functions constitute only a portion of subharmonic functions; for
n > 3 and odd, convex functions constitute a portion of all sub-
harmonic functions; for n > 4 and even, convex functions constitute
a portion of plurisubharmonic functions. which in turn constitute a
portion of all subharmonic functions.

12. PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

For pseudoconvex domains, see, for example, Oka [19, 20], Le-
long [159], and also the survey by Bremermann [13].

1. The dejinitian of a pseudocanvex domain

Pseudoconvex domains are defined in terms of plurisubharmonic
functions in a manner similar to the way in which convex domains
are defined in terms of convex functions. Pseudoconvexity is a
generalization of the concept of convexity defined in the real space
Rft to the case of a complex space C'.
Consider a pointZ E Cnand a domain OeC n • Let ~o(z)denote the
distance from the point z to the boundary of the domain a (see
definition in section 1.3). The domain a is said to be pseudoconvex
if the function In ~o (z) is plurisubharmonic in O.
The function In ~o (z), which is continuous in the domain 0, as-
sumes the value + 00 at all finite points of the boundary dO. There-
fore, if a is a pseudoconvex domain, the continuous function
max [-In ~o(z). IZI2)
is plurisubharmonic in a and approaches +oc everywhere on dO (in
the sense of the definition in section 1.6).

2. The simplest properties of pseudocanvex domains

An arbitrary component of the interior of the intersection of pseudoconvex
domains is a pseudocomJex domain.
Ftoof: Let O. denote pseudoconvex domains. Then, the functions
In ~o. (z) are plurisubharmonic in 0.. Let a
denote any component
of na., The functions In Ao. (z) are locally uniformly bounded from
abo,;'e in a since ~o (z) > Ao (0') > 0 for all z in O'eO. From this,
we conclude, on the tlasis of formula (3) of section 1.3, that

. .
-In ~o (z) = sup [ - In flo (z)]
is a plurisubharmonic function in a (see section 10.3). Thus, a is a
pseudoconvex domain, which completes the proof.
 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 95

If the domains ocC R and DcCm are pseudoconvex, the domain

a x Dcc n + mis also pseudoconvex.
Proof: Since a x D = (a x Cm) n(C n X D), it will, by virtue of the
preceding results, be sufficient to show that the domains a x cm
and cn X Dare pseudoconvex in cn + m .• But this assertion follows
from the relation

-In 1:.0 (z) = - In I:.oxcm (z. U7).

according to which the function In 1:.0 x em (z. fII) is plurisubharmonic

in (j X Cm j that is, the domain a X Cm is pseudoconvex, which com-
pletes the proof.
The union of an increasing sequence of pseudoconvex domains is a pseudo-
convex domain.
Proof: Suppose that 0.co.+ 1 and o=UO•. Then, on the basis of
(2) (see section 1.3), •

-In /lo. (z) ~ -In AOHI (z) - -In Ao (z) as 11_ 00

is an arbitrary subdomain o'eo. The functions In 1:.0 (z) are pluri-

subharmonic in a'. Therefore, on the basis of section 10.3, the
function In 1:.0 (z) is plurisubharmonic in a', Since a'is an arbitrary
compact subdomain of a, this function is necessarily plurisubhar-
monic in a, which completes the proof.

3. The weak continuity principle

We shall say that the weak continuity principle applies to a do-
main a if the following assertion holds: Let (S.I denote a sequence
of domains that lie, together with their boundaries as., on the two-
dimensional analytic surfaces F. and suppose that

S.u oS.co. lim S. = So.

.~CD
lim
_-+00
as. = TocO.

Then, if So is bounded, SocO (see Fig. 15).

,. f".
/ /,
/ / /
rill

~\~v.I 1/
11/
, II

Fil;.15
96 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

Clearly, the weak continuity principle holds for every domain

in CI.
LEMMA (Bremermann [13]). If the weak continuity principle applies to a do-
main G, the following equations hold:

inf 1x.(z)l~a,o(z)== lof Ix. (z)I~II'o(z), lal= 1; (45)

zESUoS zEoS

lof 1x.(z)l~o(z)= lof 1x.(z)l~o(z), (46)

zESUoS zEoS

where S is an arbitrary domain lying on an arbitrary two-dimensional analytic sur-

face z = zO + Ab such that S U as c G and X (z) is an arbitrary function that is
holomorphic and nonvanishing in the domain G.
Proof: SinceoSeO and y.(zh~'O in 0, the number

m= lof ~a o(z)Ix.(z)l> 0
zEoS '

(see section 1.3) for every vector a such that Ia 1= 1. From this and
the fact that the set oS is closed, it follows that the sets

are such that T.f::O for arbitrary ex < m.

Suppose that the vectors a and b are linearly independent.
Then, for ex E[0, m), the two-dimensional set

F.=[z:z=zo+Ab+aCl X(zo+M) -t, AEO.....].

where (see section 1.3)

is an analytic surface because (see section 10.12)

~: =b+a~ ~ o:~ x.-I(zo+Ab)b.~O.

1< • ..;n
Furthermore, for each :x in the interval indicated, the set
S. =[z: z = z' +aCl x(z') -I, z' ES]

is a domain that lies together with its boundary as. = T. on F ••

However, by hypothesis, S(O)=SeO. Therefore, there exists a
number ClO in (0, m) such that S.f::Q for all Cl E[0,(10). Thus, since
oS.=T.cO for arbitrary ex < m, we conclude from the assumption
that the weak continuity prinCiple holds that S.tElO for arbitrary
:z < m. This means that
 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 97

If we take the limit as 11_ m - 0 in this inequality, we obtain

6/1.0(z)~mlx(z)rl. zES.
from which Eq. (45) follows.
In particular, we have shown that Eq. (45) holds for an arbi-
trary domain in CI. In this case, it reduces to Eq. (46).
Let us assume now that the vectors a and b are linearly de-
pendent. Without loss of generality, we may assume that a = b. In
this case, if we use the formula

6/1.0 (ZO + aA)=~Oz" .. (k)

(see section 1.3), Eq. (45) reduces to Eq. (46) for n = I (in the
A-plane) with 0 replaced by Oz'. /I' X(z) by X(zO + ).a), and Sand iJS
by the hulls of these sets in the A-plane. But, for n = I, Eq. (46)
is already proven. Therefore, Eq. (45) is established for all a such
that lal == 1.
By use of formula (4) (see section 1.3), we can obtain Eq. (46)
from Eq. (45). Specifically,

in! in.! IX(z)l~a.O(z)= in! in! IX(z)l~a.o(z)=

lal=1 zE.dS lal=1 zESUJS

= in! in! Ix (z)1 ~a.O (z) = in! in! Ix (z)I.la. aCz) =

zE.dS lal=1 Z;:SUdS lal=1

= in! 1x'(z)I.lo(z)= in! Ix(z)l~o(z). q. e. d.

zEdS z(SUdS

4. A condition for pseudoconvexity, I

For a domain G to be pseudoconvex, it is necessary and sufficient that a
weak continuity principle apply to it.
Proof of the SUfficiency: Since a weak continuity principle applies to
the region a, Eqs. (45) are valid for it. In the proof of the
necessity of the second condition for pseudoconvexity (see section
12.5), it will be established that Eqs. (45) imply that the func-
tion In /la. 0 (z) is plurisubharmonic in a for all a such that Ia I = I.
The function In /l... o (z) is uniformly bounded above for all a such
that lal=1 and all ZEO'~O. We then conclude on the basis of
formula (4) in section 1.3, that the function
- In flo (z) = sup [- In ~a. 0 (z»)
lal=1

is plurisubharmonic in a (see section 10.3). This means that the

domain a is pseudoconvex.
98 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

Proof of the necessity: Suppose that a is a pseudoconvex domain.

Consider a sequence of domains S.. for IX = I, 2, , .. , that lie to-
gether with their boundaries as. on the two-dimensional analytic
surfaces F •• Suppose thatS.uaS.eO. that lim S. =S'l is bounded. and
that lim as. = Tue O. Since the function In ~a (z)is plurisubharmonic, we
have, on the basis of the maximum theorem (see section 10.14)

sup [-In~o(z»)= sup (-In~a(z»).

zE. iJs. zE. s. UiJs.

If we take the limit as at -+ 00 in this equation and use the continuity

of the function In 10 (z) (see section 1.3) and the boundedness of the
sets So and Tn, we obtain the equation

sup ( - In ~o (z») = sup (-In 110 (z»).

zE T, zES,U T.

It follows from this equation that ~a(So)>-l1o(To). But To=O and

>-
hence l1a(Sn) l1a (To) > o. In view of the boundedness of the set So.
this inequality implies that So~O, which completes the proof.
COROLLARY. Every domain in Cl is pseudoconvex.
We note in passing that every domain in Rl is convex.

5. A condition jor pseudoconvexity, II

For a domain G to be pseudoconvex. it is necessary and sufficient that the
function -In Ao.. G (z) be plurisubharmonic in G for all a such that Ia I = 1.
The sufficiency of the condition was proven when the preceding
condition for pseudoconvexity was proven (see section 12.4).
To prove the necessity. note that since the domain a is pseudo-
convex, it follows from the necessity of the preceding condition for
pseudoconvexity that a weak continuity principle applies for a and
hence Eqs. (45) are valid. Let us show that in this case, the
function In ~". a (z) is plurisubharmonic in a for arbitrary a such
that lal = I.
Suppose that this is not the case. Then, there exist a vector a
such that lal=1 and an analytic plane z=zo+l.b, where Ibl=I,
such that the function V (A) = - In fl",o (zu+ I.b) is not subharmonic in
OZ" b (see section 10.1). Therefore, there exists a function h (A.)
that is harmonic in the open circle [A: IAI < r)g;Ozo,b and continuous
<
in the closed circle IAI r such that

(47)

and there exists a point 1,0 at which

 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 99

From this and from (47), it follows that

V (A) < h(A)+Tj for IAI =r; (48)

where Tj =112 IV (AO) - h (AO)I > o. But the function V (A) < + 00 and is
upper-semicontinuous in the circle IA1-<: r. Therefore, it follows
from (48) and from the Heine-Borel theorem that there exists a
number rl (see section 2.2) such that IAol < r. < r and

Since the functionh(A) is harmonic in the circle IAI <r>rl' there

exists a sequence of harmonic polynomials that converge uniformly
to the function h(A) in the closed circle IAI-<:'I. (This assertion
follows from Poisson's formula (1); see Stoilow [117], Vol. II, p.
23 [po 36 of the Russian translation].) Therefore, on the basis of
(49), we can exhibit a harmonic polynomial p (A) that satisfies the
inequaUties

(50)

Consider the harmonic polynomial p (A) that is the harmonic con-

jugate of the harmonic polynomial q (A) (see section 6.7). Let us
form the polynomial g (A) = P (A) + lq (A) in the complex variable A.
We continue the polynomialg (A) over the entire space C" by setting,
for example, g (z) = g (A) at the points z = ZO + AlI;- p/J(2) + ... +
Pllb(II),
where Ip21 <00 ..... IplIl <00 and the vectors(b. b(2) • •••• b(II»consti-
tute an orthogonal basis on C".
We define
s= Iz: z = zO+Ab. IAI < rd.
T=[z: z=zo+Ab. IAI ==rd.

Then, on the basis of Eq. (45), we have

l!/I o(z)Ie6(Z)I~lnU/l o(z) I"(Z)I· zES. (51)

• -ET •

But, from the first of inequalities (50), we have, for z ET,

V (z)" Reg(z)= p(z).

that is,

l!".o(z) le'(Z)I~ I. zE T.

From this and from (51). it follows that

zES. (52)
100 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

On the other hand, from the second of inequalities (50), we have, at

+
the point z' = ZO 'A°b Es,

p (Z') = Re g (Z') < V (Z').

that is,

which contradicts inequality (52). This contradiction proves that the

function -In .:la. a (z)is plurisubharmonic in O.

6. A condition for pseudoconvexity, III

Por a domain G to be pseudoconuex, it is necesscuy and sufficient that the
function -ln~G(z) be plurisubharmonic in the boundary strip G n u(am of the
domain G, where U (am is a neighborhood of aGo
The necessity of the condition is obvious. To prove the suf-
ficiency, we first suppose that a is a bounded domain. Then,

.:lo[O "- U(oO)] =p >0 (53)

(see section 1.3). From the first condition for pseudoconvexity, it

will be sufficient to show that the weak continuity principle applies
to the domain O.
Suppose that a sequence of surfaces S. for G. = I. 2.... , lying on
two-dimensional analytic surfaces Po is such that S. Uas. <>:0,
lim Sa = SIl is bounded, and lim as. = ToE O. We introduce the
sequence of open sets S. = s. n U (00) lying on Fa. Obviously,

S~UoS~EO. Os:~s''\S;COs.u[o,,-u(ao)).} (54)

S,cS, U [0 '\ U (00)].

From the maximum theorem for the sets S;and as: and the function
(see section 10.14), we have
-In.:la (z)

sup [ - In t:.a (z)) <: sup [-In t:.a (z)l.

zE s~ zE as.

From this it follows that fio (S;):;;;,. fia (oS:). From this inequality and
from (53) and (54), we obtain the chain of inequalities
.:la (S.):;;;" min (r::. o (S;). !::.o [0'\ U (00)1} >
:;;;,.min[!::.o(oS;). p]>min [min [!::.a(oS.). !::.al0"-U(oO)]]. pj= (55)
= min [t:.a (as.). pl.
 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 101

If we take the limit as IX -)000 in (55) and use the continuity of the
function tJ.o (z) and the boundedness of the sets So and To. we derive
the inequalitytJ.o(So):> min (tJ.o(To). pl. It fol-
lows from this inequality and from the in- or;
clusion Toea that tJ.o(So) > o. But So is a C
set. Therefore, Suc:O. Thus, a weak con-
tinuity principle applies to the domain a
and, hence, a is a pseudoconvex domain.
Suppose now that a is an unbounded
domain. We introduce the open bounded
sets OR = On U (0. R) (see Fig. 16). On the
basis of formula (3),of section 1.3, we
have

- hdoR(z)= lII<1x[-ln ~a(z). -In tJ.u(o. R)(Z»).

But the function

-In!:..u(o. R)(Z) = -In (R -lzl)

is plurisubharmonic in V (0. R). Therefore, the function -In tJ.OR(z)

is plurisubharmonic in a nV (dO) nU (0. R). Let ZO be a point such
that zOEdV(O. R) and zOe: an V (dO). Then IzO-zl:>m > 0 for all
z EdO. Consequently, there exists a neighborhood V (ZO) such that
-In tJ.OR(z) = -In (R -Izl).
z EV (ZO) nV (0. R).
Therefore, the function -In ~aR (z) is plurisubharmonic in V (ZO) n
U (0. R). Thus, the function -In tJ.OR(Z) is plurisubharmonic in the
boundary strip of the open bounden set OR' From what has been
proven, each component of this set is a pseudoconvex domain. But
OR increases monotonically and U 0R= O. Therefore, the domain
R>O
a is a pseudoconvex (see section 12.2), which completes the proof.

'1. A condition jar pseudoconvexity, IV

Each component of the open set

O=(z: V(z)<O. zEU(O)),

where V(z) is a plurisubharmonic function in a neighborhood V<G) of the set G.

is a pseudoconvex domain.
Proof: Since the function V (z) is upper-semicontinuous in U (0),
the set a is open (see section 2.2). Let us suppose first that a is a
bounded set. Then, Q@U(O) (see section 1.2). Let us suppose
102 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

further that the function V (z) is continuous in U (Q). Reasoning as in

the proof of the necessity of the first condition for psuedoconvexity
(see section 12.4) (with -In ~o (z) replaced by V (z», we can show
that the weak continuity principle applies to the open set o. Con-
sequently, each component of the set a is a pseudoconvex domain.
Let us now drop the assumption that the function V (z) is con-
tinuous. According to the theorem in section 10.9, there exists a
decreasing sequence V. (z), for a = I. 2. . .. , of continuous pluri-
subharmonic functions in the open set a', where aCio'cucCi} ,
that converges to the function V (z). Therefore, the sequence of
open sets
0.= [z: V.(z) < o.
zEO'). a= 1. 2 •.•.•

is an increasing sequence and U a,. = a (see Flg.17). From what we

have proven, each component of the set O. is a pseudoconvex do-

main. From the theorem in section 12.2, each component of the
set a is a pseudoconvex domain.

,,,----{i(7;J---, ...,
... ,,
,,
, ,,
/ \

I
, I \
\
\
I I
I
\
\ I
,
I

\ /
" '---------------- ,'/

Suppose now that the set a is unbounded. Let us consider the

sequence of bounded open sets 0R=a OnU(O. R)9 whereR= 1. 2.••••
Clearly,

where the function

VR(z) = max [V (z). /z/2-R2)

is plurisubharmonic in U (Q) (see section 10.3). From what we

have proven, each cQmponent of the set ORis a pseudoconvex do-
main. But 0RCOR+1 and UOR=O. From the theorem in section
R>D
12.2, each component of the set a is a pseudoconvex domain,
which completes the proof.
 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 103

8. A condition for pseudoconvexity, v

For a domain G to be pseudoconvex, it is necessary and sufficient that there
exists a function V (z) that is plurisubharmonic in G and that approaches + 00
everywhere on aGo
The necessity of this condition was established in section 12.1.
Let us prove its sufficiency. Since the function V (z) approaches
+ 00 everywhere on dO, the sequence of open setsO. = [z: V (z) - II <
0, z E OJ for II = 1. 2, ..• possesses the properties that O.cO.+lc:O
UO. =
and
. a (see section 1.6). Since O.~O and the function V (Z)-11

is plurisubharmonic in a, it follows from the fourth condition for

pseudoconvexity (see section 12.7) that each component of the open
set O. is a pseudoconvex domain. Then, according to the theorem
in section 12.2, the domain a is pseudoconvex, which completes
the proof.

9. A condition for pseudoconvexity, VI

Suppose that G is a pseudoconvex domain and that a function V (z) is plurisub-

harmonic in G. Then, every component of the open set G' = [z: V (z) < 0, z E Gl
is pseudoconvex domain.
Proof: According to the fifth condition for pseudoconvexity (see
section 12.8), there exists a function v· (z) thatis plurisubharmonic in
a suchthat[z: V*(z) < 11. zEOJ~Oforalll1=1. 2....• Thefunctions
Va (z) = max (V. (z) - II. V (z)J are plurisubharmonic in 0 and the
sequence of open sets O. = [z: V. (z) < O. for II = I. 2....• possesses

.
the three properties: O.«=O,O.cO.+ 1o andUO.=O~ Fromthe fourth

condition for pseudoconvexity (see section 12.7), each component

of the open set O. is a pseudoconvex domain and, consequently, ac-
cording to the theorem in section 12.2, every component of the set
A' is also a pseudoconvex domain, as asserted.

10. Strictly pseudoconvex domains

We shall say that a domain a is strictly pseudoconvex if

0= [z: V (z) < O. z EU (0»).

where the function V (z) EC(2) and satisfies the inequality

(H(z; V)a • .i):> a/a/a. 0>0.

in a neighborhood U (Q) of the domain O.

 104 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

We note that, on the basis of section 10.10, the function V (z) is

plurisubharmonic in U (0). Therefore, on the basis of the fourth
condition for pseudoconvexity (see section 12.7), the domain 0 is
pseudoconvex.
Por a domain G to be pseudoconvex, it is necessary and sufficient that it be
the union of an increasing sequence of strictly pseucloconvex domains

O. = [z: V.(z) < 0. z EU (0.)]. IX = I. 2....

=
such that G. Ga+l 4: G, where V.{z) € e(IXl) in U«(h•.
Proof: The sufficiency fonows from section 12.2. Let us prove
the necessity. Since 0 is a pseudoconvex domain, there exists a
function V (z)that is plurisubharmonic in 0 such that[z: V(z) <lXjeO
for all a= I. 2...• (see section 12.1). Furthermore. there exists a
decreasing sequence V: (z), for k= 1, 2.... , of plurisubharmonic
functions of class C.x» in open sets B II • that converges to the function
V (z). The sets Bit can be chosen in such a way thatBIl~BHl~O and
UBIl = 0 (see section 10.9). From what has been said, it follows
II
that, for every a ~ I, there exists a number k (a) ~ I such that

[z: V (z) < aleB k (.).

We may assume that the function k (a) is an increasing function.

Thus, the sequence of open sets

'[
0.= z: . 1
V,,(.)(z)+-;;-lzI2-a<O. zE D.].

where D. = BII (.) possesses the properties

O;eD.eO. O~eO~;1. UO~=O .

•
The functions

belong to the class C(eo) and satIsfy the inequality

in D.. Therefore, every component of the open set 0; is a strictly

pseudoconvex domain. Thus, for the sequence of strictly pseudo-
convex domains O. referred to in the statement of the theorem, we
 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 105

may take the sequence of components of the open sets O~ that con-
tain a fixed point ZO EO. This completes the proof.

11. Invariance under biholomorphic mappings

We shall subsequently need the following
LEMMA. Suppose that a biholomorphic mapping ~ = ~ maps a domain G onto
a domain G1 and that a function u{z) converges to +00 everywhere on aG. Then.
the function u[z{~)]. where z = z{~~. representing the inverse transformation.
approaches + 00 everywhere on aG 1.
Proof: Since

Iz: u (z) < M. z E01=0.

for arbitrary real M (see section 1.6) it follows from the fact that
a biholomorphic mapping homeomorphic that

as asserted.
A biholomorphi.c mapping ( = ({z) maps a pseudoconvex domain G onto a
pseudoconvex domain Gl.
Proof: Since the domain a is pseudoconvex, there exists a func-
tion V (z) that is plurisubharmonic in a and that approaches + 00
everywhere on ao (see section 12.1). But then, the function V [z (C»,
where z = z (C), representing the inverse transformation, is pluri-
subharmonic in 0 1 (see section 10.11) and, from the preceding
lemma, it approaches +00 everywhere on aOt. Therefore, the do-
main 0 1 is pseudoconvex (see section 12.8).

12. Intersections with pseudoconvex domains

Every component contained in the intersection g of a pseudoconvex domain G
with a 2k-dimensional analytic plane F is a pseudoconvex domain in ell.
On the basis of the preceding theorem, we may, by making a
suitable (linear) biholomorphic mapping, assume that the plane F is
defined by the equations Z._k= ... =zn=O. For the pseudoconvex
domain 0, there exists a function V (z) that is 'plurisubharmonic in
a and that approaches+ 00 everywhere on ao. But then, the function
V(z\, ...• Zk' o.... ,0) is plurisubharmonicin gandapproaches +00
everywhere on iJg (in the sense of section 1.6). Therefore, every
component g is a pseudoconvex domain (see section 12.8), which
completes the proof.
We shall now give some examples of pseudoconvex domains.
106 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

13. Pseudoconvex Hartogs domains

We may write a complete Hartogs domain a with plane of sym-
metryzl=O (see section 7.5) in the form

a=[z: Iz.1 <R(Z). zE8\.

where 8 is a domain in the space c n -. and the function R (i) is
upper-semicontinuous in B (see Fig. 18).
A complete Hartogs domain G is pseudoconvex if and only if B is a pseudo-
convex domain and the function -In R (~) is plurisubharmonic in B.
Proof: If a is a pseudoconvex domain, then the intersection 8 of
a and the analytic plane zI = 0 is also a pseudo-
convex domain (see section 12.12). Define
li11 a = (1. O..... 0). Then, -In la. 0 (z) Is a pluri-
subharmonic function in Q (see section 12.5).
But

-In t1 a • O (0. z) = -In R (Z).

.'--"""'"--:=----'--2 Therefore, the function .,- In R (z) is pluri-

o 6 subharmonic in 8.
Fi8' 18 Conversely, suppose that 8 is a pseudo-
convex domain and that the function - In R (i)
is plurisubharmonic in 8. Then, the domain
CI X B is a pseudoconvex (see section 12.2) and the function
In Izil - In R (z) is plurisubharmonic in CI X 8. But

a=[z: Inlzll-lnR(z)<O. zEC 1 X8j.

According to the sixth condition for pseudoconvexity (see section
12.9), the domain a is pseudoconvex.
Let us now consider a Hartogs domain that contains no points of
its plane of symmetry. The simplest domain of this type is a do-
main of the form
G=(z: r(;) < Izd < R(Z). zE8).
where B is a domain in cn-I and the functions R (i) and r (i) > 0 are
lower- and upper-semicontinuous in 8, respectively (see section
2.2 and Fig. 18).
If B is a pseudoconvex domain and the functions r(;-) and -In R (;-) are pluri-
subharmonic in B. the domain G is pseudoconvex.
Proof: If we delete the point 0 from the plane CI , we obtain the
domain C~c:CI. Therefore, the domain CJ X 8 is pseudoconvex in
C" (see section 12.2). The function

u (z) = max I I+ In
[1111 zll -In R (z). In ~; r (z)]
 PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS 107

Is plurlsubharmonlc In CI~ X B. But

O=[z: u(z) < o. zEC~ X 8J.

According to the sixth condition for pseudoconvexity (see section
12.9), the domain a is pseudoconvex, which completes the proof.

14. P seudoconvex semitubular domains

Consider a semitubular domain (see section 7.5) of the form
O=[z=(xl+lyl' z): 'tI(z)<x I <v(h iEB. Iyd<oo).
where B is a domain in the space Cn-I (see Fig. 19). The functions
and V (z) must be upper- and lower-semicon-
'II (z)
tinuous In B, respectively (see section (2.2).
A semitubular domain G is pseudoconvex if B is a pseudoconvex domain and
the functions v(;') and -V(~) are plurisubharmonic in B. .&,

Proof: Then the function

V" (z) = max [XI - V (i). 'II (z) - XI)

0+--+---+--,1
is plurisubharmonic in the pseudoconvexdomain
CIXB (see section 12.2). But, from the con-
struction
0= [z: V· (z) < O. z ECI X B). Fi~. 19

Consequently, a is a pseudoconvex domain (see section 12.9),

which completes the proof.
An example of a semitubular pseudoconvex domain (see Bremermann [18]).
Suppose that n = 2, R > 2r, and
O=[z: IXII < yr2-(lz2/-R)2, R-r < /Z2/ <R+r].
The domain a Is a cylinder in C2, the generator of which is directed
along the )II-axis and whose base is the
or,
torus (IZ2/-R)2+x~<r2 in R3 (see
Fig. 20). Let us show that the function
V (Z2) =- Y r2 - (I z21 - R)2 is subharmonic
in the annulus R-r < I z21 < R r. (This +
annulus is a pseudoconvex domain [see
section 12.4].) We have
c)IV (ZI)
f}llnizli = -
108 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

since, by assumption R> 2r. On the basis of the theorem of section

11.4, the function V tZ2) is subharmonic and hence the domain Q
is pseudoconvex.

15. Analytic polyhedra

The open set ~c:cn is called an analytic polyhedron if there ex-
ists N holomorphic funct~ns X. (z), for (1. =
I. 2...•• N, defined in U (~) such that (see
Fig. 21)
~ = Iz: Ix. (z)1 < I. (1. = 1. 2....• N; z Eu (~»).

Every component of an analytic polyhedron is a

pseudoconvex domain.
Proof: On the basis of section 10.3, the
Fit;. 21
function
V(z)= max
1 <,,';;N
[Inlx.(z)11
is plurisubharmonic in U (il3). But

~ = [z: V (z) < O. z EU (~»).

Now, we need only use the fourth condition for pseudoconvexity,
which completes the proof.
A connected bounded analytic polyhedron is called a Weil
>-
domain if N n and the intersection of arbitrary k hypersurfaces
IX'I (z) I = 1. where i.,,;; k -<: n and I = I. 2..... k, is of dimension not
exceeding 2n - k.

13. CONVEX DOMAINS

As was mentioned in section 12.1, there is an analogy between
convex and pseudoconvex domains similar to that between convex
and plurisubharmonic functions. To pursue this analogy further and
at the same time get a more thorough understanding of pseudo-
convex domains, we shall now enumerate the basic properties of
convex domains that are analogous to the properties of pseudo-
convex domains. In this, we shall follow the work of Bremermann
[131. The theory of convex compact sets is expounded in detail in
the monograph of Bonnesen and Fenchel [121.

1. Definition of a convex domain

A domain Bc:R n is said to be convex if, for arbitrary points
x' EBand x" EB.
Ix: x=tx'+(l-t)x". 0 <;.t-<: IIc:B.
 CONVEX DOMAINS 109

It is well mown that a domain is convex if and only if, for

every boundary point, there exists a supporting plane.
From this it follows that, for a domain B to be convex, it is
necessary and sufficient that it be the interior of the intersection
of the semispaces a (x - xC) > 0:

B=int n
x'EoB
[x:a(x-xO»O).

°
Here, a (x - Xo) = is the supporting plane to the domain B at the
point Xo EiJB (see Fig. 22).

2. A condition jor convexity, I

1"or a domain B to be convex, it is necessary
and sufficient that tlu! following weak continuity
principle apply to it: If s"" for a = 1, 2, ... , is
a sequence of intervals such that Sa U aSacB,
lim Sa = So is bounded and lim as", = To G B,
tlu!n So c B (see sections 12.3 and 12.4). FiS·22

Proof of the necessity: Suppose that B is a convex domain. Let us

show that

XES,.. (56)

If this were not the case, there would be a point XO ES. at which
(57)

Let us denote by x' some point on iJB lying at a distance fJ. B (X O) from
xC (see Fig. 23). Let us draw a straight
line L, through x' parallel to the segment
S.. Let iJS. = {a., b.l. From the construc- B
tion, there exist points a: and b:
on the
straight line L, such that la.-a~I=fJ.B(xO)
and lb. - b~ I= fJ. B (Xo). It follows from this
a:
and inequality (57) that EB and b: EB.
Since the point XO lies between a. and
b., the point x' must lie between a; and FiS' 23
b~. But this is impossible since the do-
main is convex. This contradiction proves inequality (57). Taking
the limit as ( 1 _ 00 and making use of the continuity of the function
fJ.B(x) and the boundedness of the sets So and To. we obtainfJ.B(So)~
aB(To). Since ToEa, it follows from this that ABlSo»U. which, to-
gether with the boundedness of SOt implies that So&B. This means
that the weak continuity principle is valid for the domain B.
110 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

Proof of the sufficiency: Suppose that x' EB and x" EB. Let us connect
these points by a piecewise-smooth curve Ix: x = x (I), 0 t 1I, -< -<
where x' = x (0) and x" = x (1). which
lies entirely in the domain B. Since x'
is an interior point of B, it follows
that, for sufficiently small t, all
straight line segments connecting the
points x' = x (0) and x (t) lie entirely in
B (see Fig. 24). Then, from the weak
continuity principle, these segments
are also contained in the domain B for
Fi8· 24 all t E[0, 1J and. in particular, for
t = 1• Consequently, B is a convex
domain.

3. A condition for convexity, II

For a domain B to be convex, it is necessary and suf(icient that the function
-lntlB(x) be convex in B (see section 12.1).
ltoof of the necessity: Suppose that B is a convex domain. Through
every point xO EoB, .let us pass the supporting plane a (x - x O) = 0,
where lal = 1 (see section 13.1). As we know, the quantitya(x-xO)
is the distance from the point x EB to this plane. Therefore [see
section 1.3) formula (3)1.

and. consequently.

-ln~B(x)= sup (-lna(x-xO»).

x'EiJB (58)

But the function - In a (x - X O) is convex in B since (see section

U.3)

(ab)'
[a (x _ XO»)' ;> o.

Furthermore. it is clear that the family of functions (- In a (x - X O).

;cOEdB) Is uniformly bounded above on every subdomain B'EB.
Therefore, on the basis of section 11.3, Eq. (58) implies that
the function - In 6. B (x) is convex in B.
Proof of the sufficiency: Suppose that the function - In tJ. B (x) is con-
vex in B. Let us show that the weak continuity principle applies to
 CONVEX DOMAINS 111

the domain B. Let S., where 11= 1. 2.... , be a sequence of intervals

such that UaS.CiiB., IimS.=S~ is bounded, and IimoS.=TocB. For
the convex domain-ln6 B (x), the maximum theorem holds:

JC E: Sa'

which is equivalent to inequality (56). Just as in the proof of the

necessity of the first condition for convexity (see section 13.2), it
follows from this that the weak continuity principle applies to the
domain B. From the first condition for convexity, the domain B is
convex. This completes the proof.
COROLLARY. Every convex domain G c en is pseudoconvex.
Proof: Since the function - In 60 (x. )/) is convex in Q, it is also
plurisubharmonic in Q (see section 11.3).

4. Properties of convex domains

The interior of the intersection of convex domains is a convex
domain (see section 12.2).
The union of an increasing sequence of convex domains is a
convex domain (see section 12.2).
For a domain B to be convex, it is necessary and sufficient
that there exist a function that is convex in B and that approaches
+ 00 everywhere on iJB (see section 12.8).
If V (x) is a convex function in U (8) the domain

B=[x: V(x)<O. xEU(B))

is convex (see section 12.7).

If B is a convex domain and the function V (x) is convex in B,. the
domain B' = [x: ~' (x) < o. x EB) is convex (see section 12.9).
For a domain B to be convex, it is necessary and sufficient
that it be the union of an increasing sequence of strictly convex
domains of the form

B. = Ix; V. (x) < O. x EU (8.»). 11= I, 2.....

where B.a::Bo+1@B in V.(x)EC(CI)l, such that U{B.) (see section 12.10).

(The definition of a strictly convex domain is analogous to the
definition of a strictly pseudoconvex domain [see section 12.10].)
These assertions are proved in the same way as the corre-
sponding assertions were proven for pseudoconvex domains (with
the corresponding simplifications).
Let us now consider some examples illustrating the general
theorem on convex domains.
112 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX DOMAINS

5. Pseudoconvex tubular domains

For a tubular domain Ta (see section 7.5) to be pseudoconvex. it is necessary
and sufficient that its base B be a convex domain.
This assertion follows from the formula

and the theorem of section 11.3.

6. Logarithmically convex domains

We shall say that a multiple-circular domain 0 with center a = 0
(see section 7.5) is logarithmically convex if the image Q of this
domain in the space of logarithms of the absolute values is a con-
vex domain:

Suppose that 0 is a multiple-circular domain. We introduce the

sequence

(59)

where the aj are nonzero integers.

If a multiple-circular domain 0 can be represented in the form

O=intnlz: Iz·1 < B.I.

m

it is a logarithmically convex domain and A.(O) <B••

This is true because

Q =int n Ie: ae < In B.I

m

is a convex domain (see section 13.1) and In A. (0) = supae -< InB••
EEQ
If G is a bounded complete logarithmically convex domain, it can be represented
in the form

O=intn [z:lzml <A.(O)I· (60)

10';' I

Proof: The image Q of 0 in the space of the logarithms of the

absolute values is a convex domain possessing the property that.
 CONVEX DOMAINS t t3

together with each poinHo , it contains the l,

<
entire octanUj e~. for j = I. 2..... n (see
Fig. 25). Therefore, Q is the interior of
the intersection of the semispaces (see ~,
section 13.1) such that all the direction lD
cosines of their boundary are nonnegative. ~l' q
But the set of vectors with nonnegative V
C
J
rational coordinates is dense in the set ~ ..<lnA.
of all vectors with nonnegative coordi-
nates. Since a is a bounded domain, we FiS.25
have

Q = int n [e: ea <

1"1>\
In All (0»). (61)

where aj are nonnegative integers and the planes ea = In A.. (a) are the
supporting planes for the domain Q. so that

In A. (a) = sup Ea; A.. (O)=suplz"l·

,EQ -EO

It follows from Eq. (61) that

[z:zEO. z\ ... zn400)=

=int n [z:lz"I<A·.(O).
1"1>\
z\ ... zn400).

But the domain a is complete. Therefore, the representation (60)

follows from the last equation, as asserted.
If a multiple-circular domain G is pseudoconvex, it is logarithmically convex.
Proof: Every domainD I = [z : Zj 40 0). for j= 1. 2..... n, is pseudo-
convex since -In ~D (z) = -In IzII is a plurisubharmonic function in D j •
Therefore. the dorrlain

being the intersection of pseudoconvex domainS. is pseudoconvex

(see section 12.2). Hence. the function -In flo· (z) is plurisubhar-
monic in 0'. But. A' is obviously a multiple-circular domain with
center at zero. Therefore. the function -In ~o' (z) depends only on
Izjl. But then, the function
V(lztl . .... IZnJ)=max[-lnflo·(z). Izl2)

is plurisubharmonic in aT and converges to + 00 everywhere on 00'.

From this it follows that the function v·Ce". .... een) is convex in Q
(see section 11.4). Furthermore. since the mapping r = ee is a
 t t4 PLURISUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND PSEUDOCONVEX OOMAINS

homeomorphism of (- 00. 00) onto (0. 00), the nmction V (e<) con-
+
verges to 00 everywhere on iJQ (cf. lemma in section 12.11).
Therefore, the domain Q is convex (see section 13.4).
We shall prove the converse assertion for the two limiting
cases of complete domains and domains not containing points of
the manifold Zl ••• zn = o.
I( G is a complete logarithmically convex domain or if it does not contain
points of the manifold Zl ... Zn = O. it is a pseudoconvex domain.
Proof: Suppose that 0 is a complete logarithmically convex do-
main. Then, 0= U OR' where theOR=OnS(o. RI)areboundedcom-
R>O
plete logarithmically convex domains. <Ai the basis of section 12.2,
we need only prove that each of the domains ORis pseudoconvex.
From what we have already proven. OR can be represented by
formula (60):

0R=int n
10 1>1
[z:lz«I<A«(OR))·

Let us show that the domain [z: Iz«1 < A«l is pseudoconvex iflell >- I.
Note that

But, for a,>-O. the function alln IZII + ...

+an In IZnl-ln A«is pluri-
subharmonic in C· (see section 10.5). Therefore, (see section 12.9).
the domain [z : IZ"I < A.l is pseudoconvex. But then the domain OR'
being the interior of the intersection of pseudoconvex domains. is
pseudoconvex (see section 12.2).
Suppose now that 0 is a logarithmically convex domain con-
taining no points of the manifold Zl ... Zn = O. Since the correspond-
ing Q is convex, there exists a function V (~) that is convex in Q and
that approaches +"" everywhere oniJQ (see section 13.4). Therefore.
the function V (In Iz.l .... In Iz.1> is plurisubharmonic in 0 (see
section 11.4). Furthermore. since the mapping ~ = In r is a homeo-
morphism of(O. 00) onto (-00. (0), the function V(ln Izl) approaches
+00 everywbere on dO (cf. lemma in section 12.11). Therefore,
(see section 12.8), the domain 0 is pseudoconvex, which completes
the proof.
In concluSion, let us take a look at complete logarithmically
convex domains in the space (;2. Such a domain can be represented
in one of the following two forms:

[z: Iz.l < RI (I Z 2/)' IZ21 < R'J.

[z: Iz?1 < R2 (l z l/)' IZII < RJ.
wbere the function R2 is the inverse of the function R, (see Fig. 26).
 CONVEX DOMAINS 115

The functions RI (r) and R2 (r) are lower-semicontinuous and de-

creasing functions in (0. R')and (0. R). re- lIz'
spectively.
R'
F'or a complete multiple-circular domain G to
be logarithmically convex, it is necessary and suf-
ficient that the function Rl (r) possess the following
rroperties: (1) It is lower-semicontinuous and de-
I
I
I
,
creasing in [0, It); (2) the function -Rl (r) is con- --4------
, R,(izzi)
vex with respect to In r in (0, It).
~--~I------~--~~
It follows from these properties that 0
RI (r) is a continuous function in (0. R') and Fis·26
that R=R1(0)= lim Rdr).
r-++O
The function R2 (r) possesses analogous properties.
 CHAPTER III

Domains and Envelopes of Holomorphy

In this chapter. we shall expound the general theory of (single-

sheeted) domains of holomorphy and envelopes of holomorphy. We
shall take up the following four types of properties of domains
of holomorphy: (1) holomorphic convexity. (2) principles of con-
tinuity. (3) local pseudoconvexity. and (4) global pseudoconvexity.
Although all these properties are closely interrelated. theycharac-
terize domains of holomorphy in quite different terms. In particular.
according to the fundamental theorem of Oka t the class of (single-
sheeted) domains of holomorphy coincides with the class of pseudo-
convex domains. Therefore. study of domains of holomorphy
amounts to a study of geometric objects. namely. the pseudoconvex
domains examined in the preceding chapter. Before embarking on
an expOSition of the general theory of domains of holomorphy t let
us examine in greater detail functions that are holomorphic in
multiple-circular domains and Hartogs domains.

14, MULTIPLE-CIRCULAR DOMAINS AND POWER SERIES

1. Holomorphic extension o/multiple-circular domains

Suppose that a multiple-circular domain 0 contains its center
a= 0 (see section 7.5). Let f (z) be a function that is holomorphic
in O. Let us take an arbitrary multiple-circular subdomainO' a 0
that contains the center O. We define

R- sup Izl. b.o(O')==lJ>O. r=l+ 2R'I ,

aEO'

Let us construct the function (see Cartan [118])

( ) __ 1_
If z - (2"j)/I
f •••
r
w
tfA,z, ... ,. A"z,,)
(A _ I)'
).
d , (1)
IAd=' P"I='

116
 MULTIPLE-CIRCULAR DOMAINS AND POWER SERIES 117

When z E a'. the points (AJZI' .... AnZn) are strictly contained in a for
IA}I =r. where j = 1. 2..... n. since

~lzl(r-l)~-;-.

Therefore. the function !p(z) is holomorphic ina' and I/(A.Z ...... Anzn)l-<
M for all zEO'. where IA,I =r. for j= 1. 2..... n.
Furthermore. since 0 E 0'. the function I (z) can be expanded in a
Taylor series

I(z)= ~ aa z •• aa = -;-
Q •
DOl (0) (2)
•'1>0

in some polydisk S (0. p). If we substitute this series into formula

(1). we see that

!P (z) = I (z).

On the basis of the holomorphic continuation theorem (see section

6.1). we conclude that !p(z)=/(z) in the domain a'. that is. that

From this. we get the expansion

I (z) = l:"" !Po (z).

«:=;:O
zEO'. (3)

where

.f ..
f(z')
z' a+1
dz'.
(4)

'I Zn H z~ I
The functions !Po (z) are holomorphic in A' and the series (3) con-
verges absolutely and uniformly in 0'.
Let us show that/.(z)=a.inO'. It follows from (4) and Cauchy's
theorem that these equations are valid in But then. the s(o. f).
equations !Po (z) = a.zo. which are valid in S (0. f). remain valid in
0'. This proves our assertion.
118 DOMAINS AND ENVEL..OPES OF HOL..OMORPHY

Thus, the series in (3) is independent of r (and hence of 0') and

coincides with the power series (2).
Remembering that 0' is an arbitrary compact subdomain of
0, we can, by use of Abel's theorem, obtain the following result
(see Hartogs [6], Cartan [118]):
If a function f(z) is holomorphic in a multiple-circular domain G that contains
its center a; 0, it is holomorphic (and, consequently, single-valued) in the smallest
complete multiple-circular domain TrW) containing the given domain G,

and it can be expanded in the absolutely convergent power series (2) in TrW).
Thus, "!teO) is a hoi om orphic extension of the domain o.

2. Domains oj absolute convergence oj power series

We shall say that a multiple-circular domain a is a domain of
absolute convergence of a power series if there exists a power
series that converges absolutely in the domain a but does not
converge (absolutely) in any larger domain.
Thus, the preceding theorem reduces domainS of absolute con-
vergence of power series to complete multiple-circular domains.
We shall see below that not every complete multiple-circular do-
main is a domain of absolute convergence of any power series.
The question arises as to how domains of absolute convergence of
power series may be characterized. The answer to this question
for boWlded domains was already known to Hartogs [6]. Here,
following the work of Ayzenberg and Mityagin [62], we shall give a
simple solution of this problem.
We introduce the sequence of numbers (see Eq. (59) in section
13.6)

LEMMA 1. If the power series

(5)

converges absolutely in a closed bounded complete multiple-circular domain G, then

where
M=ma~1 ~
zEO 101;;.0
aoz o'.

Proof: For an arbitrary polydisk S(O, r) c a, where rj = Ihjl for

hE a, the following inequality of Cauchy (see section 4.4) is valid:
 MULTIPLE-CIRCULAR DOMAINS AND POWER SERIES 119

Since this inequality holds for all bE a, we have

in! -IMI =~.

la.1 <: bEo q. e. d.
b" A.(O)

LEMMA 2.1( the series (5) converges absolutely in a complete multiple-circular

domain G. the series

~ la.IIA.(Q')1 (6)
1.1;'0

converges for an arbitrary subdomain G' Ii: G

Proof: Since a' E a, there exists a bounded complete multiple-
circular domain 0. 0 such that a' c: ao~ a. Furthermore, since
0.0 E a, we have ral)1S: a for r> 1 sufficiently close to 1. By using
Lemma 1, we then obtain

From this inequality and the equation

(7)

we conclude that the series (6) is convergent:

THEOREM. For the series (5) to converge absolutely in a bounded complete

multiple-circular domain G. it is necessary and sufficient that the series

(8)

conuerge absolutely in the unit polydisk 8<0, [).

This sufficiency is obvious. Let us prove the necessity. Q:} the
baSis of Lemma 2, absolute convergence of the series (5) in 0 im-
plies convergence of the series

~ la.1 A.(rO)
J.J ;;'0

for arbitrary 0 < r < I; that is, on the basiS of (7), it implies
120 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

convergence of the series

But this means that the series (8) converges absolutely in S (0. I).

3. Logarithmically convex envelopes

The smallest logarithmically convex domain o· containing a
given multiple-circular domain 0 is called the logarithmically
convex envelope of O.
Let Q denote the image of the domain 0 in the space of loga-
rithms of the absolute values:

Q=[~: ;j=lnIZjl. j=I. 2 •.... n; zEO. Zlz2",ZII+O).

It follows from the above definition that the image of the domain 0°
in this space is D(Q), which is the convex envelope of Q:

O(Q)=[;: !;j=lnlzjl. j= I. 2..... n;

Z E0°. ZIZ2'" ZII =1= 0).

It follows from this and the results of section 13.6 that the log-
arithmically convex envelope 0 of a complete multiple-circular
domain 0 is of the form
0°= U o~.
R>U
O~=int n
1-1>1
[z: IZ'I <.4.(OR»)· uR=onS(o. RI).

In particular, if 0 is a bounded domain, then

OO=int n [z:IZ"I<A.(O»).
1'1>1

For unbounded domainS, this formula is not in general valid. For

example, suppose that

0= [z : Iz.l P IZ2:Q < I) c: C2. f irrational.

Then, 0 = 0·, whereas

n [z:lz·I<A.(O)=+cc)=C2=1=O·.
1·.>1

This fact was discovered by Engibaryan.

 MULTIPLE-CIRCULAR DOMAINS AND POWER SERIES 121

4. Holomorphic extension of complete

multiple-circular domains
Every function that is holomorphic in a complete multiple-circular domain G
is holomorphic (and consequently single-valued) in its logarithmically convex
envelope G* and can be expanded in a power series that converges absolutely in G*.
Thus. o· is the holomorphic extension of the domain O. We note
that o· is a pseudoconvex domain (see section 13.6).
This assertion follows immediately from the following theorem
of Hartogs [6].
For a complete multiple-circular domain to be the domain of absolute con-
vergence of a power series, it is necessary and sufficient that it be logarithmically
convex.
Proof: Suppose that a complete multiple-circular domain 0 is a
domain of absolute convergence of the power series (5). Let us set

R>O.

Then. the bounded domain OR is the domain of absolute convergence

of the series

~ [aa+(~)lal/.rga.]za. (9)
1.1 :>0

Let us show that OR is a logarithmically convex domain: OR = O~. If

we apply the theorems in section 14.2 and then use the equations
A.(O/~)= A.(O~), we see that the series (9) converges absolutely in
O~. But then. OR = O~. Thus. the domain 0 is the union of an in-
creasing sequence of logarithmically convex domains OR' Con-
sequently. it is itself a logarithmically convex domain (see section
13.6).
For the time being, we shall prove the converse only for bounded
domains. The proof for unbounded domains will be given in section
19.3.
Suppose that 0 is a complete bounded logarithmically convex
domain: -0=0". According to the theorem of section 14.2. the series

(10)

converges absolutely in O. Now if this series converges absolutely

in a larger bOWlded complete multiple-circular domain 0'. the
series
(11)

must. on the basis of the theorem in section 14.2. converge

122 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

absolutely in S (0. I). Let us suppose that there exists an ClO such that
A.,(O')> A•• (O). It follows from the absolute convergence of the
series (11) in S (0. I) and from the relationship A.m (0) = (A. (O»m
that the series

l: (AA: (a,»)m z ..
ex>

m:O 0
(a) m,

also converges absolutely in S (0. I). which is impossible. Therefore.

A. (0') -< A. (0) for all a.

But the inclusion a implies the reverse inequalities. Therefore,
0':::>
A.(O')=A.(O). It follows from this that 0'=0"=0. which is im-
possible. Consequently, a is a domain of absolute convergence of
the series (10). which completes the proof.

15. HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES

In sections 6. 8 and 14, (multiple) power-series expansions of
functions constituted our basic tool for holomorphic expansions.
In this section. we shall introduce another method of holomorphic
continuation. namely. the method of expanding functions in power
series in a single variable (Hartogs' series). In contrast with the
preceding method. this method can be applied only in the case of
several complex variables (n>- 2). The results that we shall pre-
sent in connection with Hartogs' series are of independent interest
but they also have a number of applications in the theory of several
complex variables. for example. in the proof of the fundamental
theorem of Hartogs (see section 4.2) and in the study of semi tubular
domains.

1. Expansion in Hartogs series

Suppose that a Hartogs domain a (see section 7.5) contains
points of its plane of symmetry zl=a 1• For simplicity,we shall
assume that a 1 = O.
Suppose that a function f (z) is holomorphic in the domain O.
Let 0' be an arhitrary domain that is compact in a and that con-
tains points of the form (0. z). Without loss of generality. we may
assume that 0' is a Hartogs domain. We define

Ao (0') = "IJ. r=1+2k' (12)

 HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES 123

Let us construct the function (see Cartan [118])

(13)

When z EO', the points P·d = r are strictly contained in 0 for all
(AIZi'z)
since, on the basis of (12),

I(AIZ •• z)_(elarg1,z •. i)1 ~ IAz.-elarg1'zd ~

. 'I
~ IZII(IAd -1)~2"

Therefore, the function cp(z) is holomorphic in Ci' (see section 4.6)

and II (A.ZI' %)1 ~ M for IAII = r. and Z E0' • _
Furthermore, since there exists a point (0. zO), belonging to 0',
the function I (z) can be expanded in an absolutely convergent
power series

I(z)= ~ aozi'(z-zo)". 1
a. = at DOl (0. -
ZO)
lel>O

in some polydisk 5«0. ;0). p). If we substitute this series into

Eq. (13), we see that

= z
~ ao zj'(z- O)7i=/(z)
101:>0

for

Therefore, OD the basis of the holomorphic continuation theorem

(see section 6.1). we conclude that cp(z)=/(z) in the domain a';
that is.

zEO'.

From this we get the expansion

""
I (z) = ~ CPo (z). zEO'. (14)
_=0
124 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

where

CPo (z) = I
:bti •r ' -
I A,l -r
I (AI ZI. dA, =
Z) ).a+1
I
• (Z).
zd. (15)

I (z)=_
I f f(Z;. i)
10+1
1
dz l • 0:= 0, 1. ••••
(16)
CI 21ti ,Zl
r/zd-lzd
The series (14) converges absolutely and uniformly in 0'.
According to Cauchy's theorem. the integral (16) defining the
function I. is independent of r. Therefore. we may take the limit
in formula (16) as r _ 1 + 0.• We then obtain

1
I.(z) = 2"
f J(z;. i)
,.+1
,
dz l • 0:==0, 1. •••• (17)
1tl ZI
I zI\-/ z;1
The representation (17) is valid for z EO~ But the right member
in (17) is independent of 0' c= O. Therefore. the functions I.(z) are
defined throughout the entire domain o. Furthermore. on the basis
of Cauchy's theorem. these functions are independent of ZI when ZI
varies in some annulus r (z) < 1 zll < R (Z) (or in the Circle I zll < R (i»
lying entirely in the domain a (see Fig. 27).

In particular. if (0. ilEa. by taking the limit in (17) as ZI_O.

we obtain
1 .1(0.
I. (z) =--;;:D -
z). if [z: IZII < R (z»)c::
- a, (18)

Let us show that the functions I.(z) are holomorphic in a. It

follows from (15) that the functions CPo (z) are hoI om orphic in a' and
that I.(z) =';>,(z)zl·. Therefore. the functions I.(z) are _holo-
morphic in a' if ZI 4= o. en the other hand. if the point (0, z) Ea'.
the functions f. (z) will. by virtue of what we have proven. be
 HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES 125

independent of ZI in some neighborhood of that point. Thus, the

functions f. (z) are also holomorphic at the pOints (0. in the z)
domain a'. Since A' is an arbitrary subdomain that is compact in
a, this means that the f.(z) are holomorphic in O.
Summing up what we have said, we have the following result
(see Hartogs [6], Cartan [118]).
Every function f(z} that is holomorphic in a Hartogs domain G that contains
points of its plane of symmetry Zl = 0, can be expanded in an absolutely and
uniformly convergent Hartogs series

00

f(z)= ~zU.(z). (19)

Cl=U

in that domain. Here, the functions fa (z) are holomorphic in G and are indepen-
dent of Zl in every component (annulus or circle) of the open set

2. Holomorphic extension of Hartogs domains

We denote by B the projection of the domain a onto the plane of
symmetry ZI = O. Obviously, 8 is a domain in en -I. Let zo=( zY. ZO) Ea.
Then, zOEB. Let a., be any subdomain of the domain a that con-
tains the point ZO and that can be represented in one of the fol-
lowing forms (see Fig. 27):

a., = [z: roO (z) < I ztl < RoO (z). ZEB').
a., = [z: I zll < Rz.(i). zEB'].
where 8' is a subdomain of the domain B that depends on zO. On the
basis of section 2.2, the functions r z. (z)and R•• (z) must be upper- and
lower-semicontinuous, respectively, in B'.
On the basis of the results of the preceding section, in the ex-
pansion (19), the functions f. (z) in the domain Oz' are independent of
Zl. Therefore, the functions f.(Z)=f.(Z), being holomorphic in
O. are also holomorphic in B'. Thus, the expansion (19) in the
domain oz' can be written as follows:
00

f (z) = ~ zil. (z). (20)

•• u

According to Abel's theorem, the series (20) converges absolutely

and uniformly in the smallest complete Hartogs domain (see Fig. 27)

'It(O••)=[z: Zl=/'Z;. z=z,. z'EO••. P,I< 1]=

= [z: I z./ < R:' (.i), .; EB'].
126 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

containing the domain Oz, and thus defines a holomorphic function

in 1t (OzO).
Thus. every function f (z) that is holomorphic in a Hartogs domain 0 containing
points of its plane of symmetry Zl = 0 is holomorphic in every complete Hartogs
domain IT<Gzo > (for (zO € 0» and is represented in it by the series (20).
Therefore, by means of the series (20), the function / (z) can
be holomorphically continued to every point of the smallest com-
plete Hartogs domain 1t (0) containing the given domain 0 (see
Fig. 27):

1t(0)= U 1t (Oz,) =
z'EO
= [z: Zl = Az;. z=z. z'EO. 11.1-<1]=
= [z: I z.I < R (z). zEB).

Clearly, the function / (z) will not in general be single-valued

in 1t(0). However. by using the concepts of section 8. we may con-
struct a covering domain on B in which the functions !o (z,> will be
holomorphic (and single-valued). Here. the series (20) defines a
function ! (z) that is holomorphic in the corresponding covering
domain (over 1t(0». The exposition makes it possible to construct
examples of single-sheeted Hartogs domains with nons ingle-
sheeted envelopes of holomorphy (see section 20.2,.

3. Hartogs' theorem
Here, we shall confine ourselves to a consideration of the
simplest case. that in which the function! (z) is single-valued in
It (0) , that is. to the case of complete Hartogs domains.
Suppose that the function! (z) is holomorphic in a complete Har-
togs domain
O=(z: IZl_1 < R(Z>. zEB).
where the domain 8 is the projection 0 onto the plane of symmetry
Zl = 0 and the function R (Z) is lower-semicontinuous in 8 (see sec-
tion 2.2). (8 coincides with the intersection of the domain 0 and
the analytiC plane Zl = 0.) On the basis of the results of sections
15.1 and 15.2, the function! (z) can be represented in 0 by a Har-
togs series

go

! (z) = ~ z~!o (z). f. (z) = ~ DO, (0. z). (21)

.-0
which converges absolutely and uniformly in the domain o. The
functions ,. (z) are holomorphic in B.
 HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES 127

z
For each EB. we denote the radius of convergence of the series
(21) by R~ (z). ~ince !he series (21) converges for I zil R (z). it <
>-
follows that R~ (z) R (z). Furthermore. on the basis of the Cauchy-
Hadamard theorem. we have

(22)

The function R~ (z) does not need to be lower-semicontinuous. If

it is not. we set

RJ (i) = lim R~ (if).

(23)
i' ....&

Obviously. RJ(z)<'R~('i). Furthermore. since the function R(z) is

assumed to be lower-semicontin,uous. it follows from the inequality
>-
R~ Rand Eq. (23) that R (z) <. RJ (i) (see Fig. 28).
The function R/z) is lower-semicon-
tinuous in the domain B. Therefore. the set z,
1f~(l)=R/"m
If'/" - ----- 1'" ........

~
is a domain (see section 2.2). Clearly.
0,=>0.
It turns out that the series (21) 1 --
G
-----
~
-
converges absolutely and uniformly in the
domain 01' We shall prove this statement
in the following section. As a preliminary. o
8
.I - 1

we shall prove the following. less general. Fit;. 28

theorem, belonging to Hartogs (6).
If the Hartogs series (20) converges absolutely and uniformly in a closed
polycircle S<O,71) x S(~o :;:-) and converges absolutely in a circle I zll > Rl < 'I
for arbitrary fixed ~ in S(~O :;:-), this series converges absolutely and uniformly
in the polycircle S<O, Rl) x S(~o ,';:'1.
Proof: It follows from the conditions of the theorem and from
Eq. (22) that

II. (z)j'i<. M.
- 1 - (24)
lim czlnl/.(z)I<'-lnRI'
.~+ 00

for a= I. 2....• Suppose that 0 < R~ < R < RI • and 0 <,~ <,) for
1=2 •...• n. Then. on the basis of (24). the functions 'f. (i) =1. (z) R'
M- 1 which are holomorphic in S(~o. r). satisfy the conditions

1 - R -1 - R
-lnl'P.(z)I-<.ln-.
CI r. cx~+ooCl R •
lim -lnl'P.(z)I-<.ln-
I
(25)
128 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

- 1 - - -
The functions u.(z) =4 In 1 '¥. (z) I are plurisubharmonic in S(ZO, r)
(see section 10.5) and, on the basis of (25). satisfy the conditions
of the generalized Harnack's theorem (see section 10.7) with 0
replaced by s(io, r) and A replaced by In R -In R, • If we set E =
In R, -In R > 0 , we conclude from this theorem that there exists
a number N = N (E, ;0) such that, for all 11 >- N and in S (ZO, ,0). z
-
u. (z) = ~I In I<fl. (z)
-
1-< 0,
that is.

This inequality implies the absolute and uniform convergence of

s
the series (21) in the polydisk S (0, R~) X (zo, ;0). Since the numbers
R~ and r~ (j = 2, .... n) can be chosen arbitrarily close to RI and
rj (j=2 . .... n). respectively, it follows that the series (21tcop.-
verges absolutely and uniformly in the polydisk S(O, R,) X S(ZO, r).
which completes the proof.

4. Domains oj convergence oj Hartogs' series

The following generalization follows from Hartogs' theorem (see
section 15.3): If the Hartogs series (21) converges absolutely and uniformly in
a complete Hartogs domain

it also converges absolutely and uniformly in the larger complete Hartogs domain

where the function

- - - 1 -
-lnR,(z)=lim_ lim ,,In/f.(z')1
z· .... z «-+ +00

is plurisubharmonic in Band Rf ~ R.
Proof; Suppose that B' is an arbitrary relatively compact sub-
domain of B. On the basis of the Heine-Borel theorem. we can
cover the compact set B'with a finite number of polydisks that are
compact in B. Let S (ZO, r) be one of these. Since the function R I (z)
is lower-semicontinuous in B. it assumes its smallest value S (zo, f)
on R;> 0 (see section 2.3). Therefore. on the basis of (22).
J-1m
-:- 'VII • (-)1
Z = -R"
I
- -.. - R
-
./ 1 ./ I
.<- R' ,
. - . He j (z) f (Z) ,
 HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES 129

It follows from this that the series (21) converges absolutely in the
z
circle Iz,1 < R~ for every ES (zo. r) (see Fig. 28). Furthermore,
!..his seri~s _ cC?Dverges absolutely al!.d uniJor!Uly i;!l the polydisk
S(O. r,) X S (zo. r). where r, =1/2 minR(z)for.z ES (zo. r). (Thefimction
R (z) is lower-semicontinuous and positive in B and hence r, > 0
[see section 2.3].) According to Hartogs' theorem (see section 15.3).
the series (21) converges absolutely and uniformly in the poly-
disk S(o. R,} X S(zo. i). Since an arbitrary subdomain 0, that is
compact in 0' can be covered by a finite number of such polydisks,
the series (21) converges absolutely and uniformly in 0'. This
means that the series (21) converges absolutely and uniformly in
0, (see section 1.6).
It follows from the absolute and uniform convergence of the
series (21) in the domain 0 that. for an arbitrary subdomain B' reB.
there exist numbers M and r, such that

IfQ(i)lr~-<M. zEB'. a=1. 2 ..•..

From this we conclude that the set { ~ In If. (z) I } of functions that
are plurisubharmonic in B is uniformly bounded from above on B'.
But then. the function -In RI (z) is plurisubharmonic in B (see
section 10.3). which completes the proof.
Proof: The function -lnR,(i) belongs to the class FB of Hartogs'
functions (see section 10.15).
COROLLARY. Every function that is holomorphic in a complete Hartogs domain
G is holomorphic (and single-valued) in the domain Gr.

5. Logarithmically plurisubharmonic envelopes

Consider the complete Hartogs domain

0= [z: I z,1 < R (i). i EB) .

We shall refer to a complete Hartogs domain of the form

o"=[z: Iz,l<ev(Z). zEBl.

where V (z) is the least plurisuperharmonic majorant of the func-
tion InR(z) in the domain B. as the logarithmically plurisuperhar-
monic envelope of the complete Hartogs domain O. Since the
functions R (i) is lower-semicontinuous (see section 2.2) and positive
in B. the function In R (z)< 00 and is lower-semicontinuous in B.
Therefore. this function has a least plurisuperharmonic majorant
V (z) (see section 10.4). Therefore. the domain o· is pseudoconvex
(see section 12.13). Clearly. 0*::;)0.
The logarithmically plurisuperharmonic envelope of the complete Hartogs domain
is a holomorphic extension of that domain.
130 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHV

Proof: Let f EH o. Then. the function / (z) is holomorphic in the

larger domain (see section 15.4)

where
- - - 1 -
V,(z)= - lim lim -lnl/.(z')1
i' -+z 11-+ +00 (l

is a plurisuperharmonic function in the domain B that satisfies the

inequality v,(z) >-In R(z).
From this and from the definition of least plurisuperharmonic
majorant (see sections 10.4 and 9.7). we get the inequality
(26)

Inequality (26) means that O'cO,. Thus. every function/(z) that is

holomorphic in 0 is holomorphic in 0'. which completes the proof.

6. Hartogs-Laurent series
Let us now consider a Hartogs domain that does not contain a
single point of its plane of symmetry (see section 12.13)

0= [z: r (z) < 1zll < R (z). zE BI

(see Fig. 18).
Every function f(z) that is holomorphic in a Hartogs domain G is holomorphic
in the domain

and. throughout this domain, can be expanded in an absolutely and uniformly

convergent Hartogs-Laurent series

00

/ (z) = ~ z~/. (;).

• __ co
(27)

Here, the functions fa ('2) are holomorphic in B and

- =
f • (z) 1
2";
J1(Z;.,•• z) dz..,
1 Cl = o. ± 1. ..•• (28)
I z.
where the integration is carried out over an arbitrary closed piecewise-smooth
contour lying entirely in the annulus
 HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES 131

and containing the point Zl = O. F'inally.

z
Proof: For every EB. let us expand the function! (z) in a series
of the form (27). Bere. the functions !. <,z) are given by formula (28)
with the contour I lying in the annulus r(z)<lzll < R(z). We have

!(z)=! .. (z)+! _(z).

where
00 ""
!+(z)=~ zU.(Z). !_(z)=~ ziR!_.('Z).
maO m-l

It follows from this and from the representation (27) that the func-
tion ! .. (z) is holomorphic in the complete Bartogs domain
a+=[z: IZll<R(z), zEB).

On the basis of section 15.4. this function is holomorphic in the

larger Bartogs domain

a;=[z: IZll<lt,(i), zED]

where the function V,(z) is given by formula (29).

Analogously. the function! _ (z) is holomorphic in the Bartogs
domain

a = lz: I z d > r (Z). zE: BJ.

From this it follows that the function
00

cp(Z)=L(;.. z)=l>~!_.(Z)
a=1

is holomorphic in the complete Hartogs domain

IZII < --!.:-.

r(z)
ZED].
132 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Therefore (see section 15.4), the function !p (z) is holomorphic in

the larger domain
a~=[z: Izd < e-v,(z,. z EB].
where the function 'OJ(Z) is given by formula (30). From this it
follows that the function f - (z) = 11 (~.
z,
z) is holomorphic in the
Hartogs domain

It follows from what we have said that the function f (z) is holo-
morphic in the domain OJ = oj n a,. The remaining assertions of
the theorem follow easily from the results of section 15.2, which
completes the proof.

7. Logarithmically plurisuperharmonic and

plurisubharmonic envelopes
We shall now construct a holomorphic extension of the Hartogs
domain a of the form

The logarithmically plurisuperharmonic {plurisubharmonicl envelope G* of the

domain G is a holomorphic extension of G.
The envelope 0* is defined as in section 15.5 :

O*=[z: eve;' < Izd <eV(ZJ. zEB].

where V (i) (resp. '1J (zH is the smallest (resp. largest) plurisuper-
harmonic majorant (resp. plurisubharmonic minorant) of the func-
tion In R <,z) (resp. In r (.in in the domain B. Clearly, G c G* •
Let f EHo • From the preceding theorem. the function f (z) is
holomorphic in the domain a" where the functions 'O,(Z) and V,(z)
are plurisubharmonic and plurisuperharmonic, respectively, in B
and satisfy the inequalities

(31)

The inequalities

'O,(Z) <,'O(z). V,(z)>-V(.Z), zEB

follow easily from inequalities (31) (see section 10.4). These last
inequalities mean that O"cOr From this we conclude that Ho=Ho"
which completes the proof.
 HARTOGS' DOMAINS AND SERIES 133

8. Proof of Hartogs' fundamental theorem

As an application of the results that we have obtained concerning
Hartogs' series, let us prove the fundamental theorem of Hartogs
that was stated without proof in section 4.2:
If a function f(z) is such that, at an arbitrary point zO in a domain G, the
functions f (zy, ... , zJ-l' z j' zJ+ l' ... , z~), for j ~ 1, 2, ... , n, are holomorphic
respectively with respect to Zj at the point zJ, then f(z) is holomorphic in the
domain G.
As a preliminary, let us prove the
LEMMA (Osgood). Suppose that A is a closed and 0 an open bounded set and
that a function A(x, y) 2'. 0, defined in A x 0, is continuous with respect to x in A
for arbitrary yEO and with respect to yin 0 for arbitrary x E A. Then, there exists
an open set 0' C 0 such that A (x, y) is bounded on A x 0:
Proof: The function
I-' (y) = sup A(x. y) (32)
xEA

assumes finite values for every yEO. Furthermore, the sets

AM = [y: I-' (y) <. M. yEO] are closed in O. To see this,let y(k) ~ yO EO
where y(k) E: 0, and suppose that I-' (y(k) <. M. Then, it follows from
(32) that A(x. y(k:) <. M for all x EA and k. Because of the continuity
with respect to y, we conclude that ). (x. yO) <. M for x E A; that is,
I-' (yO) <. M. Now suppose that the conclusion of the lemma is untrue.
Then, each of the sets AM' for M = 1. 2. . .. is nowhere dense in O.
But this contradicts the relation 0 = U AM and completes the proof.
At ~ 1
Proof of Hartogs' theorem: It will be sUfficient to show that! (z) is
holomorphic at an arbitrary point ZO EO. Let us suppose that ZO = o.
Suppose that S(o. r l )(6;O. Let us set

From Osgood's lemma, there exists a closed polydisk (see

Fig. 29)

in which the function! (z) is bounded. Since

! (z) is holomorphic with respect to each
variable individually. it follows on the
basis of section 4.2 that it is holomorphic
in the polydisk Fill. 29
134 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

S(O. 'I) X S(Z;. P2) X ..•

... X S(Z~. p,,),

Furthermore. since 1Z; I < r. /3. the circle S (z;. '2 -I z; I) in the
z2-plane is contained in the circle Sea. '2) and contains the circle
S(o. r2/3) (see Fig. 29). Therefore, for every (z~, zg . ...• z~) in
S(O. 'I) XS(z;. P3) X ... X S(z:. PII). the function f(z~. Z2' z~. .... z~) is
holomorphic with respect to Z2 in the circle S (z;. '1-1 Z21). There-
fore. from Hartogs' theorem of section 15.3 (with Zl replaced by
Z2)' we conclude that the functionf(z) is holomorphic in the poly-
disk

S(o. Tl)XS(Z;. r2-lz;l)xS(z~. P3)X", X (z:. PII)'

Since S (0. i) c: S (z~. '2 -I z; I). the nmction j (z) is holomorphic in

the polydisk

S(O. 'l)XS(O. ~)XS(z~. pa)X ... XS(z~. p,J.

If we now repeat our reasoning for the variable Za. we see that
I (z) is holomorphic in the polydisk

S(O. 'I)XS(O. ~)XS(o. ~)XS(Z;'P4)X ... XS(z~.P,,)

etc. Finally. we conclude that I (z) is holomorphic in the polydisk

S (0. r l ) X S (0. i) .
which completes the proof.

16. HOLOMORPHIC CONVEXITY

1. Simultaneous continuation oj junctions

We shall say that a set Ko of functions that are holomorphic
in a domain 0 constitutes a class if the relation f EKo implies that
all the functions D&I and ajP, where p is an arbitrary integer::>1
and a is an arbitrary complex number. also belong to Ko •
For example, the set Ho of all functions that are holomorphic
in 0 constitutes a class. The set P of all polynomials constitutes
a class. Obviously. Ho contains every class Ko.
THEOREM (Canao-fiolleo [7]). Suppose that the maximum principle holds
for a point zO E G and a set A c: G with respect to the moduli of functions of a
class KG, that is, that
If (zO)1 < sup II (z)l·
.tEA (33)
IEKo·
 HOLOMORPHIC CONVEXITY 135

Then, every (unction ( € KG can be holomorphically continued into the polycircle

S(zo,rll, where r = 8G(A), and (or all p < r, the maximum principle

sup
6ES (zO. pI)
II (z>l '"6EA,
sup If (z)1
(34)
where Ap = U S(z', pI) (see Fig. 30), holds.
ilEA
If the open set S (zO, r/) n0 is a domain. then. on the
Remark:
basis of the holomorphic continuation theorem (see section 6.1),
the continued function I (z) is single-valued in S (ZO, rl) UO.

Proo(: Since Ap @ a and p < r. if we de-

fine

we obtain

I/(z)1 <MI . p' zES(z', pI). z'EA.

From this and from Cauchy's inequality (see

section 4.4). we deduce

I~, DO/(z')I<MI.pp-'o,. z'EA. (35)

Since D'/EKo. by using inequality (33). we obtain, on the basis of

the above inequality.

l ~D'/(ZO)1
a' """~MI. F P -\01 • (36)

It follows from this inequality that the series

I (z) = ~
\01:>0
!, D'I (zO) (z - zO)"

converges uniformly in the polydisk S(zo. pI) for arbitrary p < r.

This means that the function/(z)is holomorphic inS(zO. r/).
To prove inequality (34). it will be sufficient to show that
(37)

for arbitrary PI < pI. Suppose that inequality (37) does not hold for
some PI < P. that is. that
 1 36 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

It would then follow that the function

'fIp (Z) = [ ~ (z) ]P •

/' p

where P is a positive integer, satisfies the equation

(38)

On the other hand. cpp EKo. M,p. p = I. and on the basis of inequality
(36), which we have proven, we have

Therefore, the function 'fp (z) satisfies the following inequality in

the polydisk S (ZO, PI/):

l'fp(z)!"" ~ ;1 ID"'fp(zO)/lz- zOI"""

10 1:>0
~ ~
~ ~(J'.!.)101=(1
......
al p
_J'.!.)-"
p
.
1"1:>0
This inequality. together with Eq. (38). yields the inequality

for arbitrary integral P> O. But this inequality is impossible for

sufficiently large P since, by hypothesiS. a. > 1. This contradiction
proves inequality (36) for arbitrary PI < P and this completes
the proof.
This theorem has the
COROLLARY. Suppose that the maximum principle holds for sets S c:: G and
T c:: G with respect to the moduli of functions of a class KG. Then. every func-
tion in KG can be holomorphically continued in Sr (possibly nonsingle-valuedly
Sr U 0), where r = BG (T). Also, for arbitrary p < r. the maximum principle is
valid for the sets Sp and T p with respect to the moduli of functions of the class
KG·

2. K-convex domains
In connection with the results obtained in the preceding section,
we may introduce the concept of a K-convex domain.
A domain a is said to be K-convex (convex with respect to
the class of functions Ko) if. for an arbitrary set Ac:Q, the set
 HOLOMORPHIC CONVEXITV 137

FA=- n [z:
IEKo
I/(z)l<sup/!(z)l· zEO]
zEA

is compact in O.
In other words. a domain 0 is said to be K-convex if. for every
set AgO. there exists a set FA such that AcF AC:O (see Fig. 31) and
for every point ZO EO" FA. there exists
a function f EKo such that

suplf(z)1 < I/(zO)I· (39)

'EA

If a domain 0 is H-convex (K0= H 0)' it

is said to be holomorphically convex.
We shall say that P -convex domains
(Ka = P) are polynomially convex. Ob-
viously. every K -convex domain is
holomorphically convex.
We note that if G is a K-convex domain. the set F' A is compact and

(40)

Proof: Since FAg O. FA is bounded and (being the intersection of

closed sets) closed. Therefore, FA is compact. Let us prove Eq.
(40). Since AcFA• we have 8a (F A><8a (A)=r. It remains toprove
the opposite inequality 8a (PA>'>- r (see Fig. 31).
Consider a point ZO EFA. Since inequalities (33) hold for all
functions IE Ko. we conclude from the theorem on simultaneous
continuation of functions of class Ka that I (z) is holomorphic in the
polydisk S(ZO, rJ) and satisfies inequality (34) for all p<r. But
the domain a is K -convex. Therefore. S(zo. pl)eO for all p < r.
From this we see that 80 (ZO) >- r for arbitrary Zo EFA. This means
that 80 (F A) >- r which completes the proof.
It follows from this that every component of the interior of the intersec-
tion K-convex domains is a K-convex domain.
To see this. let 0 be a component of int no. and suppose that
Ac:O. We need to show that FAiG G. Since AiGoGa and the O. are K-
convex domains. we have

We define the class Ka as the smallest class of holomorphic

functions in 0 that contains U Ko•• Since Oc 0 and Ka=:JKc-•• the
0

set FA (for the domain 0) is contained in all the sets FA,. and hence
is bounded. Therefore. it remains to show that 80 (FA) > O. But this
follows from (3) [see section 1.3] and (40):
138 DOMAINS AND ENVEL.OPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Suppose that K and KI are sets of functions that are ho1omorphic

in a domain Q. We shall say that K, is dense in K if. for arbitrary
fEK. O'eO. and £>0. there exists a functionflEKlsuchthat

For K I to be dense in K, it is necessary and sufficient that, for an arbitrary

function f E K, there exists a sequence of functions fa E KI, for a = 1,2, ... ,
that converges uniformly to f in the domain G (in the sense of section 1.6).

The sufficiency is obvious. Let us prove the necessity. Suppose

that O. c: O. + I that U O. = Q and that E. _ 0 as a - 00. The functions
f.EKI such that
.
If(z)-f.(z)1 <E •• zEO•• 11=1. 2, ....
form a sequence of the type required.
LEMMA. If a domain G is K-convex and if some class K~ is dense in KG' the
domain G is K~convex.
Proof: Suppose that A ~ O. Then, there exists a set F A such that
Ac.FAff!;O and, for every point zOEO'\F A, there exists a function
IE: Ko satisfying Inequality (39). Therefore, there exists a 8 0, >
such that
o+supl/(z)1
zEA
< I/(zO)I· (41)

Since K~ is dense in Ka. let us take a function II E K~ such that

a
If(z)-fl(z)1 <2' zEAU[zO).

that is. such that

& &
1/1(z)l- 2 < If(z)1 < 1/1(z)1 +2' z E A U(ZO).

Inequality (39) follows from the above inequality and inequality (41):

which means that the domain 0 is K'-convex. which completes the

proof.
If G is a K-convex domain, then, for arbitrary p > 0, every component G of
the open set

o (p) = [z: 110 (z) > p. z EO)

 HOL.OMORPHIC CONVEXITY 139

is a K-convex domain.
Proof: Consider an arbitrary ACGO'. Then, 8o (A) > p. Furthermore,
since 0 is a K-convex domain and Ko' =:JKo ' it follows that

F~= n [z:
IEKo'
l/(z)l-<:suplf(z)l. zEO']CFAfiiO.
zEA

Therefore, taking Eq. (40) into account, we have

which, in view of the boundedness of F~, implies that F~ c:; 0;

which completes the proof.

3. A corulitionjor K-convergence, I
In what follows, we shall assume that the class Ko contains the
functions z\' Z2' •••• Zn if 0 is an unbounded domain. Let us prove the
LEMMA. If a-domain G is not K-convex. tOOre exists a set A c G and a se-
quence of points z(kl E G, for k = I, 2, ... , such that z(kl -+ zo E aa,and for
an arbitrary function f E KG,

If(z(k)I-<:suplf(z)l. k=I.2 ..... (42)

.zEA

Proof: If the domain 0 is not K-convex, it follows from the defi-

nition (see section 16.2) that there exist a set AGO and a sequence
of pointsz(k) E0, for k = I. 2.... , possessing no points of accumu-
lation in 0 such that, for an arbitrary function f EKo, inequality (42)
holds for all points z(.t). If we apply inequality (42) to the functions zJ'
for j = I. 2.... , n, we see that the sequence {ZIt)} is bounded. There-
fore, on the basiS of the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem, this se-
quence has a subsequence {z(tl} converging to the point ZOo Obviously,
ZO EiJ a, which completes the proof.
For a domain to be K-convex. it is sufficient that, for an arbitrary point zo E aG,
tOOre exists a sequence of points z(kl. for k = I, 2, ... , such that z(kl -+ zo, where
z(k) ¢" G and, for every point z(k), tOOre exists a function in the class KG that is
not holomorphic at z(kl.
Proof: Suppose that the domain 0 is not K -convex. From the pre-
ceding lemma, there exist a set AfiiO and a sequence {z(I)}, where
z(1) E0 and z(1) _ ZO EiJO, such that inequalities (42) hold for arbitrary
f EKa. From this, we conclude on the basis of the theorem in
section 15.1 that f (ol) can be holomorphically continued into the
polydisks S(zllI. r/), for 1= I. 2....• where r=&o(A) > O. Since
z(/) - zo, it then follows that there exiSts a number N such
that zOES(Z(N). rl). This means that every function fEKo is holo-
morphic in some fixed neighborhood of the point r!l. This, however,
140 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

is impossible because of the assumption. Therefore, the domain

o is K-convex, which completes the proof.
COROLLARY. Every domain ofholomorphy G of a functionf € KG is aK-convex
domain.

4. A condition for K-convex, II

For a domain 0 to be K-convex. it Is necessary and sufficient
that. for arbitrary sets S and T such that S UTe O. and the max-
imum principle holds with respect to the moduli of functions of
class Ka. the inequality
(43)
holds.
Proof of sufficiency: Suppose that inequality (43) holds. Let us show
that 0 is a K -convex domain. Assume. to the contrary. that 0 is
not a K-convex domain. Then. according to the lemma in section
=
16.3. there exist a set A a and a sequence of points zlll) EO. for
k = 1. 2....• that converges to some point ZO Ei)0 such that, for an
arbitrary function f EKo. the inequalities (42) hold; that is. the
maximum principle holds for the sets S = Z(II, and T = A with re-
spect to the moduli of functions of class KG. If we apply inequality
(43) we obtain
00 (Z(II) :> 00 (A) > O.
which contradicts the limit relation Z(II) -)0 ZO E00. This contradiction
proves that the domain 0 is K -convex.
Proof of necessity: Suppose that 0 is a K-convex domain. Suppose
also that the maximum principle with respect to the moduli functions
of class Ko holds for sets S and T, where S e 0 and T ~ 0; that is.
suppose that
If(z)1 -<: maxlf(z)l. zES. fEK o·
z€T

It follows from this that S c: FT (see section 16.2). Keeping Eq.

(40) in mind. we obtain from the last relation
0o(S>:>0o(Fr) = 80 (T). q. e. d.

5. Approximation of K -convex domains

If a domain G is K-convex. it is the union of an increasing sequence of bounded
analytic polyhedra (see section 12.15)
If(z)l-<:maxlf(z)l. zES. fEKa
zET

such that ~II e \.l.\hl eO and the functions "1:"111 EKG (see Oka [72J).
 HOL.OMORPHIC CONVEXITY 141

To prove this, it will be sufficient to exhibit an analytic poly-

hedron ~ for an arbitrary subdomain 0' E 0 such that 0' c: ~ E 0
and the functions Xa (z) defining If-, belong to the class Ka.
Since 0 is a K -convex domain and 0' E 0 there exists a closed
set F such that 0' c: F IE; 0 and, for an arbitrary pOint ZO EO" F ,
there exists a function I •. E Ka satisfying the inequalities

(44)

(see section 16.2). Because of the continuity, for every point

ZO EO\. F, there exists a neighborhood V (ZO, f), contained in the open
set 0" F such thatj/zo(z)j > 1 for z EV (ZO, f).
Since FE 0, ~o (F) = 2f > o. Therefore, the open set F' =
Iz: I z - z' 1< f, z' EFJ (see Fig. 32) is
such that 0' E F' E O. Then, its bound-
ary aF' is compact: iJF' EO. From the
Heine-Borel theorem, the compact set
aF' can be covered by a finite number
01 the neighborhoods V (Z(a), fa)' for
11= I, 2, ... , IV, that we constructed a-
bove. The corresponding functions
X. =1 .(a) EKa satisfy inequalities (44):
Ix.(z)1 < \, zE 0';
Ix.(z)l> \, zEV(z(a), fa)'
Thus, the analytic polyhedron Fif!.32

~=[z: IXa(z)I<1.
Cl= 1,2..... N; zEF')
possesses all the required properties, which completes the proof.
Remark: The above theorem is analogous to the theorem on the
apprOximation of a convex domain by an increasing sequence of
convex bounded polyhedra.
Corollary. Suppose that the conditions of the preceding theorem are satisfied.
Then, if KG = HD (or if KG = P), where G C D, we may take Weil domains as the
~. (see section 12.15).
Proof: From what we have proven, for an arbitrary subdomain
Q'ISi a there exists a domain

o=[z: Ix.(z)1 < 1.11= I. 2 ..... N; zEV(O»). N";pn,

such that 0' IE a" c: 0 ~ 0, where the functions X. EH D (or XaEP). By

varying the functions X. (z), we can arrange for the intersection of
any k _ hypersurfaces IXa t (z) I= I. where (I -< k -< n) and t = 1, 2, ... ,
in V (0) to be of dimenSion not exceeding 2n - k and for 0' c: 0<1:0,
which completes the proof.
142 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Every connected analytic polyhedron

is a K-convex domain, where F eGis the smallest class containing the func-
tions Zj and I!G (F) = 2r > 0, where j = I, 2, ... , n and a = 1,2, ...• N.
Proof: If 0' Ca.

Ix. (z) I = p < 1. max suplz,I=L.

1<,<'11 zE"

Since zj EK •• we then have (see section 16.2)

F., c: n Iz:
j ••
IZjl<:L. Ix~(z)l<:p.

J= 1. 2..... n. 11 = 1. 2 ..... N. z EoJ @ a. q. e. d.

which completes the proof.

6. Holomorphically convex domains

For a given domain to be holomorphically convex, it is necessary and sufficient
that it be a domain of holomorphy.
The sufficiency was proven in section 16.3.
To prove the necessity of the condition. it will be sufficient to
prove the following
LE~A. If G is a holomorphically convex domain, there exists a function (z)
that is holomorphic in G and unbounded at every point ZOe aG (see Cartan and
Thu1.len [7] and Bochner and Martin [3]).
Let us subtract from the set ao a countable everywhere-dense
set E. To prove the lemma, it will be sufficient to construct a
functionf(z), that is holomorphic in 0 and unbounded at every point
of the set E. Let Z(k), for k = 1. 2.... , be a sequence possessing the
property that every point of the set E occurs infinitely many times
in that sequence. Suppose also that A., for 11 = 1. 2. . .. , Is an in-
creasing sequence of sets such that

A. c; A.+I c: a and U A. =0 .
•
Since a is a holomorphically convex domain for the set A., there
exist a set Fit a point a(U E0'\ FI and a function I. EHQ such that
A. c: FI c: 0 .• 1 a l1l - zllli <: I, and

sup II. (z) = 1. II. (a(1) I > I .

• ~AI
 HOLOMORPHIC CONVEXITY 143

Furthermore, since UA, = a, there exists a set A", il2 > ill=l, such
that FI U laW] CA.,. For the set A•• , there exist a set F2 , a point
a (2 ) E a \ F2 and a function 12 EHa such that A" c F2 e 0,1 a (2 ) - Z(2) 1<
< 112, and

and so on. Consider a number ilk> Ilk-I such that F k-I U{alA-ill cA,••
For the set A,., there exist a set F", a point alt Ea '\ F. and a
function I. EHa such that A,,,, c F k C a, I a lk ) - Zlk) I < Ii' and
sup Ilk (z) I = I. If k (a(k» I > 1 (45)
zEA'k

and so on. Since, by construction, 1/.(a,k»1 > I, there exiSts a

sequence of integers I", for k = 1, 2. "0, where (II = 1), that satisfies
the inequalities

(46)
1</<.-1

Let us define a function I (z) in the form of the series

I(z)= (47)

Since, on the basis of (45), IIj (z) I < I for z EA'I and A'I c: a, where
U A,; = a, it follows that the series (47) converges absolutely and
;
uniformly in the domain a, thus defining the function/(z), which
is holomorphic in O. Also, since alk) E A'k+1 C A'I' for I> k, it
follows on the basis of (45) that III (a lk » I < 1 for I > k. Therefore,
we conclude from (46) and (47) that
Ik)}I'·
I/(a1k'Ji:> I f k
(
ak2 _ ~
.<;1<; A-I (48)
~ I r.'
- ~ j2:>k- 6 +1.
k t I';;;
Let us choose an arbitrary point ZO EE. It follows from the
construction that the point ZO occurs infinitely many times in the
sequence Z(k), for k = I, 2, •... Suppose that Z(k l } = ZO for I < kl < k2 <
.. ,. Then, we conclude from the inequality 1a(k;) - ZO 1-< 1 / III < 1/ j
that the sequence a(k l ), for 1 = 1, 2, ... of points of the domain a
converges to the point ZO EE c ao. On the other hand, it follows from
(48) that 1I (a(k;» 1-+ +::xl as 1-+ =.
This means that the nmction
f (z) is infinite at the point ZO EE (in the sense of the definition in
section 1.6), which completes the proof.
 144 DOMAINS AND ENVEL.OPES OF HOL.OMORPHY

'1. Characterizations of domains of holomorphy

It follows from the results of the preceding section that every
K-convex domain is a domain of holomorphy. In particular, every
analytic polyhedron is an open set of holomorphy.
Using the first condition for K-convexity (see section 16.3), we
obtain the follOwing theorem, which is useful for applications.
For a domain G to be a domain of holomorphy, it is necessary that there exist
a function f(z) that is holomorphic in G and infinite at every point zO to aG; it is
sufficient that, for an arbitrary point zO to aG, there exist a sequence of points
Iz(kll such that z(kl ... zO, where z(kl t G, and that, for every z(kl, there exist a
function that is holomorphic in G but not holomorphic at z(kl. <In particular, it
is sufficient that, for an arbitrary point zO to aG, there exist a barrier function
f2 0 € HG, that is not holomorphic at the point zO.)
Let us look at an example illustrating an application of this
theorem.
'lEvery convex domain is a domain of holomorphy.
To see this, we may take the functions [(a-lb)(zO-z»)-1 where
a (X O-x) + b (yO - y) = 0 is the supporting plane for the domain, as
the barrier function f ... (z), zOE ao.
By using the second condition for K-convexity (see section 16.4),
we obtain the following result:
For a domain G to be a domain of holomorphy, it is necessary and sufficient
that inequality (43) hold for arbitrary sets Sand T, where S U T 4: G, for which
the maximum principle holds with respect to the moduli of functions that are holo-
morphic in G.
Finally, we note that the interior of the intersection of domains
of holomorphy is an open set of holomorphy (see section 16.2).

8. Invariance under biholomorphic mappings

A biholomorphic mapping ( = (z) maps a domain of holomorphy G onto a
domain of holomorphy Gl.
From the theorem in section 16.6, it will be sufficient to show
that the domain 0 1 is holomorphically convex. LetA I Ci 0 1 and denote
by A the preimage of Al under our mapping. Then, A e 0 (cf.
section 12.11). But the domain a is holomorphicallyconvex. There-
fore, there exists a set FA such that A c: FA e 0 and, for an arbitrary
point ZO EO" FA' there exists a function f E Ho satisfying the
inequality

sup If (z) I
zEA
< If (ZO) I (49)

(see section 16.2). Let us denote by F A, the image of the set FA.
Consider a point ~o E 0 1 " F A, and the point zn = z (Co). where z = z (~) is
the inverse mapping. Clearly. ZO EO" FA. For the point zO. there
 HOLOMORPHIC CONVEXITY 145

exists a function f EHa that satisfies inequality (49). Therefore.

the function f[z (~)l, which is holomorphic in ai' satisfies the
inequality

sup If(z)1 = sup I flz(~)ll

zEA (EA,
< Iflz(~O)ll = If(zO)I·

This means that the domain 0 1 is holomorphically convex, which

completes the proof.
By using Riemann's theorem, we obtain from this the
COROLLARY. Every domain in C 1 is a damain of holomorphy.

9. Increasing sequences of domains of holomorphy

LEMMA. If an increasing sequence of domains Go C Go+b for a = 1, 2, ... ,
is such that every domain Ga is K-convex with respect to some class KG, where
G= U Ga , then G is a K-convex domain.
a
Proof: Lets and T, where S UT,ga, be sets for which the maximum
principle holds with respect to the moduli of functions of class Ka.
There exists a number N such that S UT <E O. for IX >- N. Since the
O. are K-convex domains. it follows on the basis of the second con-
dition for K-convexity (see section 16.4) that the inequalities

(50)

hold. In view of formula (2) of section 1.3, we obtain from (50)

Therefore, if we again apply the second condition for K-convexity.

we conclude that a is a K-convex domain.
COROLLARY. If an increasing sequence of domains lOa I is such that each
domain Ga is convex with respect to the class of functions that are holomorphic
in G = U
Ga , then G is a domain af holomorphy.
a

This follows from the lemma just proven and the theorem in
section 16.6.
THEOREM. If an increasing sequence of domains of holamarphy Ga S! Ga + l ,
for a = 1,2, ... , is such that each class HGa + 1 is dense in the class Hca , then
G= Ua
Ga is a domain of holomorPhy (see Behnke and Stein [48]).
To prove this theorem, it will, on the basis of the corollary of
the preceding lemma, be sufficient to show that each domain O. is
convex with respect to the class Ho. To prove this last assertion,
it will, on the basis of the lemma in section 16.2. be sufficient
 146 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

to show that the class Ha is dense in each class Ha •

Suppose that 10 EH a , G' Ii: G., and e > o. By hyPothesis, there
exists a function/lEHa.+1
• such that
(51)

Let us now choose a function 12 E H a.+! such that

zEO•.

And, in general, we choose a function It E Haut such that

lIt (z) - It-I (z)1 < E2- a• (52)

In every fixed subdomain G. Ci! a" where v> 11, this sequence of
functions I a (z) for k = O. 1 .•. converges uniformly in itself since.
on the basis of (52), the inequalities
P P
I/HP- la 1-<: ~ IfHI-IHI-II < e ~ 2- I - k < e2- a•
1=1 1=1
zE O.
hold for arbitrary p ~ 1 and k > v + 1 - 01. Consequently, this sequence
converges uniformly in a. and. thus (since a. is arbitrary) defines
a holomorpbic function I(z) in the domain G (see section 4.4).
Obviously, the function I (z) can be written as a series of the form
1=/0+(/1-/0)+(/2-/1)+ ....
Therefore, by virtue of (51) and (52), we obtain
00

I/(z)- lo(z) 1 -<: ~ I Ik(z)- It-I (z) 1 <

"~I

for z E a' • which completes the proof.

10. The Behnke-Stein theorem

The union af an increasing sequence Ga C Ga + I, {or a = 1, 2, ... ,af domains
of holomorphy is a domain of holomorphy (see Behnke and Stein [48. 120)).
We shall prove this theorem for a bounded domain 0 = U 0 ••
For u.nbounded domains, the proof can be found in the article [120].
As a preliminary, we note that it will be sufficient to prove this
theorem for the case in which the G. are compact in 0.+1' where
O.Ci!O.+I' for 01= 1. 2....• This is true because the 0. are bounded
 HOLOMORPHIC CONVEXITY 147

domains of holomorphy and hence the O. (+) are open sets of

holomorphy (see sections 16.2 and 16.6). Clearly,

o.(~)cO.+J(a~d and Uo.(~)=O.

.
If, in each open set O. (~), we take that component that contains
the fixed point of the domain O. we obtain the required sequence
of domains.
We adopt the notations (see Fig. 33)
m.p = Sap (a.). M.~ = sup 80 (z).
zEOCI. P
~ > a;
m. =80 (0.). M. = sup 80 (z). a = 1. 2. '" •
zEao.

Since O.cO.+ J and since U O. = a is a bounded domain. these

o
numerical sequences possess the properties (see section 1.3):
o < ma{3 ~ Ma {3' ma{3 -+ m. and M.~ - M. as
f3 -+ + (monotonically increasing). and
00

o < IRa .s: Mg -+ 0 aSa -+ + 00 (monotonically

decreasing).
From the sequence of domains a••
where a = 1. 2....• let us extract a subse-
quence a." as follows: (1) We take
0., = OJ. (2) We take a., in such a way
that M., < m.,. (3) We take A.. in such a
way that M •••• <m.,•• and M •• <m.,. Because Fil!!.33
of the preceding inequality M o, < mo, • such
a choice is always possible. (4) In general,
we take o.~ in such a way that M."_I."
< mo"_I". and A-I." < m.Il _ I • Thus
for an arbitrary ZO E00•••
80
-1'+1
(ZO) < 80 flk+1 (a..
.-1
).(53)

Since thedomain 0. +1 is holomorphicallyconvex andO.,,_. gO.tH'

it follows from ineq~ity (53) that. for an arbitrary point zOE 00.".
there exist a function f zO (z) that is holomorphic in O.tH' and a
neighborhood U (zo. r) such that

(see sections 16.2 and 16.5). If we cover the compact set 00." with
a finite number of these neighborhoods U (z(l). rl), where 1 = 1. ~ ••• ,
Nil' and reason as in section 16.5. we can exhibit a Weil domain
 148 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

such that O•• _ICOkCO•• and the functions 'X.~., are holomorphic in
0'.+1.
Thus. we have constructed a sequence of Wei! domains Ok' for
k = I. 2.... , with the following properties:

°.15:°.+1' U °Il = O. 'X.~.) EH'H!"

Therefore, in accordance
•
with
the theorem in section 24.7, the
class H'1l is dense in H••
Accord~ng to the th~orem in section 16.9. 0 is a domain of
holomorphy. which completes the proof.

11. Polynomially convex domains

A domain

where the p. are polynomials, is called a polynomial domain.

Every polynomial domain is a polynomially convex domain
(see section 16.5).
The union of an increasing of polynomially convex domains is
a polynomially convex domain.
This follows from the lemma of section 16.9 with Ka = P.
For a domain G to be polynomially convex, it is necessary and sufficient that
it be the union of an increasing sequence
nomial Weil domains.
Uk = Uk+l. for k = 1. 2•...• of poly-

The sufficiency follows from the preceding assertions. The

necessity was proven in section 16.5.
Every convex domain is convex with respect to the class of polynomials of
the form IcP(az)/, where a is an arbitrary complex vector, P( () is an arbitrary
polynomial in a single variable with real coefficients, and c is an arbitrary com-
plex number.
Proof: Every convex domain is the union of an increasing
sequence of bounded convex polyhedra. On the basis of the lemma
in section 16.9, it will be suffiCient to show that each such poly-
hedron

0= [z: d(ll'X + fPly < elk). k = I. 2 ....• Nk! (54)

is a convex domain with respect to the class(cP(az)}. But since,

by virtue of (54),

a=[z: 1e'l\k)~_,(kll<1. k=1. 2•. ,., N.]. a,k)=d(·)-t!J!kJ,

it follows that the domain ° is convex with respect to the smallest

class containing the functions zl' Z2' •••• z,,' and cea•• But the class
 CONTINUITY PRINCIPLES 149

(cP(az») is obviously dense in this class. From the lemma in

section 16.2, the domain a is convex with respect to the class
(cP(az)}, which completes the proof.

17. CONTINUITY PRINCIPLES

1. The continuity theorem
We shall say that the continuity prinCiple holds for a domain
o if the following assertion is true: Let So and T" for ex = 1. 2....
be sequences of sets for which the maximum principle holds with
respect to the moduli of functions that are holomorphic in 0 and
suppose that S. UT. IE 0, lim S. = So is bounded. and lim Ta = To <G; O.
Then, So IE 0 (see Fig. 15):-- Hal

We note that the continuity principle implies theweak continuity

principle (see section 12.3) since we may take domains for the
sets S. and their boWldaries for the sets Ta (where the domains and
their boWldaries lie on analytic surfaces). Specifically, on the
basis of section 10.14, the maximum principle holds for such
sets S. IE 0 and as. IE 0 with respect to the absolute values of functions
that are holomorphic in O.
We have the follOwing theorem on the location of singular points
of a holomorphic function (see Bremermann [13]), which dates
back to Hartogs [119]. For brevity, we shall call this theorem the
continuity theorem (Kontinuitatssatz).
If G is a domain of holomorphy, the continuity principle holds for it.
Proof: Suppose that (S.I and (T.) are sequences of sets for which
the maximum principle holds for the moduli of functions in Ho and
suppose that S. U T. IE 0 that lim S. = So is bounded. and that lim T. =
To IE O. Since 0 is a holomorphically convex domain, inequality (43)
holds for the sets S. and T. (see section 16.4):
00 (Ta) -< 00 (S.). (55)
Since the function 0a(z) is continuous in 0 (see section 1.3) and the
set SoU To is boWlded and is contained in 0, inequality (55) remains
valid in the limit. Therefore,

lim 00 (T.) -< lim /)0 (Sa) =

eo (Tu) = cr.-+oo 00 (So).
Il~

Since Tof:iO, we have 0o(Tu»O and, hence, 00 (So) > 0; that is, be-
cause of the boundedness of the set So, we have So IE 0, which
completes the proof.
COROLLARY. 8very domain of holomorphy is pseudoconuex.
This follows from the first condition for pseudoconvexity
(see section 12.4).
150 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHV

For a particular function, the continuity theorem takes the fol-

lOwing form:
Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in a domain G and that So and
Ta. for a = 1. 2 •...• are sequences of sets for which the maximum principle
with respect to the moduli of functions of class HG holds and suppose that
Sa U Til c: G. lim Sa = So is bounded. and lim Ta = To c: G. Then. f(z) can be
holomorphically continued into points of the set So.
Proof: Q1 the basis of the corollary to the Cartan-Thullen theorem
(see section 16.1), the function f (z) can be holomorphically con-
tinued into the points of the set U (8«)" where r .. = 80 (T«). Since
• «
80 (z) is a continuous function and lim T. = To C 0, we have

lim r.=lim8 0 (T«)=lim °a(To) = 2E

11-+.:.0 1I-+oJ _-+00
> o.

Consequently. from some a. on, we have r. > t. Therefore. since

8. -+ SUI we obtain the inclusion

. .
SOC:: U(8«). c:: U(8..),.. q.e.d.

Remark: The basic difference in the theory of domains of holo-

morphy of functions of one and of several complex variables con-
sists in the following: In the case of a single variable. bounded
sets S and T for which the maximum principle holds with respect
to the moduli of functions that are holomorphic in Q are subdomains
ofSE6Q and their botmdary T=oS. The condition Oa(8):> 0a(08)im-
poses no restrictions at all on the domain O. On the other hand.
in the case of several variables. it is possible to exhibit domains
8 G Q lying. for example, on two-dimensional analytic surfaces
for which 00 (8) < 00 (a8) (see Fig. 34) if Q is not a domain of holo-
morphy. Therefore, the condition 0 (8):;9
&0 (oS) is valid only for a certain class of
°
domains in en (for 11:> 2) (in every case
for domains of holomorphy [see section
16.7]).

2. "Disk" theorems
We note the following special cases of
Fip;. 34 the ccntinuity theorem. They are referred
to as "disk" theorems. These theorems
are very convenient for applications.
Suppose that (z. w) € en + m and z = z <t>. where 0 5! .t.s 1. is a continu-
ous curve in en. Suppose also that OW, for 0 .s
t ~ I, is a family of domains
inem possessing the property that, for an arbitrary compact set K' c 0(0), there
exists a number" = ,,(K'), in (0,1] such that K' c 0 (t) for all 0 5! t < 'I, there.
 CONTINUITY PRINCIPLES 151

Suppose that the domain of holomorphy G contains the cdisks· [(z, w): z = z<t),
w € DW], where 0 < t ~ I, and the points [(z,w): z = z(o), w = D(O)\Kl,
where K is a compact set contained in D(o). Then, G contains also the limit
cdisk· [(z, w): z = z(O), w € D(O»).
Suppose thatGW, forO ~ t ~ l,isafamilyofboundeddomainsinClpossessing
the property that, for an arbitrary compact set K C g(O), there exists a number
"I = "I (K), in (0,11 such that Keg (t) for all t in [0, "I). Suppose also that the
family of "disks·

is such that (1) the vector-valued function z (A, t> is holomorphic with respect
to A in the domain g<t> for every t € [0,11, it is continuous, and az "lOin
aA
g(d x [0,11; (2) the domain of holomorphy G contains "disks" D (t) for 0 < t .s. 1
and the boundary of the limit "disk" aD(o) = [z: z = z(a,O>, A € ag(O»). Then,
D(o)c=G.
Analogous "disk" theorems hold for a specific function fez). For
example, corresponding to Theorem n is the
THEOREM. Suppose that a function fez) is holomorphic at points of the set
U D (t> UOD(O).
0<1.;;1

Then, fez) can be holomorphically continued into points of the "disk· D (0).

3. A strong "disk" theorem

In the "disk" theorems that we have given, it was required
that all points of the boundary of the limit "disk" be contained
in a domain of holomorphy. In the following theorem, it will be
possible to weaken this requirement, replacing it with the require-
ment that at least one point in the limit "disk" belong to a domain
of holomorphy. We shall call this theorem the strong "disk"
theorem (Bremermann [18]: see also Bros [63]).
Suppose that a Jordan curve of the form

z= z(I) = ;0 + b). (I), 0 -< t -< 1,

where b is a vector, is given in the space en-I. Suppose also that the family of
domains D <t>, where .s. t S:, lying in the zl-plane possesses the property that, for
every compact set KeD (0), there exists a number "I = "I (K) in <0,11 such that
KeD <t) for all t in [0, "I). If the function fez) is holomorphic at points of the
-disks·

and at least one point of the limit cdisk-

[z: ZI ED(O). z= z(O) I.

152 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

then. this function is holomorphic at all points of the limit "disk".

Proof: Suppose that the assertion of the theorem is not true. Then.
z
there exists a point (z;. (0». where z; ED (0). at which! (z) is not
holomorphic. Then. from the condition of the theorem. there
exists a circle Iz I - z~ 1< r. contained in D (0) such _that the function
! (z) is holomo.rPhic at the points rz: 1z. - z~ 1< r z = z (0)]; and at
some point (Zl. z (0») for which I z; - z~ 1= r. this function is not
holomorphic (see Fig. 35). Furthermore. for some r' > r. the circle
1z.- z~ I < r' is also contained in D (0). There-
fore. ihere exists a "I> o. such that

[lzl-z~l<r/JcD(t)forall 0<1<"1.

On the basis of what has been said. the function

! (z) is hoi om orphic in a complete Hartogs
domain of the form

Fig. 35
where U is some neighborhood of the curve
Z= z(I), -<
where 0 1 ~ "II <: .", and the function R (z) is lower-
semicontinuous and satisfies the conditions

(56)

According to the theorem in section 15.4. the function - In R (z) is

plurisubharmonic in U. But the curve = z z(/)
lies on the two-
dimensional analytic plane z
= ii' + fJ).,. Therefore, the function
-In R (ZO+fJA) is subharmonic with respect to A. in

U_ =[A: zO+AbEU).
'0, b

But then. from the theorem in section 9.16.

lim \-lnR(zO+b)..(/)1l =
1-+0. I#)
= -In R[z (0»).

which contradicts conditions (56). This contradiction proves the

strong "disk" theorem.
Remark: It is still an open question as to whether the theorem
in section 9.16 is valid for plurisubharmonic functions in domains
of (complex) dimension n ~ 2. An affirmative answer to this question
would enable us to dispense with the requirement in the strong
"disk" theorem that the curve z = z (I) lie on a two-dimensional
analytic plane.
Let us now look at some examples illustrating the application
of the "disk" theorems.
 CONTINUITY PRINCI PLES 153

4. Holomorphic extension of the boundary of a domain

If a function fez) is holomorphic at all points of the boundary aG of a bounded
simply connected domain G c en (for n ~ 2), where aG is a connected set, then
fez) is holomorphic in the domain G.
Proof: The function f (z) is holomorphic in some neighborhood
U (dO)of the connected set dO. Since the domain 0 is bounded. we
have U (dO) ~ 0 and ao 15 U (dO). Let us take an arbitrary point
Q,
ZO EOn U (dO) and pass through it a two-dimensional analytic plane
+
z = aA zo. where Ia I = 1. Consider a point z' EO. Since a is a
domain. there exists a continuous curve z = b (I), for 0 -< I -< I, that
lies entirely in 0 and that connects the points ZU = b (0) and z' = b (1)
(see Fig. 36). We denote by g (I) that component (in the ),-plane)
of the intersection of the domain a and the
plane z =. a). + b (I), that contains the point
A= 0, Consider the family of "disks":

D(t)=[z: z=aA+b(t).
A Eg (t)). 0 -< t -< l.
According to the hypothesis of the theorem
D (0) 15 U (dO). Therefore, there exists a
number to -< I, such that D(t) 15 U (dO) for
0-< I < to. If we note now that

oDe!) =(z: z = a).+b(t).

), Eog (t) leoO 15 U (dO). Fig. 36

we conclude from the "disk" theorem (see section 17.2) that the
function f (z) can be holomorphically continued into all points of
the "disk" D (1) and, in particular, to the point z' EO.
Thus, the function f (z) can be holomorphically continued to an
arbi trary point z' E0 from an arbitrary point ZO EOn U (00) along
any path connecting them that lies in the domain O. But 0 is assumed
to be a simply connected domain. From the monodromy theorem
(see section 6.6), the function / (z) is single-valued in O. which
completes the proof.
In other words, we may say that the domain U (00) U0 is a
holomorphic extension of the neighborhood U (00).
We note that this theorem remains valid without the assumption
that the domain 0 is simply connected. This assertion constitutes
the Osgood-Brown theorem (see [1], p. 324).
COROLLARY. A holomorphic function cannot have isolated singularities if
n ~ 2.

5. Holomorphic extension of tu1JUlar domains

Let us use the strong "disk" theorem to prove Bochner's
theorem on tubular domains (see [3], Chapter V).
 154 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

f;;very function f(z) that is holomorphic in a tubular domain TB = B + iR n is

holomorphic in its convex envelope O(TB) = 0(8) + iRn; that is. O(TB) is a
holomorphic extension of TB'
Proof: It will be sufficient to show that / (z) can be continued
holomorphically into points of the straight line segment [z'. z"J.
connecting arbitrary points z' and z" in Ts. That the holomorphic
continuation of the function I (z) into the domain 0 (T B) is single-
valued follows from the monodromy theorem (see section 6.6)
since the domain 0 (T B) is convex and hence simply connected.
Since T R is a domain. the points z' and z" can be connected by
a broken line with a finite number of links that lies entirely in
T B' The problem can thus be reduced. by induction. to the simpler
problem: Suppose that segments [a 2 • ad and [al' a 3 ) not lying on
a single straight line are contained in the domain T B. Show that
/ (z) can be holomorphically continued into points of the segment
[a2' a 3).
Now let us solve this problem. Consider a point a E[a 2• a 3 ).
Since the domain T s is a tubular domain. we may assume that
Ima l = 1m a 2 =lm a3 = 1m a. Bya suitable real linear transformation
of the form z=Az'+a u we may arrange for tbe points a~=A-I(ak
- a l ). for k = 1. 2. 3. to lie in the plane x;x; • a;
where = 0, a~ = (a.
I. O..... Q) and a~ = (~. 1. O..... 0) (see Fig. 37). This transformation
:r:' maps the domain T s into T B"
Z In the plane z;. let us take the
curve z~ = t for 0 ~ t ~ 1. We choose a
corresponding sequence of domains
D (I) in the plane z~ in the form of in-
fini te strips (assuming IX < P):
D(t)= [z;: ta. < x~ < I~. Iy;1 < 00).
O<t-<::1.

Clearly. the sequence D (I). for

Fig. 37 0 < t ~ 1 depends continuously on t.
Since the broken line [a;. a;. a~] lies
entirely in T B" there exists a neighborhood U of this broken line that
also lies entirely in TB" Therefore. there exists a number 10 in
(0. IJ such that the "disks"

are contained in T B' and certain points of the limit "disk" corre-
sponding to t = to are also contained in r B'.
By applying the strong "disk" theorem (see section 17.3).
we see that function / (Az' + a l ) is holomorphic at all points of this
litirlt "disk." From this we conclude that it is also holomorphic
at all points of the "disk" for t = 1
 LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 155

[z': z;ED(I). Z;=l. Z~= ... =Z~=Ol

and, in particular, at the pointa'=A-'Re(a--a,).This means that
/(z) is hoI om orphic at the pointz=a. This completes the proof
of the theorem.

18. LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY

There are many different defInitions of local pseudoconvexity

(see Hitotsumatsu [52]). Here, we shall consider two of these:
pseudoconvexity in the sense of Cartan and pseudoconvexity in
the sense of Levi.

1. Definition of local pseudoconvexity of domains

A domain 0 is said to be pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan

at a point ZO EiJO if there exists a hyper sphere U (zo. r) such that
On U (zo. r) is an open set of holomorphy. .
A domain 0 is said to be pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi at
a point ZO EiJO if every two-dimensional analytic surface passing
through this point in every neighborhood of the point ZO contains
points not belonging to 0 U {ZO} (see Fig. 38).
We note that the latter definition is anal-
ogous to the usual definition of convexity
of a domain 0 at a point ZO EiJO if, instead
of the set of two-dimensional analytic sur-
faces passing through the point zO, we have
the pencil of straight lines which meet 0 at
the point zoo c
If a domain is pseudoconvex in the sense
of Cartan or Levi at every point of its bound-
ary, it is said to be locally pseudoconvex in
the sense of Cartan or Levi, respectively.
In connection with these definitions, the
problem arises as to the relationship of Fi~. 38
these two concepts oflocal pseudoconvexity
with each other and with the concepts of (global) pseudoconvexity
and holomorphic convexity.
We point out that every domain of holomorphy is locally pseudoconvex in
the sense of Cartan.
This is true because the intersection of a domain of holomorphy
With every hyper sphere is an open set of holomorphy (see section
16.7).
 156 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

2. Definition of local pseudoconvexity of surfaces

Suppose that the boundary ao of a domain 0 in a neighborhood

U(ZU, r) of a point zOEaa coincides with a setS=[z: cp(z)=OI.
where cp (z) is a sufficiently smooth function in U (ZO, f). In what
follows. we shall assume that a lies on that side of S corresponding
to Ii' (z) < O. that is, that a n u (ZO, r) = U- (ZO, r). where U- (ZO, r) =
[z: y (z) < 0 and / z - ZO / < fl (see Fig. 38).
We shall say that a sufficiently smooth hyper surface .s = [z: cp(Z)
= 01 (see section 1.4) is pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan at
a point zOES on the ('f(z) < 0) side if there exists an r such that
U- (ZO, r) is an open set of holomorphy. Analogously, we shall say
that a hyper surface S is pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi at a
point ZO on the ('i1 (z) < 0) side if every two-dimensional analytic sur-
face passing through ZO contains points (other than the point ZO
itself) in every neighborhood of the point ZO at which 'fI (z) ~ O.
If any (hyper)surface is pseudoconvex (in either sense of the
word) at all its points, we shall say that this hyper surface is
locally pseudoconvex (in the same sense of the word).
Our problem consists in finding the conditions under which
hyper surfaces will be locally pseudoconvex. These conditions are
quite Significant in applications.

3. Conditions for domains to be locally pseudoconvex

If a domain G is locally pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan, G is a pseudo-
convex domain.
Proof: Consider a point zO E00. Then. there exists a positive
number r such that each component of the open set 0'= 0 n U (ZO, r)
is a domain of holomorphy and hence a pseudoconvex domain
(see section 17.1). Therefore, the function -In !:J.o · (z) is plurisub-
harmonic in a'. But

- In !:J.o· (z) = - In !:J.a (z), z EOn U (zo, i)

and hence the function - In !:J.a (z) is plurisubharmonic in some
botmdary strip of the domain a. According to the theorem in
section 12.6, the domain 0 is pseudoconvex, which completes
the proof.
Suppose that a domain G is pseudoconvex and that, in some neighborhood
U(zO,r) of a boundary point zO, the boundaryaG = [z: <I>(z) = 0] belongs to the
class Cn I. Then, the domain G is pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi at the
point zOo
Proof: Let us suppose that the domain 0 is not pseudoconvex
in the sense of Levi at the point ZO EdO. Then. there exists a two-
dimenSional analytic surface Fo=[z: z=z(A),IA/<pl passing
through the point zO. where ZO = z (0). and lying. except for the point
 LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 157

ZO in the domain a (see Fig. 38); that is,

cp[Z(A») <0. P,I <po A4<O. (57)

Let us set c = grad 'P (ZO). Since grad 'P 4< 0 in U (zo. r) , it follows that
c 4< 0 and, because of the continuity, we have
Re (c. grad 'P (z»:> x > o. (58)

for some r l -< r and x> O. Let us take a sequence of analytic sur-
faces

p.=[Z: Z=z(A)-ac. P,I <pl. a:>O.

If we apply Taylor'S formula to the function 'P [z (A) - ae) for small
values of a> 0 and use inequalities (57) and (58), we obtain, for
-<
all sufficiently small IAI PI < p,
ip[z(A)-acl=
(59)
= 'f' lz (A»)- 2a Re (c, grad ip [z (A»)) + 0 (a) < O.
Thus, by virtue of (59), we see that the sequence of domains
S.=[z: z=z().)-3.e, 1).1 <pd.

lying on the two-dimensional analytic surfaces F. is such that

~.uos,(S; a, S.~Su=!z: z=z().). 1),1 <PII, is boWlded, and oS.~TIJ
= [z: z = Z (A), li,1 = rd (S; a. But the domain a is assumed to be pseu-
doconvex. Therefore, from the weak continuity principle (see section
12.4), So (S; a. which contradicts the fact that Zll = z (0) E00. This
contradiction proves that the domain a is pseudoconvex in the sense
of Levi at the point zO, which completes the proof.
From this theorem and the corollary in section 17.1, we have
the
COROLLARY. If a domain G is pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan at a
point zO E aG and if aG E C( 1) in some neighborhood of that point. the domain G
is pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi at the point zOo

4. The Levi-Krzoska theorem (see [115, 116])

If a class C( 1) hypersruface S = [z: ¢ (z) = 0] is pseudoconvex in the sense
of Levi at a point zO E S on the (c/> (z) < 0> side, then
(Ii (ZO; ',,) a. Zi) >- 0 (60)

for all a satisfying the condition

(a, grad 'i'(zlJ) =0; (61)

the form H being defined in section 10.10.

 158 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Conversely, if

(H (ZO; '1') a, a) > 0 (62)

at a point zO of a class C(2) hypersurface S = (z: cp (z) = 0] for all a", 0 satis-
fying condition (61), then S is pseudoconuex in the senses of Cartan and Levi at
the point zO on the (cp (z) < 0) side. Furthermore, it is possible to pass through
point zO a (2n - 2)-dimensional analytic surface P(z) = 0, where P(z) is a
second-degree polynomial lying entirely on the (cp(z) > 0) side in some neighbor-
hood of the point zO, excluding, of course, the point zOo
Proof:* Since 'I'EC!2', it follows that. on the manifold z=zo+
a)..+b)..2 passing through zoo this function may. for smalll.,be ex-
pressed in accordance with Taylor's formula in the form

'I'(zO+ a)..+b)..2) = 2 Re (a).. + b)..2, grad'l'(zO»+

(63)
+Re [)..2 ~ :;.<;;~ a p k ] T 1)..j2(H(zO; '1') a, 0)+0(1)..1 2).
I. k J •

To prove the first part of the theorem. let us assume that.

contrary to the assertion. the inequality

(H (ZO; '1') aO, aO) <0

is satisfied for some vector aO =F 0, that satisfies Eq. (61). Since
grad 'I' (ZO) =F 0 • there exists a vector bO such that
2(b'1, grad 'f (ZO» = ~. d''f (zO) aOa o •
_ dZJQZk J k
i, k

Therefore. formula (63) for the vectors aO and bO takes the form

from which we conclude because of continuity that

if p is sufficiently small. Furthermore. for small P. the manifold

+
F = [z: Z= zu+ aU},. b0},.2. 1)..1 <
pI isa two-dimensional analytic sur-
+
face since OZ / dA = aO 2b 01. =F O. From what has been said. it follows
that the two-dimensional analytic surface F in some neighborhood
of the point ZO lies entirely on the 'f (z) < 0 side of S (except for the
point ZO [see Fig. 38]). But this means that the hyper surface S can-
not be pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi at the point zoo This con-
tradiction proves inequality (60) under the condition (61).

·See Behnke and Sommer [51].

 LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 159

Now let us prove the second part of the theorem. Since S

=[z: cp(z)=OJEC I2) and zOES. there exists an r such thatq>(z)Ec(2)
and grad tp (z) +- 0 in U (zo. r). Suppose that p < r 13. Then. in the
neighborhood U (z'. 2p) of each point z' ES nU (zu. p) (see Fig. 39).
the Taylor expansion
cp(z) = 2 Re (z - z'. grad tp (z'» +
~ 02'1' (z') , ,
+Re~ oZloz" (zl-zl)(z,,-z,,)+ (64)
I.k
+(H(z'; cr)(z-z'). Z-z')+0(lz-z'1 2)
is valid. Let us consider the function cp on the (2" - 2)-dimensional
analytic surface
P z' (z)=2(z - z'. gradcp(z'»+
+ ....
~ 0 2" (Z') ( ')( _ ,
Oz OZ ZI-ZI Z,,-Zk)=O
I." I k

which passes through the point z'. On the basis of (64). on this
surface in the neighborhood U (z'. 2p), we have
= (H (z; cp) (z - z').
'? (z)
z-- z') + 0 ( Iz - z'1 2) =
_ r(H(z;,,) (z-z'). z-z') + (65)
-l Iz-z'1 2
+0(1)] jz-z'1 2.
Furthermore. we conclude from con-
dition (62) that (H (ZO; cp) a. a) >-" > 0
for some a and for all a such that Ia 1= 1
which satisfy condition (61). But on the
surface Pz' (z) = 0 in the hypersphere U Fill' 39
(z'. 2p) condition (61) is approxima~ely
satisfied for the vectors a = ,: - z, up to a quantity of the order
p. SpeCl°fic ally. ,z-z 1

IC;=;:I' grad~(zO»)I<IC;=;:I' grad <r(Z'») I +

+IC;=;:I' gradcp(ZO)-grad?(Z'»)I<

...., I"
~ 2I z -1 z'\ ~ 0OZIOZk
2
'1' (z') ( Zj-zl)(Z,,-Zk)
j, "
, , I+
+ Igrad cp (ZO) - grad 'f' tz')1 <: cp,
On the basis of what has been said. we conclude from (65) that

cr(Z)::>i jz-z'1 2 for z'EU(zo. p)ns.

z EU (z'. 2p) n [z: Pdz) = 0[.
160 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

if we choose the number p sufficiently small. This inequality means

that through every point z' ES of the hypersphere V (ZO, p) it is pos-
sible to pass a(2n-2)-dimensional analytic surface P z' \z) = where
P z ' (z) is a second-degree polynomial in z that lies entirely on
°
the (cp(z):)-o) side in the neighborhood V(z, 2~). From this, it follows
that the domain V- (ZO, p) = [z: cp (z) < 0, Iz - zOI < pI is a domain of
holomorphy since, for every boundary point z' of this domain,
there exists a barrier. that is, a function fz' (z) that is holomorphic
in V- (ZO, p) and that has a singularity at the point z' (see section
16.7). Specifically. we may take
[P z ' (Z))-I, if cp(z')=o;
f z . (z) = { - - I
[p2 _ (z _ Zo)(z' - ZO))-, if /z' - zo/ = p.

Therefore, S is pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan at the point

Zu on the <;> (z) < 0 side. From this and from the corollary of the
theorem in section 18.3, we conclude that the hyper surface S is
also pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi at the point ZO on the (r;; (z) < 0)
side. This completes the proof of the theorem.

5. Examples oj locally pseudoconvex surfaces

For n = 2, conditions (60)-(61) for local pseudoconvexity are
equivalent to the inequality
09 09
0 az; oz.
or 02~ 0'7
L('f)= - az, oz, oz, ai, oz. :)- o.
07 ~ 0'9
oz. az, oz. oz. Oi.
The determinant L (<() is known as Levi's determinant [1151.
Let us evaluate Levi's determinant for certain surfaces.
(1) The boundary of a complete multiple-circular domain is
given by the equation (see section 13.6)
T=/ZI/-R(/Z2/)=O. /Z2/ <Ro.

Therefore,
o -~R'
2
Vz.z.

L(rJ=- o
o _J.. R" _ _l_R'
4 4[ z,[

R' dO In R
- 16[ z, " d (In [z. [ )2 •
 LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 161

In this case. the condition L('f» > omeans that the function InR( IZ21)
is convex with respect to In IZ21 for 0 < IZ21< Ro.; that is. the
domain

is pseudoconvex (see section 13.6). (The monotonic decrease of the

function R (p) in [0. Ro) follows from the completeness of the multiple-
circular domain G.)
(2) For the complete Hartogs domain

(see section 12.13). let us consider that portion of the boundary of

the form 'I' =0 1zd -R (Z2) = 0. where Z2 EB • We have

0 ~VZ, oR
2 z, - oz.

V~'z,
R
L(cp)=- - 1- 0 = - T u1nR .
41 z,1

{)oRZ2 0 -t:.R

The condition L ('1') > 0 means that the function -In R (Z2) is subhar-
monic in B; that is. the domain Gis pseudoconvex (see section 12.3).
(3) Suppose that a portion of the boundary of the tubular domain
T B = B + IR2 is 'I' = XI - ~ (x 2) = 0 (see section 7.5). Then.

-~~'
1
0 "2
1 ~" .
1
L(cp)=-
"2 0 0 =-16

-~V
I ,II
0 -"4'i'

The condition L (r) > 0 means that tjI" -< 0; that is. the curve XI ='r (Xl)
is convex (cf. section 13.5).
(4) For the semitubular domain
G=[z: V(Z2) < XI < V (Z2)' z2EB. Iyd<oo)
let us consider a portion of the boundary 'fl= XI-V (Z2) or 1'2=
v(z2)-X 1 • where z2EB. We have

0
1 OV
2" oz.
1 1 1
L(1'I)= - 0 0 =-"4t:.V. L (:;;2) = "4 t:J.v.
2"
oV 0 -~V
oz,
162 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Therefore. the conditions L (fl) ~ 0 (for l = I. 2) mean that the

functions f1 and V are respectively subbarmonic and superharmonic.
This means that the domain a is pseudoconvex (see section 12.14).

6. Supporting analytic sets

If through a boundary point ZO of a domain a it is possible to
pass a 2k-dimensional (for 1-< k -< n - I) analytic set (see section
10.12) lying outside a in a suffiCiently small neighborhood of that
point. we shall call this set a locally supporting 2k-dimensional
analytic set (surface) for the domain a at the point zo.
The second part of the Levi-Krzoska theorem asserts that if
in a neighborhood of a boundary point ZO of the domain 0, the bound-
ary 00 = [z: f (z) = 0) belongs to the class C 2) and if inequality
(62) is satisfied at the point ZO itself when condition (61) is satisfied.
then there exists a locally supporting(2n - 2)-dimensional ana-
lytic surface for the domain a at the point ZO (see Fig. 39). In
connection with this, the question arises as to the existence
of locally supporting analytic sets. On this subject, we have the
following
THEOREM. If. in a neighborhood U (zO. r) of a boundary point zO of a domain
G. the boundaryaG = [z: ¢(z) = 0] is such that ¢ € C(2) in U(zO,r) and

0>0. (66)

then the domain G is pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan at the point zO and
there exists a locally supporting (2n - 2)-dimensional analytic set P(z) = 0 for
the domain G at the point zO. where P(z) is a second-degree polynomial.
Proof: The assertion of the theorem has already been proven
(see section 18.4) for the case in which grad f (ZO) 4= O. Suppose that
grad f (zO) = o. In this case, formula (64) yields

cp(z)=Re ~
\" az.azt
a', (z') (z,-z,)(za-za
, ')
+
,a I

. + (H(zO; cp)(z - z'). z- z'H' 0 (lz - z'l2)

for all z' Eao nu (zo. p) and z EU (z'. 2p) if p < i /3. From this and
from (66), it follows that

cp(z)=(H(z'; cp)(z-z'). z-z')+

G
+o( Iz-z'1 2» 21z -z'12.

at points of the (2n - 2)-dimensional analytic sets

p z• (z)
"'.,
== ~ a', (z')
aZJ az" (z J - zj) (z" -z~)=O. z' E iJa nU (ZO, Pl.
I."
 LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 163

lying in the hyper spheres "U (z'. 2p) if the number p is chosen suf-
ficiently small. Now this inequality means that each analytic set
p.,(z)=O for z'Ec)QnU(zo. p) has no points in common with the set
:On U{ZO, p) (see Fig. 39). Just as in the proof of the second portion
of the theorem in section 18.4. it follows from this that On U (ZOo p)
= u- (zO. p) is an open set of holomorphy. that is. that the domain
a is pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan at the point .•0 EiJO. which
completes the proof.
From this theorem and the theorem in section 12.10. we have
the
COROLlARY. gvery pseudoconvex domain is the union of an increasing
sequence of bounded domains that are locally pseudoconvex in the sense of C artan.

7. Analytic hypersurfaces
An analytic hyper surface is a {2n - 1)-dimensional set S defined
in a neighborhood U (ZO, r) of each point ZO ES by an equation of
the form
/(ZO; z. t)=O, It I < E,
where the function l(zO; z, t) is holomorphic with respect to z in
U(zo. r) for each fEe-e. e) and continuous with respect to tin (-E, e)
for each z in U (zo. r) and where l: 1:~ 14' 0 for all (z. t) EU (ZO, r) X
X (- E, E). For definiteness. wJ assume that I (ZO; zoo 0) = 0 and
df / iJz, =F O. We note that e depends on zoo
Examples of analytic hvpersurfaces:
(a) The cut C= [z: I{z)= t, a < t < b) where/(z) is a holomor-
phic function in a neighborhood of C and grad cp 0 on C. 4'
(b) The level surface of the absolute value of a holomorphic
function So = Iz: II (z)1 = 11. where / (z) is a holomorphic function
in a neighborhood of So and grad / =F 0 on So. This is an example
since So=[z: I(z)=e", It I <00).
It follows from the definition of an analytic hyper surface S
that. through every point z' ES n U (ZO, p). where p < r /3. it is possible
to pass the supporting (2n - 2)-dimensional analytic surface I (ZO; z,
p')=O. where /(ZO; Zl, p')=O. that lies onS in the sphereU(z', 2p).
From this it follows that U (ZO, p) \. S is an open set of holo-
morphy. To see this. note that. for every point Zl of the boundary
of this set. there exists a barrier function that is holomorphic in
U(ZO, p)\.S and that has a singularity at the point Zl: for points z/ES.
we may choose as a barrier the function I/(ZO; z, P'»)-'. and. for
the remaining points of the boundary. we may choose the function

Then. we only need to use the theorem in section 16.7.

164 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Thus, an analytic hypersurface is locally convex in the sense of Cartan on

both sides (see section 18.2).

8. Levi's theorem [115]

1"or a hypersurface S = [z: rb (z) = 01 of a class C(2) to be analytic, it is

necessary and sufficient that
(H(z; 'f')a. a)=O (67)

on S for all vectors a satisfying the condition

(a. grad'f' (z» = o. (68)

Proof of the necessity: Suppose that S is an analytic hypersurface

class C(2). From what we have proven (see section 18.7), S is locally
pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan on both sides. Therefore, on
the basis of the corollary to the theorem in section 18.3, the
hyper surface S is locally pseudoconvex in the sense of Levi on
both sides. From the Levi-Krzoska theorem (see section 18.4),
we then conclude that (H (z; ±",) a. a):;.. 0 on S when condition (68)
is satisfied. It follows from this that Eq. (67) holds on S when
condition (68) is satisfied.
Proof of the sufficiency: Suppose that Eq. (67) is satisfied on a
hypersurface S of class cIt) for all vectors a satisfying condition
(68). Suppose that iJ'f /oz,#- 0 in a neighborhood of the point ZO ES.
We shall show that in another (possibly smaller) neighborhood
of this pOint, the hyper surface S is analytiC, that is, that there
exists a family ZI = ZI (.t. p) of analytic surfaces that depend con-
tinuously on the real parameter p, that lie on S. and that exhaust
all points of S. This means that the function z 1 (i. p) must, in a
neighborhood of the point zo,
satisfy the equation for the surface
S,

(69)

and the system of first-order partial differential equations

OZ, o f ' Oy O_Z, =0. . 2.....•

3
- =-- ,-. J= n. (70)
oZJ oZJ' iJz, oZJ

Here, the right-hand members of the first set of equations (70)

are once continuously differentiable with respect to all arguments
in some neighborhood of the point zo. The second set of equations
(70) constitute the Cauchy-Riemann conditions for the function Z)'
Let us now use the general theory of canonical systems of
differential equations of the form
 L.OCAL. PSEUDOCONVEXITY 165

j = I. 2, ..• , n, (71)

with the hypothesis that the functions L) are once continuously

differentiable with respect to all arguments (see. for example,
Stepanov [53], p. 355). For the system (71) to have a solution, it
is necessary and sufficient that

1 <'1, k <.n. (72)

Here. the solution u passing through the given point (UO, XO) is unique.
and. thus. the manifold of solutions of the system (71) with con-
ditions (72) depends on a single parameter. This dependence is
continuous.
Let us apply this result to our system of differential equations
(70) when the relationship (69) holds for two independent functions
XI and YI. where ZI = XI + IYI. If we use Eq. (69) to eleiminate one
of the functions. let us say. YI' and use the Cauchy-Riemann
conditions, we obtain a canonical system of 2n - 2 equations in the
function XI. However. this procedure would lead to extremely tedious
calculations. We can perform essentially the same calculations by
a Simpler method, namely. the technique of formal derivatives (see
section 4.5). In these terms, the integrability conditions (72) take
the form

(73)

where the symbol d~ denotes the total derivative. The first set of
equations (73) can be verified by direct calculation. Let us prove
the validity of the second set of equations (73). From Eqs. (69) and
(70), we have

0'1' 09
OZ) az;- (74)
~ ~
i)Zj oz. OZIOz,.
~ ~
OZjOZI OZIOZ;

Furthermore, by eliminating a l from Eqs. (67) and (68) and using

formula (74), we obtain the equation
166 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

...!L ~ ~ (..!:Lj.E:t) 0 a = 0
oz. 2 < J~
• _<II lZi OZJ oz. J A •

which is valid for all (a2' 03' •••• a,,). The validity of the second set
of equations (73) then follows.
Thus, the conditions for integrability of the system (69)-(70)
are satisfied. Consequently, this system has a one-parameter
family of solutions z.=z.(z. p), where 'lpl<a, which depends
continuously on the real parameter p. On the basis of the second
set of equations (70), the functionz l (z. p)isholomorphic with respect
to z in some neighborhood of the point zoo (CD the basis of the
Heine-Borel theorem, this neighborhood may be chosen indepen-
dently of p. if B is sufficiently small.) Then through every point
z' ES. in some neighborhood of the point ZO there passes a unique
z.
integral surface z. = (z. p') if = z; z. (;'.
p'). This means that_the
hyper surface S coincides with the analytic surface z. = z. (z. p),
where IpI < B , in some neighborhood of the point zO ES. This com-
pletes the proof of the theorem.

9. Local pseu.doconvexity of analytic hypersurfaces

For a hypersurface S = (z: q;,(z) = 0'1 of a class C(2) to be analytic. it is
necessary and sufficient that it be locally pseudoconvex (in the sense of Cartan
or Levi) on both sides (see Levi [116]).
Proof: If a surface S of class dll is locally pseudoconvex in
the sense of Cartan on both Sides, it is also locally pseudoconvex
in the sense of Levi on both sides (see section 18.3). But then,
from the Levi-Krzoska theorem (see section 18.4), Eq. (67)
is satisfied on S when condition (68) holds. CD the basis of Levi's
theorem (see section 18.8), the hyper surface S is analytic. Con-
versely, if the class c12) hyper surface S is analytic, it is locally
pseudoconvex in th sense of Cartan on both sides (see section
18.7), which completes the proof.

10. Local pseu.doconvexity of piecewise-smooth

hypersurjaces
Suppose that two class cOO hypersurfaces SI == [z: !PI (z) 0), =
for 1=1, 2, are locally pseudoconvex on the 'PI (z) < 0 side respec-
tively and that they intersect each other along an edge P, which is
assumed to be a (2n - 2)-dimensional surface of class dll. The
question arises as to whether the piecewise-smooth hypersurface
S=[z: 'P (z) = 01, where 'P(z)=min('f.(z)''f2(z)1 (see Fig. 40). is
locally pseudoconvex on the !p(z) < 0 side. Clearly, we can expect
a violation of local pseudoconvexity only at points of the edge
P since the union of two domainS of holomorphy is not always
a domain of holomorphy. Therefore, the answer to the question
just raised is not always affirmative.
 LOCAL PSEUOOCONVEXITY 167

The theorem on the "embedded edge" that we shall prove in

the next section asserts that if the hyper surface S is pseudoconvex
at points of the edge F, it is neces-
sary that F be an analytic surface.
Whether this is a sufficient condition
or not remains an open question. We
note in passing that the question of
local pseudoconvexity (in the sense
of Cartan or Levi) of the hypersur-
face cpo (z) = 0, where cpo (z) = max [CPI
(z). CP2(z)I, on the cpo (z) < 0 side is
trivially answered in the affirm-
ative since the intersection of two
domains of holomorphy is always
a domain of holomorphy (see section
16.7 and Fig. 40).
LEMMA 1. Suppose that two class C(2) hypersur(aces CPi(Z) = 0, (for i = 1,2)
intersect at apoint zO and that at that point the rank of the matrix

II :::: ~ (75)

is 2. Then, no domain G (zo) containing the domain U-(zo, r) for some r and having
zO on its boundary can be pseudoconvex in the sense of either Cartan or Levi at
the point zoo Here (see Fig. 40),

U- (zo. r) = [z : cP (z) < 0, I z - zOI < rl. cP (z) =

= min [cp\ (z), CP2 (z)l.
Proof: Since the rank of the matrix (75) at the point ZO is 2,
there exist vectors p. a, and b such that

(p. grad CPt (ZO» = - 1. I = I. 2. (a. grad CPI (ZO» = 1.

(a. grad CP2 (ZO» = - 1;

(b, grad CPt ( »+ 2"1 ~

zO '\"' iJ''ft (zO)
iJz iJz. a Ja. -
j
(76)
J ••
1 -
-"2(H(zO; cpt)a. a)= I. l= 1. 2.

Since ao;kO, then, for sufficiently small p, we havea+2{)Ao;kO

for all 11.1 -<: p. Therefore, the sets

D(t) = [z: z= zo+ pt+ a). + {)A2, 11.1< pl. 0 -<: t < B,
are "disks" (in the sense of section 17.2) that depend continuously
on the parameter t. By virtue of formulas (63) and (76), at points
of the "disks" D(t),
 168 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

({I1(zO+pl+aA+b A2 )=2u-v2+2u2(H(zO; ({I1)a. a)+

+ 21 Re (p. grad crl (zo+ aA+ bA2»+ o(t)+ 0 <lA12).
~(zO+ pt+ aA+ bA2)= - 2u - v 2+ 2u 2(H (ZO; 'f2)a. ii)+
+ 2t Re (p. grad 'f~ (ZO + aA + bA2» + 0 (I) + 0 <IA 12).
where A= u + Lv. From these relations and continuity considerations,
it follows that, for given '1 < " there exist sufficiently small
numbers p and 8 that Ipl+aA+bA21 <'1 and

cp(zO+pl+aA+bA2)<O. IAI<p. 0<1<8. IAI+t4'O.

This conclusion means that all the "disks" D (I) for 0 <: t < a, are
contained in the domain U- (zO. '1) except the point ZO corresponding
to A=O, which lies in the limit "disk"D(O) (see Fig. 40). From
this it follows that no domain O(ZO) containing the domain U- (zo. ,)
and having the point ZO on its boundary can be pseudoconvex in
the sense of Levi at the point ZO (see section 18.1).
Let us show that 0 (Zo) cannot be pseudoconvex in the sense of
Cartan at the point zo. Suppose that this were not the case. Then,
each component of the open set o (Zo) nU(zo. '1) for some'l<'
would be a domain of holomorphy (see section 18.1). In this case,
the "disk" theorem (see section 17.2) would be valid for
O(zO)nU(zo. '1). But the sequence of "disks"D(/) that we constructed
above contradicts this theorem. This contradiction proves that the
domain 0 (ZO) cannot be pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan at the
point zoo This completes the proof of the lemma.
LEMMA 2. Suppose that two hypersurfaces cPi(Z) = 0 «(or i = 1. 2) o( class
C (2 )intersect along a (2n - 2)-dimensional surface P of class C(2). If the rank
of the matrix (75) is 1 at points on F, then P is an analytic surface.
Proof: Since the rank of the matrix (75) is 1 on F. we have

grad CP2 (z) = "'l (z) grad 'fl (z). zEF. (77)

where 1m '"'I (z)4'O. This is true because FE c(2) and hence the rank
of the matrix

grad ({I.. grad 'fl j'

II (78)
grad 'f2' grad ({I2 ~
is F on 2.
Let (dz\, •... dzn)=dz denote an arbitrary displacement vector
lying in the plane tangent to the surface F at the point z and
suppose that

Re (dz. grad ~2 (z» = o.

 LOCAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 169

In view of (77). we easily obtain from this

(dz, grad <pj (z» = 0, 1=1. 2, z EF.

These equations indicate that F is an analytic surface. This com-

pletes the proof of the lemma.

11. The "embedded edge" theorem

Suppose that two class C(2) hyperslUfaces cf>i(Z) = 0 (for i = 1, 2) intersect
along a (2n - 2)-dimensional class C(2 ) slUface F'. If the hypersurface cf>(z) ==
min [cf>l (z), 0;1>2 (z)]= 0 is pseudoconvex in the sense of either Cartan or Levi at ev-
ery point F' on the (cf> (z) < Q) side, then F' is an analytic surface (see Kneser (54).
Proof: Since the hypersurface <p (z) = o. is pseudoconvex in the
sense of Cartan or Levi at points F on the <p(z) < 0 side. it follows
that. for every ZO EF. there exists an r such that the domain U- (ZO, r)
is pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan or Levi at the point zo. By
applying Lemma 1 (see section 18.10). we conclude from this that
the rank of the matrix (75) is equal to 1 or 0 on F. But the hyper-
surface CFI (z).= 0 belongs to the class C(2J• and hence grad <PI (z)~o on
F. Therefore, the rank of the matrix (75) cannot be zero on F.
Consequently. this rank. is 1. From Lemma 2 (see section 18.10).
the surface F is analytic, which completes the proof.

12. Local pseudoconvexity oj smooth surfaces

Por a (2n - 2l-dimensional class C(2 ) surface F' to be analytic, it is neces-
sary and sufficient that it be locally pseudoconuex.
Proof: Suppose that F is a locally pseudoconvex class C(2) surface.
This means that. for every point ZO EF. there exists a hypersphere
U (ZO, r). in which F is defined by the equations <pj (z) = 0 (for i = I, 2.
where <PI EC(l) and the rank of the matrix (78) is 2. and which has
the property that U (ZO, r) \ F is a domain of holomorphy). Since ZO
belongs to the boundary of the domain U (ZO, r) \ F. this domain is
convex in the sense of Cartan at the point zoo But then. if we set
o (ZO) = U (ZO, r) \ F in Lemma 1 of section 18.10. we conclude that
the rank of the matrix (75) is 1 on F. From Lemma 2 of section
18.10, the surface F is analytic.
Conversely. suppose that F is an analytic surface. Then. in a
neighborhood U (ZO, r) of each point ZO EF. this surface is defined by
the equation f (z) = O. where f (z) is holomorphic in U (ZO, r) and
gradf~O. From this it follows that U(ZO, r) \ F is a domain of
holomorphy since. for every boundary point Zl of this domain,
there exists a barrier function fz' (z). that is holomorphic in U (zO, r)
and that has a singularity at the point Zl (see section 16.7);
specifically, we can take
170 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

/".(Z)={ [/(Z»)-I. _ _ I if z'EF.

[r 2 -(z-zO)(Z'-ZO»)-. if IZ' -ZOI =r.
Thus, the surface F is pseudoconvex at the point zO. which com-
pletes the proof.

13. Removal of removable singularities of

holomorphic junctions
Suppose that F is a connected (2n - 2)-dimensional surface of class C(2) and
let U(F) denote a neighborlwod of F. Suppose that U(F')\F is contained in a
domain of Iwlomorphy G. Then. either F C G or F C aG. In the latter case. F is
an analytic surface (see Hartogs [119]).
Proof: Suppose that some point of the surface F belongs to a
domain of holomorphy O. Let us show that then Fca. Suppose that
this is not the case. Since the surface F is assumed to be connected.
there exist a hypersphere V(z', r')
.cO. (where z' EF and a point ZO EF
ndO ndV (z', r') (see Fig. 41). But
the (2n-2)-dimensional surface F
belongs to the class C(2). There-
fore, in some neighborhood V (zO,
r) c: V (F) , it is given by equations
<f/(z)=O (for t= 1. 2, where !fIEC(2)
and the rank of the matrix (78)
is 2 in V (ZO, r).• But. by assumption.
Fif!. 41 0 is a domain of holomorphy and
hence is pseudoconvex in the sense
of Cartan at the point zOE 00. If we set o(zO) = 0. in Lemma 1 (see
section 18.10). we conclude that the rank of the matrix (75) is 1
at the point zO. that is. that

grad tfI2 (ZO) = 7j grad!fll (ZO). 1m 7j~O.

From this. by setting c = grad !PI (ZO) 400. we conclude that

I(c, grad !PI (ZO». (: grad Cfl (ZO» 1=

(c. grad!fl2 (ZO». (c. grad tfI2(ZO» (79)
=-2I1m7jl(c. grad Cfl (zO»12 oF O.

Because of the continuity. inequality (79) will be retained in V (zO. r)

provided we take r sufficiently small.
Let us take a smooth curve z = z (I) (where 0 < t < 1/) that lies
on F In V(z'. r')nV(zo. r) [see Fig. 41] with end at the pomt zO=z(O)
and let us construct the family of "disks"
 GLOBAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 171

that are contained in U (F) and that depend continuously on the param-
eter t. Let us show that for 'l and p sufficiently small, each "disk"
D (t) (for 0.< t -< 'l) has only one point z (I) in common with the sur-
face F. This assertion follows from the fact that the system of
+
equations crdz (I) cAl = 0 (for 1= 1, 2) has a unique solution A=1 = 0
in the circle IAI -< p for each 1 E[0, '71) since (by virtue of (79» the
Jacobian determinant of the functions <Ptlz (t)+ cAl with respect to A
and r does not vanish in U (ZO, r). Furthermore, by construction,
the curve z =z (I) (for 0 < 1 -< '71 lies in U (z', r')c a. Therefore, all
the "disks" D (t) (for 0 < 1 -< '71) lie in the domain of holomorphy O.
For the same reason, the limit "disk" D (O) with the exception of
the point ZO corresponding to A=O also lies in O. From the "disk"
theorem (see section 17.2), ZO EO. This contradiction proves that
FeO.
Thus, either F lies entirely in a or F lies entirely on dO. In
the latter case, F is a locally pseudoconvex surface and, hence,
by virtue of the theorem in section 18.12. is an analytic surface.
This completes the proof of the theorem.
COROLLARY. Suppose that a k-dimensional (for k = O. 1•...• 2n - 3) sur-
(ace o( class C(2) F' is such that U(F')\F' is contained in a domain of holomorphy
G. Then. F' c G.

19. GLOBAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY

1. Oka's theorem
As was shown in section 17.1, every domain of holomorphy is
a pseudoconvex domain. The converse assertion that every pseudo-
convex domain is a domain of holomorphy constitutes the famous
problem of Levi [116], which he posed as far back as 1911. The
Levi problem was first solved by Oka for n = 2 in 1942 (see [19]).
For n >2, this problem was solved in 1953-1954 by Oka [20],
Norquet [21], and Bremermann [15]. The solution to the Levi
problem for n = 2 is also given in detail in the book by Fuks [2].
Solution of the Levi problem reduces to proving the following
preparation theorem, discovered by (ka.
I( G is a bounded domain such that. (or certain numbers al and a2. where
a1 < a2. the sets
0 1 = [z: Xl> al' zEal.
O2 = [z: XI < a2' zEal. al < D 2•
are open sets o( holomorphy. then G is a domain o( holomorphy.
The proof of this theorem is rather complicated and requires
- supplementary information on the theory of functions of several
complex variables that we are not treating in the present book
(for example, solvability of Cousin's problem). Therefore. we
172 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

shall not go into the proof of this theorem. Several variations of

the proof occur in the original references cited. We note that
this theorem has a trivial analog for convex domains: If the
domains 0 1 and O2 are convex. the domain is also convex.
Solution of the Levi problem reduces to proving the preparation
theorem of Oka by using the following considerations: Since every
pseudoconvex domain is the union of an increasing sequence of
bounded domains that are locally convex in the sense of Cartan
(see section 18.6). it follows on the basiS of the Behnke-Stein
theorem (see section 16.10) that it will be suffiCient to solve the
Levi problem for bounded domains that are locally pseudoconvex
in the sense of Cartan.
Suppose that 0 is a bounded domain that is locally pseudoconvex
in the sense of Cartan. According to the Heine-Borel theorem. there
exists a positive number r such that all the components of every
open set U (ZO, r) nO for ZO EdO are domains of holomorphy. Since
every component of the intersection of a finite number of domains
of holomorphy is a domain of holomorphy. there exists a positive
number 8 such that all the components of each open set K (ZO, 8) n O.
for ZO EGil. where K (ZO, 8) is a cube of side 28 with center at the
point zo .• are domains of holomorphy. In the space R211, let us draw
planes parallel to the coordinate axes at a distance 8. from each
other. This partitions the doma~ a into a finite number of open
sets of holomorphy Ok=K(Z(~), 2)no for k=l, 2, .,.N. Suppose
that the cubes K ( Z(k), }) and K ( z{l), { ) are adjacent. let us say, along
the face xl=a l : that is. x\~I=al- 012, x\')=a 1+ol2 )Iik)=y~),
Z~k) = z)I), for j>- 2 (see Fig. 42).

Fill. 42

On the basis of (ka's preparation theorem. we conclude that the

set
 GLOBAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 173

a.uolu[z: zEo, xl=ad=[z: Ix 1 - a d<8.

a & 8
l.vl- .v~.) 1 < 2"' 1xI - X)k) 1 < 2"' \.vl - .vll) \< 2"'
j = 2. 3. .... n. z EO]

is an open set of holomorphy. If we apply this theorem to all adja-

cent faces of all the cubes K (z(·), 8)
12, for k=1. 2..... N. we see
that 0 is a domain of holomorphy.
Thus, we have the following theorem (see Oka [19, 20». For a
given domain to be a domain of hoiomorphy, it is necessar y and sufficient that it
be a pseudoconvex domain.

2. Some properties of domains of holomorphy

Thus. (on the basis of (l{a's theorem). the class of (single-
sheeted) domains of holomorphy coincides with the class of pseudo-
convex domains. the geometric properties of which were studied
in section 12. This makes it possible to reformulate for domains
of holomorphy the properties proven for pseudoconvex domains.
and vice versa.
Let us state some of these properties.
Every domain in Cl is adomainofholomorphy (see section 12.4;
cf. section 8.2).
For a domain to be a domainofholomorphy, it is necessary that
the continuity principle apply to it and sufficient that the weak con-
tinuity principle apply to it (see sections 12.4 and 17.1).
For a domain 0 to be a domain of holomorphy, it is necessary
and sufficient that the function In .i.. , Q (z) be plurisubharmonic for
all a such that lal= 1 (see section 12.5).
For a domain 0 to be a domain of holomorphy, it is necessary
and sufficient that there be a function that is plurisubharmonic in
o and that approaches +00 everywhere on (}O (see section 12.8).
If a domain 0 can be represented in the form
0= [z: V(z) < 0, z EU(Q»),
where V (z) is a plurisubharmonic function in a domain U (0), then
o is a domain of holomorphy (see section 12.7).
Suppose that 0 is a domain of holomorphy and that a function
V (z) < O. z E 0) is an open
V (z) is plurisubharmonic in O. Then. [z:
set of holomorphy (see section 12.9).
For a domain 0 to be a domain of holomorphy. it is necessary
and sufficient that it be the lDlion of a sequence of domains of
holomorphy O. of the form
O.=[z: V.(z) <0. zEU(o.»), «=1,2 •...•

such thato.co.+1cO and V.(z)EC<oolinU(if.}and

174 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHV

~ 1 -
(H(z. V.)a. a)~mlaI2. zEU(O.) (see section 12.10).
For a domain 0 to be a domain of holomorphy, it is necessary
and sufficient that it be locally pseudoconvex in the sense of Cartan
(see section 18.3).
Let us now consider a number of important examples of domains
of holomorphy.

3. Multiple-circular and tubular domains of holomorphy

If a multiple-circular domain is a domain of holomorphy, it is a logarithmically

convex domain. If a multiple-circular domain with center at zero is complete (or if
it does not contain points of the manifold Zl Z2 •• • Zn = 0) and is logarithmically
convex, then it is a domain of holomorphy.
It follows from this that a complete logarithmically convex do-
main of convergence of a power series.
In section 14.4. this assertion was proven for bounded domains.
We have now proven it for the general case with the aid of (l(a's
theorem. Let us now prove it without using (l(a's theorem.
Suppose that 0 is a complete logarithmically convex domain:
0=0°. Then. 0 is the union of an increasing sequence of complete
bounded logarithmically convex domains OR = 0 nS (0. RI). From
what we have proven. OR is a region of absolute convergence of
some power series. Let us denote by f R (z) the sum of that power
series. Suppose that zOEdOR• Then. there exists a point z'EdOR •
where Iz,1 = Iz~ I for j = 1. 2..... n, at which the function I R (z) is
not holomorphlc (because otherwise. from the Heine-Borel theorem,
the function I R would be holomorphic in a larger domain than OR
and, from the theorem in section 14.1, OR would not be the domain
of absolute convergence of the power series for fR)' Therefore,
·
the fun ctlon IR ( .... z,e largz,' -largzO, •... ) .IS a ba'
rrler at the pom
. t
zO EOaR • According to the theorem in section 16.7, OR is a domain
of holomorphy. According to the Behnke-Stein theorem (see section
16.10), °is a domain of holomorphy and, hence, by virtue of the
theorem in section 14.1, is the domain of convergence of a power
series.
The following assertion follows from Clta's theorem and the
theorem in section 13.5:
For a tubular domain of holomorphy, it is necessary and sufficient that it be
a convex domain (see section 13.5).

4. Hartogs domains of holomorphy

For a complete Hartogs domain
[z: IZII < eV (Z). ZEBJ
 GLOBAL PSEUDOCONVEXITY 175

to be a domain of holomorphy, it is necessary and sufficient that B be a domain of hol-

omorphy and that V(z) be a plurisuperharmonic function in B(see section 12.13).
Por a Hartogs domain of the form

0= [z: eV tZ) < 1zd < eV (i). ; E B).

e
where B is a domain of holomorphy in n - 1 , to be a domain of holomorphy, it is
necessary and sufficient that the function v(?) (resp. V(?)) be aplurisubharmonic
(resp. plurisuperharmonic> function in B.
Proof: The sufficiency of the conditions follows from the theorem
in section 12.13 and from Cka's theorem (see section 19.1). To
prove the neceSSity, suppose that a is a domain of holomorphy.
Then, there exists a function / (z) that is holomorphic in a but not
holomorphic in any larger domain. According to the theorem in
section 15.6, this function is holomorphic in the domain

O/=[z: eV,(i) < IZ11 < eV,(i). zEB].

where v/Z)(resp. (V,(z» is plurisubharmonic (re~p. plll!:isuper-
har~onic) _in B and satisfies the inequality v,(z) v(z) (resp. -<
(V,(z) > V(z». From this it follows that OeO,. But a is a domain of
holomorphy of the function f. Therefore, a = Or It remains to
show that
(80)

Let us suppose that 'U,(ZU) < 'U (Zo) at some point ;0 E B. Since the
function 'U,(zL is upper-semicon!inuous_ in B, ~ere ~xists a neigh-
borhood U (zo. r) such that 'U,(z) < v (ZO) forz f;. U (zo. !). But_this
contradicts the equation Of = O. Therefore, 'U,(z) = 'U (z) for z EB.
The second of Eqs. (80) is proven in an analogous manner. This
completes the proof.

5. SemitulJular domains oj holomorphy

Let G be a semitubular domain of the form

where B is a domain of holomorphy in en-l. Por G to be a domain of holomorphy,

it is necessary and sufficient that the functions v (?) and - V(?) be plurisub-
harmonic in B (see Bremermann [18]).
Proof: The sufficiency of the conditions follows from the theorem
in section 12.14 and Cka's theorem (see section 19.1). Let us
prove the necessity. Since a is a domain of holomorphy, it follows
from Cka's theorem that the function In ~o (z) is plurisubharmonic
in O. Since a is a semitubular domain, this function is independent
of)'1 because
176 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

where

is the base of U. Therefore, the function

(jI(X I • z)=lIIax[-ln~D(xl' Z). x~+lzI21

is plurisubharmonic in 0 and approaches + 00 everywhere on iJD.

The pseudoconformal transformation (see section 7.1) CI = eZ "
z
t = maps the domain 0 onto the Hartogs domain
0 1 = IC: eV~' < ICII < eV~). 'tE B].
The inverse transformation
zl=lnCI=lnIC.I+largCI' z='t

is not single-valued. However, since the function Cf/(x i Z) is inde-

pendent of YI. this inverse transformation maps it into the single-
valued function cp(lnlCII. ~), which is plurisubharmonic in the domain
0 1 (see remark in section 10.11). Furthermore, since the function
cp (x\, z"> approaches+ 00 everywhere on iJD (in the sense of the
definition in section 1.6), the function (jI(lnIC,I. ~) approaches +00
everywhere on aOI. Therefore, 01 is a domain of holomorphy (see
section 19.2). But then, the functions v (Z) and - v' (Z) are plurisub-
harmonic in B (see section 19.4). which completes the proof.

20. ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

1. Definition of an envelope of holomorphy

We have seen from numerous examples that the space C', for
n :> 2. contains domains 0 for which there exist nontrivial holo-
morphic extensions {j (see section 8.4). Obviously. this fact is
connected with the geometric nature of the domain 0 itself and is
independent of any particular function that is holomorphic in O.
The question naturally arises as to how we may construct a domain
that will be the largest of all the holomorphic extensions {j of the
domain O. It turns out that this problem cannot always be solved
in the class of Single-sheeted domains (see section 20.2). How-
ever. in the broader class of nonsingle-sheeted domains (see
section 8.6). this problem is always solvable even for an arbi-
trary nonsingle-sheeted domain 0 (see Fuks [I), section 13).
Let us suppose now that the domain 0 is such that it does have
 ENVELOPES OF HOL.OMORPHY 177

a largest (single-sheeted) holomorphic extension. We shall call

this extension the envelope of Iwlomorphy of the domain a and we
shall denote it by H(Q). Clearly. OcH(O).
Thus. we shall call a domain H (0) possessing the following
properties an envelope of Iwlomorphy: (1) Every function that is
holomorphic in a is holomorphic (and single-valued) in H (0):
(2) H (0) contains every holomorphic extension of the domain a
(see Cartan and Thullen [7]).
It follows from this definition that every domain in the space
GI coincides with its envelope of holomorphy (see section 19.2).
Therefore. the concept of an envelope of holomorphy in the space
GI has no meaning. It plays an important role in the spaces Gil.
for n>- 2. since. as we recall. these spaces contain domains a for
which O#H(O). Clearly. if a is a domain of holomorphy. then
H(O)=O.
In what follows. unless the contrary is explicitly stated. we
shall consider only (bounded and single-sheeted) domains pos-
sessing single-sheeted envelopes of holomorphy.*

2. An example of a single-sheeted domain whose envelope

of holomorphy is nonsingle-sheeted (see Thullen [65]).
Consider a Hartogs domain of the form

O=[(ZI' Z2): -}+

1
+argz 2<Izd < 2+argz2'
}<IZ21<1. O<argz2<2'1tv].

where 'I is an integer greater than unity (see

Fig. 43). The Hartogs domainOcontainspoints
of its plane of symmetry ZI = O. (In the space
of the variables IZII. x 2• and )12. this domain
is a spiral that winds about the Izd-axis.)
From the theorem in section 15.2. every func-
tion / (z) that is holomorphic in the domain 0
can be holomorphically continued to every
point of the smallest complete Hartogs domain 'It (0) containing
the given domain 0:

-It would be extremely interesting to find a geometric characteristic of the class of

single-sheeted domains possessing single-sheeted envelopes of holomorphy.
 178 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

However, not every such function is single-valued in 1t (0). For

example. the function Inz2=ln!z21+largz2 is holomorphic in 0
but nons ingle-valued in 1t CO}. Specifically. at the point (0. Z2) E1t (0).
where 1h < Iz21 < 1 and 0 < arg Z2 < 21t~, this function assumes the
Y- 1 distinct values Ln Z2 + 21tlk., for k = 1. 2..... ~ - 1 • It follows
immediately from this that the domain 0 cannot be a single-sheeted
envelope of holomorphy: its envelope of holomorphy is at least
(Y - 1) -sheeted.
Proof: On the other hand, there exist examples of nonsingle-
sheeted domains whose envelopes of holomorphy are single-sheeted
(see Fuks [I), p. 227). Such domains include all nonsingle-sheeted
multiple-circular domains that contain their centers and all non-
single-sheeted tubular domains (see section 21.2).

3. Properties of envelopes of holomorphy

An envelope of holomorphy H (0) of a domain G is a domain of holomorphy.
Proof: If H(O) were not a domain of holomorphy, it would also
not be a holomorphically convex domain (see section 16.6). But
then, reasoning as in the proof of the theorem in section 16.3~
we see that there exists a point ZO EiJff (0) .• such that every function
fEHo is holomorphic in some neighborhood S(zo. pl), where p is
independent of f. But this contradicts the definition of an envelope
of holomorphy H(O). Therefore. H(O) is a holomorphically convex
domain, that is, a domain of holomorphy (see section 16.6), which
completes the proof.
From this it follows on the basis of Oka's theorem (see section
(19.1) that IIW) is a pseudoconvex envelope of the domain G (and is the small-
est one); that is,

H(O)=int U 0'. (81)

0';:)0

where G' is an arbitrary pseudoconvex domain containing G.

It follows from (81) that if G1 C G2. then H WI) C II (02).
Every function f(z) that is holomorphic in G assumes in II (0) those values
that it assumes in G and only those values. In particular,

suplf(z)1 = sup If(z)l· (82)

zEO zEH(O)

Proof: If f(z)~a in A. then f(z)~a in H(O) since, otherwise. the

function [f (z) - a)-I would be holomorphic in 0 but not holomorphic
in H(O). which is impossible.
From this follows the corOllary: If a domain G is bounded, its envelope
of holomorphv II (0) is also bounded.
Proof: <Al the basis of Eq. (82), we have
n n
sup IzI2';;;;;:~
rEH(O)
sup Iz~j= ~ 5upjzjl
i=JzEH(O) }=1 zED
<+00.
 ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY 179

IfO.c:O.+lI and UO.==O, then UH(OJ==H(O).

• •
To see this, let set UH (0.) = B. From the Behnke-Stein
• we conclude that
theorem (see section 16.10), B is a domain of
holomorphy. Since every function that is holomorphic in 0 is holo-
morphic in B. is holomorphic in D., in H (0.), and, consequently,
in B. it follows thatBc:H(O). But B~O. Therefore. H(O)=B. which
completes the proof.

4. Other properties of envelopes of holomorphy

Suppose that G' c::: G and cPO (G') = r > O. Then,

8H (0) [H(G'»)>r.

Proof: Suppose that zOEH(O') .• From Eq. (82) with G placed

by 01. we derive tne inequality
I/(zO)I-< sup I/(z)1 =supl/(z)1 (83)
"EH(O') "EO'

which holds for all functions 1 that are holomorphic in H (0 /).

Since G/c:O, we have H(O')c:H(O). Thus, it follows from (83) that
the maximum principle holds for the sets (zO) and G' with respect
to the absolute values of the functions that are holomorphic in H (G).
Since H(Q) is a domain ofholomorphy, we see, by applying inequality
(43) (see Sections 16.4 and 16.7), that
8H (0) (ZO) >8 H (0) (G') > 8 (G') == r
0

for all ZO EH (0'), which completes the proof.

COROLLARY. 1(0'= 0, then H(G') = H(G),
THEOREM. Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in a bounded domain
o and possesses a singularity at a point zO E aH (G). Then, this function Ims a
singularity at some point of the boundary ao.
Proof: Suppose that this theorem is not true. Then, the function
I(z) is holomorphic in some neighborhood Uofthe domain a.
Conse-
quently, 1 (z) is also holomorphic in the envelope of holomorphic
H(U).. Since 0 is a bounded domain. we have Oc:::U. From this we
conclude that H(O)ff:iH(U), which contradicts the fact that I(z) has
a singularity at the point ZO EaH (0). This contradiction proves the
theorem.
It follows from this theorem that if, to every boundary point
zO of a bounded domain of holomorphy 0 there corresponds a
function I .. (z) that is holomorphic in a"
{zO}, then there is no sub-
domain O'c:O such that H(O') = 0 and ao ,\iJO' +- 0.
For example, for the hypersphere Iz I < I, the function (I - ZZO)-I
would be such a function 111' (z). Therefore, the hyper sphere is not
 180 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

a domain of holomorphy of any of its subdomains Of for which

(z : Iz I = II '\ ao' + 0.
5. The Cartan-ThulZen theorem
As a preliminary we prove:
a
Suppose that a biholomorphic mapping f = f (z) maps a domain onto a domain
a1. Suppose also that it maps H<O) one-to-one onto a domain D1' Then, H<O) is
single-sheeted and H (01) = D1.
Proof: The nmctions C, (z), (for j =1. 2....• n) and ami 0 (z), which
are holomorphic in 0, are holomorphic (and single-val~ed) in
H (0). Furthermore. since iJ(c)/o (z) 4= 0 in O. it follows that 0 (c)/o (z)
+ 0 in H (0) (see section 20.3). Therefore. the transformation C= C(z)
maps H(a) holomorphically (and. by hypothesis. one-to-one) onto
the domain DI~OI (see section 7.1). But then, DI is a domain of
holomorphy (see section 16.8). Let /(C) be an arbitrary nmction
that is holomorphic in 0 1 • Then. the functionf[C(z)1 is holomorphic
in a (see section 4.6) and. consequently. in H (a). By performing the
inverse transformation z = z (C) (which is assumed to be single-
valued in D I ). we conclude that the function/(C) is holomorphic (and
single-valued) in D I • Since DI is a domain of holomorphy and con-
tains 0 1 , this means that H (OI)=D]. which completes the proof.
A consequence of this theorem is the following
THEOREM (Cartan-Thullen [7]). The set of automorphisms of the envelope of
holomorphy H (0) of a domain a
contains the set of automorphisms of any domain
a' for which H (a') = H (C).
Io particular. the group of automorphisms of the domain H (0)
contains the group of automorphisms of the domain 0 as a sub-
group.

6. The envelope oj holomorphy oj the product oj two domains

As a preliminary, we give the following theorem, which is a
generalization of Hartogs theorem (see section 15.3).
If a function f(z, w) is holomorphic in the domain a x Db where a c en
and D1 c em. and is holomorphic with respect to w in a domain D C D 1 for every
fixed Z E a, then f is holomorphic in C x D.
The proof of this theorem is analogous to the proof of Hartogs'
theorem in section 15.3 and is done byexpanding the function/(z.'W)
in a generalized Hartogs series
fez. '111)= ~ /.(z).".
10 1;>0
Therefore, we shall not stop to write out the proof. It appears in the
book by Bochner and Martin [3]. Chapter vn.
We have the formula
H(Q X D)=H(O) X H(D). (84)
 CONSTRUCTION OF ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHV 181

Proof: By twice applying the theorem just given. we see that

every fWlction I (z. w) that is holomorphic in a x D. is holomorphic
in H(O) X H(D). Since the domains H(a) and H(D) are domains of
holomorphy, it follows that H (a) X H (D) is a domain of holomorphy.
The validity of Eq. (84) follows from this.

21. CONSTRUCTION OF ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

In this section. we shall look at a number of examples of the
construction of envelopes of holomorphy.

1. Envelopes of holomorphy of i:u.bular domains

The envelope of holomorphy H(TB) of a tubular domain Ta coincides with the
convex envelope O{TB) of the domain TB; that is,

H(T B)= OCTB) = To (.8).

Proof: It follows from Bochner's theorem (see section 17.5) that

o(TB)c.H (T B). But 0 (TB) = To (B). which completes the proof.
If we assume in advance that H (T B) is single-sheeted, this
theorem can be proven in a different manner without using Bochner's
theorem (see. Bremermann [18]).
Specifically. since 0 (T B) is a domain of holomorphy and 0 (T B)=:J
T B' we have H (T B) c 0 (T B). Let T B, be the largest tubular domain
contained in H(TB). (Since H(TB ) is assumed to be single-sheeted,
the domain TBI exists.) From the construction, we have TBcTB,cll
(TB). Let us show that T B, -4=H(TB).. Let us suppose, to the contrary,
that T B, = H (T B). Then. on iJT B,. there exists a point ZO in the interior
of H(TB ) such that AH(TB)(ZO»O. From the Cartan-Thullen theorem.
H(T B ) is a tubular domain. Therefore.

AH(TB)(xO+IY)=~H{TB)(ZO) > 0, lyl < 00.

From this it follows that the domain TBI can be enlarged somewhat
in such a way that the enlarged domain will be tubular and will be
contained in H (T B). But this contradicts the maximality of T B, •
Therefore. HlTB)=TB, • This means that TBI is a domain of holo-
morphy and hence B1 is a convex domain (see section 19.3). From
this and from the inclusions TBCT B,= H(TB)cO(TB)=To(B/. it
follows that B = 0 (B). which completes the proof.
j

EXAMPLE (Ruelle's lemma [50]). The envelope of holomorphy of a domain

TC\f, where ~ = R 3 + iC is a tubular domain with ba,se <cone) C = [y: y j > 0,
j = I, 2, 3] and f = [z: 0 $. argzl ~ argz2 ~ argz3 $. 7T], coincides with TC.
Proof: Consider the tubular domain TIJ=RJ+IB in the space C3
+
of the variables CJ = ~j l"fjJ • for j = 1. 2. 3 where
182 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

B=("r 0< "lj < 'It, j=l. 2. 3)'d"l: 0-<:"lI<:"l2<:"l3<:'It)·

From the theorem that we have just proven, H (TB) = TO(S~ where
o (B) =( r,:
0 < "lj < 'It. j = I. 2. 3) (see Fig. 44). The mapping

Zj=e: j , Cj=lnzj=lnlzjl+largzj' j=1. 2.3

biholomorphically maps the domain TS onto rc \ e and the domain

TOtS) onto '[C-'. From the theorem in section 20.5, H(TC\£)=Tc,
which completes the proof.

2. Envelopes oj holomorphy oj multiple-circular domains

The envelope of holomorphy of a multiple-circular domain G that contains its
center coincides with the logarithmically convex envelope G* to that domain.
Proof: Every function! (z) that is holomorphic
in a is holomorphic in the smallest complete
multiple-circular domain 'It (a) containing a
(see section 14.1). But then, this function
is holomorphic in the logarithmically convex
envelope ['It(O») (see section 14.4). Since the
logarithmically convex envelope of a com-
plete multiple-circular domain is a com-
plete logarithmically convex envelope (see
Fig. 44 section 14.3), it follows that ('It (a))' is a
domain of holomorphy (see section 19.3).
Therefore, H(O)=('It(O)t. But it is easy to see that ('It (O)J' = 0'
(see section 14.3). Consequently, H (a) = a·, which completes the
proof.
Remark: From the very beginning, we could have assumed the
multiple-circular domain a containing its center to be nonsingle-
sheeted. Reasoning as in section 14.1, we would have shown that
every function that is holomorphic in a can be expanded in 'It (a)
in an absolutely convergent power series. From this it follows
that every function that is holomorphic in a is single-valued in it,
that is, it assumes the same values at analytic points with the
same projections. Here, we have examples of nonsingle-sheeted
domains whose envelopes of holomorphy are single-sheeted (see
section 20.2). Analogous remarks are valid for tubular domains.
The envelope of holomorphy of a multiple-circular domain G with center at
zero that does not contain points of the manifold ZlZ2 ... Zn = 0 coincides with
the logarithmically convex envelope G* of that domain.
Proof: Since the logarithmically convex envelope o· of the do-
main 0 has zero for its center and since it does not contain points
of the manifold Z I Z2'" Zn = 0, it follows that o· is a domain of
holomorphy (see section 19.3). Therefore, we need only show that
every function f (z) that is holomorphic in a is holomorphic in a·.
 CONSTRUCTION OF ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHV 183

The holomorphic transformation

Zj=/'; CJ=lnzl==ln IZ/I +largzr j= I. 2..... n. (85)

maps the multiple-circular domain a onto the tubular domain

To=Q+IR R, where Q is the image of a in the space of the loga-
rithms of the absolute values:

Q=[C: Cj=lnlz,l. /=1. 2..... n; zEal.

This mapping maps the function f (z) into the function cp (C) = f (e :/),
which is holomorphic in TQ and which is periodic with respect to
each variable C, individually with period 2'11:1. According to the
theorem in section 21.1, the function cp(C) isholomorphic in the con-
vex envelope O(Tn)=To(B). From the holomorphic continuation
theorem (see section 6.1), the equations !f(C+2'11:ta)=!f(C) where
«= (al' a2• •••• a~) (where in tum the a, are integers), which are
valid in TB' remain valid in To (B). Thus, the function cp (C) is periodic
with respect to each variable C, individually (with period 2'it1)
in the domain TO(B)o Therefore, on the basis of (85), the function
fjl(ln Izil + I arg z,} is holomorphic (and single-valued) in

Obviously, the function cp (z) coinCides with the function f (z) in the
domain a. This means that f (z) is holomorphic in a*·. which com-
pletes the proof.

3. Envelopes oj holomorphy oj Hartogs domain

As we saw in section 20.2. the envelope of holomorphy of a
(single-sheeted) Hartogs domain is not always Single-sheeted (cf.
section 15.2). However. for Hartogs domains of the form con-
Sidered above

where B is a domain of holomorphy in C"- I. the envelopes of holo-

morphy are single-sheeted and they coincide with the logarith-
mically plurisuperharmonic and pluri8ubharmonic envelopes
respectively.
These assertions follow from the results of sections 15.5, 15.7.
and 19.4.
In the article by Vladimirov and Shirinbekov [67]. the envelope
of holomorphy of the complete Hartogs domain
184 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

is constructed under the assumption that H (8) is single-sheeted.

This envelope of holomorphy is of the form

H(O)=[z: IZII <e V !". zEH(8»).

where V (z) is the smallest plurisuperharmonic major ant in H (8)

of the function
_ {lnR(h
M(z)=
zE8.
-00. zEH(8)'\8.

We note that the smallest plurisuperharmonic majorant V (z)

of the function M (z) in H (8) exists and is given by the formula
V(z)=lim inf v (i').
z'~z

where the infimum is over all plurisuperharmonic functions v in

the domain H (8) that satisfy the inequality M (z) < v (z) for z E8.

4. Functions that are holomorphic in semitulJular domains

Consider a semi tubular domain of the form
O=[z: v(Z)<xl<V(.Z). zEB. Iyd<oo).
where 8 is a domain of holomorphy in Cn - I and the functions V (z)
and v (Z) are lower and upper-semi continuous in 8 respectively
(see section 2.2). Let us prove the following
THEOREM. Every function fez) that is holomorphic in a semitubular domain G
is also holomorphic in the larger domain

where v(?) (resp. V(?)} is some plurisubharmonic (resp. plurisuperharmonic>

function in B that satisfies the inequality v( 5. v(resp. the inequality V(.:S V).
z
Proof: Let us fix the point E8 arbitrarily and consider the
function f (zl' z) of the single complex variable Zl. This function is
holomorphic in the strip V (i) < XI < V(z) and it may possibly
be holomorphic in a wider strip. Let us denote by VI (Z) < XI < VI (z)
the largest strip in which the function f (zl' z) is holomorphic.
Since a strip is a convex domain, it follows from the monodromy
theorem (see section 6.6) that the function f (zl' .i) continues to be
Single-valued in the strip VI (z) < XI < VI (z).. By construction, VI (.i)
<: v (z) and VtCZ):)- II (z) in the domain 8. We set
 CONSTRUCTION OF ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY 185

The functions 11,(z)and V,(Z) are upper-...andlowe!-semicontinuous in

B respectively. Since the functions 11 (z) and V (z) are assumed to be
upper- and lower-semicontinuous, respectively, it follows that the
funct!ons c~nstructed satisfy the inequalities 11,(i) ~ 11(Z) and V,(z)
~ V (z) for Z EB.
Let us show that the function! (z) is holomorphic in the domain
a, that we have constructed. ConSider a s~ O'eO,. According
to the Heine-Borel theorem, the compact set 0' can be covered by
a finite number of semitubular domains of the form

that are contained in 0, (cf. section 15.4). For a and A, we may

take the numbers

a= max 11,(Z), A= min v,(i).

zEiT(", r) z EiT(lO, r)

Here, the radii r=r (ZO) are chosen sufficiently small that
a' = max v(z) < A' = min V (z).
zE iTl", r) zE il(", r)
This is always possible since the functions 11 (z) and \l (z) are upper-
and lower-semicontinuous, respectively (see section 2.2). Clearly,
a ~ a' and A' ~ A (see Fig. 45).
From the hypothesis.! (z) is holomorphic .I,

in the semitubular domain

g' = [z: a' < XI < A',
zE u(io, r), IYII < 00)
and is holomorphic with respect to ZI in the
strip a < XI < A for every fixed Eu (ZO, r). z
On the basis of the generalized Hartogs
theorem (see section 20.6). f (z) is holomor- o ZO r Z'
phic in the domain
Fi/:.45
g=[ZI: a < XI < A) X U(Zo, r).

Actually, it is easy to prove that!(z) is holomorphic in the domain

g without using the generalized Hartogs theorem. For this, it is
sufficient to map the strip a u < x I < A single-sheetedly and con-
formally onto the \Dlit Circle in such a way that the point a' + A'/2
is mapped into the point 0 and to use Hartogs' theorem of section
15.3.
Since any subdomain O'fSO, can be covered by a finite number
of domains of the type g. the function fez) is holomorphic in 0,0
186 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

Let us show that the functions ViZ) and -v',(Z) are plurisubhar-
monic in B. On the basis of the theorem in section 19.5, it will be
sufficient to show that the domain a, is a domain o..f holomorphy.
Consider a pointzOEaO,. Let us assume first that zOEaB. Since B
is assumed to be a domain of holomorphy. there exists a function
10(%) that is holomorphic in B and that has a singularity at every
point of aB. Thus. in this case. there exists a barrier function
lo(z) that is holomorphic in a, and that has a singularity at the
point zoo (This function is independent of Zl')
~et us suppose now that ZOE B. Then, either x~=lI/(zO) or x~=
V / (ZO). Let us c~nsider the_first case (the second bei~ analogous
to it). Since lI,(ZO)= lim 'VI (z). there exists a sequence z(-J, for k=
~~
1. 2. . . .• of points in the domain B such that z(-J -+- ZO and
- - ~
'VI (Z(k»-+-
lIlz0) as k ... 00. F~om this it follows that, for arbitrary £ > 0,
there exists a point z' such that
Iz' -ZOI < (:r .
(86)
l'V I (Z')-lIt<;ZO)1 < 2~2'
Furthermore, since the strip 'VI (;') < XI < VI (;'), throughout which
the function I(zl' z') is holomorphic. is of maximum width, this
function has a (finite) singular point z; such that
/' (-, "
Z ) - X I < 2Y2'
O.,.,.111 I

From this and from (86), it follows that the point z' =(x; +i'y~. i')
(see Fig. 46) does not belong to a and that it satisfies the inequality
Iz' -zol = V 1 x; -x~12+ Ii" - ';°1 -< 2

~ V/ -11 x; - 'VI (z'-)-j+-i-'VI-(-Z'-)---V-,-(Z---O-),-]2-+---;;- < e.

Also, the functionf[zl+i(.Y;,-.Y~). z] is holomorphic ina but is not

. holomorphic at the point z' since, by
construction, the point z; is_ a singular
point of the function f(zl' z'); that is,
it lies on the boundary of the domain of
the domain of holomorphy of that func-
tion.
Thus, since , is arbitrary, this
point ZO Eao f satisfies the conditions
of the theorem in section 16.7. Since
there are no boundary points of the
v,rn uf'(i'J v,.(i') v,(T') domain a, other than those that we
O'--+-+~'--F~~'--.T., have been examining, it follows that
Of satisfies the condi tions of the theorem
in section 16.7 and hence is a domain of
Fig. 46 holomorphy. This completes the proof.
 CONSTRUCTION OF ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY 187

5. Envelopes of holomorphy of semitulntlar domains

Suppose that 0 is a domain. We shall say that a semitubular
domain 0* of the form
O*=(z: u(z)<xl<U(i). zEB. 1)'11 <00).
where U (z) (resp. U (z» is the smallest plurisuperharmonic major-
ant (resp. largest plurisubharmonic minorant) of the function V (z)
(resp. v (i» in the domain B, is the plurisuperharmonic (resp.
plurisubharmonic) envelope of O.
The envelope of holomorphy of a semitubular domain G for which B is the
domain of holomorphy coincides with the plurisuperharmonic (plurisubharmoniC>
envelope G*.
Proof: Since B is a domain of holomorphy. O' is also a domain
of holomorphy (see section 19.5). Also. OcO·. It remains only to
show that O· is a holomorphic extension ofO. Suppose that!EHo.
From the preceding theorem,! (z) is holomorphic in the semitubular
domain
0j=[Z: vj(z)<xl<vih zEB. Iyd<oo).
where vJ and V f are respectively plurisubharmonic and plurisuper-
harmonic functions in B such that v f -< v and V j >- V. This implies
the inequalities v t -< U and V j >- U in the domain B (see sections 10.4
and 9.7), from which we conclude that O°e.0 j • This inclusion means
that every function f in Ha is holomorphic in O' • which completes
the proof.
Remark: Bremermann [18] constructed an envelope of holomorphy
for an arbitrary semi tubular domain in the space C2 of the form
(j = lz; (Xl' Z2) ED. 1)'1i < 00).
As in the case of Hartogs domains (see sections 15.2 and 20.2), this
envelope of holomorphy is not always single-sheeted. (For appro-
priate examples. see [18].)
We note in passing that if a semi tubular domain 0 is single-
sheeted, its projection B onto the plane ZI = const does not have to
be single-sheeted. For example, the domain

0= [z: arg Z2- {< XI < arg Z2+-}' < 001.

z2E B. I)'''
where B is the Riemann surface of In Z2 for 1 < 1z21 < 2. is single-
sheeted (cf. Fig. 43).

6. The method of successive approximations for

constructing domains of holomorphy
We saw above that. for a number of domains of relatively
Simple geometric structure (tubular, multiple-circular.
188 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

semicircular, semitubular, etc.), the domain of holomorphy can

be actually constructed: Either it is completely characterized in
geometric terms or an explicit analytic expression is obtained
for its boundary. However, for more complicated domains, such
visually comprehensible characteristics of domains of holomorphy
cannot always be obtained because of the exceeding complexity
of the problem. Therefore, it is of interest to develop approxi-
mative (in particular, numerical) methods of constructing envelopes
of holomorphy. We shall present one of these methods, that of
successive approximations, in the form suggested by Taylor [47].
A variant of the method of successive apprOximations, developed
by Bremermann [150], is expounded in the book by Fuks [2], section
17.
As always, we assume that the domain a =1= en and its envelope
of holomorphy H (a) are single-sheeted. Then, if (a) is a pseudoconvex
envelop of a (see section 20.3). We have the following theorems:
The sequence of domains

O.=[z: Iz_z'l<e--v.-,(Z'I. z'Eo'_ll. 0 0 =0.

11= 1. 2.....
where Va (z) is the largest plurisubharmonic majorant of the function -In!:!G (z)
in the domain Go, is such that a

UO.=H(O).

Proof; Let us show first that 0 1 cH (a). The function - In /lH (a) (z)
is plurisubharmonic in H(O) (see section 19.1) and, consequently,
in 0o=OcH(O). Also.
- In /lH (0) (z) <: - In /la, (z). zE 0 0 ,
From this and from the definition of greatest plurisubharmonic
minorant (see section 10.4) Vo (z) of the continuous function -In /la,
(z) in the domain 0 0 , it follows that

that is,

But this inequality means that 0lcH(O).

Continuing this reasoning, we see thatO.cH(O). The inclUSions
O.CO d l • for Il = 1. 2.... are obvious. Let us define

D=UO •.
 CONSTRUCTION OF ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY 189

Obviously. DcH (0). It remains to show that D = H (0). For this.

it will be sufficient to show thatD is a pseudoconvex domain, that
is, that the function -In ~D(Z) is plurisubharmonic in D.
Consider a point Zo ED. Then, there exists an r such that
U (ZO, r) @l D. Therefore, there exists an N such that U (ZO, r) IE O.
for all a ~ N. Furthermore. from the construction, we have the
inequalities

-In ~OH 1 (z) .;:;;: V. (z)';:;;: - In ~o. (z),

(87)
zEU(zO, r), a~N.

On the basis of (2) of section 1.3,

lim [-In~o.<z)l= -lnAD(z), zEU(zO,r)

.~oo

so that it follows from inequalities (87) that

V.+ 1 (z) < v. (z), lim V. (z) = -In!:lD (z), z EU (ZO, r).
."00
Consequently, the function -.In ~D (z) is plurisubharmonic in U (ZO, r)
(see section 10.3). Since U (zo, r)is a neighborhood of an arbitrary
point ZO ED. it follows that the function -In AD (z) is plurisubhar-
monic in D (see section 10.3), which completes the proof.
Suppose that V (X) is the largest plurisubharmonic majorant of the function
-In tla (zo + Xa), where 1 a 1
= I, in the open set Gzo = [,\: zO + Xa E GJ. Then,
G U TTzO ,0 c H(0), where ,4

AEOzO, a)·

Proof: Let Vo(z) be the greatest plurisubharmonic minor ant of

the function -In~o(z) in the domain O. Then. the function Vo(zlJ+AO)
is subharmonic in Oz', a (see section 9.1) and satisfies the inequality

V o (ZO + AO) -< -In ~o (ZO + I.a).

Consequently,

from which it follows that 'ltzO,acOI' where

01 = Iz: Iz - z'l < e-V,(z'), z' EOJ.
From the preceding theorem, 0 1 c:.H (0), which completes the proof.
In conclusion, let us look at an example illustrating the appli-
cation of this last theorem. Suppose that n = 2 and 0 = Tr UD,
where Tr=[z: Iyd> IY211xl < 00) and D is some complex neighbor-
hood of the set of real points [x: Ixd <f(x2 »). The functionf(xJ
190 DOMAINS AND ENVELOPES OF HOLOMORPHY

is assumed to be positive and lower-semicontinuous. Suppose that

a = (I.0) and Zll = (0. xg). Then, OZ". 4 == a (x~) is the A-plane deleted
by the cuts iRe AI> f (x~), 1m), = O. It is easy
Y, to show (see Fig. 47) that
IImAI
- In olQ (ZO + Aa) <. - In Y2' (88)
The smallest superharmonic majorant of
of the function 11m A1/ Y2 in the domain a (ZO)
---~----yz
is the function lIm ~ f2 (xg)!2 I (see
section 27.5). Therefore, if we denote by
V (Al the greatest subharmonic minorant of
Fig. 47
the function -In ~a(zo+ Aa) in a (ZO). we
conclude from (88) that

On the basis of our last theorem, it follows from this that

aU r.cH(O). where

1t=U [z: Iz-(zl'+Aa)l< 1m I •V1),,2 - f~ (x~)

2
I•
xg

In particular, we obtain from this

[z: V2IY21<!ImVzi-J2(x2)[]cH(O).
 CHAPTER IV

Integral Representations

Integral represenations constitute one of the more powerful

tools in the theory of holomorphic functions. An integral repre-
sentation expresses the values of an arbitrary function that is
holomorphic in a domain a in terms of its values on the boundary
dO or even on the portion of dO of the smallest number of dimen-
sions (the hull of the domain 0). The simplest example of an integral
representation is Cauchy's formula (see section 4.3). which is
valid for domains 0 of the form 0 1 X O2 X ... X On where OJ is
a bounded domain in the plane of the complex variable Zj that has
a piecewise-smooth boundary iJO j for j = 1. 2, •••• n. Cauchy's
formula expresses the values in a domain a of an arbitrary function
that is holomorphic in a and continuous in 0 in terms of its values
on the n-dimensional manifold aO I :< dO~ >: ... X ao". that is, the
hull of ao. Here. the kernel in Cauchy's formula is independent
of the particular form of the domains OJ.
There are other integral representations generalizing the
Cauchy representation that are suitable for domains with a more
complicated geometrical structure. In this chapter. we shall treat
three types of integral representations: the Martinelli-Bochner
representation for bounded domains with piecewise-smooth botmd-
ary, the Bergmann-Weil representation for Weil domainS, and the
Bochner representation for tubular radial domains. In the following
chapter. we shall look at the Jost-Lehmann-Dyson representation
for the special form of domains that arise in quantum field theory.

22. FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF

DIFFERENTIAL FORMS
The information that we are about to present from the theory
of differential forms is contained in the book by de Rham [58J.
In what follows, we shall confine ourselves to consideration of
piecewise-smooth surfaces. Therefore, our exposition will be
accompanied with corresponding simplifications.

191
192 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

1. Definition of differential forms and the simplest

operations on {nem
A differential form of kth order (for 0 <. k <. n) is an expression of
the form

C1.= ~ C1.J . . (x)dx.dx .... dx .• (1)

j"J 2' .... jk 1·'2·· .. ·'k I, 12 Ik

where x = (Xl' -'=2' •••• xn) and the coefficients C1.J, ... Jk (x) are contin-
uous functions in some domain of the space Rn. Two forms are
considered equal if each can be transformed into the other by a
transformation of the products of the differentials according to the
formula
(2)

With the use of rule (2), every kth-order form can be reduced
to the canonical form

(3)

The exterior product C1.~ of two differential forms a and {3 of orders

k and n~ respectively, is the form of order k+ m obtained by formal
algebraic multiplication of the forms C1. and ~ by use of rule (2).
Clearly, ry~=(_I)km~?:; ,,~=O if k+m >n.
Under a continuously differentiable coordinate transformation
x;=Xj(x;, .... x~}, for j = I, 2, ••. , n, the form (3) is mapped
into the form

(4)

where

al' J (x')=
I'" k

(5)

In particular, for an nth-order form, formulas (4)-(5) take the

form
a(x)dxI ... dx l1 =
Xl' . . . . x n\ (6)
(
=a[x(x')jD, ,)dx; '" dx~.
XI' .• 01 xn
 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF DIFFERENTIAL FORMS 193

The exterior differential da of a kth-order differential form IX

(where 0 <: k < n - 1) with continuously differentiable coefficients
is defined as the (k + 1)st-order form

where, of course, Eqs. (2) may be used. It follows from this

definition that if the coefficients of the form IX are twice continuously
differentiable, then

ddlX= O.

For example, suppose that n = 3. Then, for k = 0, we have

IX = ag (x) and

2. The orientation of surfaces

The concept of orientation of a surface will be of great

importance in what follows. (For definitions pertaining to surfaces,
see section 1.4.) A connected k-dimensional class CW surface
S is said to be orientable if in a neighborhood of each point XO ES ,
it is possible to choose a local coordinate system (tl' t 2 , ••• , t k)
in a consistent manner, that is, in the intersection of arbitrary
neighborhoods, a transformation from one local coordinate system
to another can be achieved by means of functions whose Jacobians
are positive. Thus, on an orientable surface S, all systems of local
coordinates fall into two classes. If the Jacobian of one coordinate
system with respect to the other is positive in the intersection of
their domains of definition, both these systems belong to the same
class; in the opposite case, they belong to different classes. We
shall refer to these classes of coordinate systems as right-hand
and left-hand systems. Therefore, on an orientable surface S
it is possible to define two continuous quantities E and - E, which
194 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

are respectively equal to +1 and -1 in any right-handed system

and equal respectively to -1 and +1 in any left-handed system. *
Each of these quantities is called the orientation of the surface
S. For definiteness. let us agree henceforth to choose the quantity
E for the orientation of S. Thus. the choice of a consistent system
of local coordinates on S determines the orientation of the surface
S. In this case. we shall say that S is oriented.
Clearly. this definition of orientation remains applicable for
the case in which k = n. that is. for the orientation of domains in
Rn. This orientation is defined by the choice (right-hand or left-
hand) of Cartesian coordinate system in Rn. Thus. any domain
in Rn is orientable. For the other extreme case. that of k = O. let
us agree that all isolated points in R" are orientable. There exist.
however. nonorientable surfaces of intermediate dimensions. for
example. the Mobius band. In what follows. we shall assume that
all surfaces under discussion are orientable.
Let V denote a connected k-dimensional surface with class C(J)
boundary and suppose that its boundary av is a (k - I)-dimensional
piecewise-smooth surface. This means that V lies on some
connected k-dimensional surface of class CO) and that aVconsists
of a finite number of connected (k - I)-dimensional surfaces
V, each with a boundary of class CUl, oV = U V, (see Fig. 48).
I<I<N
Let us assume that the surface S is orientable. Let us orient S.
for example. by means of a right-handed coordinate system (in
which. as we have agreed. E = +1). This determines the orientation
of the surface V in a natural manner. Let us show that the orienta-
tion of the surface V induces a definite orientation of each sub-
surface '[Ij as follows: In a k-dimensional neighborhood (on the
surface S) of each point XO E'V, • let us choose a local coordinate
system (tl. t 2 • •••• til) satisfying the following two conditions:
(1) we direct the coordinate curve t, along the outer normal on
S to '[Ij at the point xO.; the remaining coordinate curves t 2• •••• tIl
are located on the surface v, in such a way that the coordinate
system (t l • 12 , •••• t II) will be a right-handed system and will thus
determine the orientation E = +1 of the surface S and hence of V.
Since the surfaces S and 'III are assumed to be orientable. a local
coordinate system (12 •.•.• t.) chosen in this manner in a neigh-
borhood of each point xO of the surface ", will be consistent and
will determine the orientation , of the surface "I' (In accordance
with our convention. E = +1 if this coordinate system is a right-
handed system and E = -1 if it is a left-handed system.)
Now that we have thus oriented each subsurface ",. for I =1.
2. • ••• N. of the boundary avo we can speak of the orientation of
the entire piecewise-smooth boundary av of the surface V.

-such quantities are called pseudoscalars.

 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF DIFFERENTIAL FORMS 195

This orientation corresponds to the positive direction of the outer normal

vector.
Thus, if the boundary iJB of the domain BcR n is a piecewise-
smooth surface, that is, ifitconsists ofa finite number of connected
(n - l)-dimensional surfaces V, with boundary of class CO)
(uB = U Vi)' the orientation of B induces an orientation of each
I
subsurface V" If the boundary iJV, of
each portion V, is a piecewise-smooth
surface, the orientation of VI in turn
induces an orientation of aVi , etc.
Finally, the orientation of a smooth
curve induces an orientation of both
its ends if we take as the "outer nor-
mal" vector to the curve at an end
point the tangent at that point directed
away from the curve. Therefore, if
the boundary of the domain Bpossesses Fig. 48
the properties listed, to orient all
its k-dimensional surfaces (for
o -< k <: n - 1) with boundary of class C{j). it is sufficient to give
the orientation of the domain B itself, that is, to choose a definite
coordinate system in Rn.
We note that if a k-dimensional (for 0 <- k < fl - 2) surface
'VciJB lies on the boundary of several (k + l)-dimensional surfaces
ViciJB, 'V may have different orientations induced by the orientations
of the different surfaces Vi (see Fig. 48).

3. Integration of differential forms

We now define the integral of a form ex of order k over a k-

dimensional oriented bounded surface V (for 0 < k <: /I) with
boundary of class CO). The coefficients in the form ex are assumed
to be continuous in a neighborhood of V.
Let us partition V into subsurfaces VI" .... \/ N with boundary
of class C(i). In each of these subsurfaces, we introduce local co-
ordinates (fl' /2' •••• t k ) in a consistent manner. As a result of
this. one of the two possible orientations is defined on V. By
using rules (2) and (5). we reduce the form ex on each subsurface
Vi to the form

in the chosen local coordinates. Let us integrate the function

adtl' .... 'k) according to the usual rules of integration over
the corresponding closed domain Di of definition of the variables
'I' .... 'k
and let us add the results. We shall call the number
196 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

just obtained the integral of the form 11 over the oriented bounded
surface V including its boundary and we adopt the notation

f (1= ~ Jai(tl' .... tll)dt l ••• dill' (7)

V 1<I<N DI

Clearly, the value of the integral defined in this way is indepen-

dent of the partition of the surface V into subsurfaces Vi' further-
more, on the basis of (4)-(5), this integral is independent of the
choice of local coordinates of each subsurface VI which correspond
to a fixed orientation. Thus, the integral (7) is defined except for
sign and the sign in turn is determined by the choice of orientation
of the surface V.
For example, for k = n, we have 11 = x(a)dxI ••• dX a and the
integral (7) is reduced to an ordinary n.-dimensional integral

J«= vJa(x)dx
v
except that the formula for change of variables in this integral
contains not the absolute value of the Jacobian but the Jacobian
itself:

f
v
11 = f
v'
11', 11' = a Ix (x')] D (X!' ... , x:) dx; •.. dx~.
xI' ... , xn

For k =0, V=xoand 11 = ao(x). Obviously, we need to set f 11= ±ao(xO),

v
where the sign + or - is chosen according to the orientation of
the point xO.
Finally, the integral of a form « over an oriented bounded
piecewise-smooth surface V is defined as the sum of the integrals
of 11 over the oriented bounded surfaces with boundary of class
C(!) that constitute the surface V.

4. Stokes' formula

Let V be a k-dimensional bounded surface «(or 1 ~ k ~ n) with boundary of

class ell). Suppose av is a (k - I)-dimensional piecewise-smQ9th surface whose
orientation is induced by the orientation of V. Suppose that a (orm a of order k - 1
is once continuously differentiable in a neighborhood of the surface V. Then,
Stokes' formula

(8)
 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF DIFFERENTIAL. FORMS 197

Formula (8) contains as a special case the classical Gauss-

Ostrogradskiy formula (for k = n). For example,

Remark: Our de:rmition of a k-dimensional surface of class e(l)

requires that the rank of the matrix composed of the fir.st derivatives
of the functions defining this surface with respect to the local
coordinates be equal to k everywhere on the surface (see section
1.4). However, differential forms can be integrated over surfaces for
which this condition is not satisfied, and Stokes' formula remains
in force for them (see de Rham [58]).

5. Differential forms in the space en

Differential forms in the space en are defined as differential
forms in the space R2n = Rn X R n of the variables (x, )I). However, to
shorten our calculations, it is convenient to consider differential
forms dZI _ dXI+ldYJ.and.!!~=dXj-ldYI ~_th~ vari;wles z,=
Xj + lYj and Zj = Xj -lYj, for J - 1,2, ••• , n, in e - R + IR and to use
the technique of formal derivatives (see section 4.5). Thus, a kth
order form in en is of the form
~ a,,1 2 ••• l t (Z, Z)dZI, ... dZJ,izJ, +, ... dZl k'
',,1 2 ..... ' .

Here, in accordance with rule (2). we need to assume that

dz,dZ,=2Idx,dYr dz,dzk=-dzkdz, ,etc. (10)

Finally, let us agree to orient the space en (and hence each
domain in en) in such a way that, for some polycircle S(ZO, i,),

f dzldz l ... dZndzn=(21d)nr~ ... r!.

StzO,,1

Obviously, this orientation is independent of the choice of poly-

circle S(ZO, r).

6. The Cauchy-Poincare' theorem

It is easy to obtain by means of Stokes' formula a number of

relations generalizing Cauchy's theorem for a single complex
variable:
198 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

Let V c en be an (n + k)-dimensional bounded sr.uface (for k ; 1. 2•...• n)

with boundary of class e(l); let av be an (n + k - I)-dimensional piecewise-smooth
sr.uface. and let f(z) be a holomorphic function in a neighborhood of V. Then.

f j (z) dZ I ... dz. iZ'1 ... ii'k_1 = O.

ov
aJ = I. 2..... n. j= I. 2..... k-l; k= I. 2..... n. (11)

To prove Eqs. (11), we need only note that the exterior dif-
ferential of the form in the integrand is, by virtue of the Cauchy-
Riemann conditions, equal to zero and to use Stokes' formula.
Specifically,

d [I (z) dZI ... dz. ii'l ... ii'II_IJ =

= ( ~ -Oz' Of dz
j + -=-
of - ) --
oz dZ dZI ... dz. dz, ... dz..
j
I .-1
=0.
I"j". J j

The following theorem (Cauchy-Poincare) follows from this

theorem fork = 1; If a function f(z) is holomorphic in a domain G. if V c G
is an (n + I)-dimensional bounded surface with class e(l) boundary. and if aV is'
an n-dimensional piecewise-smooth surface. then

f j(z)dz l ... dz.=O. (12)

oV

7. A generalization oj Morera's theorem

The converse of the Cauchy-Poincare theorem is also valid.
It is a generalization of Morera's theorem for a single complex
variable.
Let f(z) denote a function thot is continuous in a domain G and suppose that.
for an arbitrary surface V ; 11 x ... x Ik-l x gk x Ik+l x ... X In (for k ; 1,
2, ... n) contained in G. Eq. (12) is satisfied. Then, f(z) is holomorphic in the
domain G. Here, the I., for j ¢ k, are class C U ) curves with ends z'. and ZH. in
the zrplane and gk i/a closed bounded simply connected domain in the zk-pfane
with a piecewise-smooth boundary.
Proof: Let ZO denote an arbitrary point in the domain a and
suppose that S(zo. r)I5iO. Obviously, we need only show that!(z) is
holomorphic in S(zo. r). Suppose that an arbitrary surface Vof
the type in question is contained in S (zo. r). Clearly, V is an
(n+ 1) -dimensional orientable bounded surface with boundary of
class e(l'. Its boundary 0'/ is an n-dimensional piecewise-smooth
surface. It consists of the following surfaces (see Fig. 49):
vk=lIX", Xlk_IXogkXlk+IX", Xl •.
v;=[z: zs=Z;. zkEg k. ZIElj' jo/=s. j40kj. S"F k.
v;=[z: z,=Z;. zkEg k. ZjEl)' j#s. j;okj. k.
S .'.
 FACTS FROM THE THEORY OF DIFFERENTIAL FORMS 199

From the hypothesis of the theorem. we have

f !(z)dz l ••• dz n == f !(z)dz l • .. dz n +

8V "Ir

+ ~ [f !(z)dz l ... dz n + f !(z)dz l ... dZ n ] =0.

t~+~n 0: ":
Each term under the summation sign is equal to zero. Therefore,

ZI ')_1 '}+I

f dZ I •• , f dZ/_ 1 ~ dz" f dZ}+I'"

'I 'J-I OKIr zJtl (13)
'n
.r f(z)dz.=O.
I
k= 1. 2..... n.
Zn

where the integrations are taken over the curves I). for j -4= k •
lying in the circles S(z~. r j ) and connecting the points z} and
zj • Since the paths II' for j"* k • and the closed curves iJg II' are
arbitrary, it follows from Eq. (13) that the
function z,
Z"
1 v,"
01/
" Zn

F(z)= f dz; ••• f !(z')d<, (14) l, v z

V
'I " ,0
•
is single-valued in the polycircle S (zo. r)
(that is. it is independent of the path con- o I I
necting z~ and Z J and lying in the circle c:&:Yagz
S(zO£rJ »). /
1Z
et us fix a point (a\l •••• a,,_UaHI••••• all)
in the polycircle

S(z~. rl)X •.• XS(zLI' r"_I) X

X S(z~+I' r HI) X ... X S(z~. rll)'
Then. it follows from (13) and (14) that the function

f""! (z') dz:1dz~

,0
"
200 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

satisfies the conditions of Morera's theorem for a single complex

variable z. in the circle S(z~.rt). Therefore. this function is
holomorphic with respect to zIt in S(z~. r.). Thus. the function
F(z) constructed in accordance with formula (14) is holomorphic
in the polycircle S(zO. r) with respect to each variable z" in-
dividually. This means that F(z) is holomorphic in S(zo. r) [see
section 4.2]. But. it follows from (14) that

f (z) = o"F (z)

oz,ozz ... OZII

Therefore. fez) is holomorphic in S(zo. r). which completes the

proof.

23. THE MARTINELLI·BOCHNER

INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
The Martinelli-Bochner integral representation (see Bochner
[55]. Martinelli [151]) is a generalization of Cauchy's integral
formula for a single complex variable to the case of several
variables. This formula is derived by the methods of potential
theory by use of Stokes' formula. However. in contrast with the
case in which n = 1. the Dirichlet problem in the class of pluri-
harmonic functions (see section 4.1) is not in general solvable
(see Fuks [1]. p. 316). Therefore. not every continuous function
defined on a sufficiently ''well-behaved'' boundary iJO of a domain
o can be regarded as the limiting value of the real or imaginary
part of some function thatis holomorphic in O. This complicates the
application of potential-theory methods to the theory of functions of
several complex variables.

1. The Martinelli-Bochner formula

SupPQ.se that a function f(z) is holomorphic in a bounded domain G and is con·
tinuous G. Suppose also that aG is a piecewise-smooth surface oriented by the
orientation of G. Then. the Martinelli-Bochner formula is valid:

Here. the square brackets indicate that the enclosed term is omitted.
Let us suppose that the space e" is oriented in accordance
with section 22.5.
 THE MARTINELLI-BOCHNER INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 201

To prove formula (15). we take a sequence of domains O.

with piecewise-smooth boundaries ao. that satisfies the condition
that
o. c: 0.+ 1 E 0, Uo.=o.

As a preliminary. let us prove formula (15) for every domain

0 •• The exterior differential of the form in the integrand vanishes
in the domain O. '\ {zl. This assertion can be verified directly
by using rules (10) and the Cauchy-Riemann conditions il//a1:) = O.
for j = 1. 2 ••••• n. Therefore. from Stokes' formula (see section
22.4). the integral (15) [with ilO replaced by ao.] vanishes for
zE Gao
Suppose now zEO•• Let us remove a hyper sphere U(z. £)of
sufficiently small radius E from the domain O. (see Fig. 50) and
apply Stokes' formula to the domain 0. '\ U (z. E). We then obtain

To obtain formula (15) it thus remains to show that

n

!~
Iz-q=.
.f IZ ~~12n ~ {C} -
)=1
Z) d~ d~1 ... lift)] dC} ...
(16)

where the orientation of the sphere 1z - CI = E corresponds to the

positive direction of the outer normal to it.
Also as a preliminary. we evaluate
the integral
-----
iJC

J= J Ic
1:1 =1
1
j2n ±~df. d~l'"
j=1

•.• IdCj ] dC} ... d(n d~n'

If we shift to the real coordinates

CJ =~) + i"lJ' C; = Ej -iTl). for j = 1. 2, •••• n.
and use rule (10). we obtain

(17)
202 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

Since

it follows on the basis of Stokes' formula that the terms in (17)

containing the expressions ~J d~J+ 71J d7lj are equal to zero. There-
fore, we deduce from (17) that

By applying formula (9). we obtain

; (2;)·-1 ; (2;)"-1 2". E2• (27:;)'1
J= ,2'1 2nmesU(O.E)= .2'1 2nl'(n)2n=(1i_l)!"

Formula (16) follows from this because of the continuity of the

function f (Cl in a neighborhood of the point z.
Thus, formula (15) is established for an arbitrary subdomain
a.Ea. Since the function[(z) is assumed to be continuous in O.
formula (15) remains valid even for the domain 0= U a, itself.

which completes the proof.

Remark: The variables zJ that appear in the integral represen-
tation (15) should be dropped in the evaluation of the integral
since the function f (z) is independent of Therefore. if we re- z.
place z; by",,; in the integral representation (15), where 'W is_ a
point lying in a suffiCiently small neighborhood of the point zoo
for ZO E O. we obtain a function F(z. w) that is holomorphic with
respect to the set of 2n complex variables (z. w) in a neighborhood
of the point (Z0. ZO) and that satisfies the equationF(z. 'U!l~f(z)
on the surface w = z.
It follows from this that F (z. '121) = f (z) in
the neighborhood referred to (see section 6.2). Therefore. in a
sufficiently small neighborhood of the point z!l Ea. the function
f (z) is represented by the integral (15). where should be replaced z
with zO:

aor
'I

f(z)- (n-l)! fe) ~(r :;l)if d~

- (:b;)" [(z - ~)(ZO - ~)ln ~I 'j - .. j '\ '\ .••

• • . [d~l d: j ••• d: 1I dC".

2. Generalization of the principle

of holomorphic continuation
Suppose that a function fez) is holomorphic in a domain G except possibly at
points of a piecewise-smooth hypersurface S and that f is continuous in G. Then.
f(z) is holomorphic in G.
 THE MARTINELLI-BOCHNER INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 203

Proof: Let zO denote a point in S n G. Let us show that fez)

is holomorphic at the point zO. Since S consists of a finite number
of hypersurfaces Sj with bOlmdary of class em. there exists a
hypersphere U (zo. r) IS G such that S partitions it into a finite number
of domainS V\, V 2• •••• V N with piecewise-smooth boundaries av,
(see Fig. 51). Suppose that z E VI. Then, formula (15) yields the
following equations:

if k =t.
k=l. 2 •.••• N.
if k =F t.

Adding these equations, we obtain, for z EV, ,

f
-
(z) -
(n-I)I
(2iti)n
J z_ I
f(C)
n
~ -
C12n "" (~, -
- ;;-
z ,) d~l d~1 .,.
~ dUll '=1 (18)
... [dc,1 dC j ••• df.n den'

The piecewise-smooth hyper surface S nD(zo. r) can be parti-

tioned into a finite number of surfaces a.• with boundary of class
eil;. Each surface a. belongs to two
domainS, let us say, V m and V n' which
are abutting along "s. Therefore. the
surface a. is oriented in one way if
it belongs to av m and another way if
it belongs to av n (see section 22.2).
Thus, the surface as appears twice.
opposite orientations. in the expres-
sion U av k and we may write Fill!. 51
k

U av = U raj U (- as)1 U iJV (zo.

k r). (19)
k s

By hypothesis. / (z) is continuous in O. Because of this and

Eq. (19), the integrals over the surfaces a. and -as in Eq. (18)
cancel and there remains only the integral over the surface
iJV (zo. r). Thus, we obtain the representation

(20)

which is valid for all z E VI. where i = I. 2•...• N.

204 INTEGRAL. REPRESENTATIONS

Let us show that the fimction I(z) is holomorphic in the poly-

sphere V (zo. a,). where 0 < 0 < V2 - I. For this. we introduce the
function F(z. w) of the two complex n-tuples (z. w) obtained by
z
replaCing by w in the right member of (20):

F(z. W)=(n-l)! J fCC) _

/I

l:<"C,-W,)dt"ldC1 •••
(2ltj)" IC-zOl=' [(z-r.) (w-C»)/I '=1
... [dc:,1 dC, ... rKlI dC,..

This function is defined and holomorphic in V (zo. a,) x u (zo. a,)

because. in that domain. the denominator in the integrand does
not vanish in the region of integration. This is true because. on
the basis of the Bunyakovskiy-Schwarz inequality. we have for
such z. w. and C.
l(z - C)(w - ()I =
= IIC - zOI2+(z - zO)(w - ZO) - (z -Zo) (C-Zo)-
_ 0:' - Zo){w - zU)1 ~,2 - 62,2 - 6,2 - 6,2> o.

Furthermore. the function F (z. w) coincides withl (z)on the surface

'w z
= if z EV/ nV (zo. 6,>. where t = 1. 2 ••••• N. Therefore (see
section 6.2).
F(z. w)=I(z). (z. w) = V (zo. O,)XU(zo. 6,).

From this it follows* that the function 1 (z) is holomorphic in

U (zo. a,) • which completes the proof.
We note in passing the following closely associated result.
which also generalizes the principle of holomorphic continuation
(see Fuks [lJ. p. 118). Suppose that a fur.ction fez) is bounded in U(zO,r>
and holomorphic in U (zo, r)\Ii', where Ii' is a (2n - 2)-dimensionalanalytic surface
passing through the point zoo Then, fez) is holomorphic and U (zo, r).

24. THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION

The Bergman-Weil integral representation (see Bergman [68 Jand
Weil [69]) has to do with functions that are holomorphic in a
neighborhood of a Weil domain

0= [z: Ix. (z)1 < 1. j = 1. 2•.. " N; z EV ('0)1.

This representation is derived from the Martinelli-Bochner
formula. The derivation that we give is due to Sommer [56].

-The function F (z. w) is actually independent of .. (see section 23.1).

 THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 205

1. The hull oj a Weil domain

For simplicity of exposition, we shall consider Weil domains
possessing the property that

grad X" (z)

rank =k.
grad v (z)
""k
(21)
I <: Ill' .... Il~ < N. k = 1. 2..... n
on a set

It follows from this hypothesis that each set S'\ ... m.either
is empty or is a (2n - k )-dimensional surface of class C(oo) (see
section 1.4). This is true because the functions CP.(z)=x.(z)x.(z)-1
are infinitely differentiable in U (0) and, by virtue of the Cauchy-
Riemann conditions,
0'f.
OZ} = X.
oz. +::-X. ox. = X.- o/..
OZ} OZj OZ}'
.
J=
1 2
. . .... n.

Therefore, by virtue of (21), in S"'" 'k' we have

',',
igrad 9 . grad'f'

rank ~ra~ ':)... g~a~ ?'

I =ra
,1 X" grad X-', •
Ii' ~r~d ~ '.
y grad
10.0,
X"
~ 'gr~d 'x. = k.
'till a. k I a. 1r 11k ':fir k

In particular, all the S. are analytic hypersurfaces (see section

18.7).
Let us assume that all the functions X. are essential for the
definition of the polyhedron a. Let us orient en and, consequently,
a in accordance with section 22.5.
The boundary of the domain a consists of a finite number of
(2n - l)-dimensional bounded orientable hypersurfaces a., with
class c l boundary oa = U a., , that lie on the analytic surfaces
.,
;>'»

S.,. The number of hyper surfaces a., may actually be less than N.
In this case, we assume that the corresponding a., are empty:
a., = 0. The orientation of a induces an orientation of the hyper-
surfaces 0" (in accordance with section 22.2). The boundary
oa., of each hyper surface au, consists of a finite number of
(2n - 2)-dimensional bounded orientable surfaces a.,., with boundary
of class CleO' 00., = U a.,., that lie on S.,., (see Fig. 52). Let us
assume that a.,., = 0 if
. III = <12 or if oa., and oa., do not have a
206 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

common (211 - 2)-dimensional subsurface. The orientation of

the hyper surface a., induces an orientation of the surfaces a.,., such
that a.,., = -a.",. etc. The boundary Qa" ... 'k (for 1 -< k -< 11 - 1) of the
(2n -k)-dimensional surface a" ". 'kCaa., ''''k-, consists of a finite
number of (2n - k - l)-dimensionru bounded orientable surfaces
a., '" "k"k+' with boundary of class CIao):
OOo.l···tl. k = U O'll···ak"k+l' Cill···'7.kf2Il+ICS'll" .tJ k+l _ (22)
'kt'

Here. we take a.....k.k = 0 if CXktl=2, for any 1=1. 2• .... k

or if the surfaces' aa" ... +.~ and oa'k-t-, have no common (2n - k - 1)-
dimensional subsurface. The orientation of the surface a" ... ak
induces an orientation of the surfaces a., ...
'k'H' such that

(23)

Here, the sign + or - is taken according to whether the permutation

v". vA+ l ) is even or odd.
{VI' ••••
The oriented n-dimensional set
n (n-1)
d(a)=(-I)-2- U a., ....n
41 < ... <GIn

is called the hull of the Weil domain a.

A special case of a Well domain is
the polycircle

S(O. ,)=[z: Izjl<'l' j=1. 2 ..... nl=

Fig. 52
=S(O. '1) X ... X S(O. 'n)'

In section 4.3. we defined the hull of a polycircle by formula

as (0. 'I) X ... x as (0. , n). In this case, the positive direction on
as (0. , J) is taken counterclockwise. On the other hand, the hull
of the Weil domain S (0 ,') is the oriented surface

n(n-I)
d[S(O. ')1=(-1)-2-aI2 ... n.

For these two definitions of the hull of the domain S(O.,) to be

consistent, we need to show that

n (n-I)
as(o. 'I)X", X as(o. ',,)=(-I)-2- aI2 ... 11'
(24)
 THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 207

To prove Eq. (24), we note that

f ZI Z2 .•. Z" dZ I dZ2 ••. dz" =
oS (0.'.) x ... XoS(o"n)
(25)
=II (0.f',) z,dz,=(2'1tl)"'I'2 ••• '".
, oS

On the other hand, making use of the convention adopted regarding

orientation (see section 22.5). we obtain by use of Stokes' formula

(21t1)"'1 ••• '" = f

S(O.,)
iii dZ I .•. dz" dz" =

= {ZldZldZ2dZ2 ... dz"dz,,=

0.
= f'ZIZ2dZldZ2dZ3dZa ... dz"dz,,= .••
"12

•.. =(_1)-2-
" (,,-I)

f ZI%2'" %"dz l dZ 2 .•• dz".

6.2 '0' n

From this equation and Eq. (25), we derive the relation

ilS (0. ,,)

f
x ... x oS (0. , ,,)
%1'" z"dzl · .. dz,,=

f
n (n-I)
=(_1)-2- ZI ... z"dz l ... dz n •
an .0. n

Since the surfaces as (0. 'I) x ... x as (0. r,,) and 012 ••• n consist of
the same geometric points. the required relation (24) follows
from this.
It can be shown in an analogous manner that if a Weil domain
°
a is of the form 1 X 02 X ... X On • then

2. Hejer's theorem
Suppose that a function )( (z) is holomorphic in a domain of holomorphy D c en.
Then. there exist functions Pj«(. z) that are h%morphic in D x D such that

y. (:) -z (z) = .~" (:j - Zj)Pj(C, z). (26)

/=1

Let us accept this theorem without proof. Its proof can be found
in the article by Hefer [59) or the book by Fuks (2). p. 137. We
208 INTEGRAL. REPRESENTATIONS

note that if Z(z) is a polynomial. this theorem is trivial (in which

case Pj(r.. z) are also polynomials).
For n ~ 2, the functions P, are nonsingle-valuedly defined by
Eqs. (26).

3. Certain differential forms

Suppose that we are given the kn functions ql j (C. C). for
1=1. 2..... k and j = 1. 2, •••• n. and the (n - k)n differential first-
order forms

n
elj = ~ [olj.tC. ~)d~.
,,=1
+ blj. (:. t)dC.l. 1= k -r 1..... n.

where J = I, 2. •••• " (and k = O. 1. 2 ••••• n). Let us form the

vectors

q, == (qll' q,2' •••• q'll)' 1= 1. 2•...• k:

0, =(°11 , &'2' •••• °,11), I =k + 1••••• n

and the new differential form of order n - k

D(ql' .... q/l' 0UI' ...• &11) =

qll' .... qlli' 61l +\\ • .... 6nl
q\2' •••• Q1l2' 6", .._\ 2' •••• 6n2

The nth-order determinant in the right member of this equation

can be expanded according to the usual rules except that the dif-
ferentials must be multiplied according to rules (10). The position
of each factor in the terms of the sum is determined by the number
of the column to which this factor belongs. Therefore. this
determinant vanishes if one of its rows is a linear combination
of the remaining ones. This property does not apply to the columns.
For example.

• •••• tIC" I
D (dC • ••• , tIC)= ItIC\
••• • • =
tIC\, .... tlC lI
n I tIC \ dC.z ... de". (27)

where we set tIC = (tIC!' ~. • . •• tIC,,).

 THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 209
Let us note other. easily proven. properties of the determinant
D:

D( ••.• q, • .... q", • .... 0tH' .... 0,,)=

--D( .... q", • .... q, • .... 0t+I' .... 0,,). (28)
D( •..• qq, • ...• 0t+l' .... 0,,)==
==qD( .... q, • .... 0HI' .... 0,,). (29)
D( .... q, . .... 0HI' ...• 0,,)==
(30)
==D(oo .. q, + }.;.'
~ «,q}. .... 0HI' .... 0,,).

D(ql' .... qt . .... 0, ..... 0"..... )== (31)

==D(ql' ••• , ql/' .... flm •••• , fl, •••• ).
D(ql' .... qk' .... 66, .... )=
= 6D(ql' .... qt • .... 0" ... ). (32)
D(ql' ...• qk' .... &, •.•. )=
(33)
= D (ql' ...• qt . .•.• 0, + j+'
~ qjWj . •.. ').

where WI' •••• W k are first-order differential forms.

Let us suppose now that the vectors q, satisfy the equations

(34)

where z is some fixed point. For Cd, Z • let us define

Ok = d?
Nn-="j," - (n -
I'
i~) .
C:N- -z) +d~1 (' -) k
=..
1 2 .... n (35)
n k '0 - Z •

where

N=; z-: 12 =(z - C)(Z - e). (36)

It is easy to verify that

,
I I.
1. ",.1. 1 ~I;- T! (:-Zl
l\'IJ-k
:i:. ::-z) ,E•.. "0/:- Z) d;

I~.~Z;. QII' .". q~l' ~ o. (37)

I ~ 1'_ ~,: •••••••••••• ~, • • • • • • • • ~ • • • •~• • •

I T-" .;'I'Z' ····"I,·n· "kn' d loJ ••••• d· 1

since. on the basis of (34)-(36). the first row of this determinant

is a linear combination of the remaining rows. If we expand this
210 INTEGRAL. REPRESENTATIONS

determinant according to elements of the first row. we obtain

from Eqs. (37) the following equations for k = 1. 2••••• n:

D(q\ . .... q". 0". df:. .... dC)=

" - -
= ~(-ll-I D(C;;Z . ql'" .. (q,J •...• q". 6k.d( .... d~)+
/=1

+ (_l)k J-n +k(r -z)dr X

N"-'" ., (38)
XD(C;;i. ql ..... q'l' dC..... dt)+
+ ( - l l ( l l - k - I ) ( : - z)d:X

XD(;z. ql' .... q". 0". dt-. .... d~).

We take the factor . N -n+/l in the (k + 2) nd column of the last
determinant outside the determinant. Also. we multiply the first
column of this determinant by (n - k)(~ - z) dF; and add the result
to the (k + 2)nd column. As a result of this. we see by virtue of
Eqs. (35) and (36) that the last two terms in Eqs. (38) cancel
each other. We proceed in a similar manner with the individual
terms of the remaining sum. If we now transfer the first col-
umn in each of these terms to the position of the kth column, we
obtain from (38) the following equations:
D(ql' .... qa' !la.
a
dC ... , df)== _ _

= ~ (-1)"+1 D (ql' .... (qll . .... q". ;n-:":I' de. .... d't), (39)
/el
k=l. 2 •.••• n.
We note that we used properties (28)-(33) in our operations
with the determinants.

4. The Bergman-Weilformula
Suppose that f(2) is a function that is holomorphic in a neighborhood of a
Weil domain
o==(z: Ix.(z)I<I. a==1. 2 ..... N; zEU(G»).
where the functions Xa are holomorphic in the domain of holomorphy D ) U ( ii).
Then, the Bergman-Weil formula
n In-II
(_1)-2-
(21ti)n
(40)
{f z Eo.
(Z).
== O. zED '\ (0 U a).
 THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 211

where q,., .. . 1I.n are n-dimensional s I/Tfaces constituting the hull ~ (a). holds (see
section 24.1). The coordinates of the vectors qm' for II 1. 2 ••••• =
N. are given by the formula

(41)

where the functions p.} (~. z) are holomorphic in D X D and are

determined in accordance with Hefer's theorem (see section 24.2):
II

1..(C) -1.(Z)= ~(CJ- Z/)P'J(~' z). (42)

1=1
The determinant D is of the form (see section 24.3)

I q. \ ..... q. \
D(q•. ...• q. ) = I ...... .
I •
(43)
I n
q'2 q'Jnn l n • ••• ,

Finally (see Fig. 53).

0= U (z: IY... (z) 1= 1. zED). (44)

\.;;;.,;; N

5. Proof of the Bergman-Weilformula

Let us prove the Bergman-Weil formula for Weil domains
satisfying condition (21). The proof that we shall give is valid
also for arbitrary Weil domains (see
Sommer [56]). Here. it is necessary
to extend the class of surfaces over
which it is possible to integrate the
differential forms (see section 22.4.
remark).
Let us apply the Martinelli-
Bochner formula (15) to the function
f (z). remembering that 00 = U ao , (see
" Fill. 53
section 24.1). Then we obtain

(-;:;: ~.r f(~)De;;/· d~. .... d:)d:,d~2 ... d:,,=

II In-J)

(45)
«I 0'11 1

_I j(z). zEa.
-10. zEo.
212 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

Since. on the basis of formula (27).

n
(n -I)! ~ - - - - -
~~ (r., - z ,) dC I dr. 1 •••. (dr.,) dC, ... dr. n dCn =
j~1

n In-II - -
= (-I )-2-D (;;/ . d~. .. .. tit) d~1 d~2 ... dr.n•

If we apply Stokes' formula k - 1 times to the integral in the

left member of Eq. (45), we obtain
,,(,,-1,
(_1)-2-
(211,')"
J "
f(C) S<-I)HI X
.)< ... <"••••...•• '=1
(46)
X D(q_ ...... [q.,] . .... q.". N~~"~l' dC• .... ~) X
fez). Z Eo.
Xdr.ld~ ••• dr. n = { o. zED'\(oU 8). k=1, 2..... n.

For k = 2. 3 ••••• n. the integrals in (46) are. by virtue of (41).

meaningful only for zED '\ 8. where the set 8 is defined in (44).
Here. the integrands are holomorphic functions of the variables
r. and Cin a neighborhood of do.
We prove formula (46) by induction on k. For k = 1. formula
(46) coincides with formula (45). which we have already proven.
It follows from Eqs. (41) and (42) that the vectors q. satisfy
Eqs. (34). Therefore, the identities (39) are valid. Keeping these
identities in mind, we rewrite formulas (46) in the form

n(n-I)

~... < CI. -.....J 1(r.)X

(_1)-2-
(2,d)" &. < ct

(47)
X D(q" •• .... q.". Il". d(..... d()dC l ... dC n =
fez). zEo.
{
= O. zED'\(oU8).

where the functions fl" are determined by Eqs. (35) and (36).
Suppose that k = 1. 2 ••••• n - 1. It will now be more convenient
for us to treat the indices IXI' •••• IX" in the summation in formulas
(47) as independent. Since the determinant D changes sign (see
section 24.3) when the two columns q. and q. are Switched and
since the surfaces 0........... and • •
~. are oppositely a.: .• .....
~ y
 THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 213

oriented (see section 24.1), Eq. (47) leads to the following equations
for k = 1,2, .•• , n - 1:

<_1)-2-
(2,,;)' (k
.(n-II

+
I)!
k+1
~ ~
..!. f /("'.) X
1=1 "I'" [.t! '" "k+1 -,,,,, ['d'" "k+1
(48)
XD(q 4. ..... [qJ1 ..... q2k+1 .6 •. dF:. .... df.)X
'3. II(

~ • _ ff (z). z Ea.
X dr. 1 d~2 ... d'.,,- \ 0. z ED '\. (aU,.
~)

If we now use the Cauchy-Riemann conditions, the properties

of the determinant D, and formulas (35)-(36), we can verify directly
that the equations

[
= d /(r.)D q'I' ....( c-z..
q.". N,,-k' dl. . .... d, -")] X
k=l. 2 ..•.. n-l

are valid. Keeping these equations in mind, we conclude from (48)

that

n(n-I) k+l
~
(_1)-2-
(21<;)" (k + 1)1 tf
'I ...
~
[°11 ... ""+1 ··1'" ('d'"
! '.+1
X

Noting, on the basis of (22) and (23), that

iJO Z, ... \·d .. ··k+1 =Ua· I ,,· \·/) .. ··k+I·'/=

'1

= u(- l}k+I-/
o'J l ~ .. -, ... -"+1'
"I
214 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

we apply Stokes' formula to each integral in (49) and obtain

n (n-I) .t+1
(_1)-2- ~ X
(2"'i)~ (k + 1)1 1= I

X ~
-,'" [Clz)o .. lIk+1
~ (_1/+ 1- 1
rJ l
.r
0'11, .. , 11"+1
/(C)X

XD(q a l . .... [q "/ ]..... q"k+1 . N'::. iC. .... dc')X

/ (Z). z Ea.
{
X dC I d~ . •. dCn = O. zED \ (a U 0). k = 1. .... n - 1.
These formulas coincide with formulas (46) (with k replaced by
k + 1). Thus, formulas (46), and hence formulas (47), are proven.
If we set k=n (in 47), we obtain the Bergman-Weil formula (40).

6. Remarks
(1) By means of the Bochner-Martinelli (for k = 1) and Bergman-
Weil (for k = n) formulas, formula (47) gives yet another set of
intermediate representations corresponding to k = 2, ••• , n - 1.
If we replace z
by ZO , where ZO is a fixed point in a domain a,
just as in section 23.1, we obtain new integral representations,
which are valid in a sufficiently small neighborhood of the point zoo
(2) Integration in the Bergman-Weil formula is over the hull
~(a) of the Weil domain a. Therefore, every function/(z) that is
holomorphic in the closure of a Weil domain a is completely
determined by its values on the hull ~ (a).
We note in passing that if the Weil domain a is a polycircle
S(O, r), the Bergman-Weil formula reduces to Cauchy's formula
(see section 4.3) since, in this case, we may take Pa, = for 0.,
1 <: a and j < n, where 8 is the Kronecker delta, and then use
0}

formula (24).
(3) For n 1, the Bergman-Weil formula reduces to Cauchy's
formula

_1_.
211:1 ~
~ J t-zd~ f (C) = { f (z).
0•
z ~ ~.
zEa.
• tI ~
•
For n = 2, the Bergman-Weil formula takes the form
 THE BERGMAN-WElL INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 215

(4) Every domain of holomorphy 0 is the union of an increasing

sequence au for It' = I, 2, •••• of Weil domains that are compact
in O. Here. the corresponding functions X~k)(Z). for '1. = I, 2 •••••
N k • are holomorphic in 0 (see section 16.5). Therefore. every
function f (z) that is holomorphic in a domain 0 can be represented
in an arbitrary subdomain 0' IS 0 in the form of Bergman-Weil
integrals (40) over every Weil domain Ok such that .a'COkEO.

7. The Weil expansion

Let a be a Weil domain and suppose that a' EO. Then, there
exists a number p = p (a') < 1 such that IZa (z)1 < p , where a. = 1. 2,
•••• N. for all z E a'. Therefore.

1 =)-' IXa (z»'

[I.• , n - 'I.., (z)] ... [l.a n (q - Xa n (z)] I;'~ 0 !"t.• (Clf-II

These expansions cover absolutely and uniformly for (z. C) E0' X

aa, ... On' Here, Xa = (X." .... x.aJ. If we substitute these series into
the determinants (43) and make use of formulas (41), we obtain

,..., Ii.• (z))'

D(q...... q. )=D(P•. .... p.) ~ I •
, " I " Isl:;'O [x.e)]'+

If we now substitute these expressions into the Bergman-Weil

formula (40) and integrate termwise. we obtain the following Weil
e~ansion [691 for an arbitrary function j (z) that is holomorphic
in 0:

j(Z)= ~ ~ Q•. s(Z) [I. (Z)]s. (50)

Cl 1 < .,'....:: Cl ll loSl >u

where

Q•. s(z) =
(_1)-1-
(51)
(2,-;;)"

If the functions x.. (z) are holomorphic in a domain of holomorphy

D Da. it follows on the basiS of Hefer's theorem (see section
24.2) that the functions Q•• s (z) are also holomorphic in D. There-
fore. all the terms of the series (50) are holomorphic functions in
the domain D. This series converges absolutely and uniformly
216 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

in an arbitrary relatively compact subdomain "f o. Thus. we

have proven that
=
Every function f(z) that is holomorphic in the closure of a Weil domain u can
be represented in this domain by the series (50l, which converges absolutely and
uniformly in u.
If we represent the Weil domain" in the form of the sum of an
increasing sequence of Weil domains ". G "HI (see section 16.5)
and use the result we have just obtained. we conclude that every
function f(z) that is holomorphic in u is the limit of a sequence of holomorphic
functions in D that converges uniformly in u.
Thus. if a Weil domain" is deimed by functions x. that are
holomorphic in a domain of holomorphy D ~ o. the class HD is
dense in the class H•.•

8. Runge domains
A domain a is called a Runge domain if the class of polynomials
is dense in Ho. A Runge domain is always single-sheeted.
The following theorem. due to Runge (see Markushevich [70].
p. 285). is always applicable in the space CI. For a domain G to be
a Runge domain, it is necessary and sufficient that it be simply connected.
In the space C" for n ~ 2. we have no such simple geometric
characteristic of Runge domains: not every simply connected
domain is a Runge domain, and not every Runge domain is simply
connected (see Fuks [2]. p. 68).
First of all. we shall show that a domain G is a Runge domain if
its envelope of holomorphy H (G) is a Runge domain.
The assertion that if H(O) is a Runge domain. so will a be a
Runge domain is trivial and follows from the more general fact
that if any holomorphic extension 0° of a domain a is a Runge
domain. then a is a Runge domain.
Conversely. suppose that a is a Runge domain. Let us show
that H (a) is also a Runge domain. Let f (z) be a function that is
holomorphic in a and hence in If (a). Then. there exiSts a sequence
of polynomials Pa(z) for ex = 1.2 ••••• that converges uniformly to
a function f in a domain 0 (see section 16.2). We denote by 0,
the (largest) domain of uniform convergence of the sequence
/Pal. Let us show that 0, is a polynomially convex domain. Suppose
that this is not the case. According to the lemma of section 16.3.
there exists a set ACEO/. where 8of (A) = r > O. and a point zOE 0/.
where oo,(ZO) < r. such that the inequa ity
IP(zo)1 -;. supIP(z)1
zEA

is valid for an arbitrary polynomial. Then. we conclude from the

Cartan-Thullen theorem (see section 16.1) that
IP(z)1 <zEAp
sup IP(z)l. z ES (zo. pI) (52)
 THE BERGMAN-WEI L INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 217

for all p < r. Since Ap IS 0,. it follows from inequality (52) that
the sequenceIP.lconvergesuniformly in S(ZO, pI) and, consequently,
that S (ZO, p/)eO, for all p < r, which is impossible. Therefore,
0, is a polynomially convex domain.
Thus, we have shown that 0, is a domain of holomorphy (see
section 16.7). Since 0/:::::,0, it follows that H(O)eO,. Therefore,
the sequence [P.l converges uniformly in H(O), defining a function
that is holomorphic in H(O) (see section 4.4). On the basis of the
holomorphic continuation theorem (see section 6.1), this function
coincides with the original function j. This establishes the fact that
an arbitrary function j EHo can be represented as the limit of a
sequence of polynomials that converges uniformly in fiCO). This
means that H(O) is a Runge domain, which completes the proof.
Remark: The reasoning followed in the above proof can easily
be generalized to the case of functions belonging to any class
Ka (in the present case, Ko =11. In this way, we obtain a solution
of Julia's problem, namely, that every domain of uniform con-
vergence of a sequence of hoi omorphic functions is a domain of
holomorphy (see Cartan and Thullen [7]).
Let us give some examples of Runge domains.
(1) Multiple-circular domains that contain their centers (this
follows from section 14.1).
(2) Complete Hartogs domains [z: IZII < R (Z). EB] if the z
base B is a Runge domain in en-I (this follows from section 15.3).
(3) Semi tubular domains [z: v (i) < XI < V (z), EBI if B is az
Runge domain (see Shirinbekov [74]).

9. Weil's theorem

For a domain G to be a Runge domain, it is necessary and sufficient that its

envelope of holomorphy H (0) be polynomially convex (see Weil [71]),
Proof of the necessity: Suppose that 0 is a Runge domain. Then,
from the preceding theorem, H(O) is a Runge domain. Since H(O)
is a holomorphically convex domain, on applying the lemma of
section 15.2 where we take KH(O,=HH(OI and K~(o,=P, we conclude
that H (0) is a polynomially convex domain.
Proof of the sufficiency: Suppose that H (0) is a polynomially con-
vex domain. Then. it is the union of an increasing sequence of
polynomial Weil domains (see section 16.11). Therefore, for an
arbitrary subdomain D that is compact in H (a), there exists a
POlynomial Weil domain

,,= [z: IP. (z)1 < 1. (X = \, 2, , ... N; z EU (0)1

such that DEO~H(O).

218 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

Suppose that a function f (z) is holomorphic in H (0). Then. in

the domain ". this function can be represented in the form of an
absolutely and uniformly convergent series (50)

I (z) = ~ ~ Qo,' (z) [Po (z»)',

'I < ... < On "1:;' 0

where the functions Q•. • (z) defined by formula (51) are polynomials
[since in (42) we may take polynomials for the functions p.,(z)]. It
follows from this that. for every E> O. there exists a polynomial
p(z) such that

I/(z)-P(z)I<E, zED.

Thus. H(O), and hence a. must be a Runge domain (see section

24.8). This completes the proof of the theorem.
COROLLARIES. 1. Every polynomial domain is a Runge domain; every convex
domain is a Runge domain (see Bremermann [73]).
This is true because every convex domain is a polynomially
convex domain (see section 16.11).
2. For a K-convex domain G to be a Runge domain, it is necessary and sufficient
that the class of polynomials be dense in the class KG.
This follows from Weil's theorem and the lemma in section 16.2.

25. BOCHNER'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION

Bochner's representation has to do with unbounded tubular
radial domains. Therefore, in contrast with the representations
that we have considered above, this representation is valid not for
all functions that are holomorphic in the domains in question but
only for those that decrease sufficiently rapidly at infinity.

1. Cones

A cone CeRn (with vertex at zero) is defined as a set of

points with the property that yEC implies >..y E C for all positive >...
The intersection of the cone C with the unit sphere I.vl = 1
is called its projection, which we shall denote by pr C. A cone C'
such that pr C' c pr C will be called a compact subcone. of the
cone C. For any cone C, we define the dual cone (see Fig. 54)

C· = [;: ~y >- 0. y EC).

The cone C· is closed and convex. It is easy to verify that
C' = C- = 0 (C)*and C·· = 0 (C), where 0 (C) is the convex envelope
of the cone C.
 BOCHNER'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 219

From this it follows that. for O<C)=O(Ct), it is necessary and

sufficient that C· =ct.
If CO = C. we shall call the cone C self-dual. For example. the
light cones r+ = I.Y: .Y1 > Iill and r- = [.Y: Y1 < -I )711 (future and past
respectively) (see Fig. 55) and also ~e octant r J = [.Y: YJ > 0, j =
1. 2, .... nl are self-dual cones. Here. Y=(Y2' }la' .... Yn).
We shall call the function

the indicatrix of a cone C. It is a convex

(and hence continuous) homogeneous
function of degree 1 and satisfies the
inequalities

Fig. 54

- -
LEMMA 1. POT C to be equal to Ct. it is necessary and sufficient that
/Lc <e) '" /Lc I <e).
The necessity of the condition is obvio~ s.!nce POe (~) PO, (E). Let =
us prove its sufficiency. Suppose that C~CI' Then. there exists
a point eo E pr C such that eo E pr 1 (see Fig. 56). Therefore. c
l'e(-eO)= IEol = I and

which. by hypothesis. is impossible.

If E E C·, then POc (e) > OJ if ~ E C', then POe (e) <O. Thus (see
Fig. 54),

C· = IE: POc (E) <: 0); C. = Rft \ C· = I;: POe (e) > 0).

We note that, for all E.

(53)

Let us show that if e E. CO • then

POe (E) = POo (e) <e). (54)

Since POo (e) (e) <. 0 for e E CO, then ~y ~ 0 for ally E0 (C). Further-
more, since the function ey is linear with respect to y, its extreme
220 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

values in an arbitrary set and in the convex envelope of that set

cOincide. Therefore (see Fig. 54).

II-C(~) = - inf ~y= - Inf Ey =

yEprc YEC,- U(O. I)

=- Inf E.v:>- Inf Ey=

YEO[C,-U(O. I») YEO(C),-U(O. I)

= - Inf Ey = 11-0 (C) (E). EEC·

HO(C)

(since o (C) '\ U (0. l)c:O IC '\ U (0. 1D. which. together with inequality
(53),proves Eq. (51).

'.k----.z:,
1

Fig. 55 Fig. 56

We now introduce the number

fLO (C) (E)

Pc = sup (e)
tEC. fLc

Since II-c m> 0 for ~ EC•• it follows from inequality (53) that Pc>- 1.
The number Pc characterizes the nonconvexity of the cone C.
Specifically. we have
LE~fMA 2. Por a cone C to be convex, it is necessary and sufficient that
Pc = 1.
The necessity is obvious. To prove the suffiCiency. suppose
that Pc = ). Then. on the basis of (53) and (54), II-c (E) = 11-0 (C) mfor all
E. From Lemma 1. C= 0 (C). which completes the proof.
LEMMA 3. If a cone C is open and consists of a finite number of components,
Pc < +00.
Proof: Let us first show that

1'0 (C) (E) = 1 and I'c m>- a > 0 for all E E pr O( - C). (55)

Since ~ E pr 0 (- C). there exists a y = y (e) E pr C at which

-;y > 0)
since otherwise. we should have Ey:> 0 for all y E pr C
and hence Ey :> 0 for all y E pr 0 (C). which is impossible for
y = - 'E pr O(C). From this, we have the equaUon!'O(C)(e)= I
 BOCHNER'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 221

and the inequality p-c<e) > 0 for all eE pr 0 (- e). Thus, the con-
tinuous function I-'-c m is positive on the compact set pr 0 (- e) and
therefore.
Inf I-'-c (e) = a > O.
eEprO(-C)

Suppose that O(el=R·. In this case. pre.=le: lei = II.and it follows

from (55) that Pc = 1/ a + =.
which proves the lemma.
Suppose now that 0 (e) =!= R". In this case, we may assume that
o (e) and CO lie in the semispace YI ~ 0 (this is true because there
exists a point y" EO (el such that y"y ~ 0 for ally E0 (C). and since
y" E 0 (el, it follows that y"e ~ 0 for
all eECO [see Fig. 57] ). y,

Let us prove that

P-c m= 1-'-0 (e) (e) for el > O. (56)

en the basis of Eq. (54), it will --~--~~~---+---~=O
be sufficient to prove this equation
for I-'-c(e) > O. where el > O.
Suppose that
(Joc (e) = -eyO > o. yOEprC;
1'0 eC) (e) = - ey' > 0, y' Epr 0 (e)" (57)

We introduce the closed set (see Fig. 57)

(58)

which contains the point yO. Since the cone 0 (el lies in the semi-
space YI ~ 0 , it follows that

By consideration of (57)-(59). we obtain Eq. (56):

P-c(~)= -eya = sup (-ey)= sup (-ey) =
YEprC YEC~, IYI-I
= sup (-ey) = sup (-ey)= sup (-Ey)=
JlEC, JlEO(Ct) yEO (C E). IYlal
= - e,)" =1'0 (C) (e).

Since the cone e is open, the cone CO is compact in the cone

IE:el>OI (see Fig. 57). Therefore, the function I-'-cm whichis
continuous on the compact set Ie: EI < o. lei = I I. is positive. so that

inf
E.<O. IEI=!
POc m= a > O.
222 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

From this and from Eq. (56), we conclude that Pc =..!. < + 00.
which completes the proof. a

EXAMPLES
(1) C=R". ThenR"'=[O), fIoRn(E) = lEI. and PRn=I._
(2) C = r+ is a future light cone. Then. r H = r. Pr += 1. and

I lEI, EE- r+,

fIor+(E)=t ~ <IE/-E), eE"-r+,

(3) c=r=r+ur- =[y: y~ > /.v/ 2J is alightcone.Then. O(r)=R n •

r-= [0). Pr = 12. fIoo (I') (E) = iel and

2. Tul1u.lar radial domains

+
We shall refer to a cone TC = R" Ie. where C is an open cone
in Rn. as a tubular cone. If the cone C is connected. we shall call TC
a tubular radial domain.
Consider a connected open cone C such that a (C) contains no
complete straight line.* Then. int C'+ 0. This follows from the
following lemma:
LEMMA 1. For a cone OW) to contain an entire straight line, it is necessary
and sufficient that the cone C* lie in some (n - I)-dimensional plane.
Proof: If the cone C· lies in an (n - I)-dimensional plane ee =0.
where lel=l, then ±eE(C')* =O(C). In this case, an arbitrary
straight line y = yO + te for - 00 < t < 00 • where yO E0 (C). is
contained in a (C) (see section 58).
Conversely. suppose that 0 (C) contains a straight line y = yO
+te for - 0 0 < t < 00, where yOE a (C). For an arbitrary point EEC',
we then have YOE + tee > 0 for all t. From this it follows that
Ee = 0; that is. the cone C* lies in the plane Ee = O. which completes
the proof.

·In this case, a tubular radial domain

domain. For this reason, r: r:
is equivalent (see section 7.5) to a boUIlded
is sometimes called an essentially bo\Dlded domain (see
Gindikin [76]).
 BOCHNER'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 223

LEMMA 2. Let C be an open cone and C' a cone that is compact in 0 (C).
Then, there exist a number a = a(C') > 0 and an open cone e" = en (C') (see
Fig. 59> containing the cone e· such that

yEC', (60)

Proof; Since the cone C' consists of interior points of the cone
C.. = 0 (C), we have y~ > 0 for all ~ E pr C- and all y E pr C' (see
section 25.1). Inequality (60) for some a> 0 and C" follows from
this and from the homogeneity and continuity of the form y~. In this
case, the cone C· is compact in C", which completes the proof.
For tubular radial domain TC, we introduce the kernel

K(z)= f ,lzEd~. (61)

e·
The function K (z) is holomorphic in TO (e). For all y in the cone C' that is
compact in 0 (C),

(62)

Proof; If the cone 0 (C) contains an entire straight line, it follows

from Lemma 1 that mes CO = 0 and the assertion is trivial. There-
fore, let us assume that O(C) does not contain any entire line. Sup-
pose that U (ZO, 8) Iii: TO (el. Then, it follows from inequality (60) (see
Lemma 2) that ~y > I; I a, where a > 0 , for all ~ E CO and z EU (ZO, 8).
From this we conclude that the integral (61) and all its derivatives

D'K(z)= f e-y<+IX«iE)"de
e·
converge uniformly with respect to z EU (ZO, 8) since

If e- YE +lxE (l;)" d~ I<: an

00

f e-arrl"l+n-ldr < + 00,

c· °

-e

c·
Fi~. 58 Fij!;.59
224 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

where an is the area of the surface of a unit sphere in Rn. From

this and the arbitrariness of the neighborhood U (zo. a), it follows that
the function K (z) is holomorphic in TO IC) (see section 4.2).
Furthermore. it follows from (61) that the function K (x + ly) is.
for each fixed yEO (C) the Fourier transform of the function
e-yeec.m. where ec.(~) is the characteristic function of the cone C-
(see section 1.2). Therefore. Parseval's inequality (see section 3.9)
holds:

J IK(x +ly)1 2 dx = (21t)n Je- !Yde.

c·
2 (63)

Inequality (62) follows from this equality and from inequality (60)
for all y E C':
00

IIK(x+ly)1I 2 =(21t)n an J e-2arlY!r"-ldr < M(C') Iyl-II.

o

EXAMPLES
(1) Suppose that C = 1'1 = (y: YI> O. J = 1, 2..... nJ. Then. ~ = ~
and

co IE 'Iel
J... Je J
00
~
K(z)= del'" den = .
o 0 Z,Z. '" ZII

(2) Suppose that c=r'. then r+" =r+ and (see section 30)

For n = 1. these kernels can be transformed into the Cauchy kernel.

3. Functions that are holomorphic in tubular radial domains

Suppose that a function f (z) is holomorphic in a tubular radial
domain rc and that. for all y in a cone C' that is compact in C.

(64)

for any £ > o.

 BOCHNER'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 225

Let us show that the function

gy(~)=(2tt)-nety f !(x+ly)e-I(xdx=
= (2tt)-n f / (z) e-1tzdz
(65)
l ,', dZ n
z:x+ly

is independent of y E C. It follows from condition (64) that. for an

arbitrary subdomain BrsC.

f 1!(x+ly)1 dy_O 2 as Ixl_oo,

B

From this and from the Cauchy-Poincare theorem (see section 22.6).
we conclude that the integral (65) is independent of the plane of
integration z = x + ly. Ix I < + 00 no matter how fast y varies in
the domain B. This means that the function gym is independent of
y E B. Since B is an arbitrary compact subdomain of the cone C •
.g y (~) is independent of y for all y in C.
We now denote the function g y (E) by g (E). This function is
measurable and. on the basis of (65). it possesses the properties

gme-tYE~ for all yEC; (66)

/ (z) = f g (~) eiz, d~ for all z ETe, (67)

Here. Parseval's equation holds:

yEC. (68)

Let us show that g (~) E ~ • On the basiS of inequality (64). we

obtain from (68)

yEC', (69)

From this and from Fatou's lemma (see section 2.8). we conclude
that

f Ig(~)12de,;;;: lim f Ig(~)12e-2tYd~<MI(C')

Itl<R ~E~' itl<R

for arbitrary R > O. This inequality means that g mELz·

226 INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIONS

Let us shou' that g (f) ~ 0 almost everywhere in the cone C*. In particular, if
the cone 0 «:) contains an entire straight line. then g(~) ~ 0 almost everywhere
in Rn. (In this case. mes C* ~ 0 [see section 25.21.)
'*
Suppose on the contrary that g (~) 0 on a set of positive measure
in the cone C. = RR \ C'. Then, there exists a point EO EC. such that
g (E) *- 0 on a set of positive measure in the sphere I ~ - EO I < 0
for arbitrary 0 > O. Since eo EC., there exists a point yO E pr C such
that eOyo < - a < O(see Fig. 60). From continuity considerations, this
inequality must hold in a sufficiently small sphere I~ - eo I < a' <: 0 ;
that is, eyO < -a for all I e - EO I < &' • Therefore,if we set
C' = [y: y = tyO, t > 0] in inequality (69), we obtain

(21t)-n M;, ,(C') e2• t >- I Ig (~)12 e- 2Iy'( de >-

>- f Ig(OI2e-2tY"d~>-e2t. f
1<-<'1 <5' 1<-('1<6'

which is impossible for E < a and t -+ 00 • Therefore, g m = 0 almost

everywhere in C••
Thus. the function

f(x+IO)= f g(;)e1x<de (70)

c·
and. on the basis of (67). Parseval's equality holds:

III (x +ly) - f (x + 10)11 2 = (21tt I Ig (~)J2(1-e-'Y)2de. (71)

c·

Since ~y >- 0 for ~ E C· and y E C. by using Lebesgue's theorem

on taking the limit under the Lebesgue integral sign (see section 2.5).
we obtain from (71)

f If(x+ly)-f(x+tO)1 dx-+O 2

for y-+O, yEC.

Thus, we have obtained the fol-

lowing result (see Bochner [57]): Every
function f(z) that is holomorphic in a tubular
radial domain T C and satisfies conditions (64)
c. has thf' limiting value
Fig. 60
f(x+tO)= lim f(x+ly),
y .... O. yE c

u'hich is independent of the sequence y ~ °

for), E C. Convergence here is under-
stood in the L2 sense. Tf the cone O(e) contains an entire straight line,f(z) '" O.
 BOCHNER'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 227

Remark: An investigation will be made in section26.3 of boundary

values of functions that are holomorphic in TC and that satisfy a
weaker condition than (64).
In Bochner's work [57]. a study is made of the class of functions
satisfying a more restrictive condition than (64): II/ (x + ly)11 -< M,.
It is assumed in this connection that the cone C is convex and that
C does not contain any complete straight line.

4. Bochner's formula
Every function f(z) that is holomorphic in a tubular radial domain T C and that
satisfies inequality (64) can be represented in the form of an integral

/ (z) = (2!)n fK (z - x') / (x' + to) dx'. (72)

where K (z) is the kernel of T C and f(x + iOl is the boundary value of the function
fez) as y ... 0 for y E C.
Proof: Since g m = 0 almost everywhere in R n '\ C', formula (67)
can be represented in the form

(73)

If we apply the convolution theorem to the integral (73) and make use
of formulas (61) and (70), we obtain formula (72).
Corollary. Every function f(z) that is holomorphic in a tubular radial domain
T C and that satisfies equality (63) is holormophic in the convex envelope 0 (T c ) =
TO (e). For all y in a cone C' that is compact in O(C), it satisfies an inequality
of the form

n
II/(x +ly)11 <: N(C') lyl-YII/(x+tO)ll. (74)

where the number N (C') is independent of f(z). Here, if the cone 0 (C) contains an
entire straight line, then f (z),= O.
Remark: That / (z) is holomorphic follows from the representation
(73) and from the properties of the kernel K (z) and also from
Bochner'S theorem [see section 17.5]). Inequality (74) follows from
the representation (72). from inequality (62), and from the
Bunyakovskiy-Schwarz inequality:

11/(x+ly)1I <: (21t)-nIIK(x+ ly- x')I! III (x' +10)11 =

=(21t)-nIlK(x+ly)lIlI/(x+IO)11 -<
n
-< (21t)-n V M(C') lyl-TII/(x+IO)II.
228 I NTEGRAL REPRESENTATION

R('mark: The integration in formula (72) is over the "edge" R n

of the "wedge" TC, that is, the hull of the domain fC. The orienta-
tions of the hull R n and the cone TC must be consistent (see section
22.2) .
More general integral representations have been found by
Gindikin [76] for tubular domains, by Ayzenberg [122] for convex
domains, and by Temlyakov [152] and Ayzenberg[153] for multiple-
circular domains.
 CHAPTER V

Some Applications of the Theory of

Functions of Several Complex Variables
Wishing to illustrate the application of the methods of the theory
of functions of several complex variables in quantum field theory
with a number of examples, we shall, in the present chapter, ex-
pound several characteristic mathematical results and statements
of problems associated with one direction taken by this theory,
namely, with what are known as dispersion relations. The exposition
is presented under more general conditions than is required for
quantum field theory. Therefore, the results presented, apart from
their immediate purpose. have an independent, purely mathematical.
interest. They find applications in connection with certain questions
concerning the theory of functions and the theory of partial dif-
ferential equations with constant coefficients.
The mathematical results discussed are sufficient for proving
the dispersion relations. Use of them reduces the mathematical
portion of this proof to basically algebraic calculations. There-
fore, we shall not prove here the dispersion relations in general
but shall confine ourselves to an exposition of the more difficult
and interesting of them, those that are connected with nontrivial
use of the theory of functions of several complex variables.
Complete proofs of the dispersion relations (from a standpoint
of both physical and mathematical aspects) are given in the works
by Bogolyubov. Medvedev, and Polivanov [22]. Bogolyubov. and
Vladimirov [39]. Logunov and Stepanov [100], Bremermann, Oehme,
and Taylor [27. 34]. Lehmann [28]. Vladimirov and Logunov [29],
Todorov [101]. and Omnes [31].* A mathematically correct proof of
the dispersion relations was first given by Bogolyubov in 1956 in an
address in Seattle. Washington (see also [221. Appendix A and [39]).
We shall barely touch on another interesting branch of the theory
aSSOCiated with the axiomatization of Wightman. namely. the study
of the analytic properties of the vacuum expectation values of the
products of field operators. The reader who is interested in this

·We also mention a new approach to the proof of the dispersion relations that has
been developed in recent works by Bros, Epstein, and Glaser [124J. and Bros, Messiah,
and Stora [26] and that does not use the Jost-Lehmann-Dyson representation.
229
 230 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

toJliC is referred to the original works by Wightman [24, 32, 61],

K8Ilen and Wightman [25], K8I16n [125], Dyson [35J, Jost [113J,
Ruelle [50, 127], Brown [64], Streater [102-104, 114], Steinmann
[128, 129], Araki [126], and Bros, Epstein, and Glaser [124J.
It should be noted that along with functions of several complex
variables, we shall use generalized functions extensively in this
chapter, especially, generalized functions of slow increase (the
space S*, see section 3). In section 26, we shall discuss the prop-
erties of functions that are holomorphic in tubular cones. Here,
we shall pay especial attention to the establishment of a connection
between the growth of these functions and the properties of their
spectral functions. In section 27, we shall prove the "edge of a
wedge" theorem of Bogolyubov, which we shall strengthen and gen-
eralize somewhat. Section 28 contains the theorem on a C-convex
envelope. In section 29, an exposition is made of various appli-
cations of the results obtained. We shall also consider generalized
functions connected with a light cone (see section 30), and various
representations of generalized solutions of the wave equation (see
section 31). In section 32, we shall derive the Jost-Lehmann-
byson integral representation. We shall use this representation
in section 33 to construct an envelope of holomorphy K (T Ua) and
shall apply the results obtained to questions on the verification of
the disperSion relations.

26. FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLOMORPHIC

IN TUBULAR CONES
Functions that are holomorphic in tubular cones (see section
25.2) are of great Significance in various fields of mathematics and
theoretical physics, for example, in the theory of the (Fourier-)
Laplace transformations, the theory of generalized functions, and
quantum field theory. One of the basic problems connected with
such functions consists in finding the relations between the in-
crease in these functions and the properties of their spectral
functions.

1. SPectral junctions
Suppose that a function f (z) is holomorphic in a tubular domain
TB = R n + lB.. We shall use the term spectral function of the function
f (z) to denote the generalized function g ED' possessing the fol-
lowing properties:
(a) gme-EyEs· for all yEB;
I
(b) f (z) = F Ig (e) rYE) (x) = g (e) e1z<de for all z ETB.
Here, we shall call the function fez) the Fourier-Laplace transform
of the spectral function gm.
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLOMORPHIC 231

We shall refer to the carrier of the spectral function g as the

spectrum of the function f (z). As is clear from the definition. if a
given function has a spectral function. it is unique.
If B is an open set and consists of components BI' B2• •••• we
can consider fez) on each component rB. separately and speak of
the set of spectral functions g" corresponding to the components B"
(for.k = I, 2.... ).
The question of the existence of spectral functions is answered
by the following theorem, which follows from the results of Schwartz
[45].
THEOREM.* For a function fez) that is holomorphic in a tubular domain T8
to be the Fourier-Laplace transform of some spectral function, it is (a) sufficient
that, for an arbitrary compact set K C B, there exist numbers M = M (K) and
m = m (K) such that

zER"+IK: (1)
and (b) necessary that fez) be holomorphic in the convex envelope O(T B ) = TO (B)
and that il and all its derivatives satisfy an inequality of the type (1).
COROLLARY. If fez) is holomorphic in TB and satisfies inequality (1), then
fC.z) is holomorphic**in TO(B) and it and its derivatives satisfy an inequality of
the type (1) in TO(B).
Let us prove the sufficiency. Suppose that f (z) is holomorphic
+
in a tubular domain R" IB = r B and satisfies inequality (1) in it.
+
Then. for every y EB. the function f (x ly) defines a functional on
S. Consequently.

(2)
and. therefore,
(3)

Let us show that gy(E) is independent of yEB. Leta be an arbi-

trary subdomain that is compact in B and let N be an integer:> 1/2
(m+n+l) where m=m(O). Let us choose a number A>O such
that, for all z E R" + 10. the inequality

(4)

is satisfied. By using formulas (20) of Chapter 1. we obtain from

(2) and (3)

-For LI functions, the corresponding theorem was proven by Bochner [149].

--That I (z) is holomorphic in TO (B; also follows from Bochner's tbeorem (see
section 17.5).
232 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

gym =
(A - t1)N
(2..)4
J I(x
[A + (x
+ Iy) ,-1£ (..-+Iy)
+ iy)(x + iy)]N dx.
It follows from inequalities (1) and (4) that the function

I (z)(A + ZZ)-Ne-lta
Is holomorphic in "fO and that its modulus does not exceed C(O),ty
(1 +
Ix!>-II-I. Therefore, the integral

f I(x+iy).-l£(.r+ly)
[A+(x+iy)(x+ly)]N
dx =

= JI
z-s+ly
(z)(A + ZZ)-N e- I £% dZ I ••• dZ 4

converges and, on the basis of the Cauchy- Poincar~ theorem (see

section 22.6), it is independent of the plane of integrationz = x +ly,
where Ixl <00, no matter how fast y varies in the domain Q. Since
a is an arbitrary compact subdomain of the domain B, it follows
that gym is independent of y for all y in B (cf. section 25.3). If we
denote C.y(e) by g m, we conclude on the basis of (2) and (3) that
gED" possesses properties (a) and (b), so thatg(e) is the spectral
function ofl (z).
The necessity of the conditions follows from the results of the
preceding section.

2. Properties of spectral junctions

For a generalized flDlCtion g Ce> E D* to be the spectral flDlCtion of a function
I (z) = F [e-£Yg (m (x).

that is holomorphic in a domain TO (B), it is necessary and sufficient that

e-ey gCe> E s* for y E 8.
The necessity is obvious. Let us prove the sufficiency. Con-
=
sider a compact set K 0 (B). As a preliminary, let us show that,
for some £ = a (K) > 0, the set of generalized functions
[T:T(E)=g(E)e-£y+d'l+l£I'. yEK] (5)

is bounded SO (see section 3.7).

Since K cO (B). it follows that K' e 0 (B) for sufficiently small a> O.
Therefore. the domain B contains a finite number of pointsy(l). y(2).
• • •• y(1I the closed convex envelope of which (i.e •• the polyhedron 1t
contains K' (see Fig. 61). Let us represent functions belonging to
the set (5) in the form
g (E) e-(Y+'Yl+ifji' = ~ e,¥I+I£l'a(E. y)[g(E)e-£y(k)J. (6)
l<k<1
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOL..OMORPHIC 233

where

The function a (~. y) is infinitely differentiable and satisfies the

inequalities

(7)

(8)

To see this. note that for y E'It

Keeping the inequality between the arithmetic and geometric means

(see [10]. p. 29). we obtain the inequality

from which it follows that a <: 1. By using inequality (7) and the flWt
thatK'c1t. we obtain inequality (8):

e·YTt'ifjia(E. y)<: eH'IE1a(e. y)=

= e' max e-Exa (e. y)= e' max a (e. y+ x) <: e'.
Ixl'" Ixl'"

It follows from the definition of the function a (e. y) that none

of the derivatives D·a (e. y) with respect to e exceeds a quantity
of the form K.(e. y)a(e. y) in absolute
value, where the K. (e. y) are bounded //(1)
for all eERft and yEK. Since, in U';'~~~
addition. the derivatives of all orders
of the function V 1 + 1e12 are bounded
by USing inequalities (7) and (8),
we obtain
ID·e,Vl+ IEI'a(e. y)/<:c.«h.
(e. y)E R" x K (9)

for all sufficiently small £ > o.

Furthermore. since y(k) EB, it fol- FiS. 61
lows from condition (a) that
g (e) ,-EY\R) ES". for 1 < k <: l. From this and from (6) and (9). we con-
clude that the set (5) is bounded in S" •
234 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

Since K is an arbitrary compact set contained in 0 (B), it follows

from the boundedness of the set (5) in s· that g (~) e- ty ES· for all
yEO(B). that is, g(~) possesses the property (a)in O(B). Let us show
that it also possesses property(b)in TO (B), that is, that!(z)is holo-
morphic in TO(B).
Let a be an arbitrary domain that is compact in 0 (8). Then,
from what we have proven,
g(~)e-'YHYI+ltl'ES", yE a
for some ER". Therefore, we have a chain of equations (see
section 3.9): -
(f(x+ly), F ['i')) = (F Ig (E) e- tY ], F [er)) =

=(21t)"(g(E)e- ty , 'i'(E» = (g(E)e- ty , f e-I~F[cp)(X)dX) =

= f (g (E) e lz , H Ylt It I', e-' YI +1 t I') F [cp](x) dx.
From this follows the representation
!(z)=(g(E)eIZ,HYltltl', e-,Yf+ffii), zETO=R"+IO. (10)

We conclude from this representation that the function! (z) de-

fined in the domain TO possesses all the partial derivatives
(11)

On the basis of the fundamental theorem of Hartogs (see section

+
4.2), the function! (z) is holomorphic in R" to. Since a is an arbi-
trary compact subdomain 0 (B), it follows that ! (Z)i8 ho!omorphic
in the domain TO(B). This proves our assertion.
Let us show that all the derivatives Da (z) in TO( Bl satisfy inequality
(1).
Since the set (5) (for K = a) is bounded in S' , we obtain inequal-
ity (1) from the representation (11) for all z E" TO (see section 3.7):
IDa! (z)1 = I(g (E) e-t)lt.YI +It I', (IE)" elxE-ol'l +1 t I') 1-<:
<:11K (~) e-tYHYi+TfiIll":Nh"eIXH YI +1 tl'll.v <:: M (1 + IxDN.
Thus, from what we have proven, ! (x + Iy) E8 M for yEO (B) and,
consequently,
yE o (B),
where g is the spectral function of! (z). Thus, for ally E0 (B), the
generalized function g (~) e- ty is a convolutor in S" (see section 3.6).
This makes it possible to define the convolution of any two spectral
functions (for a given domain B).
Consider two spectral functions g. m
where k = 1. 2. Then, the
functions
It (z) = F [g. (c) e-!Y) (x), k= 1. 2
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOL.OMORPHIC 235

are holomorphic in TO(B) and they satisfy inequality (1). Their

product I (z) = II (z) 12 (z) is a holomorphic function in TO (8), and
it satisfies inequality (1). Therefore, according to the theorem in
section 26.1, I (z) has a (unique) spectral function g which we m.
shall call the convolution of gl(~) and g2(e) and we write g=gl*g2'
From this definition and from formulas (24) and (25) of Chapter
1. we get the formula

yEO(B), (12)

where the left member is the convolution in S- defined in section

3.9. Also. e- EY (gl*g2) Ea~.
Thus. we have obtained the following results (see Schwartz
[45]). The set of special functions (for a given domain BJ constitutes a commutat-
ive ring with unity without zero divisors (with respect to the operation of convolu-
tion just defined).

3. The existence oj boundary values in the space S*

Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in the tubular domain T C R ;
Rn + iCR, where CR ; C n V <0, R) and C is a connected cone. Suppose that, for
an arbitrary number R' < R and an arbitrary cone C' that is compact in C,
I/(x+ly)1 <.C(R', C')lyra(l+lxj)P,
(13)
z ER n +t [C' n U (0, R')J,

where the nonnegative numbers a and (:3 are independent of R' and C'. Then, there
exists in S* a unique boundary value

I(x)= lim l(x+ty)ES(m)., m=ex+~+n+3, (14)

)/-+0, )I-+C

that is independent of the sequence y ... 0 for y E C. (Here, we assume that the
sequence y ... 0 is contained in some cone c' that is compact in C.) (See Vladimirov
[42, 30); for the octant TO ; C, see Tillman (133).)
Proof: We may assume that the nonnegative numbers ex and ~
are integers. Let us choose a compact subcone C' e.C and a positive
+
number'"lj such that (a. 2) '"Ij < R. Let us show that the set

[f: /=/(x+tY"t), yEprC', o< "t-<'"Ij) (15)

is bounded in S" • The function

/0 (A; x, Y)=/(X+Ay).

is holomorphic in the strip 0 < "t < R and, on the basis of (13), sat-
isfies the inequality
236 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

110 (A; x. )1)1 <C(O)'t-" (1 Ixl+lall. +

)lEprC'.O<'t<'I(r1+2).

But then, the function

A

IdA; x. y)=L/o= floW; x. y)dA'.

I~

where the integration is taken over the straight line connecting

the points 1'1 and ).., is holomorphic in the strip 0 < 't < R and, for
0< 't <. 'I(a+ 1) satisfies the inequality
I

I/l()..; x. Y)I<fl/o[/)..+(1-/)/'I; x.yIlIA-1'lldl<

o

Finally, the function

is holomorphic in the strip 0 < 'I < R and satisfies the inequality
1/.+1 ()..; x. y)1 <C(HI)(1 + + laD~(l + lalrl.
Ixl
<
y Epr C'. 0 < 't '/j,

From this inequality and the relation

we conclude (remembering that the differentiation operator is con-

tinuous from S· into SO) that the set

If: 1=/(x+ya+/y't). )lEprC', O<'t<'I1 (16)

is bounded with respect to the norm in sl;:~), where m = ~ + rI + n + 3.

Suppose that M is a bounded set in S<xm): II'f'IIm < A, where cpE M.
Let us fix the function x(a)ES. so thatJ x(a)da= 1. Then, the set

is bounded in 81;:).), that is,

 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOL.OMORPHIC 237

From this and the boundedness of the set (16), we obtain, for all
q>EM,

If I(X+1Y't)<P{X)dxl=
= If I{x - yo+ yo+ Iy't) <p(x)'x dx do I= (0)

= If I (u+ ya+ly't) {u+ yo)X(o)du do I""

<p

-<: II/(u+ ya+1Y't)L m 1I<p(u + yo)x(o)lI m <. LBA.

This inequality proves that the set (15) is bounded in $om ... (see
section 3.7).
Note that g (e) is the spectral function of I (z) (its existence fol-
lows from the theorem in section 26.1). Since g (E) ED·, we have,
for arbitrary <P ED,

lim (g (E) rYE, <p (E» = (g. <p).

y-+o
From this it follows that

lim
Y-+O.YEC'
(f (x + Iy). F [cp)) = (2'1t)n (g. If). <p ED (17)

for an arbitrary sequence y _ 0 in C'. Since D is dense in S (see

section 3.6) and the operator F is a homeomorphism of S onto S,
the set Q = [1jI : '1' = F [cpl. cp EDJ is dense in S. But S is dense in S(,.~
Therefore, Q is dense in S(m).
Thus, an arbitrary sequence of functionals
(f{x+'y). ~(x». y_O, yEC',

that is bounded in norm in Sm). converges to a set Q that is dense

in S(m).. From the Banach-Steinhaus theorem (see section 3.7),
the function / ES(m). c=S· has the weak limit:

lim
Y-+O, YEC'
(/ (x + Iy). ~ (x») = (j. ~).

On th~ basis o.r (1 !~'. the functional IE s<mJo constructed on the set
Q that IS dense m S(·· IS of the form
(f. 4)=(21t)"(g. p-I [41). ~EQ.

Consequently, it is independent of the sequence y - 0 contained in

the (arbitrary but fixed) subcone C', which is compact in C. Since
the space S is perfect (see section 3.6), the sequence I (x /y), +
where y _ 0, and y EC, also converges to Q in norm in some space
S/)~ where 1~ m (see section 3.7), which complet.es the proof.
Thus, condition (13), which is more restrictive than condition
(1) ensures that the spectral function gee) will belong to the space
238 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

so. This is true because the boundary value of IE S' and. hence.
by virtue of (17), S can be extended to the entire space g according
to the formula

from which it follows that

g=P-'lfJES*·

4. The class Hp(a; C)

We shall now consider a more restricted class of functions that

are holomorphic in the tubular cone TC. We shall say that a function
I(z)belongs to the class Hp(a; C) (where(p ~ 1. a ~ 0) if it is holo-
morphic in the tubular cone rc and, for an arbitrary subcone C'
that is compact in C the inequality
II (z)1 -< At (C')(I + IzI)P(I + Iy 1-°) ea I, 1p. z E]'C' (18)

is satisfied for certain nonnegative values of a and ~, which do not

depend on C'. We define

Hp(a+e; C)= n>a

/J'
Hp(a'; C); Ho(C)=HI(O; C}.

Suppose that the components of the cone C are the cones CI •

C2• •••• It follows from the results of the preceding section that a
function fez) of the class Hp(a; C) has boundary values

lim l(x+ly)=/A(x)ES*. k= 1, 2, ....

,-+O."E cA
The corresponding spectral functions g~=F-llfAJ also belong to S'.
Let us review certain definitions associated with an open cone
C (see section 25.1). C· is the dual of the cone C; C.=R" \,C'; IlC<E)
is the indicatrlx of the cone C; Pc characterizes the nonconvexity
of the cone C.
We have the following theorems for functions of the classH" (a; C):
THEOREM 1.* Consider a function fez) E Hp(a + E; C), where C is a con-
nected cone, p > 1, and a > O. The spectral function g(~) of fez) carr be represented
in the form of the sum of a finite number of derivatives of continuous functions
GI (~) of power increase,

(19)

-see Vladimirov [42].

 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLDMORPHIC 239

which, for all ~ € C~, where C~ is an arbitrary cone that is compact in C., and,
fOT all f > 0, satisfy the inequality

(20)

where the numbers p and a are connected with p' and a' by the
relations
1 1
p+y=l. (p' a't (pa)" = 1. (21)

Conversely. if g(~) satisfies these conditions for certain num-

bers a' > 0, p' > 1 and the cone C*. then all the derivatives D', (z)
of its Fourier- Laplace transform / (z) belong to the class H p (p~a +
8; o (C»).
COROLLARY 1. If f(z) € Hp(a + f; C), then Oaf(z) € Hp(pga + f; OW».
COROLLARY 2·. For an entire function f(z) to have a spectral function
g(~) of the form (19), where the continuous functions G/«() satisfy the inequality

lal(~)1 -< M;e-ca'-'IIEI P ' (p' > 1. a' > 0),

it is necessary and sufficient that, for some nonnegative 13, the function f(z)
sat isfy the inequality

(22)

THEOREM 2'*· Suppose that f(z) € Hl (a + l; C), where C is a connected

cone and a ~ O. Then, its spectral function g(,f) € S· and
gm=o, !1c(E) > a.
Conversely, if g € S· vanishes in the domain Pe «() ~ a for some a > 0 and
some cone C, then all the derivatives oaf(z) of its Fourier-Laplace transform f(z)
belong fo the class Hl (Pea; OW».
COROLLARY 1. If f(z), then Oaf(z) € Hl (Pea; OW». In particular, if C is
a convex cone, then Hl (a + £; C) = Hl (a; C).
COROLLARY 2. (Paley-Wiener-Schwartz [11]). For the spectrum of an entire
function f(z) to be contained in a sphere 1(I ~ a, it is necessary and sufficient
that f(z) satisfy inequality (22) for p = 1.
Remark: It follows from Corollaries 1 to Theorems 1 and 2 that
the sets U Hp(a'; C) and HoeC) constitute classes in the sense of
a' ;;'a
section 16.1.

-See Eskin [86].

·*Schwanz [45]. Uons [46]. Bogolyubov and Parasyuk [78]. and Vladimorov [42]. For
functions in L 2 • the corresponding results were obtained by Bochner and Martin [3].
Cllapter VL See also Paley and Wiener [155] and Planchere1 and POlya [156].
240 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

5. Proof of Theorem 1
Suppose that fez) EHp(a+£. C). where p> I and a> 0, that is,
suppose that fez) satisfies inequality (18) for some nonnegative
values of a. and ~. Then, on the basis of section 26.3, there exists
a boundary value

f(x)= lim f(x+'y). (23)

y-+o. yE C

which is a weak limit in the space S(ml: where m=a+~+n+3.

Let us choose an integer N such that 2N > m and let us' set

a=[~]+l. c=L~r. (24)

where (x] denotes the greatest integer not exceeding x. Let

g = rr U ) be the spectral function of f (z). We have (see section
26.2)
g(a),=eey rl (f(x+'y)] (a) =
= F-1[ (2 + c2 ,e,20 +(x+iy)(x +iy»)N f(x+ly) eey] (~).
{2 + c2,e,2o+ (x + iy) (x + ly)I N

By using the properties of the Fourier transformation in S· (see

section 3.9), we may represent this last expression in the form of a
finite sum (19) with functions 0, of the form

O,(a)=p,m
J !(x+iy)e-Ie(X+/Yldx
(2+c l ,e,2'+(X+ly)(X+ly)Jn , '
(25)

where the P, are polynomials, the n, are integers >-

N, and y is an
arbitrary member of C.
Let us show that the integral in (25) is independent of y for all
yEC such that lyl2 < c2IH-+ 1.
For such y,

12+c lal2G +(x + ly)(x+ ly) I >- (26)

>- 12+c2IEI2°+1 xl2 _I yl21 >- I + I X 12.

Therefore, the integrand in (25) is holomorphic in the domain

R" + I [y : y EC. y2 < e2 1 a 12• + 1]
and, by virtue of (18~, it does not exceed in absolute value the
+
quality c" (y) (1 I x I )-n-. Consequently, on the basis of the Cauchy-
Poincare" theorem, the integral in (25) does not change if the plane
of integration z = x + ly (where y = const) is disflaced along y
while remaining in the region y EC, where I y 12 < e21e I + I.
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLDMORPHIC 241

Thus, if l.v I < 1 and y EC, the representation (25) is indepen-

dent of .Y for all e and defines a continuous function e in R".
Furthermore, on the basis of the choice of the number Nand
the inequalities n, ~ N, we have
y_O, yEC
,-I, (x+ly) ,-tu
- - - - ' - - - - - - - : : - -+ <p, (e; x)
+ e + +
[2 e2 1 12• (x iy)2t' [2 + c 1e 1 + I X 2)",
2 2• 1

as y EC - 0 in the sense of the norm of the spaceS(m) for every e.

It follows from this and from (23) that we can take the limit as
y EC - 0 in the representation (25,. As a result, we obtain (see
section 26.2)
0, (e) = P, (e) (f (x), cp, (e; x». (27)

But the norm of the functioncp, (e; x) in the space Sml does not increase
faster than a polynomial in ~:

If we now use the boundedness of the functional 1 in Sm), we con-

clude from this inequality and Eq. (27) that the functions 0, (e) are
of power increase:
10, (e) I= IP, (e) II (I (x), CPI (e; x»1<
<.c,lI/l1_mIP,(e)l(l +IWm•
It remains to prove inequality (20). Let e range over an arbi-
trary subcone C: that is compact inC. = [~: P.c <e> > 0). Since P.c (e) is a
continuous homogeneous function of first degree, there exists a
constant 1 = 1 (cJ such that
(28)

Let us now estabUsh the

LEMMA. Let C; be a cone that is compact in the cone C* = [~: j.lc (~) > 0].
For an arbitrary number "I in CO,D, there exists a cone C' = c' <C;, 71), that is
e
compact in C such that, (or an arbitrary point E C;, there exists a point y~ E prC:
at which
(29)

Proof: Since the function POc (e) is homogeneous, it will be suf-

ficient to prove this assertion forlel = 1. In this case, on the basis
of (28), P.c (e) > 1 > 0 for all eEpr C:. For the cone C' we take a cone
for which (see Fig. 62)
pr C' = n
,'E'pr Be
[y: l.v - y/l > li ' JI Epr c].
242 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

where the number M ~ 1 is taken sufficiently large that prC'"p 0.

Suppose that rC<~) = - YE~' Yt Epr C. EEpr C:. Then, there exists a
vector Y~ Epr C such that Iy, - y~ I -< ~ • Consequently,
-EY~= -EYt+E(Yt - Yn~ ~c(E)-IY. - Y~I~
~~c (e)-Ja~~c m(t -~)~~cm(l-1j). q.e.d.
Let us continue the proof of the theorem. Suppose that EE
.." be an arbitrary number in (0.1) and construct the vector
<. Let
o[f'c (E) Jp .
Yt=Y -ap t
p'
(30)

where ~ is a unit vector defined in accordance with the lemma just

proven. Then, [y: y = Yt. eEC~]c::C'.

FiS·62

Suppose that IeI~ ape For such values of e, we have, in view

of (24) and (28),
p'

I y, I= [f'~~E) jI' < (

p'

I:; y" < ('a; r cE< Vc e +

= 1 I' 21 12• 1.

Therefore, we may set y =)It in the representation (25). Finding

a bound for its absolute value and taking inequality (26) into con-
Sideration, we obtain

olml-<IP,(E)letYej !/(X+iYe!1 dx. EEC:. Iq~ap. (31)

(1+lxI2) I

Let us now observe inequality (18) fory = Ye(with a replaced bya+1j)

and Eq. (30). As a result, we obtain

I'(x +IYe)! -< M:'(C')(1 + 1 x I)P (1 + 1e! t X

X(1 + [,\~e) r'i ")ex p { (a + 1j) [f'~;E)t }.
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLDMORPHIC 243

If we substitute this inequality into inequality (31) and keep inequal-

ities (28) and (29) and Eqs. (21) in mind, we obtain inequality
(20) for all ~ EC: and IEI ~ ap
O,(E)I-< M:'(C') I P,<e> 1(1 + IEI )·(1 + l-fj 0) X
, p'

X exp{ (a+"I/) [I'~~e)r -(1 -"1/) II-e (E) [1'~~e)Jp} X

XJ (1+ I xl )~ dx= M" (C') IP ce>I(l + IE!>· X
+
(1 I X 12)R, ~.,

X exp{ -a'( 1- P''f/ - ~:)[II-e (E){}-<

-< M; (CJ exp {- (a' - a) [II-e (E)t}.
Obviously, on the basis of inequalities (28), inequality (20) is also
valid fori EI < ape
Conversely, suppose that g (~) is the finite sum (19) with con-
tinuous functions a, (e) of power increase that satisfy inequality (20)
in the cone C * for some a' > 0 and p' > 1.
Let y range over a cone C' that is compact in a (C). From
Lemma 2 in section 25.2, there exists a positive number 8 and a
cone C" such that

ey~8IeIIYI. (~. y)EC"XC'. (32)

Here, the cone C· is compact in C ** (see Fig. 59).

Denoting the highest power of increase of the functions a, (E)
by r, we derive from (32) the following inequality, valid for all
(e. y) EC" X C':

(33)

where d is some positive number. On the other hand, if eEC" , it

follows from the inclusion C"=sC* that E ranges over a cone C' =
R",C: which is compact in C*. In this case, inequality (20) yieids

for arbitrary s > O. Let us recall (see section 25.1) that

- Ey -< 11-0 (e) (e) I y I. 11-0 (e) (e) -< pcp.e (e). eEc•. (35)

From inequalities (34) and (35), we conclude that

10, (E) ,-£11-< M;I(CJexp {-(a' -s)[lI-e (E»)p' +
(36)
+ Pell-e (E) Iy il, 'f/ > 0
for all (E. y) EC: X C:
244 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

In particular, it follows from inequalities (33) and (36) and

from the representation (19) that g (e) ,-EY E so for all yEO (C).
Therefore, the function f (z), the Fourier- Laplace transform of
gee), is holomorphic in TO ICl (see section 26.2) and can be repre-
sented in the form (see section 3.9)

f(z)= ~(-IZ>'
, JO,(e)e'~de. zETO(C). (37)

Let us find a bound for each individual integral in the sum (37).
By using inequalities (33). (36}. and (28) and Eqs. (21). we ob-
tain the following chain of inequalities for z ETc':

1/ O,(e)elF.zde/< /lo,ml,-EYde+ /
c· c'
la, (e)1 e- EY de<
•
<d /(1 +lel)',-61~IIYlde+
c·
+ M: (c;) .r exp {- (a' -II) [p.c mt' + PcP.e (E) I y I) de <
c'
•
<d .r(1+IEI>'e-aIEIIYldE+
+ M: (c:)
c'
Jexp {- (a' - 2e) [Ilc (e)J P + Pcllc mIy I} x
*

x de
(1+leJ)n+l"'"
~ [.r""(l + p')pn-I,-It> 1Y1dp+
M(l)
•
(c')
o
+sup exp (-(a ' -2e)[llc mJP' +
EEc'

+ Pcllc (;) I YI) ] -< M~2) (c') [I YI-r-n +

+1 Yrn+sup exp [-Ca' -
,;;'0
2e)pP' +Pcp/ y II] <.
< M~)(C') [lyr,-n+1 yI- + ex{~. [p'(a,1_2.)tlytp~}]-<
n

< M~ (C /) (1 + Iy rr-n)exp {(a+"I/) I y I P~}. P

From these inequalities and Eq. (37). it follows that

 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLOMORPHIC 245

In an analogous fashion, it can be proven that all the derivatives

D'!(z) = ~(-IZ)'
I
f (te)" °1(E)e'z: da
also belong to the class H p (ap~ + e; 0 (C»)- This proves Theorem 1.

6. Proof of Theorem 2
+
If ! (z) E HI (a E; C) its spectral function g (t) exists (see sec-
tion 26.1) and belongs to S" (see section 26.3). It remains to show
that g (e) = 0 for Jlc m> Q. It will be sufficient to prove this equation
for a small neighborhood I a- to I < 'Ij of an arbitrary point to in the
m
domain Jlc (a) > a (see section 3.2). Let!p be an arbitrary function
in D such that Sic U (to. "l). Since g m is the spectral function of
! (z). we have for a lyE C • (see section 26.1)
(g. tp)=(etYrll!(X+ly»). tp)=

==(rl[!(x+ly)]. etYcp)=(/(x+ly). p-I[/Ycp(e)])= (38)

_(21t)-nj !(x+iy) Je-IF.x (l-a)N[e:Y cp(e»)dt

(l+lx 12)N •

> + +
where N is an integer such that 2N ~ n 1. and a is the La-
placian operator.
Since eo Ec., it follows from the lemma in section 26.5 that,
for an arbitrary sufficiently small number 'Ij', there exists a vec-
tor yO Epr C (see Fig. 62) such that
(39)

Let us set Y=AYo, where A is an arbitrary positive number, in

Eqs. (38). Assuming that 'Ij and .,.' are sufficiently small so that

we obtain from (39), for all eE Sf' the inequality

ye =>"[yo~o+ yO(~_~O») <: A [-I-'c (~o)+ 71+ 71') <->"(a+ 'Ij). (40)

This inequality makes it possible to give a bound for the integral

If ,-I;x (l - a)N [e'Y cp(~») d~ 1<:
<:K,(l +~lN sup e'Y <: K,(l +>..IN e-(a+'l) A.
t(S9
246 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

When we substitute this inequality into Eqs. (38) and use in-
equality (18) for e' = (y: y = )."oJ and p = I (with a replaced with
a+ e) we obtain, for arbitrary ~ > 0 and). > 0,

where the constant K:('f, eO) is independent of A (though dependent

on the cone e', that is, on yU = yO (eO». If we take E < 't/ in this
inequality and let A approach infinity. we obtain (g. 'f) = O. that is.
g m e
= Ofor EU (~o. 't/)as asserted.
Conversely, suppose that g (e) ES· and g m= 0 for POe m> a •
Therefore, the carrier Sg is contained in the closed set (see Fig.
59)

F = Ie: POe (~) <: aJ.

We note that (since POe (E) is a convex function (see section 25.1»
the set F is convex(see section 13.4). Furthermore, on the basis of
(35), the chain of inequalities

(41)

is valid for all (y. e) E0 (e) x F. Therefore,e-'Y g (~) ES· for all yEO (e).
From this it follows that the function f (z) is holomorphic in TO (c)
(see section 26.2).
Since the carrier g is contained in the regular set P, it follows
from the theorem in section 3,8 that

g m= ~ n a Po a(~) (42)
,",;;Om
where the measures I&: possess the properties

(43)

SfLac F. (44)

By using the second of formulas (20) of Chapter I, we ob-

tain from (42)

fez) = (45)

Let e' be an arbitrary cone that is compact in 0 (Cl. Keeping (43)

and (44) in mind, we obtain from (45) the following inequality, which
holds for all z ET e':
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOLDMORPHIC 247

<: L(I + I z I)m sup (I + I wm e- YE -<

EEF
(46)
-< L(l +Izl)m [SUp (I + 1~I)me-YE+ sup (I +Imme- y;].
<EC' EEFnC'
•
where C" is a cone in which inequality (32) is verified (see Fig.
59): ~y ~ 81 e II y I for (e. y)E C" x C' • where C· = R n \ C" is a cone in
which inequality (28) is verified: floc (e) ~ :;;. i lei for eEC;. Keeping
these inequalities and inequality (41) in mind. we continue inequality
(46):

-< LI (I +1 z J)m [:~~pme-&PIYI + (I +ff e'c4IY1 ] <

-< L2(1 + 1z /)m (I y I- m + e"Pc IYI).
From this it follows that f (z) EHI (apc: 0 (C».
Analogously. it can be proven that all the derivatives

DOl (z) = F [(Ie)" g me-ey) (x)

belong to the class HI (apc: 0 (C». This completes the proof of
Theorem 2.

7. The case of a disconnected cone c

In this case, Theorems I and 2 of section 26.4 admit the fol-
lowing generalization.
THEOREM.* Suppose that fez) E Hp(a + f; 0, where the cone C consists of
a finite number of connected components (cones) Cb C2, ... , Ct. Suppose also
that its boundary values

that exist in the space S* coincide:

(47)

*See Vladimirov [42].

248 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

Then,f(z)E:Hp(ap~ + (;O<C») forp > 1 and a > O,andf(z) E: Hl(apc;O<C»

for p = 1 and a ~ O.
COROLLARY. Por n = 1, this theorem takes the following form. Suppose
that a function f(z) is holomorphic in the upper and lower half-planes and satisfies
~~~~ ~ p
If(z)I<Ma(l +Izj) lyl-4e(Gr a)l)lj

for arbitrary E: > O. Suppose that its boundary values

f(x ± iO)= lim f(X+ly).

y-,±O

that exist in the space S* coincide. Then, f(z) is an entire function and satisfies
the inequality

If (z) 1-< M; (1 + Iz J)~' e(a+al Id, ~':>~.

(For p= 1, we may take E=O.)

Proof of the theorem: Considering f(z) in each component TCk sepa-
rately, we conclude on the basis of (47) that the corresponding
spectral functions gk=p-l[fkJ for k = 1,2, .," t, coincide:

(48)

Suppose that p = I. We conclude from Theorem 2 of section

26.4 and Eqs. (48) that g (0 = 0 for eE U [~: floCk m> a). But we
always have (see section 25.1) 10<;;1

floo (C) (e) < Pcfloc m = Pc I';max

k <;;1
floCk (E). Pc < + 00. (49)
Therefore, g m vanishes in the domain floo (Cl m> apc (see Fig. 63).
But then, we conclude from Theorem 2 of section 26.4 that
 FUNCTIONS THAT ARE HOL..OMORPHIC 249

Suppose now that p > 1 and a> O. Frotn Theorem 1 of section

26.4, every spectral function g It (~) can be represented as a sum
of the form (19) with continuous functions Ok. of power increase 1m
that satisfy inequality (20) in the cone Cit,. Furthermore, the func-
tions Ok.lm can be expressed in accordance with formula (27)

Here. since there are only finitely many components C\' C2• •••• C,. the
polynomials P, and the functions Cf, can be chosen so as to be inde-
pendent of k. But then, it follows from Eqs. (47) that 01.1 = O2.1
= ... = 0,.1 = 0 Consequently, the spectral function g(E) can be
"
represented as a sum of the form (19). where the functions aim
satisfy inequality (20) in each COne Ch •
10Iml<M~ .• (prE)e-(a'-·)[~e(£»)P'. k=1. 2. .... t. (50)

Here, the numbers a' and p' are connected with a and p by relations
(21) and the functions M~,. (pr ~)are bounded in each cone C~. which
is compact in Ch.
Now, let us note that (see Fig. 63)

(51)

which follows from the relation

(52)

and from the definitions of the cones C. and Cit.

Suppose that EECo' We denote by n (E) the set of those indices k
for which e~ CA., in accordance with (51). Here, on the basis of
Eq. (52) and the fact that ilck (e) <: 0 for all e belonging to Ck* but
not to ~ECko' we have

max I-'e m= I-'e (E) >- -

1
max ile (E) = 1-'0 (e) (E).
kEn(!) k 1,"",1 k Pc
If we take the minimum over all kEn m in the right member of
inequality (50) and then apply the last inequality, we obtain
I 0 ,.(E) I < min [M~,.Cpre)lexp{-(a'-E)[ max I-'ekCE)]P'} <
kEnlEl kEn (E)

~ M.
. {
(pr ~) exp - (a' - E)
[ 1'0 Ie)
Pc
(~) ] p' }
•
(53)

where

(54)
250 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

For future use, we shall prove the

LEMMA. Suppose that a cone C'· is compact in C·. Then. there exist cones
Ck. that are compact in Ck. such that

, U C••.'
C.e: (55)
l<k,,'

We shall prove this lemma by induction on t. For t = 1, it is

obvious. Suppose that the lemma is true for t - 1 and let us prove
it for t.
Since the cone c'• is compact in C·, the cone
in the (open) cone Co=
Ct. is compact
U C•• because, by virtue of (51), we
c: \.
have the inclusions l"::k<t-l

pr (C: '\ C/.•)e: pr (C. \. C/.)e: pr Co. (56)

(See Fig. 64, for the case of t = 2.) Therefore, there exists a cone
C;. that is compact in C/ •. and whose complement C;. is also C: \.
compact in Co. Now we have assumed that there exist cones C~.
for k = 1. 2.... t - 1. that are compact in the corresponding Ch
such that
, ,
C. \. Ct.e: U '
CA •.
I<k<t-I
(57)

IT we add C;•. to both members of this inclUSion, we obtain the de-

sired inclusion (55):
, , U('
C.e:C,. c. \. Ct.') e: U Ch.'
I <k.;;;t

It follows from this lemma that the function M; (pr ;)is bounded
on each cone C~ that is compact in C~ SpeCifically, from (54) and
(55), we have
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM 251

sup
EEC~
M: Epr e) = tEC:
sup min IM~ .• (pr e)] ~
iEII(E)
(58)
-<: max , (pr e)
sup M ..... = , (')
OIax M ..... C.... = M.'(C•.
')
1<:11<:1 EEC~. 1<:11<:1

Thus, on every cone C: that is compact inO (C). = C., inequalities

(53) can be rewritten in the form

It follows from this and from Theorem 1 of section 26.4 that

f (z) = F le-tYg (E») (x) EHp (apc + e; 0 (C».

This completes the proof. of the theorem.

27. BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM

The "edge of the wedge" theorem, which is a special type of

generalization of the principle of holomorphic continuation was
discovered and proven by Bogolyubov in connection with the veri-
fication of the dispersion relations in quantum field theory (address
given at the International Conference in Seattle, Washington, in
September, 1956). A complete proof of this theorem was published
in the monograph by Bogolyubov. Medvedev. and Polivanov [22]
(supplement A. Theorem 1). other proofs and generalizations of
this theorem are contained in the works by Jost and Lehmann [33].
Bremermann. Oehme. and Taylor [27. 34]. Dyson [35]. Epstein
[36]. and Browder [112] (see also the survey [37]).
The proof of the "edge of the wedge" theorem that we shall
give is based on ideas of Bogolyubov, Dyson, and Epstein.
We note that the "edge of the wedge" theorem has proven an
extremely useful tool not only in quantum field theory but also in
other branches of mathematics and mathematical physics.

1. Statement of the "edge oj the wedge" theorem

Suppose that a function fez) is holomorphic in an open set T~ = [z: I z I < R,
where C is an open cone such that C n (-C) 'I 0. Suppose also that an
y e; C),
open set G c Rn is contained in the sphere I x I < R. Let us suppose that the
limit·

*1bus defining a generalized fWlction fED· (Q)(see section 3.2).

252 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

lim
y-+o.YEe
J/(x + Iy) 'f (x) dx = (/. 'f).
(59)

exists for arbitrary rP E D (0) and is independent of the sequence y -> O. where
y E C. Then. the function f(z) is holomorphic (and single-valued) in the domain
T~ U where is a (complex) neighborhood of the set G of the form
G. G
lim
y-+O. yEC
J/(x+lY)'f(x)dx=(j. cp).
where the positive number (J < 1 is independent of xo. G, R, and f (see Figs. 65
and 66).

y z

o or

Fig. 66

IT C n(- C) = 0 in the
Remark:
statement of the theorem, then
/ (z) is holomorphic only on the
portion of the neighborhood {j
lying in the tubular domain TO (e)
Fig. 65 that is, in the domain Tk U
(0 nTO (el) (see Epstein [36]).
The "edge of the wedge" theorem is a consequence of the fol-
lowing
LEMMA (special case of the "edge of the wedge" theorem). Suppose that
a function f(z) is holomorphic in an open set T r , = [z: 1 z 1 < 1/. y E rsl. where

rs is a circular cone 02y~ > 1Y 12 for 0 > 1. Suppose also that, for an arbitrary
function rP E D [U <0,1/»)' the limit (59) exists and is independent of the sequence
y -> 0 for y E rs. Then, f(z) is holomorphic in the hypersphere 1 z 1 < (Jl1/. where
(Jl = (Jl (0).
Proof: Since C n (-C) oF 0. there exists a circular cone (see
F~. 65)
r o, , = [
y: 821 (ey) 2 > y 12 -
1 (ey)2J •

contained in the cone C n(- C). Let us rotate the coordinate axes in
R n in such a way that the vector e will coincide with the vector
(\, 0). y" = By. and B* = B- 1• Let us contract the axis by taking y;
a= 1 + I / &" y; = 1 / & y;. ;, = y". We denote this transformation by
C,: y' =c,y". Cal =C 1ja. The product of the last two transformations
)" = CaBy maps the cone r~, onto the cone r a" where 8' = I + 31,
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM 253

Suppose now that xOE Q. Let us set 4 o (xO);=",/. Then, U(xo, ",/)c:
Qc:U(O, R),and, consequently,

Thus, the real nonsingular transformation

(60)

maps the set T~ (XU) onto the set

[z': 1121 z; /2+ 1i' 12 < ",/2, y' Era.j.

which. since II > I. contains the set Tr". The transformation (60)
maps the functionl (z) into the function t

11(z')=1 (BoC{Z'+xO).

which is holomorphic in Tr7; and satisfies the remaining conditions

of this special case of the "edge of the wedge" theorem. Conse-
quently, in accordance with this theorem, 11 (z') is holomorphic in
1-
the hypersphere 1 z' 1 < &1 = th/. Returning to the original variables
by using (60), we conclude that the function I (z) = 11 [CaB (z - xU)1
is holomorphic in the domain

IC1B(z - XU) 1< &'11,

which contains the hypersphere U (xO, &",/) since (by virtue of the
inequality 1\ > I)

Continuing in this manner for arbitrary xU EQ and remembering

that '1j = 40 (xO), we conclude on the basis of the holomorphic con-
tinuation theorem (see section 6.1) that I(z) is holomorphic in the
domain Tk U G.• Here, we take & = ~I • This completes the proof.
Thus, we only need to prove the special case of the "edge of
the wedge" theorem. We shall do this in two stages.

2. The case of continuous boundary values

Suppose that a function fez) is holornorphic in T r and continuous in Tr

2 '" 2 TJ TJ •
where r = rl is the light cone Yl > I Y I . Then. fez) is holomorphic in the
hypersphere I z I ~i and
254 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

max If(z)1
~
-< max
-r
If(z)l· (61)
Izl<:"8 zET~

For n = I, this assertion follows easily from Cauchy's theorem,

and it was in fact proven in section 23.2. Therefore, we shall
assume thatn~2. ,
Suppose that :h ~ r( < .,,0 < I +"'..j2 and Ix I s. 2h. Let us show
that the function
'P(x; ~)=f[b~+x(I-~2)). ~=u+iv=pei6.

where b = (Tjo. o..... 0) is holomorphic in the circle I~ I < . .: = 0 > I.

As a preliminary to this, we note that 'Ij

Im[bC+z(I-C2)1=
(62)
=(I-p2)y+psin6[b-2p(xcos6-ysin6)]

and we write the inclusion

This is true because fI = psi n 6 4= 0 and, hence, from (62) we have

(1m W1)2 -llm.w 12=p2 sin26[(."o-2PXl cos 6)2_4p2/x/2 cos2 6]==
x +
= p2 sin26 (.,,0 - 2px) cos 6 - 2p I Icos (3) (Tjo - 2px) cos 0
x x
+ 2p I Icos 0):> p2 sin 2 6 (Tjo - 2p I x 1 / - 2p I 1)2 ~ (64)

~ p2 sin2 e(Tjtl_ 2 V2 pi x I f ~ p2sin 20 (rp _pTj,)2 > O.

Furthermore, for I z 1-< "I' /2)12 andlCl < 0,

IbC+z(1 -C2)1-< Ib IICI+ I z II I _~21 < ljoo+
+ 2 ~2 (I + (2) -< Tj. (65)

if we take CI sufficiently close to 1. The inclusion (63) follows from

inequalities (64) and (65). Furthermore, the~e inequalities imply
that Dc T~. Therefore, for every 1x 1-< 2}2' the holomorphic
+
mapping w = be x (I - C2) m~s the set ICJ < CI. fI ,,;: 0 into T~ and
it maps the circle ICI < CI into T;'. Consequently, the function 'P (x; C)
is holomorphic for IC1< a, V 4= 0 and is continuous in the circle
/ C1< CI (see section 4.6). By applying the theorem proven for n = I •
we conclude from this that the function 'f(x; C) is hoi om orphic in
the circleiCI < a > I.
If we apply Cauchy's formula for the circle : C/ I to the -<
function 'i' (x; C) and set C= 0, we ,obtain an integral representation
for the function f(x)when Ix I" 2}2 :
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM 255

f(x)=',.,(x; 0)=

= _1_.
2r.1.
r
Ie 1=1
'f (x; C) de
C
=~
2" .
f r
()
2.

[bel(' + x (I - e210 ») dO.

(66)

Let us now show that the function

F (z) = ~
2Tt ,
r
2.

f [be iQ + z (I - eUD ») dB (67)

°
is holomorphic in the hyper sphere 1 z 1 <: ,~_.
2r 2
From (62), with p = I, we have

1m [be lfl + z (1 - e2iD )] = sin 0 [b - 2 (x cos 0 - )' sin 0)]. (68)

Furthermore,
[1)0 - 2 (XI cos 6 - YI sin 6)]2 - 41 cos 8 - Ysin 012::> x
::> [ljO-2ICos a1 (I xll+1 xl )-2Isln61(IYII+1 YI)]2:>
(69)
:> (.,p - 2 V21 cos 611 x 1- 2 Y21 sin 0 II Y 1)2::>
::>(ljO_ 2 V21 z I?::>(ljo-.,d > O.
From inequalities (65) and (69) and from Eq. (68), we have the
inclusions
D, = [w: w = bel~ + z (1 - e216 ). Iz I <: 2 ~2 ' e <: 6 <: It-e,

Tt+_<6<21t-+;;T~, 0<_ <~; DvcT~.

From this we conclude that the function

F, (z) = ~(l'+
•
,T') f
1t+.
[be;" + z (1 - e~i")l dO. 0 < _< i
is holomorphic in the hyper sphere Iz I < 2 ~2 (see section 4.6).
Since If(w)I<M for wEDucf;" it follows on the basis of (67) that
F, (z) - F (z) uniformly with respect to I z I<: 2 ~2 as £ - u. Conse-
quently. the function F (z) is holomorphic in the hyper sphere
I z I -< 1] /8 1]' /2 yf (see section 4.4).
For real values of z = x, where x belongs to the hyper sphere
Ix 1-< 1] /8 this function F (z) that we have constructed coincides
with the function f (x). which is the boundary value off (x + iy)
as Y Er _ O. Consequently, f (x) is holomorphic for I x I < 1] / 8. It
remains to show that F (z) coincides with/ (z) for z E T~, that is. that
'8
<l'(z)=F(z)-/(z)=o for zET~.
8'
 256 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

By construction, the function 1\1 is holomorphic in T~ and con-

8"
tinuous in T~ , and it vanishes for real z= x in the hyper sphere
~xl < i. Let 8"z = x+ly denote an arbitrary point in the set T~.
Then, Iz I < 'I) /16 and y Er. Consider the function g (A) = 1\1 (x + ~y) of
a complex variable A. This function is holomorphic for IAI < V2
when 1m A", 0, it is continuous in the circle I~ I < V2, and it vanishes
for real values of A in that circle. If we apply the theorem just
proven for n = I, we conclude that g(A)=O in the circle IAI < Y2;
+
that is, 1\1 (x ly) = 1\1 (z) = 0 at an arbitrary point z ET~. On the basis
i6
of the holomorphic continuation theorem, ~ (z) = 0 for z E r,.
8"
Thus, the function F (z) is indeed a holomorphic continuation of
! (z). Inequal~tr (61) follows from the representation (67) and the in-
clusion Doc. T~. This completes the proof of the theorem.
3. Extension to the case oj generalized junctions
We shall now prove the particular case of the "edge of the
wedge" theorem formulated in section 27.1. For every yEr,U {O)

such that Iy I < Vi 1) , we define a generalized function T' E D'

[u(o. y1'1)]bY
(TY. 'f)=! f !(x'+ly)'j'(x')dx'• .vEri' Iyl < V11l;
(f. cp). y=O.

where
(I. <j»= lim
y -+0, yE r.
J!(x'+lY)<j>(i')dx'.
It follows from this definition that, for every cp ED [ U (0, Vi"lj) ],
the function (P. 7) is continuous with respect to y and hence bounded

on every compact set contained in the set[y: y Er, U [OJ. Iyl

In particular,
< Vi 'I].
I(T'. ",)1 <C,. .v {i'. i.vl <: ra'
This inequality means that the set of generalized functions
M' = [T= T'. .vE 1'. l.vl <: va]
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM 257

is bounded in D' [U (0.

(~"I)] (see section 3.2).
Suppose that !p(X)EDrU(o. V8)]' Denoting rp(x)=~(-x), we
introduce the function (see section 3.3)

C1' (z)=(~*TY)(x)={TY(x'). !p(x' - x»).

Ixl < V8' Iyl< Js. yEfaU {a}.

Let us show that the function 0' (z) is holomorphic in the hyper-
spherelzl < 8ts
and satisfies the inequality
10'(z)l< max la~(z)l. Izl-< ,';.;.
z{fr~ 8, 8 (70)
VB

Since

O'(z)= f f(z+x')!p(x')dx'. (71)

r
0' (z) is holomorphic in T ~ • Furthermore, since TY is a continuous
liB
function of,}' for Iyl < "I/J1a and y E r, in the topology of the space
(0. v~ '1/)] and since f functi~of x for
D' [ U
x. Ixl <
function
Va'
(I - x) is a continuous
in the topology of the space D [u (0. vi '1/)], the

0' (z) = {Tl' (x'). '¥ (x' - x»)

is continuous in Tr~ (see section 3.2). From the theorem in section
vi
27.2, the function 0' (z)is holomorphic in the hyper sphere Iz I -< 8 ~
and satisfies inequality (70).
Now sup~se that rp(x')_O inD [u (0. ;S)], Then, rp(x' -
D[U (0.
set M'
vi '1/)] uniformly with :..espect to x for lxl <;rSince the
is bounded inD' [U (0. Vj "I)]. we have
x) _Oin

O'(z)=(T)·(x'). f(X'-X»)_O
uniformly with respect to z Efr'l • Butthenitfollows from inequality
Vi
(70) that 0' (z) - 0 uniformly with respect to z for Iz I < ,';.;. This
8y 8
means that 0' (z) is, for all z such that Izi < ,~_ a generalized
8y 8
function in D' [u (0. Va)]'
258 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

We define
(r.Y) .,
IP =0' (ly).

Now let us prove the representation

O'(z)=(~*rY)(x)=(TY(x'). ip(X'-X»)'1
(72)
Ixl~ 3~' Iyl~ 3~'
For y Era U (0), this representation served as a definition of the
function 0' (z). For y Ef" it coincides with formula (71). From this,
we conclude that
0' (z) = 0<10 (z + xO). I\' (x') = 'f (x' + x O) (73)

for all Ixl ~ 3~' Ixol ~3~' yEr.lyl ~ 3~. But then, on the basis of
the ho!omorphic continuation theorem (see section 6.1), Eq.
(73) is also va1idforal1lxl~3~' Ixol~3~ and IYI"·3~.Inpar­
ticular. for x = - xO. we have from (73)

O'(z)=O"'(ly)=(rY• tjI)=(rY(x'). IP(x'-x».

which proves formula (72).

For every cpED[U(O. ~li)]' the function (rY• cp)=Ol' (ly) is con-
tinuous with respect to y for Iyl" 31.
Therefore, on the basis
of Schwartz' kernel theorem (see sechon 3.12), r Y defines a gen-
eralized function

T(x. Y)EDo[U (0. V8) XU (0. 3~)]'

Thus, the representation (72) can be rewritten in the form

(74)

Suppose that a sequence of functions IP. (x). for /1 = I. 2••••• in

D [U (0. ..;)] approaches a(x) as /1-> 00. Then.

Cf.(x) 8 (y)-+8(x)8(y).as (1-+=.

in
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM 259

In view of the continuity of the convolution operator (see section

3.3), we conclude from this and from (74) that

in

Since the functions d" (z) are holomorphic in the hyper sphere Iz I < ~
it follows on the basis of the theorem in section 4.4 that T (x. y)
is holomorphic in that hypersphere.
Furthermore, it follows from (71) that

d"(z)_!(z) as (X_DO in D'(T~).

From this, we conclude by virtue of the tmiqueness of the limit
that the function T(z)= T(x. )I) that we have constructed coincides
with ! (z) in Tr~ and we conclude on the basis of the holomorphic
Y r
continuation theorem that it coinc ides with / (z) in T ~ 5 • Thus by
taking III = 1 /32 we complete the proof of the particular case of
the "edge of the wedge" theorem.
This in turn completes the proof of the <Cedge of the wedge"
theorem itself. .

4. Strengthening oj the "edge oj the wedge" theorem

The "edge of the wedge" theorem that we have just proven is
of a local character. Therefore, to determine the dimensions of
the neighborhood 6, we have made no effort to obtain the best con-
stant &. The next step will be to enlarge 6 globally. For simplicity,
we shall take R = 00 in the statement of the theorem and we shall
assume that C = r = [)I: )I~ > I); 121 is a light cone. (It was shown in
section 27.1 that the case of an arDitrary cone C, where en (- C) =1= 0
can be reduced to a light cone at the price of poorer approximations.)
We recall that a cone r consists of two components, namely, a
future cone r+ = [y: )II > l.vl ) and a past ccme r- = [y: )II < -I yl ).
Thus, the function / (z) is holomorphic in the tubular cone rT:
and the limit (59) exists for arbitrarn ED (0). According to the
"edge of the wedge" theorem (see section 27.1).!(z)is holomorphic
in the domain T r U6. where
6= U lz: Iz -xol < II~Q(xO)). 0 < II < 3~ .
.r<>eQ
260 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

The question arises of constructing an envelope of holomorphy

H (1'1' U6) of the domain 1'1' U6. This problem has been solved
only for a particular kind of domain O. Examples will be given
below.
Let us suppose that H (1'1' U 0) is single-sheeted. Then. by using
the "disk" theorem (see section 17.2). we can construct the holo-
a.
morphic extension of the domain 1'1' U Consider a point xO EO.
Then. U(xtl. "I)IEO for arbitrary "I < ~o(xO). We define b=("I. 0) and
a =(0. a), where the complex vector a is such that laI2="i~. Let
us show that the circle lei < I. which lies on the two-dimensional
analytic surface*

is, for sufficiently small A such that 0 -<). -< a = a ("I). strictly con-
tained in the domain 7'1' U 0; that is.

(75)

It is obviously sufficient to prove the inclusion (75) for). = O.

In this case, if 1m C4= 0, we have "Irilz = b 1m CEr. On the other hand,
if ImC=O, then

Therefore. the setFo[ ICI< II is contained in 1'I'U a.

Since this set
is closed and bounded. it is strictly contained in 1'1' U a.
Let us now show that
. r - 1
FdICI=lleT UO. 0<),-<2' (76)

If we set C= elD , we have. on the basis of (68).

1m z = 1m [x O+be l9 +>-a (\ - e2iD )1 =
=sin ij [b - 2). (cosO Re a -sin 0 1m a)l.
From this, we have. forsinij=O and 0 <). <}
(Imzl)2-llmzI 2 =
= sin2a(7)2 - 4),2lcos 8 Re a- sin 0 1m al 21> 0
and, consequently,

-By Virtue of the chOice of vectors a and b. we have onF~

iJz
de = b - 2AaC40o.
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EOGE OF THE WEOGE" THEOREM 261

On the other hand. if 1m C= 0, then, obviously,

FdC== ±1)cO.

Thus, the inclusion (76) is proven.

By virtue of the "disk" theorem (see section 17.2), we con-
clude from the inclusions (76) and (75) that. for arbitraryxOE 0
and 71 < ~a (x°).
[z: z=xo+bC+).a(I-C~).
ICI < I. IAI<i] cH(rr Ua).
If we sum this inclusion over all XO E a and 71 < 60 (X O), we obtain
the inclusion

[z: Zl=X~+7jC. z=xo+a(I-C2). ICI<I.

o <7I<60 (xO). lal <-i. xOEO]CH(rr Ua).
In particular, if we set C= 0, we obtain

[z: Zl=X~. z=xo+a. lal <

< i~a(xO). xOE aJCH (rrU a).

The left members of these inclusions do not exhaust H(rr U6).

However, they are considerably more extensive than the domain
a,
rr u that is, they are a holomorphic extension.

5. An example of the construction

of an envelope of holomorphy
Let a be a strip Ixd < m. In this case, Bogolyubov has shown
(see [22], p. 167) that every function belonging to the class Ho(r)
(see section 26.4) that is holomorphic in rr u a is holomorphic in
the domain Iyl < 11m If z~ - m21. It turns out that this domain coincides
with the envelope of holomorphYi that is,
(77)

Let us prove this formula. following Bremermann, Oehme. and

Taylor [27].
_ Since Aa (XO) = m -I x~ I, we have
0= U [z: (X , -x7)2+ yj+
Ix~1 < m
 262 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

From this it follows that the domain TI ' U6' can be represented in
the form TrUG=
=[z: ZI E B. 1:V1 < V (ZI)'
Ixl < +(0).
where B is the complex z,-plane deleted by the cuts - 00< XI <: - m
and m -< x I < 00, YI = 0 (see Fig. 67) and

V(ZI)=max{ ly,l. sup V&2(m-lx~ly-(xl-x~y-y~ X

HI<m
X 6[&2 (m -I X~ 1)2 - (XI - xW - yi]} .
where 0 < ~ ~ 1/32 and 6 m is a step function whose value is 0 for
~ < 0 and 1 for ; > o.
The domain Tf U(] is invariant with respect to the group of real
rotations and translations of the variables Z=(Z2' Z3' ..•• zn). Accord-
ing to the Cartan- Thullen theorem
8 /, (see section 20.5). the envelope of
holomorphy H (Tr U 0) possesses
-m m I,
the same property. Therefore. to
Fig. 67 construct H(TrU 0). it will be suf-
ficient to construct the envelope of
holomorphy H(S) of the semitubular domain
S=[z=(zl' Z2): IYzl <V(ZI)' zIEB. IX21 <(0)

in C2. To obtain the desired domain H (Tf U0), we now need only
construct in H (S) a domain on the base C" that is invariant with
respect to the group of real rotations and translations of the
variables z.
According to the theorem in section 21.5 the envelope of holo-
morphy of the semi tubular domain S is single-sheeted and is of
the form

where VO(ZI) is the least superharmonic major ant of the function

V (z) in the domain B.
Let us show that

(78)

The function Vz~ - m 2 is holomorphic in B and the function

1m Vz~ -
m 2 retains its sign in B. Therefore. the function 11m Vz~ - m 2 /
is harmoniC and. consequently. superharmonic in B.
 BOGOLYUBOV'S "EDGE OF THE WEDGE" THEOREM 263

Let us shoW that this function is a super harmonic majorant of

the function V (ZI) in the domain B; that is, let us prove the inequality

(79)

The inequality

is verified immediately since

IlmVz~-m212 =
={ V(x~+ y~-m2)2+4m2y~ -i(x~- y~-m2)~ y~.
To conclude the proof of inequality (79), we need only show that

(80)
11m V z~-m21> V32(m-lxm2-(XI-X~)2- Y~
in the circle

(81)

for all 1x~1 <: m. Inequality (80) is equivalent to the inequality

V(x~+y~-m2)2+4m2y~ > (82)

> x~ - 3y~ - m2 - 2(xl -x~?+ 2&2(m -I x~ 1)2
in the circle (81). But this Circle lies in the strip IxIi <' m. There-
fore. to prove inequality (82). we need only prove that the right
member of this inequality is nonpositive for 1 x~ 1 <: m and 1 x II < m,
that is. that

x~-3y~ - m2- 2(xI- X~)2+ 23 2(m -I X~I)2 <:

2
<: - m2 _ x~ +2xlX~+ 23 2 (m _lx~I)2 <:
:< (2&2 -1)(m-lx~I)2 < O.
This completes the proof of inequality (79).
Now. let us prove the inequality

I1m VZ~ - m21_ V (ZI) <: ~·;I~:" Izd;> ~ (I + V5). (83)

First. V(zl)=lyd for Izd;>m. Therefore. inequality (83) is
equivalent to the inequality
Y(lzI12-m2t+4m2y~ <: 4-y~-m2+2 (I.vll+ ~".z!I~: 'y.
264 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

Simplifying this inequality, we have

IZI14 <: (I ZI12- + m2)+ m2y~ (2 + 1:,111 Y.

m2)(21 Z11 2
This last inequality is satisfied for Izd ;>~(I + V5).
Now, let us prove Eq. (78): that is, let us prove that the
I
function 1m Vz~ - m21 is the least superbarmonic majorant of the
function V (Zl) in the domain B (see section 9.7). Here, we assume
that a function VI (ZI)' has been found that is superbarmonic in B
and that satisfies the inequalities

(84)

Let us show that

p(zl)=IImVz~-m21-Vl(ZI)=0.

The function p(ZI) is superharmonic in B and, on the basis of

(83) and (84), it satisfies the inequalities

Izd>2m.

Furthermore, it follows from (84) thatp (ZI) is upper-semi continuous

up to the cuts IxII;> m, Y, = 0, where it assumes the value O. Let
>
us take an arbitrary number k 2m. From what has been said, we
conclude that the function P(ZI) is subharmonic in B nU (0. R) and
upper-semicontinuous in V (0. R) and that it is bounded above on
o[B n U(O. R»)by the number m2R- 1 (which;> m2IydR-2). Therefore, on
the basis of the maximum principle (see section 9.6), we have
m2
O~P(ZI)~ R' Zl EB.
If we let R approach+ 00 in this inequality, we see that p(Zl) 55 O. This
completes the proof of Eq. (78).
In view of this equation, we have (cf. the example in section
21.6)

from which the desired formula (77) follows.

Remark: (1) It follows from the above considerations that the
solution of the Dirichlet problem flu = 0for a domain B with boundary
conditions
u(X, 0)=0. Ixl>m;
O~u(x, y)-lyl=o(l). Izl_oo

is unique and is given by the formula

 A THEOREM ON C-CONVEX ENVELOPES 265

u(x. y)=llm V z2_m21.

(2) For n = 4 formula (77) enables us to prove the dispersion
relations for a 1t-meson nucleonic dispersion (see section 33.4)
in the interval 0 < - t < 8p.2 of variation of the square of the impulse
transfer- t, where /.l is the mass of the 1t -meson (see Bogolyubov
and Vladimirov (39) and Bremermann, Oehme, and Taylor (21).

28. A THEOREM ON C-CONVEX ENVELOPES

1. Definition oj a C-Convex Envelope

Suppose that an open C consists of connected component cones
Cl' .... Ct· For the cone C, let us construct new cones CO and C as
follows: if the cones Cat for k = 1. 2..... t. are not all convex. let
us consider the cone C(J) = U 0 (CII) and let us denote its com-
ponents by C\l). .... C~:), for It~<I. If the cones C~) are not all con-
vex, we introduce the components C~) • •••• C~:, where t2 < t l , of the
cone C(2)= U O(C~)) t etc. (see Fig. 68). After a finite number of
1<:;;11<', •
steps, we obtain an open cone CO all the components of which are
convex cones. We define C = CO n(- CO) (see Fig. 69). Clearly,
C= -C; IfC n(- C) i= 0. then Ci= 0. The conee consists of an even
number 21 < t of convex components Ct , for k = 1. 2..... I, such that
Ci=-Ct.WedefineC,,=CtuCi" and C:l:= U Ci.
1<"<1

Fif!:.68

We shall say that a class C(}) curve is C-similar if. at an arbi-

trary jlOint x, the tangent vector lies in the cone (+ x. where the
cone C + x is obtained by translation of the cone C by the vector
x (see Fig. 70). If C = r is a light cone. we shall say that the C-
similar curve is a time-Similar curve.
Let S denote an open set lying in a k-dimensional classCU) sur-
face (where I <: k <: n). (For k = n. this means that ScR n'.) We shall
, use the term C -convex envelope of a set S for the smallest open
266 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

set Be (S)c::Rncontaining S and possessing the property that if points

x' and x" in Be (S) can be connected by a C-similar curve lying
entirely in BcCS) then all C-similar curves connecting x' and x".
are contained in Be(S) (see Fig. 71): that is,

Bdx'. x")= U [ct+x']n[Ci+x"Jc::Bc<S),

1.-:.t<:1

FiS·70

It follows from this definition that the envelope Be (S) can be

represented as the sum of an increasing sequence of open sets

B~)(S)= U BeCx'. x'').

x'.x·
B~(S)=S. i= I. 2. .... (85)

where the union is taken over those pairs of points x'. x" in B~ -1) (S).
~hich +can be connected by a C -similar curve that lies entirely in
C.t=C a :

Be (S) :III: UBen (S). (86)

1>0

It follows from (85) and (86) that

Be (S)c:: U Be (x'. x").

x'ES. x'~s

If

BC<S) = U BeC x '. x"). (87)

x'ES, x'ES

we shall say that the set S is C-regular (see Fig. 71). For n = 2,
every connected set is C-regular. For n >- 3, this is not always the
case. For example, the spiral shown in Fig. 72 is not a C-regular
region.
 A THEOREM ON C-CONVEX ENVEL.OPES 267

For n = I, there are two and only two open cones without com-
mon pOints, namely, C± = r'" = [± y > 0). These constitute the cone
r = [y ~ 0). Therefore Br(S) = S for n = 1.
_ If C= R". then, obviously.Be(S)=R". If
C = 0. then Be (S) = S • In all cases. either
Be (S) = S or Be (S) is n-dimensional;Be [Be
(0») = Be (0).

Fig. 73
Fig. 72

Suppose that c = r is a light cone. We shall give three examples

of open r-regular sets Oc.R" for which the envelope Br(O) is
essentially greater than 0:
Oo=[x: x~ < 6IxI2]; Br (Oo)=R".
6 > 1. Br (00) = Os. 0 < 6 -< 1 (see Fig. 73);
Ot=[x: x~< IxI2+1]; Br (0 1)=00•
1-<. O. Br(OI) = Ot. 1> 0 (see Fig. 74);

in particular,
Br(O_oo.oo)=R". BdQ-oo.o)=[x: xl+lil<E. x1<0).

LEMMA. If Sa for a = 1. 2•...• is an increasing sequence of open sets

lying on a k-dimensional slJTfaee of class em. the sequence Be (S,). for a = 1.
2 •...• is increasing and

Be (S) = U
.
Be (S.).
.
where S = US•.

On the basis of Eq. (86), it will be suffiCient to prove this

lemma for the iterations Bg' (S) and B~' (S.). for 1= O. 1. ...• defined
by formula (85). SinceB~(S)=S andB~(S.)=S.. the conclusion for
1 = 0 follows immediately from this condition. Let us assume that
this lemma is valid for 1- 1. that is, that
268 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

and let us prove it for t. Obviously.

Bg' (S.)c:Bgl (Sa+ 1)c:Bg) (S).

Consider any point xOEBg'(S). Then. it follows from (85) that

XO EBC<x'. xl'). where the points x' and x" belong to B~ -I) (S), and that
there exists a C-similar curve I connecting these points that lies

3:,
z,
r'

a {;a.b
r
Fig. 74 Fig. 75

in B~-I' (S). Since l is compact. the assumption that the lemma holds
for I - 1 implies that leBg- 11 (SN) for some N. But then. on the basis
of (85). Bc{x', x")c:Bg'(SN) ana, consequently. XO EB~' (SN). This means
that

B~) (S) = U Bg (S.)

l
a

so that the lemma is valid for i, which completes the proof.

COROLLARY. If the Sa are C-regular sets, S is also a C-regular set.
Proof: By using the lemma just proven. we obtain from (87)

Bc(S)=UBc(S.)=U U Bc(x', x")=

.... ·Es•. x·ES.

U Be (x', x"). q.e.d.

x·ES. x'ES

We shall say that an open seta is C-convex if Be (0) = o. Clearly.

the interior of the intersection of C-convex sets is itself a C-convex set.
Finally. we note that Be (SI nS2) c: Be (SI) n Be (S2)'
 A THEOREM ON C-CONVEX ENVELOPES 269

2. Simple connectedness of a class of domains

Suppose that C is an open cone and that a is an open set in Rn.
We defineCR=CnU(O. R). TCR=Rn+IC R and

6= U (z: Iz-xol <E(xO)).

x'EO

where E (XO) are positive numbers less than Moo (X O). _

If a COnR C consists of t convex components and G is a domain, then, T C RUG
is a simply connRcted domain.
To prove this, we need to show that an!, tW9 Jordan curves LI
and L1 connecting two points z' and Z" in T R U a are homotopic in
TCR U a (see section 1.5).
Let us suppose first that t= 1. Then, TCR is a convex tubular
domain.
As ~ a preliminary. let us ~rov~ that if the curves LI and L2
lie in O. they are homotopic in T R UO.
By deforming the curves LI and L2 in the domain O. we super-
impose them on close-lying curves L~ and L~ such that terminal
sections adjacent to the ends z' and Zll, coincide and their middle
portions lie in the domain TCR (see Fig. 76). Since TCR is convex
and hence a simply connected domain, these middle portions are
homotopic in ~R • Therefore, the curves LI and L2 are homotopic
in r CR • Consequently. the curves LI and L2 are homotopic in TCRU 6.
Now, by using this result and the con-
vexity of the domain r CR , we can easily
show that the curves LI and L2 are homo- __ ... 7' .Z"
.
/ A\ \\
topic wherever they may be located. /
/'./
~
\'
Suppose that our assertion holds for
t - 1. Let us prove it for t. Thus, we
/
/ ,/
£'/"if'
I
'a--
Z '/
,
I III
I

II"
assume that the domain r CR U {j is the I I
I II I
/ I
~

union of two simply connected domains I

I I
I ,,/ / '
/',,'"
C· ~ c· ~ I ' /",.'
T U a and r R u 0, where the cone C'
R
j J"/ (]
consists of t - 1 convex components, l.?--'
the cone C" is convex, and C' nC" = (2). if'

We need to show that r CR U6 is a sim-

ply connected domain. F'il';. 76

Let us show first that any two curves c' Z" ETC~ and lying
LI and L2 connecting two points z' ET R and
in T cR U a
- are homotopic.
As we move along the curve LI (from the point Z' to the point Zll)

a
we must leave the domain TC~ U and enter the convex domain TC~.
If we again enter the domain 6 as we move further along the curve
L I , then, from what we have proven for t = 1. that portion of the curve
LI lying in TC~, is homotopic to some curve lying in the domain 6.
270 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

Therefore, the curve Ll can be moved into a curve L; that is homo-

topic to it and that consists of three segments lying respectively in
'['C'R, .0, and Tr:'R (see Fig. 77). AnaIo-
r e; gously, for the curve L,., we can con-
struct a curve L; that is homotopic to
it. ~t zl and za be any two c_urves L;
and L2 lying in the domain O. Let us
connect these points with a curve lea.
By construction, that segment of the
curve L; that lies between the points z'
reI and Zl is homotopic in TC~ U0 to the
curve consisting of I and that segment
of the curve r;, lying between the
Fif!. 77 points z' and Z2. The segment of the
curve L; lying between z" and ZI is
homotopic in TC~ U0 to the curve consisting of I and the segment L~
lying between the points z" and z2. This means that the curves Li
and L;. and hence the curves Ll and L2 are homotopic in TCR UO.
The cases for other possible locations of the curves Ll and L2 in
the domain TCR U0 are easily analyzed by the means of the result
thus established and the use of induction. On this basis. the proof
of our assertion is complete.

3. The theorem on c-convex envelopes

Suppose that an open cone C consists of a finite number of components, that
C n (-C) r el and that the function f (z) is holomorphic in the domain
TCR UO. Then, f (z) is holomorphic (and single-valued) in the domain
CO -
T RUBc(O). In particular,
BC<O)CR.eH(TcR U 0), (88)
where Re H denotes the intersection of H and the plane y = O. The
cone CO is defined at the end of section 28.1, and the neighborhoods
{j and Be are defined in section 27.1 and 28.2, respectively.
Remark: The theorem on C-convex envelopes was first proven
in our article [92] (see also (30)). Here. it was assumed that the
functions belong to the class Ho(!'). though. of course. this was not
essential (see (40)). Afterwards. another proof of this theorem for
a light cone was given by Borchers [98].
As a preliminary let us prove the following weaker assertion:
LEMMA. Suppose that a cone C consists of two convex components C" and
C- such that C- = C+. Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in TGR and
in a neighborhood of a C-similar curve connecti'i!. two £oints x' and xW. Then, f is
holomorphic (and single-valued>in the domain T RUBe (x', XW).
Proof: On the baSis of a theorem of Weierstrass. every C-similar
curve x,=Xjce>. forj=l. 2, .... n.where O<;~~l (andwherethe
x,<n are continuously differentiable functions and Ix; m.... em EC) x:
 A THEOREM ON c-CONVEX ENVELOPES 271

can be approximated to an arbitrary degree of accuracy by C-simUar

polynomial curves x,=p,(e) for }=1. 2..... n. whereO<e<l. (By
the degree of the polynomial curve. we mean the highest degree of
the polynomials P,.) The following two facts then follow: (1) there
exists a C-similar polynomial curve Lo (whose degree we note by
N) connecting the points x' and x" in a neighborhood of which f (z)
is holomorphic; (2) to prove the lemma. it will be suffiCient to show
that the function f (z) is holomorphic at points of the set BC" (x'. x").
for m = N. N + I..... consisting of all C-similar polynomillI curves
of degree m that connect the points x' and x".
Let us consider any polynomial curve of degree m connecting
the points x' and x" as a point in the (mn-n)-dimensional space of
the coefficients. The set B~'(x'. x") in this space constitutes some
domain.
Let us suppose that the function f (z) is not holomorphic at all
points of the set B~'(x'. x"). Then. there exists a family of curves
(see Fig. 78)

in the set BV!)(x ' • x") that depend continuously on the parameter ex
and having the property that at points of the curves L. for ex < 1 our
function f (z) is holomorphic whereas the curve L I • contains at
least one singular point of that function.
Let us extend the vector polynomial p. m
to complex values A= e+ 1"1/. For each eo E[0. 1J.
this polynomial can be represented in the form
p. (A) = do (ex; eO) + d 1(IX; + ...
eO) (A - eO)
. <0' om (89)
' " + dm(ex.~)(I\-O,

Here. the coefficients of the vector-valued

function dk(ex; eO). fork =01. .... m. are real and
continuous with respect to ex E[0. 1J (and are
polynomials in eO): also dl (ex; ~O) EC for all
ex E[0. 1) and eo E[0. 1J. Therefore. p~ (A) 4' 0 in a
sufficiently small neighborhood of the real
interval 0 <: e.,;;;;:: 1. (Obviously. this neighbor-
hood can be chosen independently of« E[0. 1J.)
Consider now the family of "disks":

D«(1)=[z: Z=P.(A). o<e<: 1. 1"1/1<:0). 0<:«<: I.

where the number 0 is yet to be chosen. Let us show that the function
f (z) is holomorphic at points of the "disks" D (IX). where 0 ~ a < 1
and at points of the boundary oD(I) of the limit "disk" D(I).
If z=p.(A)ED(IX) for O<:a<:l, from (89) we have for any
eOE[o. I]
272 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

where. because of the continuity. the vector-valued function d(a; eo. A)

is uniformly bOlmded for all aE[O. 1). eOE[O. 1). and IA-~ol"'CI.
Therefore. since the vector-valued function d l(l1; eO) is continuous and
belongs to the open CODe C for all (a; eO) E[0. IIX [0. II, there exists
a sufficiently small number CI. independent of eo and a, such that
1m z ECR for all z = p. (A).O -< e-< !I 'I 1-< CI,'I + o. 0", a -< 1. This means
thai D (a)c r CR for 0 -< a'" 1 if ,,4o o. If 'I = 0, then D (a) = L.. There-
fore for a < I, the function ! (z) is holomorphic at pOints of the
"disks" D (a). en the other hand. if a = I, the function! (z) is holo-
morphic at points of iJD (1) since iJD (1) reduces to two pOints x' and x"
When'l=O.
According to the "disk" theorem (see section 17.2). the function
J (z) is holomorphic at all points of the limit "disk" D (1) and, in
particular. at points of the curve LI • But this contradicts our as-
sumption. This contradiction proves that the function f (z) can be
holomorphically continued to all pOints of the set B~m) (x'. x").
Thus, we have shown that the function! (Z) can be holomorphically
continued into the domain r CR U Bc (x'. x"). where the neighborhood
Be is defined in section 28.2. Since Br;(x'. x") is a domain. rCR UBc
(x'. x") is a simply ·connected domain (see sectioD 28.2). From the
monodromy theorem (see section 6.6). the function f (z) is single-
valued in that domain. From the "edge of the wedge" theorem (see
section 27.1). the neighborhood Bc(x'. x") may be replaced by
Be(x'. x"). This completes the proof of the lemma.

4. Proof of the theorem on C-convex envelopes

Let us suppose first that the cone C consists of the convex
components C+ and C-. where C- = - C.... Let x' and x" denote
arbitrary points of an open set 0 and suppose that they can be
connected by a C-similar curve lying entirely in O. According to
the lemma in section 28.3. the function f (z) is holomorphic in
each domain rCRuBc(x'. x"). If we take the union of these domains
over all admissible pairs x' and x". we see that ! (z) can be holo-
morphically continued into the domain reRUB~)(O) where B~I(O)iS
the first approximation to the envelope Bc (0) defined by formula
(85) (for k = 1) and Be (0) is its complex neighborhood.
Let us show that the function! (z) is single-valued in the domain
rCRu.8~I(Ol Since fez) is assumed to be single-valued in rCRu it a,
will be sufficient for us to show that it is single-valued for real
z in the set Bg)(O). But B~\a) is the union of the domains Bc<x'. x")
over all admissible pairs x'. x". Therefore. it remains to show
that if two domains Bc(x'. x") and Bc(Y'. y") have points in common*

->be pairs x'. x"andy'.y·may be different components of the open set G.

 A THEOREM ON C-CONVEX ENVELOPES 273

(see Fig. 79). the function! (z) is single-valued in their intersection.

If this were not the case, the holomorphic. function f (z) would be
nons ingle-valued in the simply connected domain Tt:R U BC<x'. x")
U Be (.v' . .v") (see section 28.2), and this would contradict the mon-
odromy theorem (see section 6.6). This contradiction proves that
the function f (z) is single-valued in the
domain TCR U iJ~l (a) .•
According to the "edge of the wedge"
theorem (see section 27.1). we may take c
the neir,hborhOOd .ag) (0) as the neighbor-
hood .jjg (0). Thus. f (z) is holomorphic (and
single-valued) in the domain TCR U Bg) (0).
By repeating this process with a re-
placed by Bg)(O), we can show that fez) C
is holomorphic in the domain TCR U B~l (0).
etc. Finally. on the basis of (86). we see
that f (z) is holomorphic in the domain Fis. 79
TCRU Rc(O).
Suppose now that a coneCconsistsofconnected component cones
Cl . C2!. •.•• C, and that the function f (z) is holomorphic in the domain
TCR U O. From Bochner'S theorem (see section 17.5). f (z) is holo-
a,
morphic in the domain TC~) U where C(I) = U 0 (C k) and cW=
I <:k4;;1
C(I) n U (0. R) (see Fig. 68). It may happen that some of the cones
O(Ck) are superimposed one on the other. Nonetheless. the function
c(1) -
fez)remains Single-valued in T R U Q (see Remark in section 21.2).
(Let us denote the components of the cone C(I) by cll ). •••• cl~),
where t I <: t). Again applying Bochner's theorem, we see that f (z)
c'2) _
is holomorphic in the domain T R U Q, where C(2) == U 0 (ci)).
l<;k<:l,
etc. Finally, we conclude that f (z) is holomorphic (and single-
valued) in Te~ Ua and that all the components of CO are convex:
cones. The cone C= co n(- CO) consists of an even number 21 < t
of convex components ci.
for k = 1. 2..... I, where C; = (see -ct
section 28.1).
Let x' and x" be arbitrary points in a that can be connected by
a C-similar curve lying entirely in Q. If we apply the theorem that
we have just proven to each of the cones Ck = ct UCit where k = 1
2•.. I, we conclude that fez) is holomorphic (and single-valued)
in the domain
U [TC~UBc
l<:k<:l.
(x'. x'')]==Tc~UBC (x'. x")

and, consequently, in the domain T4 U l1g) (0). Using the recursion

formulas (86). we conclude, as above. that f (z) is holomorphic (and
CO _
single-valued) in the domain T RUBe (0). According. to the "edge
 274 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

of the wedge~ theorem, we may take the neighborhood Be as the

neighborhood Be. This completes the proof of the theorem.

29. SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS

1. Entire junctions

A function is said to be entire if it is holomorphic in Cn• The

results of this section are contained in our articles [42] and [40].
THEOREM 1. Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in a tubular cone
T C , where C consists of a finite number of components and C n (-C) '# (J.
Suppose, that, for arbitrary ¢ € DW), the limit

lim jl(X+IY)CP(X)dX =(/. cp).

Y-+O. y-+c

exists and is independent of the sequence Y ~ O. where Y EC. Then.

1 (z) is holomorphic in TO UBe (0). If. in addition. the open set a is
such that Be (0) = Rn. then 1 (z) is an entire function.
Proof: From the • 'edge of the wedge" theorem (see section 27.1).
1 (z) is holomorphic in the domain T' U O. From the theorem on
C-convex envelopes (see section 28.3). I(z) is holomorphic in the
domain TctUBe(O). If Be(O)=R~ then

Be(Ol=R n = U (z: Iz-xol<l},ool=Cn

rOER n

which completes the proof.

THEOREM 2. Suppose that f(z) € Hp(a + (; C), where the cone Cconsists
of the components C 10 C2, ... , Ct and C n
(-C) 1- (J. Suppose also that the
limiting values fk (x) € S*, for k = 1,2, ...• t, of f coincide in an open set G
and that fic (G) = Rn. Then, f(z) is an entire function and

M (I + Iz I)~e("H)p~IYIP• p> 1. a> 0;

1
If(z)!';;;'
M(I + Iz!>Pe"pe IYI • p= 1. a::;;;"O.
(90)

Proof: From Theorem 1. the function I(z) is an entire function.

Therefore. the generalized functions 1k (x) coincide in RIt. From the
theorem in section 26.7. f (z) satisfies inequalities (90), which com-
pletes the proof.
COROLLARY (a generalization of Liouville's theorem). If p = 1 and
a = Oin the conditions of Theorem 2, the function f(z) is a polynomial.
Proof: It follows from Theorem 2 that f (z) is an entire polynom-
ially bounded function. From Liouville's classical theorem (see
section 6.3), fez) is a polynomial of degree not exceeding ~.
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 275

Remarks: (1) On the basis of the remark to the "edge of the

wedge" theorem made in section 27.1. the condition that Cn (- C) ~ 0
in Theorems 1 and 2 can be weakened and replaced with the con-
dition that O(C) = W.
(2) The condition that Be (0) = R" is sufficient but not necessary
for Theorems 1 and 2. The problem arises as to how we may
characterize all open sets 0 that verify these theorems. In section
32.4. this will be done for a light cone r. for functions belonging to·
the class Ho(r), and for r.-regular open sets C (see section 28.1).

2. The class Hl (a; C)

For the definition of functions in the class H) (a; C). see section
26.4. Suppose that a cone 0 is connected. According to Theorem
2 (section 26.4). for a function /(z) to belong to H.(a; C). it is
necessary and sufficient that its spectral function g mvanish for
IlC<E) > Q. From Corollary 1 to this theorem. the class H) (a; C)
coincides with the class H.(apc; O(C».
From this and from Theorem 1 in section 29.1. we have the
following
THEOREM.* For a function f(z) to belong to 111 (a; C), where the cone C
consists of the components C1. C2 • ...• C t and C n
(-C) "I CJ. to be holomor-
phic in the domain rC U G, it is necessary and sufficient that its boundary
values fk (x). for k = 1. 2 •...• t. coincide in G and that its spectral functions
gk «() = ,..-1[fkl vanish when Jl.C k «() > a. Here. it is necessary that f(z) be
holomorphic in TCo U Bc (G) and hence that the f k (x) coincide in Bc (G).
In what follows. we shall asswne for simplicity that the cone
C consists of two convex components in C± such that C- = - C+.
We shall denote the corresponding boundary values and spectral
functions by

j± (x±IO)= lim j± (x + ly), g'" m=

y-+O, yE c'" (91)

Consider the case of a = O. In this case. the class HI (0; C) =Ho (C)
constitutes a class in the sense of section 16.1 (see remark in
section 26.4). Therefore. the set of class Ho(C) functions that are
holomorphic in the domain rcUQalso constitutes aclass K=K cU-
(in the sense of section 16.1). T a
We shall refer to the largest domain in which every class K
function is holomorphic (and single-valued) as the envelope of
a
TC U and shall denote it by K (TC U0). The following questions
arise in connection with this definition:

-See Vladimirov (30).

 276 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

(1) When do the envelopes H (rc u 0) and K (rc u 0) exist, that is,
when are they single-sheeted?
We note that these envelopes always exist in the class of
nonsingle-sheeted domains (see section 20.1) and that
H (TC U O)c.K (TC U 0). (92)

(2) When does equality hold in the inclusion (92t? _

(3) How can we construct the envelopes H (TC U0) and K (TC UO)?
In the example that we considered in section 27.5 (where c=r
and O=!1 x II < mD, the envelopes H and K were single-sheeted and
they coincided. A second example of the construction of the envelopes
Hand K is given by Theorem 2 of section 29.1: if BC<O)=R", then
H = K = C". In section 33.2. the envelopeK (Tr U a) has been con-
structed under certain hypotheses regarding O.
Let us suppose that the envelope K (TC U0") exists. Then, it
follows from the lemma in section 16.3 and from the Cartan-Thullen
theorem (see section 16.1) that it is a K-convex domain (cf. section
20.3) and hence is a domain of holomorphy (see section 16.7).
Even so,westilldonotknowtheanswer to the following question:
(4) Is K (TC uC}) a K-convex envelope of the domain TC U6 , and,
if so, is it the smallest one?
The answer to such questions is not always affirmative since
not every K-convex domain is a domain ofholomorphy of some class
K function. For example, if B is a complete circular domain and
K is the P-class of polynomials, then K (BJ = C" although, according
to Weil's theorem (see section 24.9), a P-convex envelope of a
domain B coincides with its envelope of holomorphy [which is
equal to the logarithmically convex envelope (see section 21.2)J.
From our constructions and from inclusions (88) and (92), we
derive the inclusions
OcBC<O)c.Re H (Tc U O)c.Re K (TC U a). (93)

Below, we shall see that the envelope BC<O) does not always ex-
haust Re K (Tc U0).

3. Quasi-analyticity of a certain class of generalised

functions
According to the Paley-Wiener-Schwartz theorem (see section
26.4), generalized functions with a compact spectrum are holo-
morphic and polynomially bounded. The question arises as to what
the situation is if the spectrum is not compact.
Suppose that a cone C consists of two open convex components
C+ and C- such that C- = - C+. Let us denote by La (C). where a;;;:' 0,
the class of generalized functions f = F (g) in S· whose spectra Sg
are contained in the closed set (see Fig. 80)
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 277

(94)
The set F consists of convex closed sets F% (see section 26.6).
It is a regular set (see section 3.5). In addition
~c-m=~c+(-e). r=-F+. (95)
Remarkl: Suppose that the spectrum
I ESO is contained in the set (L + +e+) u
U(L- +e-), where L+ andL- are closed
convex cones not containing any entire
straight line such that L + = - L - and
where e+ and e- are fixed points (see
Fig. 81). Then, / E L,. (C), where C = c+
UC-, C±= int L:to, and a = max [0.
I-'c+ (e+). I'c- (e-)].
To see this, note that, from Lemma Fi~. 80
1 of section 25.2, int L:to =1= 0. Further-
more,
L± =L ± •• =C±o=C±' = [e: ~c± (~) <: 0]
(see section 25.1). Since the functions I'c± mare convex and homo-
geneous of degree one, we have
I-'c±(e)~ sup I'c i (e)= SUPI-'ci(e+ei)-<:
EEL±+E± EE/.±

-<: sup I-'c i m+llc±(e t ) " I'c1 (e t ).

EELt
for all eEL:t + e±. The assertion made then follows.
Remark 2: For n = 1, every generalized function / ESO belongs to
Lo(I), wherer = IE =1= 0) = r+ u r-, where in turn r1" = I ± e> 0).
LEMMA. Every generalized function
g ESO with carrier S6cF can be repre-
sented in the form of the difference
g = g+ - g- of the generalized function
gi ES" with carrier SgtcFt. This repre-
sentation is not unique: the gt are defined
up to an arbitrary generalized function 1j
(the same for g+ andg-) with carrier con-
tained in the compact set F+ n r. In
particular, for a = 0, this 1j is an arbitrary
finite combination of the P.-function and
its derivatives at zero. Fi~. 81
Since F is a regular set, the genera-
lized function g can, by the theorem in section 3.8, be represented
in the form
g= ~ D~ <e>.
I_I ",,If •
where the I-'.m are measures of power increase with carrier in F.
If we set
278 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

11': (e) = 11'. (e n F+),

11'; (e) = 11': (e) - flo. (e),
for an arbitrary bO\Ulded Borel set e. we obtain the desired gen-
eralized functions in the form

Let us suppose that there are two representations:

g=gt -g) =g; -gi,
S +cF+, S _cF-, k= 1. 2.
Kk Kk

Then. the carrier of the generalized function

'1}=gt -g; =g)-gi
is contained in

F+ nr = [~ : I-'c+ (E) < a and I1'c (E) <: aJ = IE: I-'c (E) <: aI,
But the closed set F' n F- is compact because it is contained in the
sphere 1~IO:;:pca since I-'c(E)>-J....I-'O(c)(e)=~IEI and, on the basis of
Pc Pc
Lemma 3 of section 25.1, 1 <. Pc < + 00. For a = 0, F~ nF- = [01
and, on the basis of section 3.5,

'1}= ~ c.D'3.
1-I .;; In

THEOREM. Por a function f to belong to La (C), it is necessary and sufficient

that it have a representation in lhe form of the difference

I (x)= 1+ (x+tO)- r (x -/0) (96)

of the boundary values of the functions t
(z) € HI (a; C!). Here, the functions
f! (z) are defined up to an arbitrary entire function with compact spectrum in
p+ n P- the same entire function for both functions r.
In particular, for a = 0,
r
the functions (z) are determined up to an arbitrary polynomial.
If in addition f(x) = 0 in an open set G, it can be represented in the form of
the difference
I(x) =/(x+ 10) - I(x -to) (97)
of the bourulary values of some function f(z) € HI (a; C) that is holomorphic in
the domain T C U Bc (0). In particular,

!(x)=O, xEBc(O). (98)

Proof: Suppose that f (x) can be represented in the form (96).
Then. according to the theorem in section 29.2 the spectral func-
tions
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 279

Therefore,

p-I [/)(~) = g+ m - g- m = 0 for min r!1e+(E). !1c- m] > a.

This means that IE LfJ (e).
Conversely, suppose that IE LfJ (C). From the preceding lemma,
we can represent the generalized function rllll ESO in the form of
the difference
(99)

of generalized functions g± ESO such thatSgi cp%. According to the

theorem in section 29.2,
I± (z) = F rg± (~) e-EYI (x) EHI (a; C±).

By considering formulas (91), we obtain from this equation the

desired representation (96). Since the ftmctions g± are defined
up to an arbitrary generalized function with compact carrier in
p+ nP-, the functions I± (z) are defined up to the corresponding
arbitrary entire function. In particular, for j± (z), the functions
a = 0 are defined up to an arbitrary polynomial.
Let us now prove the second part of the theorem. Suppose that
!(x)=O. Then, on the basis of (96), we have

t+ (x + iO) = r (x - fO). x EO.

By applying the theorem in section 29.2, we then obtain the re-

maining assertions of the theorem.
It follows from this theorem that generalized functions belonging
to the class La (e) possess the property of quasi-analyticity: vanishing
of a function I (x) in this class in a domain a implies that it vanishes
in the C-convex envelopes Be (0) of the domain O.
This kind of quasi-analyticity for a causal commutator in quan-
tum field theory was predicted by Jost and proven by Dyson in [41]
(see also Bogolyuhov and Vladimirov [97], Vladimirov [92, 30,
40,42], Borchers [98]. and Araki [99]).
The reason for this phenomenon of quasi-analyticity consists
in the fact that although l(x)E La (e) is a generalized function. it
can nonetheless be represented in the form of the difference (97)
of the values I (x ± iO) of some function I (z) belonging to the class
U HI (a'; e) (see section 26.4) that is holomorphic in the domain
fJ'~4

U
]'C a
and hence holomorphic in the corresponding K -convex
envelope. which cannot be arbitrary (it must in any case be pseudo-
convex [see section 17.1]. Therefore. at its real points (in which,
by virtue of (97). I(x) must vanish). it cannotbe arbitrary.
 280 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

4. Quasi-analyticity oj the solutions oj a certain

class oj linear equntions
Let us use the results of the preceding section to establish the
quasi-analytic nature of solutions u (x) in the space S· of the con-
volution equation

(100)

with the hypotheses

IE La (C). 10E O~. F lIolm +- 0
(101)
for min [I-'c+ (;). I-'c- (~)] > a.
We note that, since 10 is a convolutor in So. the function F 1101,
is a multiplier in S', and all its derivatives are infinitely differen-
tiable functions of power increase (see section 3.9).
Convolution equations include differential equations with constant
coefficients
P(LD)u =/(x). 10 = P (LD) B(x). (102)

difference equations

integral equations

f K(x-x')u(x')dx'=/(x). 10=K(x) (104)

and various combinations of these: differential equations with

displaced arguments, integro-differential equations, and others.
The function F [/01 (e) takes the forms

pm. ~ eke IX• t • f K(x)e1x<dx.

t<;h;N

for Eqs. (102)-(104) respectively.

By applying formula (24) of Chapter 1 to Eq. (100), we get the
Fourier transformations

F 1101 F [u) = F II).

It follows from this, from (95), and from conditions (101) that
r J luJ m = 0 for min [I-'c+ m. I-'e:- <e>l > a.: that is, u ELa (C). If we now

apply the theorem in section 29.3, we get the following result

(see [30, 93]).
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 281

THEOREM 1. ";very solution u € g" of the equation fo • u = f that satisfies

conditions (101) and vanishes in an open set G can be represented in the form of
the difference (97) of the boundary values fez t iO) of a function fez) € HI (a; C)

. .
that is holomorphic in the domain T e U Be (G>. This solution therefore vanishes
in the larger domain constituting the envelope Be (G).
COROLLARY 1. I( two solutIOns of Eq. 000> that belong to S coincide in
the domain G, they also coincide in BeW>'
From Remark 1 in section 29.3. we obtain the
COROLLARY 2. Suppose that F [fo]- (~) = 0 outside two closed convex cones
L + and L - (where L - = -V) that do not contain any entire straight line. Then, in
the representation (97) of each solution u € S* of the equation fo • u = O. the
function fez) € HoW). where C = C+ U C- and C t = intU·
For example. every solution u ESO of the iterated wave equation
Omu = 0 (for In:> I that vanishes in an open set 0 also vanishes in
Br(O). that is. in the convex envelope of 0 with respect to timelike
curves.
Proof: In this case. fo = Omil (x).

FlfoJm=(-e~+~+ ... +E~t

and F± = r±. r
that is, u ELo(l'). Noting that int u = r± and I' = r± u r-
and using Corollary 2. we obtain the assertion made.
THEOREM 2. Suppose that the equation

(105)

can be solved for the highest derivative with respect to Xl and that this equation
satisfies condition (101):
(106)

Let u € S* denote a solution of Eq. (l05). Suppose that this solution satisfies
the conditions

u (0. x) = -=-Ou--,(,-,-,O.,-x~) (107)

oX I

w~re g is an open set lying on the hyperplane Xl = O. Then, u(x) vanishes in

the envelope Be (g) and. in particular, Eqs. (107) are valid in a larger set than g,
namely, in the intersection of Be (g) and the plane Xl = O.
Proof: Since an arbitrary derivative D"u (x) belongs to S· and
satisfies Eq. (105) and since the differential operator t"Df-p(/D)
is hypoelliptic with respect to Xl' we conclude that D"u (a. x) ES'
for all a (see section 3.11). Therefore, conditions (107) are
meaningful.
Suppose that the function ,?(x)E D(U{O. a» approaches a(x) as
6: -> + O. Since u (x) E S· satisfies Eq. (105) and conditions (107), it
follows that
 282 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEOREM

satisfies this equation in the ordinary sense and satisfies the con-
ditions

- -0'u . , (0, x)=O,

- a=O,l, .... k-l, (108)
dxj ,

where g (e) is the set of points in the domain g that lie at a distance
from oggreater than e (see Fig, 82). By using Holmgren's theorem
(see Petrovskiy [105J. p. 49). we conclude from (108) thatu~ (x)=O
in some n-dimensional neighborhood g' (e) of the (n - l)-dimen'sional
set g (e). From this. we conclude on the basis of Theorem 1 that
u" (x)=O in the envelope Be Ig' (e») and a fortiori in the envelope
Be Ig (e») c: Be Ig' (e»).
Now let e -. +
O. Then. in S-

u,,(x)_u(x),
a·"",• (0, x) _
axj
(109)
_
d·" (0, x) ,a=O, I,., ..
ax;

Here. the sequence of open sets g (e) in-

~---_X,
creases monotonically and g = U g (e).
.>0
,- According to the lemma in section 28.1.
the sequence Be Ig (e») also increases
Xl
monotonically and
Be (g) = U Be Ig (e»).
.>0
(110)
Since /I~. (x) = 0 in Be Ig (e»). it follows from (109) and (110) that
u,.(x)=Ofor Be Ig(e»). Analogously. it follows from (109) and (110)
that Eqs. (107) are valid in the intersection of Be (e) and the
plane Xl = O. which completes the proof.
The quasi-analytic nature of the solutions of the wave equation
was pointed out in the book by Courant and Hilbert [88] (Chapter
VI. § 8). For example. if a solution vanishes identically in a neigh-
borhood of the interval 1 x I I -< I. x= o. then it must also vanish in
the double cone IXII + 1.;1 < 1(see Fig. 75). In connection with this.
it is stated in that book that we encounter the remarkable phenom-
enon of the existence of nonanalytic functions whose values in some
arbitrarily thin region tmiquely determine the behavior of the
function in a much larger region.
Similar phenomena of quasi-analyticity have been studied by
John [89] Nirenberg[90] and Broda [91] in connection with questions
on the Wliqueness of solutions of partial differential equations (in
particular, those with constant coefficients). Nirenberg [90] offered
the hypothesis that if a sufficiently smooth solution u (x) of a
 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESUL.TS 283

differential equation P(tD) /I = 0 vanishes in a domain O. it also

vanishes in the domain BP (0). that is. the convex envelope with
respect to timelike curves. A curve of class ell) is said to be
timelike with respect to the operator P (tD) if. at an arbitrary point
m
~o of the curve. the equations et = O. Pu = 0 are simultaneously
satisfied only by ; = o. where t is the tangent vector to that curve
at ~o (see Fig. 83) and Po mis the principal part of the polynomial
P <e>. We note that. for the wave operator
D. timelike and r -like curves coincide.
so that BO (0) = Br (0).
These results prove that Nirenberg's
hypothesis remains true for solutions in
the space S· when the envelope BP(O) is
replaced by the envelope Be (0). It would
be interesting to extend these results
to the space D' (0).
The method of studying regions of
uniqueness of solutions of differential
equations with constant coefficients that Fig. 83
we have expounded here is based on the
property of pseudoconvexity of domains of holomorphy. Therefore.
it is quite different from previously used methods of studying
such questions (see [88-91]).

5. A boundary-value problem jor class Ho (C)

holomorphic junctions
The results obtained in section 29.3 enable us to solve the
following problem concerning the conjugacy of two holomorphic
functions.
Suppose that an open cone e c R" consists of two convex com-
ponents C+ and C-. where c- = - C+. Let j (x) denote a function
belonging to S·. Find two functions r·
(z) belonging respectively to
the classes Ho(C±) such that

j+ (x +10) = r (x - 10)+ I(x). (111)

This problem is a generalization of the well-known classical

problem of determining a piecewise-holomorphic function from
a given jump on the real line (see. for example. Muskhelishvili
[107] to the case of many complex variables and to a broader class
of admissible jumps in I. For n = I. problem (111) and its analogs
have been studied in various spaces of generalized functions by
KOthe [130]. Tillman-[131-133]. Parasyuk [108]. Sato [134. 135].
Bremermann and Durand [106]. Luszczki and Zielezny (136). and
Rogozhin [137]. The similar problem (for /I >- 1) on the represen-
tation of an arbitrary generalized function in the form of the sum
of 2" bmmdary values of a function that is holomorphic in the open set
284 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

(Cl " Rl) X (Cl " Rl) X ,,' X (Cl " Rl)

has been studied by Tillman (131-133).

The theorem in section 29.3 provides the following condition
for solvability of problem (111). For problem (111) to have a
solution. it is necessary and sufficient that f (x) ELo (C)i this
solution is not unique but is determined up to an arbitrary
polynomial.
Thus. the conditions under which the problem has a solution are
quite different in the spaces Cl and en. where n ~ 2i in the space
Cl. we know from Remark 2 of section 29.3 that the problem has
a solution for all f ES' whereas this is not the case in cn for n >: 2.
We shall now give an algorithm for solving this conjugacy
problem. Suppose that f ELo (C) and g = F- l If). By hypothesis.
SgcCHuC-o. where C-*=-C+o and C'= (OJ =c+onC-o. Therefore.
there exists a hyperplane Ee = 0 (where e ECT) such that ± ~e > 0 for
eEe±' and h t O. Let N denote the order of g ES·. Then.
a± m= ± (Ee)N+1a (± ee) g (E) ES', Sa± c e±'

and

(112)

Since division by a polynomial is always possible in the space SO

(see section 3.10), let us divide Eq. (112) by (ee)N+i. This gives
us a representation of g in the form

g(;)=g+(e)-g" (e), (113)

where the generalized functions g± ES· are chosen in such a way

that

(114)

Setting

we obtain. by virtue of (113). the solution to our problem.

The spectral 'functions g± in the representation (113) subject
to conditions (114) are not unique. Let us find their general form.
Let g = gt - g) be another such representation. Then. '7j = g+ - gt
= g- - g). Since the carrier g± - gr
is contained in c H • the
carrier'7j is
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 285

From this. we conclude on the basis of formula (16) of Chapter

1 that the generalized function '1/ can be represented in the form

'1/ = ~ cpoa (e).

I'j <;,11

where the Co are arbitrary numbers (see section 3.5). Therefore,

the fWlctions f± (z) are determined up to an arbitrary polynomial.
It would be interesting to generalize this method for solving
the more general problem in which condition (111) is replaced with

(For n = I. see Parasyuk [108].)

In_the case in whichg(x)=P(xlisapolynomial such thatP(z)+o
in T C the problem (115) can also be solved Wlder the condition that
f ELo(C).. Here. j+ (z) and r
(z) are rSfEectively determined up to
expressi.ons of the form Q(z) and P(Z~. where Q is an arbitrary
polynomial.
This is true because if 11>:1: (z) is a solution of the problem (111).
then
j -( )_ /I.I-(z)
z - P(z)

is a solution of the problem (115).

To generalize what has been said. it will be sufficient to show
that it is always possible to divide by a polynomial P (z) such that
P(z) f- 0 (for z ETc in the ring Ho (e-). that is. that the equation
P(z)x.(z)=1I> (z) has a (Wlique) solution x.(z)in the ring Ho(e-) for any
right member II> (z) in Ho (e-). This assertion follows from the
LEMMA. If the polynomial P (z) t- 0 in the tubular radial domain T C = Rn + iC.
then I / P (z) E No (e).
Proof: If P(z).;. 0 in TC then P(z) =1= 0 in its envelope of holomorphy
TO (C) (see section 20.3). Therefore we may assume e to be a con-
vex cone. Since P (z) i= 0 in re. the function P ~z) is holomorphic in TC.
Thus. it remains only to show that this function satisfies inequality
(IS) (for a = 0). For this, we use the second algebraic lemma in the
article by Hormander [81]: Let Q(x) be a polynomial with real
coeffiCients. let N be the set of its real zeros, and denote the com-
ment of N by eN = R n '\ N. Then. for certain values of a. b. and c
(where c> 0),

IQ(x)1 >- e(\ + Ixj)a ~h(x).

(For N = 0. instead OB~N(X), we may take 1.)
Now let P(z) denote an arbitrary polynomial and let M denote
the set of its zeros. Again. eM = en '\ M. If we apply H"ormander's
286 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE THEORY

lemma to the polynomial Q(x. y)= IP(z)12 (with real coefficients)

the real zeros of which coinc ide with M. we see that this lemma
remains valid in this case also:

Suppose that the polynomial P(z):f= 0 in TC. If M = 0. then. on the

basis of inequality (116). we have P~Z'1 EHo(C). Suppose thatM '*- 0.
-<
If ~ o. in (116). we conclude. bn the basis of the inequality

1
that P[TEHo(C).
We ~till need to consider the case in which M -1= 0 and ~ > o.
Since the cone C is convex. for all z ETC we have (see section 25.1)
C"=C intC=C. and

Let C' be a cone that is compact in C. It follows from Lemma 2 of

section 25.2 that

yEC', a=a(C') > o.

From this inequality and inequalities (117) and (116), we conclude

that

that is, P ~Z) EHo (C). This completes the proof of the lemma.

6. The impossibility oj nonlocal theories oj a certain type

Wightman posed the question [24}: Does vanishing of the com-

mutator [A (x). B (y») for (x - )')2 < _[2 imply'" that it vanishes for
(x - y)2 < o. This question was answered in the affirmative by Petrina
[43} by means of the theorem of a r-convex envelope [92}. Another
proof of this result appears in Wightman's article [32}. We shall
present the solution of this question, following Petrina.

*Here, we use the following notations, which are employed in quantum mechanics:
(337m) (see section 30).
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 287

We are dealing with quantum field theory. inwhich the following

axioms are assumed satisfied:
(a) In the Hilbert space ~ of amplitudes of state I). the linear
operators of the field A (x). B (y) . ...• are given. These are operator-
valued generalized functions in S· with a common domain of defi-
nition D that is dense in .p. Here. AD c D.
(b) Invariance under the group of translations. This means that
in the space .p there is a unitary representation

U(a)D c:: D

of the group of translations !a}.whereP = (Po. PI' P 2• Pa)is the energy-

momentum operator and E (p) is the corresponding spectral measure.
(The operators Pi are self-adjoint in .p and they commute with each
other.) This representation transforms the operators of the field
A (x) according to the rule

U (a) A (x)U(- a)= A(x - a).

(c) Completeness of the system of (generalized) * eigenampli-

tudes of the state Ip) of the energy-momentum operator p. Pip) =
pip). P=(Po' PI' P2' pa) = (Po' p) and nonnegativeness of the spectrum
of the energy operator Po- Thus. the carrier of the spectral measure
E (p) is contained in the closure of the future light cone Ii> = [p :
Po ~ O. p2 ~ 0[; that is. E (p) is a retarded function.
(d) Nonlocal commutativity: For any two field operators A(x)
and B (y). the commutator

[A (x), B (y») = 0 if (x - )/)2 <- l2.

Then. conditions (a)-(d) imply local commutativity:

[A (x), B ()/») = 0 for (x - )/)2 < O.

Proof; Since the system of eigenamplitudes of the state I p) is
complete in -P, it will be sufficient to show that the generalized func-
tion in SO

p'-p
I (x - y) = (p'llA (x), B (y)lIp) e- 1 -2- IX+Y)

*"Ibis completeness will exist if ~ is a rigged Hilbert space. that is, if there exists
a COlDltahly Hilbert kernel space '1' with nOndegenerate scalar product such that.i) is the
completion of <l> with respect [0 this scalar product (see Gel'fand and VilenJdn [44],
OJ.aprer 1. section 4.
288 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

°
vanishes for (x - y)2 < for arbitrary eigenamplitudes of the state
and Ip). By using (b), we obtain the chain of equations
Ip')

f(x-y)=
-I p'-p (x+"i
=e 2 [(p'IA(x)B(y)Ip)-(p'IB(y)A(x)Ip)l=
p'-p
= e -/ - 2 - ,ny' le1p'X-lpY(p'IU (X) A(x) U(- X) U (x-ylX
X U (y) B (y) U (- y)I p) - e1p'y-ipx (p'I U (y) B(y) U ( - y) X
X U(- X + y) U (x)A (X)U(- x)Ip)J =

=e
I p'; P \x-YI
~ (p'IA(O)
f e-I(X-MdE(q)B(O)Ip)-

-l P'-+P !X-Y' ,.
-e 2 (p'IB(O)j el (X-MdE(q)A (O)Ip) =

= f eIIX-YI[(p'! A(O)dE(-t+ p'tP)B(O)lp)-

- (p' IB (0) dE (t + p' t p) A (0) Ip)] .

It follows from this and from (c) that the spectrum of f (x - y) is
contained in

But the lig\tt cones r~ and r- = - r+ are self-adjoint (see section

25.1) and 2' (p' + p) Er\ Therefore, by using Remark 1 of section
29.3, we conclude that f (x - y) belongs to the class La (r) where
r = r+ u r- is a light cone and

a = max ,la' I-'r+ (P'

-2 P) •
+- +
p'2 -
!1r- ( - _ 1 I'
p )] -"2 P +p I .

Furthermore, we conclude from (d) that

f (x - y) = 0 for x - yEO/ = (t: t 2 < - Pl.

Keeping the theorem of section 29.3 in mind, we conclude from this

that f (x - y) = °
if x - y EBdO,). Noting now that Br(O,) = 0 0 =
[t:- t 2 < 01 (see section 28.1), we conclude that I (x -.)I) = a for
(x - .)1)2 < 0, which completes the proof.

7. Products of genera li2 ed junctions

It is known (see Schwartz [138]), that there does not exist a
multiplication operation (commutative or not) of all generalized
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 289

functions that is associative and bilinear, that coincides with

ordinary multiplication for continuous functions, and that satisfies
the conditions XQ (x) = 0 and P 1/ i x = I, where

(n== 1).

(If there were, we would have

o=pi [x8(x») = [p ! x] 8 (x)= 1· 8(x)=o(x).

which is impossible.)
However, if we confine ourselves to particular classes of genera-
lized functions or if we relax some of the conditions enumerated,
such a multiplication operation can exist. Along these lines, see
Bogolyubov and Parasyuk [139] and Konig [157,158].
Here, we sha,ll mention one of the possible ways of defining a
multiplication of certain generalized functions which are the differ-
ences between boundary.1alues otfunctions that are holomorphic in
the tubular domains TCR and TCR and that satisfy inequality (13).
Here, C: = C± n U (0. R). We note in passing that, by virtue of the
theorem in section 29.3. every class La(C) generalized function
satisfies the conditions listed. (For n = I, every generalized function
in S·belongs toLo(r)wherer= [y =1= O](see Remark 2 in section 29.3].)
Thus, suppose* that, in the sense of convergence in the space SO,
I" (x) = lim F~(x). k= I, 2..... m *)
" .... 0. "E c+

where

F~(x)=tt (x +ly) - r; (x -ly).

Here the functions Ii (z) are holomorphic in T C: respectively and
they satisfy inequality (13).
Let us suppose now that, for arbitrary 'f in S there exiSts a
finite limit
lim
" .... 0."E c+
JFf (x) F~ (x) ••• FY". (x) 'f (x) dx. (118)

that is independent of the sequence y - 0, y EC+. Then, since the

space SO is dense (see section 3.7). this limit defines a generalized
function in SO, which we shall call the product IJf2 •.• 1m of the
generalized functions I\' 12' .... 1m. Thus,

-ACCOrding to our agreement (see section 26.3) the notation y -> O. Y E C+ means that
the sequence y -> 0 is contained in some cone that is compact in C~.
290 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE THEORY

1.t2 ... Im= lim FfF~ ... F~ (in SO). (119)

y-+O. yEC+

if the limit on the right exists and is independent of the sequence

y -+ O. y f C+. Obviously. this productis commutative and associative.
In connection with this product. the very natural question arises:
For what generalized functions belonging to the class in question
does this product exist? First of all. we should note two extremely
important subclasses of this class in which such a product is known
to exist for an arbitrary number of factors and to belong to the
same subclass. namely. the set of boundary values of functions
that are holomorphic in T C; (resp. in TCii) and that satisfy
inequality (13).
Suppose. for example. that certain functions Ik (x) k= 1.2..•.. m.
are limiting values of functions It (z) that are holomorphic in
c+
T R and that satisfy inequality (13). Then.

F~(x)=lt(x+ly), li(x+ly)=O, k=l, 2, .... m

and. on the basis of the theorem in section 26.3. the product

1.t2 ... 1m exists. belongs to S·. and is a boundary value of the
function II (Z) 12 (z) ••. 1m (z). which is holomorphic in TC"R and satisfies
inequality (13). c+
Thus. the set of boundary values of functions that are holomorphic in T R
and that satisfy inequality (13) constitute a commutative ring with unity without
zero divisors with respect to the multiplication defined above.
We notA that. for suitable spectral functions K = F- 1 1/1 this
multiplication becomes convolution: Kl * g2. This set of spectral
functions constitutes a subring of the ring considered in section
26.2.
Since the sets of holomorphic functions

U Hp(a'; C) and Ho(C)

a'>a

constitute rings with respect to ordinary multiplication, the sets

of their boundary values also constitute rings with respect to the
multiplication just defined. By using Theorems 1 and 2 of section
26.4, we can describe these rings in terms of spectral functions.
As an example. we shall do this for the important case of light
cones.
Suppose that r+ and r- are future and past light cones respectively
(see section 25.1). We shall call a generalized function g ES" an ad-
vanced or a retarded function according as scc:r-or s,c:r+respec-
tively. On the basis of Theorem 2 of section 26.4, we conclude that,
for a generalized function ginS" to be an advanced (resp. retarded)
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 291

function, it is necessary and sufficient that its Fourier-Laplace

transform belong to the class Ho (r-) [resp. Ho(r+)]. From this and
from the preceding construction, it follows that it is possible to define
a multiplication on the set of Fourier transforms of advanced (resp. retcuded)
functions such that the product of these functions is the Fourier transform of
some advanced (retcuded) function.
As an application of this result, we note that multiplication is
always possible for generalized functions of the type of Pauli-
Iordan transition functions of equal frequency:

(120)

Products of such functions result when the products of linear oper-

ators in quantum field theory are reduced to normal form. We note
that the product of two, let us say, advanced functions of the type
(120) will not in general be a function of the same type. Nonethe-
less, we may now assert that this product will be the Fourier trans-
form of some advanced function.
Another construction of the operation of multiplication ofidenti-
cal-frequency transposition functions (120) is given in the book by
Bogolyubov and Shirkov [87) (section 16) on the basis of the Pauli-
Villars regularization.
Turning to the general case, we note that the existence of the
limit (118) for arbitrary cp ES implies existence ofthe limit in (119)
with respect to the norm of functionals in the space S(N)' for some
N, which depends on Ii" .... 1m (since weak convergence in the
space S' implies strong convergence [see section 3.7)). Let us now
suppose that the limit (118) does not exist for all If ES but that it
exists for all If in a closed subspace M of the space S(NI for some
N. (Since M is closed in S(NI. it is a Banach space with norm II II N .)
From the Banach-Steinhaus theorem (see section 3.7), the limit
(118) defines a continuous linear functional X on M. We shall use
the term product Id2 ... 1m of the generalized functions II' 12' ....
1m for any continuous linear functional in the space S(N)'CS' that
is a continuation of X from M onto S(NI. (According to the Hahn-
Banach theorem [see section 3.4], such an extension always exists
but it is not in general unique.)
The case in which M consists of those functions cp in S(N) that
vanish together with all derivatives of order p ~ N inclusively at
x = 0 is of interest. In this case, all continuations Id2 ... 1m of
the functional X. from M onto SIN) are given by the formula

(fd2 .. ·lm· cp)=

= (X. cP - ~ D'~ (0) Ifo (x) x o )

101':P
+ ~
lol':p
Co (8(0). cp).
(121)
292 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

where 'f'o is an arbitrary function in S that is identically equal to

unity in a neighborhood of the point 0 and the c. are arbitrary con-
stants. Here," the extensions defined by formula (121) are actually independent
of the function !Po'
Proof: Let us represent an arbitrary function '? in SIN} in the
form 'f' = 'f'1 + 'f'2 , where
~ D''f(O) aES
'f'2= ~ -1l-1-'f'O(x)x •
lal" p
and let us apply the functional/d2 ... 1m to it. Since this functional
coincides with X on M, we obtain formula (121) with

_ (_l)lal a
c . - -a-1 -Cfd2···lm' 'f'o(X) X ). (122)

Let us show that formula (121) is independent of 'f'o. Suppose that

we have two representations of the form (121) corresponding to
functions 'f'o and 'f'~. Then, on the basis of (122), their difference is
equal to
( X, ~ D':,<O)('f'~_'f'o)xa)+ ~ (C:-ca)(o(a). 'f')=
I.'"p 1.I<p

= (/d2 ... 1m. lal~<p D':/O) ('f'~_'f'o)xa)+

+ ~ «0("). 'f')= ~ da(o("). 'f').

"p
I al lal"p
which proves our assertion.
It should be noted that holomorphic functions (of a Single vari-
able) were also used by Bremermann and Durand [106] for defining
the analogous product of generalized functions of certain classes.
The product of causal functions of quantum field theory was defined
by Bogolyubov and Parasyuk [139,140] (see also Stepanov [141-143],
Shcherbina [144,145], Taylor [146], Bremermann [147]. and Stein-
mann [148]).
In conclusion, let us look at two examples.
(1) Find (n= 1)
( l)k 1 1 1
x±iO = x±iO x±iO ••• x±iO'
I
The inequality , k1 -< Iyl -k implies that i/zkE Hu(r±) for ±,v > 0 re-
spectively. Ther~fore, the boundary values of the function l/zk as
y~ ±O exists in S' (see section 26.3). We denote them respectively
by 1/ (x ± iO)k. From the definition (119) ofthe product of generalized
functions, it follows that
( l)k 1
x ± iO = (x ± iO)k .
 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE PRECEDING RESULTS 293

Suppose that k = 1. Using the definition of the Cauchy principal

value (at the points x = 0 and x = 00), we obtain for all Cf' ES,

lim
0-++0
J <P±(X~
00

-00
x n
dx= lim Vp
.-++0
f <p(x)-~(O) +'f'(0)
-~
00

X±u
lim Vp
.-++0'
r
-00
co

x
+dXj
E
=
N 00

-
-
1·
1m
N-++oo
j<P(X)-<P(O) d
X
x + 'f' (0) 1· 1m
&"",,+0
j -iEdx
--r--+
X •
'=
-N -00

00

=Vp j <P~) dx =+= 1'I':'f'(0).

-00

These are the famous formulas of Sokhotskiy. Let us rewrite them

in terms of generalized functions
1 1
x ± 10 = =+=1'I':B(x)+P x'
Then, by making use of the continuity of the operation of differenti-
ating generalized functions (see section 3.3), we conclude for (k = 1
2.... ) that
(x ±1).t 1
10 = (x ± 10)- =
(123)
= (_I)k-l d t - 1 _1_= ± (_1)- 11t3(t-II(X)+p ~
(k-I)I dx k - 1 x±IO (k-l)l xA'

where
1 (_I)k-l dk- 1 1
P-= --p-.
xk (k - 1)1 dx t - 1 x

(2) Find 32 (x) = 3(x) 0 (x) for n = 1. It follows from (123) that
3 x __
( ) - 2,,1
I (_1___
x-iO
1_).
x+/O

Therefore,

FY(x) =_1_( __1___

2,,1 x-/y
1_)= ,,(x'+y')
x+ly
y •

Suppose that 'f' E51 1l and that'f' (0) = O. Then, calculating the corre-
sponding limit (118), we obtain

lim
y-++o_~
f IPY (x)]2 'f' (x) dx =
~

= ~. Y~"!o f
-00
(x' r y2)' 'f' (x) dx = O.
294 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

Thus, on the closed subspace MeSo, of functions that vanish at

the point 0, the function X is equal to zero. But then, on the basis
of (121), we have

a2 (x)=ca(x).

where c is an arbitrary constant.

30. GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH

LIGHT CONES
In this and the following section, we shall use different notations,
which are especially suited for light cones. We denote points in the
spaces R"+l and C"+ J respectively by
x=(X o' xI' •••• X,,)=(X o' x).

Z = x + ly = (zo' z): dx = dxo dx.

We denote the scalar product of points e and z by

ez=~zo-ez.

so that

IxF=x~+ ... +x~.

We recall that a light cone I' = Ix: x 2 > 01 consists of two convex
components, namely, a future light cone r" = Ix: x o > Ixll and a
past light coner-=[x: xl<-Ixll. WedenoteT±=Tr±=R+WI:; T
=T+ U T-.
We define the generalized functions B(± xo) a(t, (x 2), for 0 ""k < ,
« n-I )/2, (where n> 2), by the formula
J 0 (± x o) a(t, (x 2)'P (x) dx =

(_iJ_)t ('I' (~o. x) ) I

(124)
= (-1)"/ dx. cp ES.
2xooxo 2.xo. x.-±Ixi

For k < n- 1/ 2 this integral always converges, We set

a(t, (X2) = (J (xo)a(t, (X2) + B(- x o) 8(t, (x 2).
(125)
e (xo) 8(11, (X2) = 6 (x o) a<II, (X2) - 6 (- x o) 0(11, (x 2).

Let us prove the following formula for n> 2:

D,,16(±xo)6(x 2)1=2(n-I)6(±xo)8(x2). (126)

 GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH LIGHT CONES 295

where 0" is the wave operator

01 0' 01
0"=-2 --2 - ... --2-'
OXO OX I ox,.
For 'PE S, we have

J 0" [9 (x o) 8 (x2») 'f (x) dx = J 8 (x o) 9 (x2) O,,'P (x) dx =

= J
x,>lzl
O,,'P(x)dxodx l .. , dXn=

= J (ox.
r+
d
0'1' 0'1'
dX I ... dx n +ox;dxodx 2 .. · dx,,- ...

... +(_1)" :;,. d:Codx l ... dx,._I)'

We now use Stokes' formula (see section 22.4). Since the point 0,
the vertex of the cone r+, is singular, we need to draw a sphere
of radius E around it and integrate over the region r,+ = r+ \ U (0. E)
(see Fig. 84). We obtain
f 0" [6(xo)6(x2»)'P(x)dx= lim
.-++0
J ~.,
cJr+
uX.
dXI ... dx" +
0., II' 0.,
+-:r-dxOdx2 •.• dx,,- ••• +(-1 )--s-dxodxl ... dX,,_I'
~ u~

The boundary or: consists of two portions, namely, or+ \. U (0. E) and
r+ n oU (0. E). On the first of these, since x~ = x 2 , we have
(127)

From this relation, we have the identity

0'1'
:;-dxl
uX.
'" dx" +-0
XI
0'1'
dxodx2'" dx" + ...
0'1
•.. +(-I)"-
.. -dxodx l ... dX"_I=
"x"
= d[:. «_1)11-1 Xldx2'" dx,,+ ... +x"dx l ... dX"_I)]-
2(,,- 1) 'P dXI'"
- 2x. dx" .

By using Stokes' formula and remembering that the integral over

the second portion approaches 0 as 1 _ 0, we obtain
lOll [8 (xo) 6 (X2») 'f(x)dx =

= lim
.-++0
[-2("-1) J'PdXI'"
2x.
dx,,+
cJr:
+ J .:. «-1)"-1 XI dX 2 ••• dX II + ...
cJr+ ncJU (0, I)
... + x" dX I ... J
dx,._I) •
296 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

As e -+ + 0, the second term in the square brackets in the right

member approaches zero. In the first term, the integration is over
the outer side of the surface or:. There-
fore, on the basis of (124), we conclude
that it approaches

2(n-l) f 6(Xo) 8(X2) <p (x) dx

~-+--_Z, as e_+O. This proves formula (126).

We could obtain formula (126) more
z, simply by formally differentiating the left
member of Eq. (126) and using the pro~
erties of the one-dimensional delta-
function. Proceeding in this way, we ob-
tain the formula

41'r(n+l)
2 -2-. "± .(1'-1)( 2)
D~[6(±xo)6(x)] = r(ntl-k) II( xo)u x. (128)

for k <n + 1/ 2. where n is odd. For k:>- n + 1/2 • where n is even,

this formula can be used to define the generalized functions
a(± x o) 8(1') (x 2).

We now introduce the following generalized functions:

(1 ~ k < n+ 1/2 if n is odd; k:>- 1 is arbitrary if n is even);

(130)

(0 ~ k < n/2 if" is ever; k?O is arbitrary if n is odd);

 GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH LIGHT CONES 297

Let us now prove the following auxiliary

LEMMA. For a point z to belong to T = T+ U T-. it is necessary and suf-
ficient that (z - x') 'I p. where p ~ 0, for all x' E Rn +1
Proof: From the condition that

(x-x' +ly)2=(x-x')l- y2+ 2Iy(x-x'):Ie P:> ° (132)

x'ER"

it follows that y 2 :1e O. If y2 were negative, we could choose a vector

x' such that

and then, from. (132) we would have (z - X')2 = O. which is im-

possible. Therefore, y2> 0, which means that z ET.
Conversely, if y2> 0, then either y (x - x') :Ie 0, or, for y (x - x')= 0.

(x-x')l- y2= [.Y(X~%') r -I X-X'/2- y2<

<_y2[1+ IX~X'll]<o.

which means that condition (132) is satisfied. This completes the

proof.
It follows from this lemma that Z2 :Ie p:> 0 for all z ET. Therefore,
the functions In (- Z2), and (- z2)P (where p is an arbitrary real num-
ber) are holomorphic (and single-valued*) in T. and, on the basis
of the lemma in section 29.5, belong to the class Ho(l'). This means
that their boundary values as y -+ 0, where y Er", exist and belong
to S· (see section 26.3). Since these boundary values are indepen-
dent of the sequence y -+ 0, where yEr", we may take sequences of
the particular form (± E. 0) , where E -+ + 0, for such sequences.

*The single-valuedness of these functions in T likewise follows from the monodromy

theorem (see section 6.6).
300 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

if zE T±
We now introduce the generalized functions

D~±) (x) = _In-

(2",) I •
r 6 (±~) 8 (e 2) elx; de. )
(141)
Dn(x) = D~+)(x) - D~-)(x) = -I-n fE(~) a(e2) elx: de
(2,,) I

which will be important for us later on.

Explicit expressions for D~±) (x) follow directly from (140)
n+1
--2- n-I
D(±)(x)= '" r(n+I)[I X I2 _(x +LO)2)---;Z'
n 2(n-l)i 2 0-

Finally. by using formulas (136) and (138). we obtain from the above
expression

~ 1':
4 -m-I[+ ( )S(m-I)(x 2)+
_1':6 Xo

+l(-l)m-I(m- 1)1 P ()m J. n= 2m+ I;

(142)
{1': -m-fr (m- -}) {+(_I)m 6 (xo)[6 (X2) X2)-m+~ _
- I [_ a(_ x2) x2)-m+i}. n = 2m.

Thus. on the basis of (140)-(142). the function Dn (x) can be repre-

sented in the form of the difference

(143)

between boundary values of the function bn ( - z2) n-1I2 I which is

holomorphic in the domain T r and r. and it can be expressed in
explicit form:

~
2 1t
-m ( ),(m-I)( x .
E Xo 0
2) if n=2m+ I. m> I.
(144)
1
2(-1) -
m I
1:
-m-~2 r (m 1)
- 2 6(Xo)[e(x2)x2)
-m+.!.
2.

if n=2m.
 GENERALIZED FUNCTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH LIGHT CONES 301

Let us show that the generalized function* Dn(x) satisfies the

wave equation OnDn=O. It follows from Eqs. (124) and (125)
that e2e (Eo) 8(e2) = 0 and, hence, on the basis of (141). Dn (x) satisfies
the wave equation.
Let us show that the ftmction Dn (x) satisfies the conditions

lim Dn (xo' x) = O.
A"o-+:tO

lim -iJo D,,(xo. x)=8(x). (145)

x.
...,-+:1:0
.
11m
o·
- 2 Dn(xO' x)=O .
.... -+:1:0 oxo

It follows from formula (143) that, for every xo. the generalized
functions

are meaningful (see also section 3.11). ConSider a nmction 'P (x) ES.
m
We define ~ = F -1 [<pl. By using the definition (141) of the function
D.(x), we obtain

for X o- ±o
(D" (XO. xl. <p (x» +f e(~) a(e~ -I; 12) ~ d~o d; =
elEoX. (;)

= 2 f 6(Eo)a(e~-m2)sin(Eoxo)~(;)d~od;=
o (Dn(x •
ox; x). <p(x))=
f Sin (Ileell ~ d; _ O.
= xo) (;)
o

= Icos(I;IXo)~(;)d;- f~(;)d;=".?(O).
f
iJ~12 (Dn(xo. x). cp(x»=- sin(I;lxo)I;I~(;)d;_O.
o
asx o - ±O. which proves relations (145).
Finally. let us show that the generalized nmctions

(146)
i (-1>"2 -\ r("; 1)
n n+l
1t --2-
n-l
6 (±xO)[6(x 2)x 2)--2-.
n even
302 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

are elementary solutions of the wave equation DnE~:t) = S (see sec-

tion 3.10).
To prove this. it will be sufficient to show that
_z2E~:t)(z)= 1. zET:t

where E!.:I:) is the Fourier-Laplace transform of E-n:l:). For odd ".

this equation follows from formulas (128) and (139):
.r
- Z2

= -;
En:t) (x) elzx dx =
2 n-I
1t--2- .
r 6(±xo)8 T
(n-3)
(x2)e lzx dx=

=- r(;P) 2-
n-I
n 1t- T
f O;;-r [8(±x~8(x2)]elzxdx=
n-I

n+1

=
-2-
~(~) 2- n 1t--2-
n-I
f 8(±xo)8(x2)e IZx dx= 1.

Suppose now that " is an even number ,,~ 2. By using formula (130).
we obtain
- z2E~:I:) (z) =

_z2(_I)
i-I
2

since direct evaluation of the last integral yields (for even n)

f 8 (±xo)[8(x2) x 2 I
)-2" e1zxdx =.2 n -
•
I 1t 2
. II

r(i)(- Z2)-"2.
This integral can be evaluated in a manner analogous to the inte-
gral (139) by using the same tables of integrals. It follows from
(146) that the generalized function
1
En(x)= 2IB.+)(x)+E~-'(x)J=

p. 1t - n;1 G( n;3) (x2). n odd

='1 (-I~
~-I
r( n; I)
n+1
1t - - 2 - [8 (X2) X2)--2-.
0-1
n even
(147)
 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOUJTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 303

is also an elementary solution of the wave equation. Finally, we

note the following relationship between E<n±) and Dn:

0n(xl = E~+' (x) - E~-I (x) (148)

which follows from (146) and (144).

With regard to generalized functions associated with light cones,
see also Bogolyubov and Shirkov [87], GePfand and Shilov [38] and
Steinmann [23].

31. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOLUTIONS OF THE

WAVE EQUATION
1. Representation I
In the preceding section, it was shown that the generalized
function 0n(x) satisfies the wave equation and conditions (145).
This means that it is a fundamental solution of the Cauchy problem
for the semispaces Xo > 0 and Xo < 0 simultaneously. Furthermore,
it is clear from formulas (144) that the carrier of the function D" (x)
is contained in the closed light cone r.
(For odd n, this carrier
coinCides with ar and, for even n, it coincides with f.) Therefore.
for every Xo = a. the generalized functions
iJ
D" (a. xl and -a
xo
On (a. x)

are finite.
Let u ES' be an arbitrary solution of the wave equation. Then,
by virtue of the hypoellipticity of the wave operator with respect
to Xo (see section 3.11), we conclude that. for every a.

u (a. xl ES. o~ u (a. x) ES· •

•
In view of the properties of the function D" (x) and the uniqueness of
the solution to the Cauchy problem for the wave equation. we con-
clude from this that our solution u (x) can be represented in
the form

()
u % =D (
n %0 -
I AU (a. x')
a. % ) • -':'-ox-'--o---'-
+
(149)
+ oDn (x. - oXO
a. x') (
* u a.
X').

This formula expresses the solution u (x) in terms of its value and
the value of its conormal derivative on an arbitrary spacelike
hyperplanex~ = a.
304 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE THEORY

By introducing the generalized functions in S'

(a(xo-a)u(xo' Xj. 1')= f u(a. x)'f(a. x)dx.

(~(Xo - a) o~o u (xu' x). '?) =.r iJ~o u (a. x) r (a. x) dx

we rewrite formula (149) as the sum of two (11 + 1)-dimensional

convolutions

u(x) = Dn (x) * "o(xo - iJu (x)

a) -iJ--
Xo
iJD (x)
+ _iJ_n- * a(xo -
Xo
a) u (x).

Shifting the differentiation with respect to Xo in the second term on

the right to the second member of the convolution in accordance
with formula (14) of section 3.3, we obtain

By denoting

do. (x) = ,
0 (xo -
iJu(x)
a) - i J -
Xo
+ -:;-
()
(8 (xo -
uXo
a) u(x»,

we conclude from this that, for any hyperplane xo = a, an arbittary solu-

tion u € S of the wave equation can be represented In me form

(150)

2. SPacelike hypersurjaces
A closed class ell hypersurface l: (see section 1.4) is said to be
spacelike if, at an arbitrary point X O of this hypersurface, the
conormal I = I (XU) lies in the cone r+ + xu. that is. if.

where (dxo. dxl' ...• dx n ) is the displacement vector on 1: at the

point xU. If the hyper surface E is defined by the equation Xo = (x). r
then, on the basis of (151),lgrad wi < 1. 10=(1 +Igrad w;2)-'fand
= To grad ...
By fixing the direction of the conormal on E (on the side on
which Xo -+ + 00), we define an orientation of the hypersurface E (see
section 22.2). We shall keep this orientation in mind in what fol-
lows. Unless the contrary is stated, we shall assume that the
hypersurface E is suffiCiently smooth.
 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOUJTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 305

For a hyper surface EofclassC(ll tobe spacelike l it is necessary

and sufficient that

for an arbitrary point XO EE. If the point X O does not lie on EI the
intersection of the cone r+x o with the hypersurface E is along a
bounded simply connected domain lying on E. The spacelike hyper-
surface E partitions the space RtHl into two domains x> E and
x < E lying on the sides Xo -+ + 00 and Xn -+ - 00 respectively (see
Fig. 85).
--"",;
- --:--- ~z,-.,.Z)

r
r----:. .,1"
. . . r _J._--....
I
I
I
I I
o I I z,
, I
zl:---;(t) :
z, ~.a'.

We note that aspacelike hypersur(ace

is a regular set (in the sense of section
3.5).
Proof: If we connect two points x' EE and x" EE with a curve
xo(t) 1% (t»), %(t)=t%'+(1-t)%". O-<t<1
= III

lying E = Ix: Xo = III (%») (see Fig. 86) I we see that the length of this
curve does not exceed Y21 x' - x" Isince
I

1= fVlx~(t)12+ 1%' (t)ll dt =

o
1

= f Vlgrad Ill, (%' - %"»)2+ 1%' - %"1 2 dt-<

o
I

f
-< V(Igrad 1Il1 2+
o
1)1 %' - %"1 2 dt <
-< V21%' - %"1-< y'2 Ix' - x"l. q.e.d.
We shall say that a spacelike hyper surface I is strictly space-
like if, for all x EII the inequality Ixo - a 1-< p I% I holds for some
p < 1 and a (see Fig. 87).
Suppose that / is some (generalized) function. We denote by

~ (E) /.
of
0 (1:) OT
and
306 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

the generalized functions (layers) connected with a spacelike hyper-

surface ~ that act according to the rules
(&(~)/. cp) = I/(X)'fI(X)dr..
E

(8 (1::) ~~ • 'fI) = .r ~ 'f

E
(x) dI:. (:1 (8 (r.) j). 'f) = (152)

= - (I(X) o~(X) dr..

. 1
t

where d~ = To I fix is the element of area on the surface 1; and the

operator

is the conormal derivative on I. so that,

by virtue of (151),

r'a
FilJ·87

Obviously. the generalized functions (152) do not always exist:

for example, for / EC(l), they exist in DO. If IE 6M • then

o(~) D II • Z(~) O~n. ~ (0 (r.) Da) (153)

also exist in So.

Let us show now that if / = u is a solution in S· of the wave
equation, the generalized functions (152) exist in S· for an arbitrary
strictly spacelike hyper surface r.. This assertion follows from the
fact that the generalized functions (153) exist in S· and from the
representation (150). Speci fically ,

o(E)u =~(I)(D!/ ... 'to)=o(E)D n

•0(_)
~ ou
IF, = ,~iJ ( D '
r_ ( ... ) a.
...

'(") dOn ,f,

'~o'
n ... 'i'oJ) = Ij ... ---eFt'" TO'
I (154)

:T (0 (r.) U) = :( [0 (E)(D n ... '~o)J = :( (0 (I) D II ) ... 'fa.

and the right members of these equations exist in So.

3. Representation II
In this section, we shall show that the hyperplane Xo = a in
formula (150) can be replaced with an arbitrary strictly spacelike
hypersurface L
 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOLUTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 307

Let us assume first that u (x) is a sufficiently smooth solution

of the wave equation. We introduce the functions Ii (x) and u (x)
~~~ -

_ { u (x). x > E.
u(x)= O. x<~. u(x)=u(x)-u(x). (155)

Let us show that the functions ii(x) and ~ (x) satisfy the equations

Dnu (x) = ~t (a; x). Dn~ (x) = - 'I't (a; x). (156)

where the generalized function 'I't ED' is defined by the formula (cf.
section 31.1)

'I'E (a; x) = 0 (1:) :~ + :r (0 (E) a). (157)

Remembering that

+(a O~'fn -'? ::JdX t ... dX n_ t dXo] =

=(aDn<r-<rDnu)dxOdx t ··· dx n •

and using Stokes' formula (see section 22.4), we obtain Green's

formula

(DnU. ,,)=(u. Dn9)=

r>E
I aDn'fdxOdxt ... dx n =

=
r>
fI
9Dn u dXodx t ••• dx n -

- . f( aO'f0'(- - 90'(
OU)
- dE.
I

Here, we took the orientation on E as opposite to the orientation

defined by the outer normal to the domain x > E (see section
31.2). Since Dna = 0, the first of formulas (156) follows from the
formula just obtained and from (154). The second of formulas (156)
follows from the first and from the equation

a (x) = u(x) + a (x). (158)

Since the carriers of the elementary solutions £(±) of the wave

equation [see section 30, formulas (146)] are con~ed in r and
308 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

since the carrier of I\In is contained in E, their convolutions 8 n:l: I * I\In

exist in D'. This is a consequence of the following property of a
strictly spacelike hyper surface E: For any compact setK, the set
of points

is bounded (see Schwartz [11], Vol. II, p. 26). Therefore, the repre-
sentations
U=E<+I
n
...'rt'
I. u=-EI-I
_ n
...'1"1:
I. (159)

follow from Eqs. (156).

If we add Eqs. (159) and apply relations (148) and (158), we
obtain a representation for a suffiCiently smooth solution u (x) of
the wave equation

(160)

We note that formulas (159) and (160) are simply Kirchhoff's

classical formulas written in terms of generalized functions (see
for example, Riesz [110]). Formula (150) follows from formula
(160) for E = (xo = a).
If our solution u(x) belongs to IlM(and consequently I\IDES") and
if E is a strictly spacelike hypersurface. the convolutions (159) and
(160) exist in S". This follows from the .following
LEMMA, Suppose that f E S*. G Est". Sf cr. where

Then, the convolution f .. g exists in S" and is continuous with respect to g (in
in the sense that f .. g in s* as g -+ 0, where S C F),
Proof: Since F is a regular set. g cfn be extended in accordance
with the theorem in section 3.8 to be a continuous linear functional
on a Banach space with norm II II m. F for some m = m (g) >- o. There-
fore. to prove the asserted properties of the convolution

it will be sufficient to show the existence of numbers N ~ 0 and K>O

such that, for all If Es.
III" cp IIm.F-<:K 11911N' (161)

Remembering that f is regular, we use the theorem of section 3.8

to represent I in the form
 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOWTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 309

where the measures p.. possess the properties

By setting N = 2p + m. we then obtain the following chain of inequal-

ities:
U(!·cp)(x)lIm,p=
= sup (l+lxDmID~(!(x/), cp(x+x/»I<
"I<m, x E p
< ~ sup (1+lx 1t \ fD.+~cp(x+xl)dp..(X/)l<
lal<M IPI<m, xEP i:

(162)

Let us now show that there exists a number a = a (p) < 1 such that

If such a a did not exist. there would be points x' and x" satisfying
the conditions

which is impossible for p < 1.

Keeping inequality (163) in mind. we continue our chain of in-
equalities (162):

IIf*:pllm,'<
~K2i1~IIN sup
I x.1 <p I "I
Ix;I>I"'I>'
1+lxl )p+m
~K2I1cpIiN X)X~L, ( 1+Y2(1-a)lxllx'l <Kllcpl!N' q.e.d.
 310 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

Let us suppose now that the solution U (x) of the wave equation
belongs to SO .• Then, its regularization

belongs to BM and also satisfies the wave equation. Here, the fol-
lowing limit relationships are valid in the sense of convergence in
SO as e_+O:

U.(x)_U(x). u.(O. X)=u(O. X).,

o 0 (164)
: ; - U. (0. x) _ :;- U (0. x).
uXo uXo

Let us show that in the space SO •

(165)

For E=(xo=O) relation (165) follows from (164):

"'0 (u.: x) = 0 (xO> ~u. + -:- (8 (x o) u.)_
uXo uXo (166)
• OU
-,,(xo) oXo + oXoo.(,,(xo)u)='1'o(u: x). e_+O.
Furthermore. from formulas (154) and (157). we obtain

"'E (u.: x) = 0 (E) ~~ + o~ (0 (E) u,) =

(167)
= [0 (1:) °o~n + o~ (0 (E) DOl)] * 'fo (u.: x).

Since the carrier of the generalized function in the square brackets

(in 167) is contained in f and since the carrier <Yo(u.; x) is contained
in the hyperplane Xo = 0 we use the lemma just proven and the limit
relation (166) to derive the limit relation (165) from (167).
Suppose that E is a strictly spacelike hyper surface. If we apply
formula (160) to the function u,.
u, = Dn * <Yz (u.; x).

and use the lemma and the limit relations (164) and (165). we con-
clude that formula (160) remains valid for an arbitrary solution
u (x) in st. Thus. we have proven the
THEOREM. For any strictly spacelike hypersurface 1:. an arbitrary solution
u(x) in stof the wave equation can be represented in the form
(168)

where

(169)
 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOLUTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 311

Conversely, if a generalized function u (x) has the representation

(168), where ~I ES· and S<jIt c: E, then u belongs to S* and satisfies the
wave equation.

4. Representation III
Every solution u (x) ES· of the wave equation belongs to the class
Lo(r).Therefore. from the theorem in section29.3,it can be repre-
sented in the form of the difference (96)

u(x) =f+ (xo+lO. x)- r (xo-IO. x) (170)

r
of the boundary values of the functions (z) belonging to the classes
Ho(r±) respectively. We recall that if f± (z) belongs to the class
Ho(r±) (see section 26.4) this means that these functions are
holomorphic in the corresponding tubular radial domain T± =R"+ 1
+ lr± and that. in an arbitrary subdomain R"+ I + I ( ±Yo> (1 + 8) Iyll.
of it, where 8 > 0, they satisfy the inequality
If±(z)l,<:ca(l +Izl)~(l +IYol- a ) (171)

for certain nonnegative a. and ~ (which do not depend on 8).

Our problem is to find an integral representafion for the func-
tions fer. (z). We assume n> I. (The case in which n = 1 is easily
examined, but we do not need it.) As a preliminary, let us find an
integral representation for all derivatives D1f± (z) of sufficiently
high order 1 such that Ill>-s. where s is an integer to be chosen
later. If we differentiate the representation (168) and use formula
(143). we obtain

(172)

where
1 -!!.!..!. n+l
cn=2i(n_I)~ 2 r(-2-)'
In what fOllows, we shall need the following

LEMMA. 1. Suppose that a space like hypersurface 1:. is such that - 00 < a ~
xo ~ b < +00 for all x E 1:.. Then, for arbitrar:y m ~ 0, there exists a nonnegative
number s such that
312 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

(or all y in an arbitrary subcone I YO I ~ (1 + 0) I y I, where 5 > 0 and all 1 such

that III ~ s. Here. a ~ 0 and 8 ~ 0 do not depend on O. Also. (or all <p E S,

(174)

as y -> 0, where y E ~.
According to the lemma in section 30. the function (Z-X')2
Proof;
400 for all z ET and x' ERn+l. Therefore, the function [_(z-x')2J- 1
is infinitely differentiable with respect to x'. Suppose that Yo > O.
To prove inequality (173). we use (141). Assuming s = s (m) suffi-
ciently large and remembering that

for yo>-(I+o)lyl. we obtain a chain of inequalities for III>-s:

~DI[_(Z_X')2J-n;1 t.I =
= KI sup
Ill<m,x'EI
(l + Ix'l)m If 6 (~o) 0 (~2) ~T+l e l (z-x'), d~ 1-<
-< K2 sup 1(1 + I x' 12p~· ]+1 X
I l l " m.... •
a<x:<b
x f 1;IT.+I.-l(;r1e l(z,-x;)r<I-i(Z-X') , d; I=
=K 2 sup Ifeix"(l-t1p~-]+lX
ITI<m .... ·
a.;;x; <b

X [1;l l,+I.-l;T+ 1el(z.-x;)ltl-iZ,] d;/-<

-< K (I + I z Il f 1; 1 e -
3 P y, I <I + y, d; =
00

= K 4 (l + Iz I>~ f pPe-T.YO? dp -< K•. 1(l + I z I)' (1 + Yo').

o
This completes the proof of inequality (173). Let us prove relation
(174). For 'fES,
(DI (_ Z2) - n;1 * 'f)(X')=I D' (- (X+iY)2I-';:'\,(X+X')dX=
= c~ (F[~ (;0) aW) ;Ie-Y'J (x), 'f (x + X'I) =
= c~ f a(~)o(;2H'e-y;-i:.x· F [:cl (;) d; =

= c; JI~I'·-I;l e -Y.I ,,+ya-ix," I +1 ... , F (1'](1;1. ;) d;.

 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOLUTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 313

Therefore,

III D' [- (x + iy)2)- n;\ -D' IIxI2-(xo+ LO)2)- n~\ }. fPL, t-<
-<~ sup (1+lx'l)mlfl;I"+T'-1;I+Te-ix~I~I+lz'l X
2 ITI';m. x'Et

X (e-y,,.,+ya-l)F[fPl(l!;l. e)d;l-<
-< K5 sup If e1z'l(l- ~rr ]+\ X
ITI'; m. z'
a.;,..; ';b
X 1;I',+To-1;'+Te-iX:,ll(e-y,I£I+yt_l) X

Let us show now that if a spacelike hypersurface E satisfies

the condition of Lemma I, the right member of (172) can, for suf-
ficiently large s (depending only on the order of 'lit)' be broken into
two terms, so that each derivative DiU (x), for Ill:;;;::' s, can be repre-
sented in the form of the difference

du(x)=/t(Xu+iO. x)-/I(xu-iO. x) (175)

between the bOWldary values of the functions

if (z) = en f ~t (u; x') Di [ - (z -

n··1
X / )2)-""""li- dx' (176)

belonging to the classes Hu (r±) respectively. The integral in (176)

should be understood symbolically as the value of the functional
'i'r. applied to the corresponding function.
To prove the preceding assertion, note that, since the carrier
<l't is contained in the regular set 1: (see section 31.2), it follows
from the theorem in section 3.8 that +E can be extended to a con-
tinuous linear functional on a Banach space with norm II "m. E for
some lit> O. According to the lemma in section 30, the furiction
[-(Z-X')2)-1 is holomorphic in T= for all x'. Suppose that s=s
(m) > 0 is the integer defined in Lemma 1. Then, it follows from in-
equalities (173) that, for all 1 and) (where Ill>s, and 0 ~J<n,

' i)
\. - D
iJZj
I
[-(z-x )21
I. -~ l'
~ --·I D [-(Z+~Z.-X
I
J.Z j I
I
)2)
_n:-'2 _

-D1 [-(Z-X / )21-

n
;'111m,_.-+0
314 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

uniformly with respect to z, which belongs to an arbitrary set that

is compact in T. Therefore, the right members in (176) have all
first-order derivatives in Tot., and these derivatives can be obtained
by differentiating under the "integral" sign. Therefore, on the
basis of Hartogs' fundamental theorem (see section 4.2), we con-
clude that the functions It' (z), where Ill~ s are holomorphic in
T+ and T- respectively. Furthermore, on the basis of (173), they
satisfy inequality (171):
II
1ft' (z)/ < /C" / "I/I~ II_m.ti:D1 (-(z -
,,-I '/
X')2(-2-!m.t<:

<:c~.,(1 +Izl/I(l +IYul-O /). IYol~(l +8)IJlI

that is, they belong to the classes Ho (r:t). Finally, it follOWS from
(174) that
11-1
ff(Xo±IO. x)=cIID' [l x I2 -(xo±iO)r-2- *I/It (177)

since, for all 'P Es.

f If (x+lY)!p(x)dx =
= CII ( I/Iz (x'). f D'[-(X+ly)2]- ";1 Cf (X+X')dX)-+

-+ CII (IjIt. D' [lxl 2- (xo ±iO)2] - ";1 *:r) =

=c" (DI [l x l2-(Xo±iO)2( ";1 * 'ft' '?)
as y Err, where y -+ O. If we note now that the representation (175)
follows from formulas (177) and (172). all the assertions made above
are proven.
On the other hand, if we differentiate Eq. (170), we obtain

D'u (x) = D'f+ (x o+ iO. ~) - Dlr (xo -10. x).

Since the derivative of the boundary value coincides with the

boundary value of the derivative, the last equation can be re-
written in the form
D'u (X) = (D'f+)(x o + iO. x)-(D'r)(xo-IO. x).

If we compare this equation with Eq. (175), we conclude on the

basis of the theorem in section 29.3 that the If (z) coincides
with the D'r (z) up to the polynomials Pf. that is, on the basis
of (176)
,,-I
D'r (z)= CII f "'z(u; x')D 1(_ (z - x,)2]--2- dx' +P? (z). (178)
Ill;;;;,. s.
 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SOLUTIONS OF THE WAVE EQUATION 315

To determine the functions I± (z) from their derivatives of

order s, we need the following
LEMMA 2. Suppose that a function f(z) is holomorphic in a domain Dl and
that all its first-order derivatives iJf/iJZj have holomorphic (and single-valued>
continuations fj to a domain D J Db where D is a simply connected or a Runge
domain. Then. (z) can be holomorphically (and single-valuedly) continued into
the domain D, and its continuation F(z) is given by the formula

F(z)=/(a)"T I• ~/}(z')dZ~=L~{I}), (179)

/I }

where the integration is over an arbitrary piecewise-smooth path in the domain D

that connects an arbitrary point a E Dl with a variable point zED.
Proof: Forl}=iJt!rJz} andzED l , we have, in DI ,

(180)

Since the functions I} are holomorphic in D, it follows on the basis

of the holomorphic continuation theorem (see section 6.1) that
Eqs. (180) remain valid in the domain D. These equations are
equivalent to the relation

But then, it follows from Stokes' formula (see section 22.4) that
the line integral in (179) is independent of the path of integration
for all homotopic paths in D that connect the points a and z. Since
oF/OZj =I}, it follows from the fundamental theorem of Hartogs
(see section 4.2) that the function F (z)is holomorphic in D. If the
domain D is simply connected, then, from the monodromy theorem
(see section 6.6), the function F(z) is single-valued in D. If D is a
Runge domain. then F (z) is also single-valued in D (see section
24.8). Since 1}=rJI/rJz} in the domain D I • it follows on the basis of
section 6.7 that the functions F (z) and f (z) coincide in the domain
D\. which completes the proof.
Let us apply Lemma 2 to the functioos (178) for Ill=s- 1 and
D = D\ = T±. We can. on the basis of formula (179) determine all
the derivatives D'f± (z) of order s - 1 =1/1 from the right members
of Eqs. (178) for 1/1=s. From these derivatives, we can deter-
mine all derivatives of order s - 2 = III. etc. Finally. after s steps.
we obtain the functions I± (z) themselves. Let us denote this opera-
tion by ifJ. Thus,

1±(z)=ifJ { e"I n-I

tl'E(U, x')D'I-(z-x')2)--2-dx'+
(181)
+pf (Z)}, z·E T±,
316 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

where the pr are polynomials, 181=l., and Ij/z is given by for-

mula (169).
Remark: For 8 = 2 the operator L~ takes the form

Let us summarize these results in the form of the

Theorem: Suppose that a spacelike hyper surface E is such that
- 00 < a <: Xo -< b < + 00 for all x EE. Then, every solution u (x) ES'
of the wave equation for n > 1 can be represented in the form of
the difference (170) of the boundary values of functions f'" (z) of the
class Ho(r:i:) which are represented by formula (181) for certain
s~O, Ij/tE.S·, S", cE ,and pr, where Ill=8. Here,thefunctionsf:i:(z)
are determined ap to an arbitrary polynomial.

32. THE JOST -LEHMANN-DYSON INTEGRAL

REPRESENTATION
In connection with the proof of the dispersion relations in
quantum field theory, Jost and Lehmann [33] and Dyson [41] ob-
tained a general representation for functions of the class Lo (I') that
vanish in a domain 0 that is bounded, crudely speaking, by two
spacelike hypersurfaces. This representation leads to an integral
representation for functions of the class Ho(f) that are holomorphic
in the domain T U6. This last representation makes it possible to
construct the envelope K (7 Ua) (see section 29.2).

1. The envelope BrfG)

Suppose that OCR"+1 is a r -regular open set (see section 28.1).
This means that the envelope Br (0) can be represented in the form
Br(O)= U Br(x', x") =
x'eo,x·eo
= U
x'EO,x·EO
[x: x~+lx-x'l<xo<x~-lx-x"I)= (182)

=[x: A-(x)<xo<A+(X»).
where (see Fig. 88)

inf [X~+lx-X'I]'1
A-(x)= x'EO
A+(x)= sup [x~-I x - x' 11- (183)
x'EO
 THE JOST-LEHMANN-DYSON INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 317

Let us note certain properties of the functions A± (x). It follows

from the definition of Br(O) that these functions are unchanged if
we replace 0 in (183) withBr (0).
Let XI and X 2 be points such that Ixl -x21< e. Then, it follows
from the inequalities
x~ -I x 2 - x' 1- II < x~ -I Xl - X' 1< x~ -lx2 - x'i + s

that

Therefore, either the function A+ (x) is identically equal to +00

or it is continuous. Analogously, either A- (x)=-oo or A- (x) is
continuous. Here. we always have A+ (x):> c-Ixl and A-(x)<d+ x I.
Thus, all r -regular open sets can be divided into three classes,
which we classify as rank zero if A-=:-oo and A+=+oo, as rank
1 if A- = -00 and A+ < +00 or A- > -00 andA+ ==+00, and as
rank 2 if A- > -00 and AT < +00 (see Fig. 88).
We shall say that a hyperboloid (x- X')2 z.
z·
= 1..2 ,where x' = (x~, ...• x~) and A
are real parameters defining this hyper-
boloid, is admissible for an open set 0
if the set (X - x'f ~).2 has no points in
common with 0 (and, consequently. with
the envelope Br(O»). We denote by N (0)
(see Fig. 89) the set of parameters o ' - - - - - . : : . . . . - - - Z
(x', ),)cR"' 1 corresponding to admissi- Fig,88
ble hyperboloids for O. Thus,

N(O)= n
xEO
[(x', A):(x-x')2<),2j=[(x', A): c;:(x') <),2j, (184)

where

IF (x') = sup (X - X')2= sup (x - x')2

xEO X~dO

is a lower-semicontinuous function (see section 2.3). It follows

from (184) that

B-(x', ),)= inf

xEO
[XO+VIX-X'12+A2],!
B+(x'. ),)=sup[xo - Vlx-x'1 2 +A2] (186)
xEO
318 SOME APPL.ICATIONS OF THE THEORY

are continuous functions. We shall say that N (0) is mutual to the

set O. It is closed and N(O)=N(BrlO)].
Suppose that N {O) oF 0 where 0 is a r -regular open set. We
shall call the open set obtained by enveloping 0 by all admissible
hyperboloids (see Fig. 89) the envelope of 0 and shall denote it by
B (0). Thus, on the basis of (184).
8(0)=int n
(... ·.)·)EN(O)
(x: (X-X')2 < ).2\=
(187)
= Rn+l \ U (x: (x - X')2 = ).2),
(.r'. ~)EN(a)

H a r -regular open set 0 is such that N(O) = 0 (for example.

if 0 is of rank 0 or 1), let us consider the increasing sequence of
r-regular open sets (see Fig. 90)

0; =Br(O)n(lxol <11).
11= 1. 2. ,',. Br(O)=UO~

and let us construct their envelopes B (O~).

The sequence B (0.), for Il = 1. 2, "" is
also an increasing sequence, and we
define
(188)
Fi~, 89 We note that, on the basis of (184), the
sequence of closed sets N(O~), for 11= 1. 2... " is a decreasing
sequence and limN(O!')= 0 since

= n
... w !'
o
(x'. ).): (x - X')2 <: ).2) = N (BreO») = N (0) .
(189)

•
On the basis of (187), formula (188) may be rewritten in the form

B\O)=R HI \ {lim U (x: (X-X?=A 2\}, (190)

• -+ ·too ..... , AlES (a~)

H it is possible to take the limit in formula (190) as 11_:;-0 in the

set N(O!) (for example, if a is of rank 0), then, since IimN(O~)= 0,
we have B \ 0) = Rile' I. However, taking the limit is not always possi-
ble since, when we envelop the set Br(O) n(IXui < a) with all admis-
sible hyperboloids (x - x'f = A~ as Q _ + 00, one or both branches
 THE JOST-LEHMANN-DYSON INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 319

of these hyperboloids become infinite. so thattheyreduce to hyper-

planes of the form A(X-X')=O. where AEf (that is. they become
infinitely distant admissible hyperboloids [see Fig. 90)).

Fi~. 90

We shall say that a hyperplane A(x - x') = 0 is admissible for

an open set a if AEr and if the semispace A(X - x') .> 0 has no
points in common with a (and hence withBr(O»(see Fig. 90). The
set of parameters (x'. A) of the corresponding admissible hyper-
planes for a will be denoted by Noo(O), so that

N..r>(O) = n
xEIJ
[(X'. A): A(X-X') <0. AE!'j· (191)

Thus. if a r -regular open set 0 is such that N (0) = 0. then.

by virtue of (190).

B(0)=R OT1 \ U lx: i,(X-x')=uI=O(O). (192)

IX'. j,) E.v00 (0)

In other words. B(O) is obtained by envelopinga by the admissible

hyperplanes (see Fig. 90); that is. B(O) coinCides with the convex
envelope of O.
It follows from the construction that

Br(O)cB(O). (193)

In the examples considered in section 28.1. Br(O) = B(O). There

exist cases. however. in which Br(O) *B(O). For example:
(1) O=[x: Ixol < a+ Ixil. a> 0; B1(O)=O. B(O)=Rn+l, N(O)=
N",,(O)=;o (Fig. 91).
(2) O=[x: xo+&lxl > 0). & < i; BdO)=O. B(a, = Rn+l. N(O)=
Noo (0) = 0_ (Fig. 92).
 320 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

(3) G=[x: a-V'TxI 2 +b 2 <xo<-a+ V'IxI2+C 2 1,

a~O, O<b<c; Br(G) = BW) = G, if b~c-2a;
Br(G) = G and B(G> = [x: a-VI x I~ + (c - 2a)2 < xo<
-a +V fxF+cTl , if b <c-2a; N(G) = [(x', A): Ix'ol +
Ix'l< a, 1>.1:>- max {b - lr(a-x~)2-lx'F' c -
--~---X lr(a+x~Y-lx'12}] (see Fig. 93; b=a, c=4a)
(see Dyson [41)).

FiS·91

(4) O=lx:lxol < ml; Br(O)=B(O) =

0; N(O)=r(x'. A): (m+lx~I)2 2). <1.
" -..::;J0::...J...-_
,,
, 'Z.o
,
-----~~~-------z
/ ' -0 '

Fig. 93
,
. "

"
O(C}
"zo'a-v'/.&I.'.tJ~
zo,n-(;.1;'::·(c-lo}?
k o
Fig. 94
---.1:,

(5) a= Ix: Ixol + Ixl < al: Br(O; = B(O) = 0; N(O)= [(x', A):
(a + IX~ 1)2 -< ).2+ Ix'1 2J.
(6) O=lx: a<xo-x J <bl; BrlO)=BlO)=O;N..,(O)4'0(see
Fig. 94).

2. Integral representations of junctions

belonging to the class (Lor)
THEOREM 1.* For a generalized function fez) in s* to belong to the class
LoW), it is necessary and sufficient that it have a representation of the form

!(x)=u(x, 0), (194)

where u(x, A) f S* satisfies the wave equation On+ lu = 0 and the condition

d
iiA (I (x, 0)=0. (195)

*See Ojson [41] and W"lghanan and Girding [61}.

 THE JOST-LEHMANN-DYSON INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 321

The representation (194) under conditions (195) is unique.

Proof of the sufficiency: Suppose that u (x. A) belongs to S~X.I.) and
satisfies the wave equation Dn+lu = O. Since the wave operator
is hypoelliptic with respect to A, /I (x. O)ES· (see section 3.11).
By performing the Fourier transformation on the wave equa-
tion On+11I = 0, we obtain
(~2 _ ~2) r I (ul (;. 0) = O. (196)

from which it follows that

rl(uw. 0)=0 for all oand;2 < o. (197)

If we perform the inverse Fourier transformation with respect

to the variable 0 in Eq. (197). we obtain
(198)

In particular. by setting 1.=0 in (198). we see that u(x.O)ELo(I').

Proof of the necessity: Suppose that f (x) ELo (r). We define the gener-
alized function UI (e. A) ES~~. AI of the variables (;0. ;. A) by
u l (e. A) = F- I [f](~) cos (A )lf2).
by which we mean the functional
N
-I ~ • (e2)~ A2k
ul(E. A)=F [flm~ (-I) ("2ijI+
k;O
(199)
+ rl !II (E) 6(~2) [cos (I. )If) - ~(_I)k (e;~:~:~ J.
where N is the order of F- 1 !II. The function

is N times continuously differentiable and is of polynomial in-

crease. Therefore, every term in (199) is meaningful and defines
a generalized function in S·. Furthermore, for every fixed A. we
have III (~. k) ES·. Also, for arbitrary l' (;) ES, the following limit
relations hold (in the sense of convergence in the space S(N)):

'\I(t )')l'(;)~o.and :A ·H~. i')'fm~O and ),_0.

Therefore, Ul (~,'\) possesses the following limit properties (in

the sense of convergence in the space S·);
322 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

From this, it follows that the generalized function in S~x. A)

U (x. A) = f U 1 (a. A) ei~ d~ =F lUI (a. )..)J(x)

satisfies conditions (194) and (195). Let us show that it satisfies

the wave equation. In view of (199), we obtain

Dn+lu = - f (a + ::,)
z u J (;. A)e H.x d~ =
(200)
= «21~~~J A f r IfW)/
ZN J I- 6 (aZ)](azt+ J elf..< d~.

Since the carrier F-Jlfl is contained in the cone az :> 0, since its
order is N, and since the function

and all its first N derivatives vanish in the cone ~2:> 0, it follows
(see section 3.5) that
F- 1 [fl (~)[ 1 - 6 (E2)l (a 2 t· 1==0.
It follows from this and from (200) that U (x. A) satisfies the wave
equation Dn+1u = O.
Let us prove that this functionu (x. A) that we have constructed is
unique. Suppose that a second such function existed. Then, on the
basis of (194) and (195), their difference vex. A) would satisfy the
wave equation and the conditions
at! (x. 0)
v(x.O)= OA =0.

By using Theorem 2 of section 29.4, we conclude from this that

v (x. )..) = 0, which completes the proof.
Remark: The generalized function U (x. A) of Theorem 1 can be
expressed in terms of f and represented symbolically in the form

U (x. A) = fr J If] mcos (A V€2) eEx da. (201)

where r J Ifl mcos (). VE2) is understood to mean the functional de-
fined by the right member of Eq. (199).
Let us suppose now that a function f (x) of class Lo (I') vanishes
in a I' -regular open set O. According to Theorem l,f(x) can be
represented in the form (194), where the function U (x. A) satisfies
the wave equation On+Ju=O and condition (195). From this, we
conclude on the basis of Theorem 2 of section 29.4 that U (x. A)
vanishes in the I' -convex envelope Br(O) of the set 0, which lies
in the plane A = O. (The envelope BdO) is (n 2)-dimensional.) +
But the open set 0 is assumed to be I' -regular in Rtt+I. Then,
 THE JOST-LEHMANN-DYSON INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 323

it will also be r -regular in the space Rh2 of the variables

(x. A) (see Fig. 95). Therefore. when we apply formulas (182) and

FiS·9S

(183) to this case. we conclude that

U (x. A) = o. (x. A) E8dO) =
(202)
= [(x. A): 8- (x. A) <.'Co < 8+ (x. A)].

where the functions Bor. (x. A) are defined by formulas (186) and are
continuous.
We shall say that a r -regular open set 0 satisfies condition
(A) if there exists a strictly spacelike hyper surface E contained in
the set (see Fig. 95)
8r(0)UN(0)=[(X.A): 8-<xo <8'. or 8' <x,,<B-].

For example, condition (A) is satisfied if the hypersurface

Xo = } (8+ + 8-) is spacelike and satisfies the condition
IB+(x. ).)+8-(x. A)-al<2PVlxI2 H2 (203)

for some p < I and a. Then. we may take this hypersurface as the
t of the definition. For example. if a set 0 is symmetric with
respect to the hyperplane xo=O,then B+ = - B-,sothat E=(xo=O).
Condition (203) will be satisfied. for example. if 0 lies in the
strip Ixul < rL (see Fig. 95) because then. on the basis of (186).
we have

In this case. the set N (0) contains the set (11 + IXn j)2 -< ;.2 (see Fig. 95
and cf. Example 4 of section 32.1).
324 SOME APPUCATIONS OF THE THEORY

Therefore, for large 11,1 we may take the hyperplane xo=O as E.

On the basis of the results of section 31.3, the function U (x. ),,)
can be represented by formula (168):

where Dn+l (x, ~.) is a fundamental solution of the Cauchy problem for
the wave equationD/I+1u=O (see section 30). On the basis of (202),
the function U (x.),,) vanishes in that part of the hyperplane IjI in
which B- < B+ (see Fig. 95). Therefore, on the basis of (169), the
weight function E also vansihes at these points. The remaining
points of E satisfy the inequality 8+ < B- and, hence , on the basis of
(185), belong to N (a) (see Fig. 95). Therefore, S.c En N (a) and
the preceding representation may be rewritten in the form

S",cInN(O). (205)

If we set )" = 0 in (205) and use Theorem I, we obtain the fol-

lOwing result:
THEOREM 2*. For a generalized function f(x) of class Lo (n to vanish in
an open set G that satisfies condition (A), it is necessary and sufficient that it
have a representation of the form

(206)

3. Remarks

(1) Let us rewrite the representation (206) symbolically in

integral form:

I(x)= f DII+1(x-x'. ).')ljI(x'. ).')dx'dA'. (207)

N(O)n,

Let us transform formula (207) for n = 3. By setting m = 2 in

(144), we obtain

co
= - 4~a E (xo) f
A'
a
(k 2 _).2)-'/' (x2 - k2) dk 2,

By substituting this expression into (207), formally reversing the

order of "integration," and using formula (184) for N(O). we ob-
tain the well-known Jost-Lehmann-Dyson integral representation
 THE JOST-LEHMANN-DYSON INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION 325

""
f (x) = f e(xO- x~)dx' mlK
.f
[0, 'P (x' II
a[(X - X')2_ k2J dk 2 X

Yii
( k2 >"'2)-'/'
X .f -=-421: 2 [<\I (X', k')+",(x', -A')Jdk',
Ymll [0, 'P(X'»)

that is.
f (X)= f e (XO-X~)a [(X-x')2-k
N(O)
2J X(X', k 2) dx' dk 2• (208)

We note that formula (208) was obtained from the representation

(207) by formal manipulations. We shall not have occasion to use
this formula in what follows. A formula analogous to (208) holds
in the space of an arbitrary number of dimensions.
(2) The representation (208) was obtained under the assumption
that a satisfies condition (A). Dyson [41] conjectured that this
representation was valid for an arbitrary open set O. The following
examples show that in general this is not true even for r -regular
domains (see Vladimirov and Nikitin [111]). Suppose that a is
either the semispace Xo < 0 or the strip 0 < Xo - x. < a (see Fig. 94).
(These domains are of rank 1 and 2, respectively.) In either case.
N (0) = 0. If the representation (208) were valid for these domains.
the generalized functions a(xo) and a(xo - x.)of class Lo (p) corre-
sponding to them would vanish throughout all space. which is
impossible.
(3) For r -regular open sets 0 that do not satisfy condition (A).
we can obtain the corresponding integral representation by applying
the representation (208) to a sequence of r -regular sets O~ = Br (0)
n[ I Xo I < al (assuming that these sets satisfy condition (A» and then
taking the limit as a-++oo. For example. if we proceed in this
manner for a set 0 of rank 1. we obtain
I(x)= f £(xo-x~)Olk(x-x'»)x(x', A)dx'dA., (209)
N.(Qt

where the setN",,(O)is defined by formula (191). But this reasoning

is purely formal. It does show. however. that the representation
(208) evidently remains valid for an arbitrary r -regular open set
o if. to the set N (0) of admissible hyperboloids. we add the set
N",,(O) of infinitely distant admissible hyperboloids, that is, the
admissible byperplanes ).. (x - x') = o.

4. The quasi-aTUllytic TUlture oj junctions oj class Lo(f)

For functions of class Lo(r) the results of section 29.3 can be
strengthened as follows:
326 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

THEOREM. Suppose that a generalized {unction {(x) of class La (r) vanishes

in a r-regular open set G. Then. f(x) = 0 in the envelope B (0).
Proof: Let us suppose first that N (0)4= 0. According to the
theorem in section 32.2, !(x) can be represented in the form (194):
! (x) = u (x. 0). Here, on the basis of (202), the function u (x. A) vanishes
in the envelope

Br (0) = [(x. A): B- (x. A) < Xu < B+ (x. A»).

where B± (x. A) are determined by formulas (186). But then u (x. A)

vanishes outside the Rphere of infl uence of that portion of the hyper-
~urface E=[x: xo=~ (B-+B+)J where B+ .(.:B-(see Fig. 95); that
IS,

,
u (x.I\)= O (x.),)-E
orf U [1'+ (x'. A'»).
(x'. "IEI:
B+<;x;<;;B-

Therefore, a fortiori

U (x. A) = ° for (x. A) E U

B+ ';;X;<;B-
[(x - X')2-(A-A')2 >- 0).
If we set ),=0 and apply formulas (194), (185), and (187), we then
obtain

for xERn+l\..
(x'.
U
"IEN (a)
[(X-X')2-A,2>-0]= B (0).

Suppose now that N (0) = 0. According to the theorem in section

29.3, !Cx)=O in BrCO). By applying the theorem that we have proven
to the increasing sequence of r -regular open sets
O~ =Br(O)n(jxoi <a). a= 1. 2.....
U a'; = BdO).
m
N (0';) 4= 0.

we see that

!(x)=o for xEB(O!). a= \, 2.....

The assertion of the theorem follows from this on the basis of (188).
COROLLARY. If G is a r -regular open set. then the carrier of an arbitrary
function f(x) of class La (r) that vanishes in G is connected in the union of the
(admissible) hypeTboloids for G including the infinitely distant hyperboloids. that
is. the hyperplanes. ,\(X - x') = 0 (see Dyson [41]).
This follows from the preceding theorem and formulas (187)
and (192).
 CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVEL.OPE OF HOL.OMORPHY 327

In particular. if N(O) oF 0. the carrier f is contained in the

union of admissible hyperboloids. If 0 is of rank 1. the carrier of
f is contained in the union of admissible hyperboloids.
For functions of class HoW) and Lo(I') and for r -regular open
sets O. Theorems 1 and 2 of sections 29.1. the theorem of section
29.3. and Theorems 1 and 2 of section 29.4 can be strengthened in
the sense that the envelope BdO)in these theorems can be replaced
with the larger envelopeB (O).For example. the corollary to Theorem
2 of section 29.1 in the strengthened forms reads (see Vladimirov
[40)) :
Suppose that f (z) E Ho (r) and f (Xg + to. x) = f (xo - to. x) for x EO.
where 0 is a r -regular open set. Then. for an arbitrary such func-
tion f (z) to be a polynomial. it is necessary and suffiCient that
B(O)=R n + l •
Suppose that
Proof of the sufficiency: B (0) =R"+J. According to the
theorem in section 29.3. the ftmction

f(x o+ to. x) - f (x o - to. x)E Lo(r)

belongs to Lo(I'). Then. by applying the theorem proven above. we

conclude that
/(xo+IO. x)=/(xo-IO. x).

According to the corollary to Theorem 2 of section 29.1 (the gen-

eralization of Liouville'S theorem). f (z) is a polynomial.
Proof of the necessity: Suppose that every function satisfying the con-
ditions of the theorem is a polynomial. Letus show that B (O)_~Rn+I.
Let us suppose that 8 (0) =1= Rn+'. Then. on the basis of (187) and
(192). there is either an admissible hyperboloid (x - X/)2 - ),2 = 0 or
an admissible hyperplane ),,(x - x') = 0 lying outside B (0). But then.
the functions

satisfy the conditions of the theorem but they are not polynomials,
which is impossible. (The holomorphy of the function 11 in T fol-
lows from the lemma in section 30; the holomorphy off2 in T
is obvious since 1m p. (z - x'») =),,)/ =1= 0 for}l E rand )" E where r.
), =1= 0; that these are functions of class Ho (r) follows from the lemma
of section 29.5.)

33. CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVELOPE OF

HOLOMORPHY K(TUG)
1. The envelope K' (TU 0)
We shall say that a complex hyperboloid (z - x /)2 = 1,2 or a com-
plex plane ), (z - x') = 0 is admissible for the domain T U0, is th~
328 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

corresponding real hyperboloid (x - x')2 = 1..2 or the real hyperplane

A(x - x') = 0 is admissible for 0 (see section 32.1).
Suppose that a is a r -regular open set. We denote by K' (T U0)
the envelope obtained by envelopingthedomainTU Owith admissible
complex hyperboloids for a (if N (a) oF 0) or admissible complex
planes (if N(O)= 0). so that

K' (T U 0) = cn+ I \. U
(x'. AlE N (0)
(z: (z - X')2 = 1. 2 /.
(210)
N (0) i= 0;

or

K'(Tu6)=c,,+l \ U
(.r'. ~)E Nco (0)
[z: A(Z-X')=o/.
(211)
N(O)=0,

respectively.
Reasoning as in section 32.1. we represent formula (211) in
the form of the union of the increasing sequence of envelopes
K , (T U 0..
-r) for Gt = 1. 2. ...• of the form (210). where 0,l' = Br(O)
n(i xoi < IX):
K' (TU o)=U. K' (T U a!'). N(O)= 0. (212)

We conclude from (187). (192). (210). and (211) that

Re K' (T U 0) = B (0). (213)

For definiteness. let us study the envelope K' (T Ua). which

corresponds to the most important case. that in which N(O)# 0.
The case in whichN (0) = 0 can be examined in an analogous fashion.
Keeping in mind the definition of the set N (0) (see section 32.1).
we conclude from (210) that K' (T Ua) consists entirely of those
interior points ZO for which every complex hyperbolOid (z - x')2 = 1.. 2
passing though zO possesses the property that the set (x - x'f:> 1..2
for real z = x has at least one point in common with the open set O.
Furthermore, for every point ZO lying outside K' (T U6), there exists
a sequence of points Z(kl, for k = 1. 2....• such that Z(kl _ zO, where
Z(k) EK' (T U 0), and the analytic surface (z - x'? = 1.. 2 lying entirely
outside K' (T U 0) passes through each point Z(kl. But, for every
(x', A) EN (0), the function

is holomorphic in T Ua (see lemma of section '30). it belongs to the

class Ho(lj (see lemma of section 29.5) ,and, consequently, it belongs
to the class of functions K=KTUa (see sections 29.2 and 16.1).
 CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVELOPE OF HOLOMORPHY 329

Therefore, on the basis of the first criterion for K-convexity (see

section 16.3), we conclude that the envelope K' (T U a) is P-convex.
Therefore,

(214)

where the envelope K ctu 0) is defined in section 29.2.

The envelope K (T U G) is a Runge domain.
To prove this assertion, it will be sufficient to show, on the
basis of Weil's theorem (see section 24.9) that the envelope
K' (T U0) is polynomially convex. ~ the basis of (210) and (IB4),
it can be represented in the form

K' (T U0) = int n

Ix',J.)EN (0)
(C n + 1 '\ [z: (z - X')2 = ).2IJ =

=int n(C
x'
n + 1 '\ [z: (z - X')2 = p. p>- max [0. cp(x') 1J!.

that is, it is in the interior of the intersection of the exteriors of

the analytic hyper surfaces (see section 1B.7)

(z - x')2 = p. p >- max [0. '? (x')J.

Therefore, we need only show that a domain of the form

is polynomially convex (see section 16.2). To do thiS, we denote

by K = K. the smallest class (see section 16.1) of functions that
are hoi om orphic in 0 containing the functions*

'!'p.(Z2)=(Z2_p.)-I. p.o<p..

The class K obviously consists of functions of the form

where the P are polynomials. On the basis of the first criterion

for K-convexity (see section 16.3), the domain 0 is K-convex.
The function 'fp. (e) is holomorphic in the C-plane cut along the
line ReC>-!lo, Im~=O, that is, in a simply connected domain. There-
fore, it can be approximated to any deSired degree of accuracy by
means of polynomials in this cut plane (see section 24.B). But then,
the function ,!,p. (Z2) can also be approximated by polynomials to

-The idea of introducing such a class is due to Shinnbekov.

 330 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

any desired degree of accuracy in the domain ". It follows from

this that the class of polynomials is dense in the class K (in the
sense of section 16.2). According to the lemma in section 16.2.
the domain " is polynomially convex. which completes the proof.

2. Integral representation oj junctions of class lio(r)

We shall say that a r -regular open set 0 satisfies condition

(A') if N (0) # 0 and there exists a spacelike hyper surface E con-
tained in the set Br (a) u N (a) and in some strip a <: Xo <: b (where
(a>-oo and b<+oo [see Fig. 95]). Here. the set F=N(O)
n(a <: Xo <: b) is regular (in the sense of section 3.5). Obviously, if
a satisfies condition (A'), it satisfies condition (A) (see section
32.2).
THEOREM. * Every flDlction fez) of class Ho W) that is holomorphic in a
domain TUG, where the open set G satisfies condition (A\ is holomorphic in
the envelope K' (T U G) and, for all z E K' (T U ri>,
it can be represented in
the form { n
l(z)=L~ cn+1j.l'(x'. ),)D~[-(z-x')'+).2r2dx'dA+
(215)

where rb E S* with carrier in N (m n ~, where Po and the PI, for III = s, are
polynomials, where s is an integer (here (t/J, Po, PI) and s depend on 0, where ~
is a space like hy~ersurfaq~ defined by condition (A'>, and where L~ is an integra-
tion operator in J\. (T U G) (see section 31.4).
Proof: Suppose that I (z) belongs to lIu (r) and is holomorphic in
the domain TU O. According to the theorem of section 29.3, the
generalized function

10 (x) = I + iO. x) -
(x o I (xo - 10. x) (216)

belongs to the class Lo (r) and vanishes in the r -regular open set O.
According to Theorem 1 of section 32.2.10 can be represented in
the form (194): 10 (x) = II (x. 0), where u(x. A) belongs toS*, satisfies
the wave equationO n +1 u=o and, by virtue of (202),vanishesin
+
the envelope BreO), where r is an (n 2)-dimensional light cone.
According to the theorem of section 29.3, U (x. A) can be represented
in the form of the difference

u(x. k)= F(x o + 10. x. k)-F(xo-IO. x. A) (217)

-See Jost and Lehmann [33], Vladimirov and Logunov [29], Omnes [31] and Vladimirov
(30).
 CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVELOPE OF I;I0LOMORPHY 331

of the boundary values of the function F (z, C) of class Ho cr).

It fol-
lows from the results of section 31.4 that all derivatives D~ F (z, C)
of sufficiently high order III > s can be represented for z ERn + 2 + ir
in the form

D~F(z, C)=
(218)
= en tl J '" (x', A) D! [-(z-x'Y+(C->-)2r~ dx' d)+P/ (z, C)
where the PI are polynomials, '" ES·, S.jJc En N (a), and E is a space-
like hyper surface lying in the strip a <: Xo -< b and in the set BdO)
UN (a). (Since a possesses the property (A'), such a hypersurface
exists; here, Syc F, where

(219)

is a regular set.)
Let us show now that the functions
n
Fl(z)=cn+l J",(x', >-)Da-(z-x'Y+>-2r2 dx'dA+
(220)
+Pl(z, 0), III >s
are holomorphic in K' (T U 0) if s is sufficiently great.
It follows from the definition of the envelope K' (T U0) (see
section 33.1) that

Therefore, the functions

n
Cf'/(z; x', >-)=D~ !-(Z-X')2+ A2)-1"

are holomorphic with respect to z in b < + =) and are infinitely

differentiable with respect to (x', A) EN (a).
We now need the
LEMMA. F'or an arbitrary nonnegative integer m and subdomain C' =K'(T U C\
(221)

for all 1 such that III ~ s, where s = max [0, m - nl and the set F' is defined in
(219).
Proof: Let z range over A' <sK' (T U 0). Then, for (x', A) in the strip
a-< x~ <: b (where (a > - = and K' (T U 0), we have the inequality

where C is a nonnegative number depending on 0', a, and b. Using

this inequality, we obtain
332 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

IICf,(Z; X'. )..)lIm.F=

= SUp
10 1<:'"
(1 + Ylx'1 2+)..2t Dix· ••I )D~[-(Z_X')2+)..2)-TI-<:
IX'. ')EF
-< C1
,.,<m . . ·.• (1 +
sup Ylx'I 2 +)..2)"'+1 01+'" X

.
,,<,x' <,b

X I-(z _X')2+)..21--r-IOI-1/1 '"

-<C 2 +C 3 SUp
(1 +Ylx' II +).2)"'+1
n
01+ 1/ 1
=
101<,,,,. -+1.1+1/1
1... ·1'+.' .. 2< (lx'I'+J.I-C)2

= C2 +C3 SUp
(1 +
r)'1I+1/1
n C",., (0'). q.e.d.
r .. ViC "2+1/1
(r'-C)
The carrier of the generalized function 4(x'. )")in (220) is con-
tained in the regular set F. According to the theorem of section
3.8. I!' can be continued so as to be a continuous linear functional
on a Banach space with norm II II "'. F for some nonnegative m. Let
us set s=max[O. m-n). It follows from inequality (221) and the
structure of the functions Cf,(Z; x'. )..) that, for all I andj (where
(111)sand ° <,.j-<:n),

Ii orrl (z; x'. A) 'l'dz +.i1 Zj; x'. A) - '1'1 (z; x', A) II
d _0.
~ oZJ Zj ",.F

I~zjl-O
uniformly asz EO'eK' (T U0). Therefore, the right members in (220)
have all first derivatives in K' (T Ua), and these derivatives can be
obtained by differentiating under the "integral" sign. On the basis
of Hartogs' fundamental theorem (see section 4.2), the functions
F,(z). for 111>$, are holomorphic in K'(TUO).
We note now that, on the basis of (218) and (220),

Therefore, by using Lemma 2 of section 31.4 (since DI = T+

and D = K' (T U0) is a Runge domain [see section 33.1», we con-
clude that the function F (z. 0) is holomorphic in K' (T U0) and can
be represented in the form
F(z. O)=~{cn+lfl!'(X'.)..)X
n (222)
XD~[ -(z _X')2+)..2)-"2 dx' d).. +P,(z. O)}.
Furthermore, since F(z. t)EHo(l). it follows that F(z. O)EHo(r).
Finally. it follows from (217) that
fo(x)=u(x. O)=F(xo+IO. x. O)-F(xo-IO. x. 0).
 CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVEL.OPE OF HOL.OMORPHY 333

By comparing this result with Eq. (216) and using the theorem
in section 29.3. we conclude that the functions f Cz) and F (z, 0) can
differ only by a polynomial. which we denote by Po(z). From this
and from (222). we obtain the representation (215). This completes
the proof of the theorem.

3. Remarks and examples

(1) It follows from the preceding theorem and the inclusion

(214) that

KCT U i'1)=K'(TU 0). (223)

From this and from (213). we conclude that

B(O) = ReK(T U 0).

It is shown in the article by Bros, Messiah. and Stora [26] that

if a domain a is bounded by two spacelike hypersurfaces.* the
envelopes H (T U0) and K' (T U0) must coincide. Thus. if. in addition
the domain a satisfies condition (A'), then, on the basis of (223).

/i(TU O)=K(TU 0). (224)

Furthermore. since K' (T Uci) is a polynomially convex domain (see

section 33.1). the envelope K (T U0) is a (in fact. the smallest)
polynomially convex (and a fortiori K -convex) envelope of the domain
T Uii Consequently. in this case. we have obtained answers to all
the questions posed in section 29.2.
(2) In the representation (215). the weight function tf (x', X) can,
by means of formulas (201) and (169). be expressed linearly in
terms of the difference (216) of the boundary values f (xo ± iQ, x) of
the function fez). Therefore, function fez) of every class Ho(r) that
is holomorphic in the domain T UO. where a satisfies condition
(A'). is completely determined by its boundary valuesf(xo ± iO, x)
for x ERH I " B (a).
(3) On the one hand. the representation (215) is a generalization
of the well-known Kiill6n-Lehmann representation (see [22]) to
the case of noninvariant functions. On the other hand. for a = (2).
it can be regarded as a modification of Bochner's representation
(see section 25.4). SpeCifically. as is easy to see from the proof
of the preceding theorem. in this case it makes the form

·According to the theorem on a r -convex envelope (see section 28.3), this condition
can be weakened by asswninglhat lheenvelope Br<G) is bounded by two spacelike hyper-
surfaces.
334 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

r(z) =LJ{ Cn + 1 f p (X'. A)Da- Z~+(ZI- X;)2 + ... (225)

... +(Zn-x~?+Af~ dx' dA+N (z) }+Pt (z).
where the hyperplane x~ = I) is used for E. In particular. for r == 0
the right member of (225) yields a representation of the function/+
of Ho(r+) and vanishes in r-.
(4) All the results obtained for a light (circular) cone x~ > Ixl2
can be carried over in an obvious manner to the case of an elliptic
cone

Here. the wave operator becomes the corresponding hyperbolic

operator with constant coefficients.
(5) Let 0 be the strip a < Xo < h. Then. (see example 4 of section
32.1 and Fig. 95),

N(O) = [(X'. A): (b 2 a+Ix~ - at bIf ~A2],

so that for E we may take the hyperplane

and
F = [( x I ....
,). a+b
x O• =-2-'

A2>(b-;-ar. IXi <00]

is a regular set. Thus.

K (T U 0) = [z: (z - X')2 '4= 1..2• (x'. A) EFl.

or

This result is due to Bogolyubov (see section 27.5; see also Sora-
kina [96]).
(6) Let us suppose that an open set 0 is such that N (0) = 0 and
that a sequence a;.
for a = 1. 2. ...• possesses property (A')
beginning with sufficiently large a. Then. by using the theorem
proven in the preceding section. we conclude that function I (z) of
 CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVELOPE OF HOLOMORPHY 335

function f(z) of every class HoW) that is holomorphic in TUG, where NW) ;
0, is holomorphic in the union of the increasing sequence of envelopes K'(T U ('J ),
as a -> "", that is (on the basis of (212), in the envelope K'(T U G')
defined by
formula (211). Consequently, Eq. (223) also holds in this case.

Suppose, for example, that 0 is the halfspace Xo < 0 and that

N(O)=0. By using Example (5). we obtain (for b=O anda=-a)
K(TUO)=UK(TUa:)=U[z: pmzl<
a 0

< 11m V(zo+a)zol ]=[z: Zo 4= p, p".;p OJ.

In this case, since K (T U a~) = H (T U O~), Eq. (224) remains valid.

4. Applications to the justification of the dispersion

relations
As we know (see, for example, Bogolyubov, Medvedev and
Polivanov [22]), the amplitude of the dispersion T corresponding
to the process
p+k=p'+k',

where

+
are the squares of the masses, where s = (p k)2 is the square of
the total energy. and where -t = _(p_p')2 is the square of the
transfer of momentum, is of the form

T p, p' (q)=-l.! eiq.rO (xo)(p' I[ A( i), B( -i)J Ip)dX,

(226)
k+k'
q=-;2-'

where the commutator (see section 29.6)

belongs to S· and vanishes for x 2 < 0 (local commutativity) and its

Fourier transform gp, p' (q) vanishes in the domain

0= [q: (q + p +/' r < c2 or qo + Po t P~ < n0]

n[q: (q- p~p'r <b 2 or qo-potP~ < 0]

(the spectral condition with masses considered). Taking} (p + p')=
(a. 0),let us rewrite the expression for the domain 0 in the form
(see Fig. 93)
 336 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

O=[q: a-VlqI2+b2 <qo<-a+Vlqj2+c2].

a:> O. 0.< b <. c.
It follows from these properties and the results of section
29.3 that the amplitude Tp. p' (q) is the boWldary value of the function
f p. p' (C), which is the Fourier- Laplace transform of the functi~n
-16 (xo)gP. p.(x). and which is holomorphic in the domain TUO:

Tp. p' (q) = f p. p' (qo +iO. q).

According to the theorem in section 33.2, the function fp, p' (C) is
holomorphic in the envelope

K(TU Q)=int IC: {C- X')2 + A2, (x'. A)EN(O»).

where (see Example 3 of section 32.1)

N(O)=[(x'. A): Ix~1 + Ix'i <a,
IAI:> max {b - V(a- x~)' -lx'1 2, c- V(a+ x~Y-lx'12}].

This result proves the dispersion relations.

Without going into details, let us point out certain steps in the
proof. For Simplicity, let us assume that we are dealing with a
scalar theory, so that the amplitude T depends on the six scalar
variables p2, p,l. k 2, k,2, s, and t, two of which, namely,p2=m 2 and
p,2=m': we assume fixed. Therefore, T p, p'(q)= r(s. k2 , k,2. t}.
For t < 0, the integral in (226) becomes meaningless in the so-
called nonphysical region of energies. This difficulty was first
overcome by Bogolyubov in 1956 in his proof of the dispersion re-
lations. His idea consists in the fact that, for negative values of
k 2 = 't and k,2 = 't' that satisfy the inequality

t)='t 2+'t,2+ t2 - 2't't'-2'tt-2't't<O,

),,('t, 't',

the nonphysical region disappears and the dispersion relation for

T(s, 't, 't'. t) is easily derived. With accuracy up to insignificant
Simplifications, it takes the form*

*Equation (227) is simply Cauchy's fonnula for the s-plane with the cuts

Ims=O, Res';;:'" Res:;;"'2.

Here, in the "slits"lm s = oand I, < Re s < 12 the function T is real, so that, by virtue
of Schwartz' symmetry principle the following equation is valid on the cuts:

1m T (s. ~, ~'. t) = ;, [T (s + ;0. ~. ~', t) - T (s - ;0, ~, ~', t»).

The integral in (227) should be understood in the sense of generalized functions. For more
infonnation. see Taylor [34).
 CONSTRUCTION OF AN ENVELOPE OF HOLOMORPHY 337

T(
s,
,
't, 't.
t)_(s+SO)n(
- "
jil+jOO')lmT(S','t,'t,.t)d'+
(s'-s)(s'+so)n S
-co I, I (227)

+ ~ c k ('t. "C', t) Sk.

To obtain the dispersion relation for physical values oh = \.102 and

't' = 1'-,1. the right member of (227) must be holomorphically con-
tinued for every t -< 0 as a function of the complex variables
(s. "C, 't') up to the values 't = 11-2 and 't' = 11-" .(Here. s ranges over the
plane with the cuts.) To achieve such a continuation. we need only
continue the function 1m T(s'. 't, 't', t) holomorphically into a com-
plex neighborhood of the (real) intervals ofvariation of the variables
('t. "C'. t)up to the values "C=1I-2 and "1:'=11-,2.
This continuation can be done by means of the established
analyticity properties of the function! P. p' (C). It tums out that it is
not always possible to achieve such a continuation and. if it is
possible. it is only for values of the impulse transfer -I lying in
a bounded interval. For example. for a It-meson-nucleonic
scattering.

this interval is

(cf. section 27.5; see Lehmann [28) and Vladimirov and Logunov
[29».
In conclusion. we make two remarks:
(1) Suppose that a = 0 in the spectral conditions. In this case.

N (0) = I(x', ).): x' = 0, ).2 ~ max (b 2• c2»).

Let us suppose also that the function !p, p' (C) decreases suffiCiently
fast at infinity that we may sets = oand Po = 0 in the representation
(215). This representation then takes the form

f p, p ,,~)
\
-
-
j 0/ ().) dA
(~2 _1,2)nrl • (228)
m .. (b', ...,

From this it follows that the envelope K (T U0) is bounded by the

analytic hypersurface z~ = P. where max (b 2 , c2) <: P < + 00. and that
the function ftC) does in fact depend on C2-. However. if f p. p' (C) does
not decrease sufficiently rapidly at infinity. the representation
(228) is valid up to
338 SOME APPLICATIONS OF THE THEORY

/p, p'(~)= ~ P~(~)Il>.(C2),

I~.~N

where the p. are polynomials and the flUlctions Il> (w) are holo-
morphic and polynomially bounded in the w-plane withcut along the
line 1m w = 0, max (/)2, c2) -<: Re w. By virtue of the theorem in sec-
tion 32.4, the case in which 0 = [q: q2 < - /)2) reduces to the case
that we have considered (where /)=c=O). SinceB{O)=Br(O)=[q2
< 0). These results were established by a different method by
Bogolyubov and Vladimirov [97].
The three conditions
(~) g p, p' (x) = 0 for x? < 0 (local commutativity),
(~) .g p, p' (q) = 0 for q2 < m~ (spectralness),
(1) Sufficiently rapid decrease of the flUlction / p, p' (~) at infinity
imply Lorentz invariance and the Kall~n-Lehmann representation
(228). This result shows obviously that the axioms of quantum field
theory are not independent (see also Streater [114]).
(2) The spectral conditions cannot be given arbitrarily: the
domain 0 in which gp, p' (q) vanishes must be such thatB(O) =1= R4.
To see this, note that in the opposite case, we would, by virtue
of the quasi-analytic nature of class LJ{r) functions (see section
=
32.4), have i p, p' (q) 0, so that / p, p' (C) would be a polynomial and
the theory would become trivial.
 References
1. B. A. Fuks, Introduction to the Theory of Analytic Functions
of Several Complex Variables, Providence, American Mathe-
matical SOCiety, 1963.
2. B. A. Fuks, Spetsial 'nyye glavy teorii analiticheskikh funktsiy
mnogikh kompleksnykh peremennykh. (Special chapters in the
theory of analytic functions of several complex variables),
Fizmatgiz. 1963.
3. S. Bochner and W. T. Martin. Several Complex Variables,
Princeton University Press. 1948.
4. H. Behnke and P. Thullen, Theorie der Funktionen mehrerer
komplexer Veriinderlichen. Ergebnisse der Mathern •• Berlin.
1934.
5. G. M. Goluzin. Geometricheskaya teoriya funktsiykompleksnogo
peremennogo (Geometric theory of functions of a complex
variable). Gostekhizdat. 1952.
6. F. Hartogs. "Zur Theorie der analytischen Funktionen meh-
rerer unabhangiger Vedinderlichen, insbesondere uoer die
Darstellung derselben durch Reihen, welche nach Potenzen
einer Veriinderlichen fortschreiten." Math. Ann., 62 (1906),
1-88.
7. H. Car tan and P. Thullen. "Zur Theorie der Singularitaten
der Funktionen mehrerer komplexen Vedinderlichen." Math.
Ann•• 106 (1932).617-647.
8. I. P. Natanson. Teoriya funktsiy veshchestvennoy peremennoy
(Theory of functions of a real variable). Gostekhizdat. 1950.
9. I. I. Privalov. Subgarmonicheskiye funktsii (Subharmonic func-
tions). ONTI-NKTP. 1937.
10. G. H. Hardy, J. E. Littlewood. and G. P6lya, Inequalities.
Cambridge University Press. 1934.
11. L. Schwartz. Theorie des distributions. t. 1-11. Paris. 1950-
1951.
12. P. Lelong. Fonctions plurisousharmonlques; mesures de Radon
assoclEies. Applications aux fonctions analytiques, Colloque
sur les fonctions de plusieurs variables, Brussels,
1953, 21.40.
13. H. J. Bremermann, "Complex convexity," Trans. Amer. Math.
Soc. 82 (1956).17-51.
14. P. S. Alexsandrov. Kombinatornaya topologiya (Combinatorial
topology). Gostekhizdat. 1947.
339
340 REFERENCES

15. H. J. Bremermann. "tiber die Aquivalenz der pseudokonvexen

Gebiete under der Holomorphiegebiete im Raum von n Kom-
plexen Veranderlichen". Math. Ann •• 128 (1954). 63-91.
16. H. J. Bremermann. "On the conjecture of the equivalence of
the plurisubharmonic functions and the Hartogs functions,"
Math. Ann •• 131 (1956). 76-86.
17. H. J. Bremermann. "Note on plurisubharmonic and Hartogs
functions." Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.. 7 (1956). 771-775.
18. H. J. Bremermann, "Die Holomorphiehiillen der Tuben- und
Halbtubengebiete," Math. Ann •• 127 (1954), 406-423.
19. K. <.lea. "Sur les fonctions analytiques de plusieurs variables
complexes. VI. Domaines pseudoconvexes," Tokohu Math.
J •• 49 (1942). 15-52.
20. K. Oka, ''Sur les fonctions analytiques de plusieurs variables
complexes. IX. Domaines finis sans point critique interieur."
Ja. J. Math •• 23 (1953).97-155.
21. F. Norquet. "Sur les domaines d'holomorphie des fonctions
uniformes de plusieurs variables complexes (Passage du local
au global)," Bull. Soc. Math~m. de France, 82 (1954),
137-159.
22. N. N. Bogolyubov. B. V. Medvedev. and M. K. Polivanov.
Voprosy teorii dispersionnykh sootnosheniy (Questions in
the theory of dispersion relations). Fizmatgiz. 1958.
23. O. Steinmann, "Structure of the two-POint function." J.
Math. Phys., 4 (1963), 583-588.
24. A. S. Wightman. "Nekotoryye matematicheskiye problemy
relativistskoy kvantovoy teorii" (Certain mathematical prob-
lems of relativistic quantum theory). Matematika, 6:4 (1962).
96-133.
25. G. Klill~n and A. Wightman, "The analytic properties of the
vacuum expectation value of a product of three scalar local
fields," Math Fys. Scr. Dan. Vide Selsk •• 1. No.6 (1958).
26. J. Bros, A. MeSSiah. and R. Stora, "A problem of analytic
completion related to the Jost-Lehmann-Dyson formula." J.
Math. Phys., 2 (1961),639-651.
27. H. J. Bremermann, R. Oehme, and J. G. Taylor. "A proof of
disperSion relations in quantized field theories," Phys. Rev.,
109 (1958),2178-2190.
28. H. Lehmann, "Scattering matrix and field operators," Nuovo
Cimento, 14 (1959). Supple No.1. 153-176.
29. V. S. Vladimirov and A. A. Logunov, "Ob analiticheskikh
svoystvakh obobshchennykh funktsiy kvantovoy teorii polya"
(Analytic properties of the generalized functions of quantum
field theory), Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, seriya matem •• 23 (1959),
661-676.
30. V. S. Vladimirov. "0 postroyenii obolochek golomorfnosti
dlyaoblastey spetsial'nogo vida i ikh primeneniya" (Construc-
tion of envelopes of holomorphy for domains of a special
 REFERENCES 341

type and their applications). Trudy Matem. in-ta im. V. A.

Steklova, 60 (1961), 101-144.
31. R. Omnes, ":Demonstration des relations de dispersion", in
the book: Dispersion Relations and Elementary Particles, ed.
C. de Witt and R. Omnes, New York, Wiley, 1960, pp.
317-384.
32. A. S. Wightman, "Quantum field theory and analytic functions
of several complex variables," J. Indian Math. Soc., 24 (1960-
61),625-677.
33. R. Jost and H. Lehmann, "Integral-Darstellung kausalerKom-
mutatoren," Nuovo Cimento, 5 (1957),1598-1610.
34. J. G. Taylor, "Dispersion relations and Schwartz's distri-
butions," Ann. of Phys., 5 (1958),391-398.
35. F. J. Dyson, "Connection between local commutativity and
regularity of Wightman functions," Phys. Rev., 110 (1958),
579-581.
36. H. Epstein, "Generalization of the edge-of-the-wedge theorem,"
J. Math. Phys., I, (1960),524-531.
37. V. S. Vladimirov, "0 teoreme ostriya klina Bogolyubova" (On
Bogolyubov's "edge of the wedge" theorem), Izv. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, sere matem. 26 (1962),825-838.
38. I. M. Gel'fand and G. Yeo Shilov, Obobshchennyye funktsii
(Generalized functions), Vols. I, 2, Fizmatgiz. 1958.
39. N. N. Bogolyubov and V. S. Vladimirov, "Ob analiticheskom
prodolzhenii obobshchennykh funktsiy" (Analytic continuation
of generalized functions), Izv. Akad.Nauk SSSR, sere matem.,
22 (1958).15-48.
40. V. S. Vladimirov. "Ob odnom obobshchenii teoremyLiuvillya"
(A generalization of Liouville's theorem), Trudy Matern. in-
ta im. V. A. Steklova, 64 (1961), 9-27.
41. F. J. Dyson. "Integral representation of causal commutators."
Phys. Rev., 110 (1958).1460-1464.
42. V. S. Vladimorov, "0 funktsiyakh, golomorfnykh v trubchatykh
konusakh" (Functions that are holomorphic in tubular cones).
Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, sere matem., 27 (1963), 75-100.
1186.
43. D. Ya. Petrina. "0 nevozmozhnosti postroyeniya nelokal'noy
teorii polya s polozhitel'nym spektrom operatura energii-
impul'sa" (On the impossibility of constructing a nonlocal
field theory with positive spectrum of the energy-impulse
operator). Ukr. mat. Zhur., 13 (1961), No.4, 109-111.
44. I. M. Gel'fand and N. Ya. Vilenkin, Obobshchennyye ftmktsii
(Generalized functions), Vol. 4, Fizmatgiz, 1961.
45. L. Schwartz, "Transformation de Laplace des distributions,"
Medd. Lunds. Univ. mat. Semin. (Supplementband), 1952,
196-206.
46. J. L. Lions, "Supports dans la transformation de Laplace."
J. Analyse Math•• 2 (1952-1953).369-380.
342 REFERENCES

47. J. G. Taylor. "A theorem of continuation for functions of several

complex variables," Froc. Cambro Phil. Soc., 54 (1958).
377-382.
48. H. Behnke and K. Stein, "Konvergente Folgen von Regulari-
tlitsbereichen und die Meromorphie-Konvexitiit, Math. Ann.,
116 (1938),204-216.
49. P. Lelong. "La convexite et les fonctions analytiques de
plusieurs variables complexes," J. Math. pures et appl ••
31 (1952).191-219.
50 D. Ruelle. "Domain of holomorphy of the three-point function."
Helv. Phys. Acta, 34 (1961), 587-592.
51. H. Behnke and F. Sommer, "Analytische Funktionen mehrel'er
Veranderlichen. tlber die Voraussetzungen des Kontinui-
tatssatzes", Math. Ann., 121 (1950), 356-378.
52. S. Hitotsumatsu, "On some conjectures concerning pseudo-
convex domains." J. Math. Soc. Jap., 6 (1954), 177-195.
53. V. V. Stepanov. Kurs differentsial 'nykh uravneniy (Course of
differential equations), Fizmatgiz, 1958.
54. H. Kneser, "Die s1nguliiren Kanten bei analytischen Funktionen
mehrerer Veriinderlichen," Math. Ann., 106 (1932),656-
660.
55. S. Boclmer, "Analytic and meromorphic continuation by means
of Green's formula," Annals of Math., 44 (1943), 652-673.
56. F. Sommer. "Uber die Integralformeln in der Funktionen-
theorie mehrerer komplexer Veriinderlichen," Math. Ann.,
125 (1952).172-182.
57. S. Bochner, "Group invariance of Cauchy's formula in several
variables," Annals of Math•• 45 (1944), 686-707.
58. G. de Rham, Varietes differentiables, Actualit~s no. 1222,
Paris, Hermann, 1935.
59. H. Hefer, "Zur Funktionentheorie mehrerer Veriinderlichen.
Dber eine Zerlegung analytischer Funktionen und die WeiIsche
Integraldarstellung." Math. Ann., 122 (1950).276-278.
60. H. Grauert and K. Remmert, ''Komplexe Raume," Math. Ann.,
136 (1958), 245-318.
61. A. S. Wightman, "AnalytiC functions of several complex vari-
ables." In the book: Dispersion Relations and Elementary
Particles, ed. C. de Witt and R. Omnes, New York. Wiley.
1960, 227-315.
62. L. A. Ayzenberg and B. S. Mityagin, "Prostranstva funktsiy.
analitcheskikh v kra1no-krugovykh oblastyakh" (Spaces of
functions that are analytic in multiple-circular domains),
SMZh,l (1960).153-170.
63. J. Bros, "Les problemes de construction d'enveloppes d'holo-
morphie en theorie quantique des champs," Seminaire
d'Analyse de P. Lelong, 13 March 1962.
64. W. S. Brown, "Analyticity properties of the momentum-
space vertex function," J. Math. Phys •• 3 (1962). 221-235.
 REFERENCES 343

65. p. Thullen, "Zur Theorie der Singuliiritliten der Funktionen

zweier komplexer Verlinderlichen," Math. Arm., 106 (1932),
64-76.
66. W. Rothstein, "Ein neuer Beweis des Hartogsschen Haupt-
satzes und seine Ausdehnung auf meromorphe Funktionen,"
Math. Zeit., 53 (1950),84-95.
67. V. S. Vladimirov and M. Shirinbekov."O postroyenii obolochek
golomorfnosti dlya oblastey Gartogsa" (Construction of enve-
lopes of holomorphy for Hartogs' domains). Ukr. Mat. Zhur ••
15 (1963), No.2, 189-192.
68. S. Bergmann, "Uber eine Integraldarstelhmg von Funktionen
von zwei komplexen Veriinderlichen," Matern. sb •• I, (1936).
242-257.
69. A. Weil, "L'int~gral de Cauchy et les fonctions de plusieurs
variables." Math. Arm •• 111 (1935, 178-182.
70. A. I. Markushevich, Teoriya analiticheskikh funktsiy (Theory
of analytic functions), Gostekhizdat. 1950.
71. A. Weil, "Sur les s~ries des polynomes de deux vari-
ables complexes." C. R. Acad. Sc.. 194 (1932). 1304-
1307.
72. K. Oka. "Sur les fonctions analytiques des plusieurs variables
complexes." I. J. Sci. HirOShima Univ., sere A. 6 (1936).
245-255.
73. H. J. Bremermann. "Die Charakterisierung Rungescher Gebiete
durch plurisubharmonische Funktionen." Math. Ann •• 136
(1958).173-186.
74. M. Shirinbekov, "Ob oblastyakh Runge v prostranstve mnogikb
kompleksnykh peremennykh" (Runge domains in the space of
several complex variables). Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR. 145
(1962). 45-47.
75. K. Uta. ''Sur les fonctions analytiques des plusieurs variables
complexes. n. Domaines d'holomorphie," J. Sci. Hiroshima
Univ •• sere A. 7 (1937).115-130.
76. S. G. Gindikin. "Analiticheskiye funktsii v trubchatykh oblast-
yakh" (Analytic functions in tubular domains). Doklady Akad.
Nauk SSSR. 145 (1962). 1205-1208.
77. S. L. Sobolev. "Methode nouvelle a resoudre Ie probleme de
Cauchy pour les ~quations lin~aires hyperboliques normales,"
Matem. sb •• 1 (43) (1936). 39-72.
78. N. N. Bogolyubov and O. S. Parasyuk. "Ob analiticheskom
prodolzhenii obobshchennykh funktsiy" (Analytic continuation
of generalized functions), Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR. 109
(1956). 717-719.
79. L. Garding and J. L. Lions. "Functional analysis," Nuovo
Cimento, 14 (1959). Supple I, 9-66.
80. H. Whitney. Analytic extensions of differentiable functions de-
fined in closed sets." Trans. Amer. Math. Soc •• 36 (1934).
63-89.
344 REFERENCES

81. L. Hormander, "On the division of distributions by polyno-

mials," Arkiv mat., 3 (1958),555-568.
82. S. Lojasiewicz, "Division d'une distribution par une fonction
analytique de variables reelles," C. R. Acad. SCi., 246 (1958),
683-686.
83. L. Gardlng and B. Malgrange, "Operateurs differentiels par-
tiellement hypoelliptiques," C. R. Acad. Sci., 247 (1958),
2083~2085.
84. L. Gardlng and B. Malgrange, "Operateurs differentiels par-
tiellement hypoelliptiques et partiellement elliptiques," Math.
Scand., 9 (1961), 5-21.
85. L. Hormander, "On the theory of general partial differential
operators," Acta Math., 94 (1955),161-248.
86. G. I. Eskin, "Obobshcheniyeteoremy Paleya-Vinera-Shvartsa"
(Generalization of the Paley-Weiner-Schwartz theorem), UsP.
mat. nauk, XVI, no. 1 (97) (1961), 185-188.
87. N. N. Bogolyubov and D. V. Shirkov, Vvedeniye v teoriyu
kvantovannykh poley (Introduction to quantum field theory),
IT, GTTI, 1957.
88. R. Courant and D. Hilbert, Methods of Mathematical Physics,
Vol. ll, New York and London, Interscience, 1962.
89. F. John, "On linear partial differential equations with analytic
coefficients. Unique continuation of data," Communs. pure and
apple mathem., 2 (1949),209-253.
90. L. Nirenberg, "Uniqueness in Cauchy problems for differen-
tial equations with constant leading coefficients." Communs
pure and apple mathem., 10 (1957), 89-105.
9!. B. Broda, "On uniqueness theorems for differential equa-
tions with constant coefficients." Math. Scand., 9 (1961),
55-68.
92. V. S. Vladimirov, "0 postroyenii obolochek golomorfnosti dlya
oblastey spetsial'nogo vida" (The construction of envelopes of
holomorphy for domains of a special type), Doklady Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 134 (1960). 251-254.
93. V. S. Vladimirov. "0 primenenii svoystv oblastey golomorf-
nosti k izucheniyu resheniy differentsial 'nykh uravneniy"
(Application of the properties of domains of holomorphy to the
study of the solutions of differential equations). Doklady Akad.
Nauk SSSR, 134 (1960). 511-513.
94. M. S. Lavrent'yev and B. V. Shabat. Metody teorii funktsiy
kompleksnogo peremennogo (Methods in the theory of functions
of a complex variable). Fizmatgiz.1958.
95. L. V. Kantorovich and G. P. Akilov, Functional Analysis
in Normed Spaces, Oxford and New York. Pergamon.
1964.
96. N. G. Sorokina. "Ob odnoy teoreme N. N. Bogolyubova" (On
a theorem of N. N. Bogolyubov), Ukr. mat. Zhur •• 11, No.2
(1959),220-222.
 REFERENCES 345

97. N. N. Bogolyubov and V. S. Vladimirov. "Odna teorema ob

analiticheskom prodolzhenii obobshchennykh funktsiy (A
theorem on the analytic continuation of generalized functions),
NDVSh. fiz.-matem. nauk1, No.3 (1958).26-35; No.2 (1959).
179.
98. H. J. Borchers. "Uber die Vollstlindigkeit lorentzinvarianter
Felder in einer zeitartigen ROhre." Nuovo Cimento.19 (1961).
781-793.
99. H. Araki, "A generalization of Borchers' theorem," Helv.
Phys. Acta. 36 (1963).132-139.
100. A. A. Logunov and B. M. Stepanov. "Dispersionnyye soot-
nosheniya dlya reaktsiy fotorozhdeniya IT-mezonov" (DiS-
persion relations for reactions involving the photogeneration
of IT-mesons), Doldady Akad. Nauk SSSR. 110 (1956).
368-370.
101. I. T. Todorov. "Analytical properties of thescatteringampli-
tude for inelastic processes involving strange particles."
Nuclear Phys •• 18 (1960). 521-528.
102. R. F. Streater. "Some integral representations in field
theory." Nuovo Cimento. 15 (1960).936-948.
103. R. F. Streater. "Special methods of analytic completion in
field theory,'" Proc. Roy. Soc., Sere A•• 256 (1960).
39-52.
104. R. F. Streater. "The double commutator in quantum field
theory." J. Math. Phys., 1 (1960).231-233.
105. I. G. Petrovskiy. Lectures on Partial Differential Equations
(in press).
106. H. J. Bremermann and L. Durand. "On analytic continuation.
multiplication and Fourier transformations of Schwartz dis-
tributions," J. Math. Phys., 2 (1961),240-258.
107. N. I. Muskhelishvili, Singulyarnyye integral'nyye uravneniya
(Singular integral equations). Fizmatgiz. 1962.
108. O. S. Parasyuk, "0 'parnykh' integral 'nykb uravneniyakh v
klasse obobshchennykh funktsiy" ("Pairs" of integral equa-
tions in the class of generalized functions). Doldady Akad.
Nauk SSSR. 110 (1956). 957-958.
109. I. M. Ryzhik and I. S. Gradshteyn, Tables of Integrals. Sums,
Series, and Products (in press).
110. M. Riesz, "L'int~gral de Riemann- Liouville et Ie probleme de
Cauchy." Acta. Math., 81 (1949),1-222.
111. V. S. Vladimirov and V. F. Nikitin, "Ob integral'nom pred-
stavlenii Iosta-Lemana-Daysona" (On the Jost-Lehmann-
Dyson integral representation), Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR,
138 (1961).809-812.
112. F. E. Browder, "00 the edge-of-the-wedge theorem",Canad.
J. of Math., 15 (1963), 125-131.
113. R. Jost, "Eine Bemerkung zum CTP-theorem," Helv. Phys.
Acta, 30 (1957),409-416.
346 REFERENCES

114. R. F. Streater. "Analytic properties of products of field

operators," J. Math. Phys., 3 (1962),256-261.
115. E. E. Levi, "Studii sui punti singolari essenziali delle fun-
zioni analitiche di due 0 Pi~ variabili complesse." Ann. di
Mat., ser. III. 17 (1910), 61- 87.
116. E. E. Levi, "Sulle ipersuperfici dello spazio a 4 dimensioni
che possono essere frontiera del campo di esistenza di \Dla
funzione analitica di due variabili complesse," Ann. di
Mat•• ser. III, 18 (1911). 69-79.
117. S. Stoilow, Teoria functiilor de 0 variabila complexi, Bucha-
rest, 1958-1962, Vois. I and II. (This has been translated into
Russian as Teoriya funktsiy kompleksnogo premennogo.)
118. H. Cartan, "Les fonctions de deux variables complexes et Ie
probleme de la representation analytique," J. Math. pures
et appl., 10 (1931), 1-114.
119. F. Hartogs. "tiber die aus den singuliiren Stell en einer
analytischen Funktion rnehrerer Veriinderlichen bestehenden
Gebilde." Acta Math., 32 (1909),59-79.
120. H. Behnke and K. Stein, "Konvergente Folgen nichtschlichter
Regularitiitsbereiche," Ann. di Mat. sere IV, 28, (1949),
317-326.
121. T. Bonnesen and W. Fenchel, "TheoriederkonvexenKorper,"
Ergebnisse der Mathern., Berlin, 1934.
122. L. A. Ayzenberg, "Integral 'noye predstavleniye funktsiy. gol-
omorfnykh v vypuklykh oblastyakh prostranstva en (Integral
representation of functions that are holomorphic in convex
domaines of the space Gil), Doklady Akad. Nauk, 151 (1963).
1247-1249.
123. E. Cartan. "Sur les domaines born4s holog~nes de l'espace
de n variables complexes." Abhandl. Math. Semin. Hamburg.
Univ •• 11 (1935),116-162.
124. J. Bros. H. Epstein. and V. Glaser. "Some rigorous ana-
lyticity properties of the four-point function in momentum
space," CERN-Geneva. 1963, preprint.
125. G. KII.n6n, "The analyticity domain of the four point function."
Nuclear Phys •• 25 (1961), 568-603.
126. H. Araki. "Generalized retarded functions and analytic
functions in momentum space in quantum field theory." J.
Math. Phys., 2 (1961), 163-177.
127. D. Ruelle, "Connection between Wightman functions and Green
functions," Nuovo Cirnento. 19 (1961).356-376.
128. O. Steinmann. "tiber den Zusammenhang zwischen den Wight-
man-Funktionen und den retardierten Kommutatoren." Helv.
Phys. Acta. 33 (1960).257-298.
129. O. Steinmann. "Wightman-Funktionen und retardierte Kom-
mutatoren, n." Helv. Phys. Acta. 33 (1960).347-362.
130. G. Kothe. "Die Randverteilungen analytischer Funktionen."
Math. Zeit., 57 (1952). 13-33.
 REFERENCES 347

131. H. G. Tillman, uRandverteilungen analytischer Funktionen

und Distributionen," Math. Zeit •• 59 (1953),61.83.
132. H. G. Tillman. ''Distributionen als Randverteilungen
analytischer Funktionen. II." Math. Zeit.. 76 (1961),
5-21.
133. H. G. Tillman. "Darstellung der Schwartzschen Distri-
butionen durch analytische Funktionen." Math. Zeit•• 77
(1961). 106-124.
134. M. Sato. "On a generalization of the concept of functions,"
Proc. Japan. Acad •• 34 (1958), 126-135.
135. M. Sato. "Theory of hyperfunctions." I. J. Fac. Sc. Tokyo.
8 (1959). 139-193.
136. Z. Luszczki and Z. Zielezny, UDistributionen der rulume
Di.p als Randverteilungen analytischer Funktionen," Colloq.
Math•• 8 (1961).125-131.
137 V. S. Rogozhin. ''Krayevaya zadacha Rimana v prostranstve
obobshchennykh i mnogochlenv Fabera" (Riemann's boun-
dary-value problem in the space of generalized functions and
Faber's polynomials), Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR. 152 (1963).
1308-1311.
138. L. Schwartz. uSur l'impossibilitl~ de la multiplication des
distributions," C. R. Acad. SCi •• 239 (1954).,847-848.
139. N. N. Bogolyubov and O. S. Parasyuk. "Uber die Multipli-
kation der .Kausalfunktionen in derQuantentheorie der Felder,"
Acta Math•• 97 (1957), 227-266.
140. O. S. Parasyuk. ''K teorii R-operatsii Bogolyubova" (On
the theory of Bogolyubov's R-operation), Ukr. mat. zhurn.,
XII, No.3 (1960). 287-307.
141. B. M. Stepanov, "Abstrak1naya teoriya R-operatsii" (The
abstract theory of the R-operation), Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR,
sere matem•• 27 (1963), 819-830.
142. B. M. Stepanov. ''K voprosy 0 postroyenii S-matritsy" (On
the construction of an S-matrix), Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR,
151 (1963), 84-86.
143. B. M. Stepanov. UStruktura nerelyativistskikh kontrchienov"
(The structure of nonrelativistic counterterms).Doklady Akad.
Nauk SSSR. 133 (1960). 547-549.
144. V. A. Shcherbina. "Regulyarizatsiya proizvedeniy obobsh-
chennykh funktsiy tipa prichinnykh" (Regularization of the
products of generalized functions of the causal type), Doklady
Akad. Nauk SSSR. 143 (1962). 815-817.
145. V. A. Shcherbina, "0 lokal 'nykh regulyarizatsiyakh koeffit-
siyentnykh funktsiy matritsy rasseyaniya" (On local regular-
izations of the coefficients of functions of the dispersion
matrix), Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR. 143 (1962), 1075-
1077.
146. J. G. Taylor. "The renormalization constants in pertur-
bation theory." Nuovo Cimento, 17 (1960).695-702.
348 REFERENCES

147. H. J. Bremermann, On finite renormalization constants

and the multiplication of causal functions in perturbation
theory, Technical report, No.8, Berkeley, 1959.
148. O. Steinmann, "Zur Definition der retardierten und zeit-
geordneten Produkte," Helv. Phys. Acta, 36 (1963), 90-112.
149. S. Bochner, "Bo\Ulded analytic functions in several variables
and multiple Laplace integrals," Amer. J. Math., 59 (1937),
732-738.
150. H. J. Bremermann. "Construction of the envelopes of holo-
morphy of arbitrary domains," Revista Math. Hisp.-Amer.
(4),17 (1957),175-200.
151. E. Martinelli, "Sulle estensioni della formula integrale di
Cauchy aIle funzioni analitiche di pit1 variabili complesse,"
Ann. di Mat., sere IV, 34 (1953), 277-347.
152. A. A. Temlyakov, "Integral'nyye predstavleniya" (Integral
representations). ''Uchenyye zapiski," Mosk. obI. pede in-ta,
96 (1960).3-14.
153. L. A. Ayzenberg, "Integral'nyye predstavleniya funkysiy,
golomorfnykh v kra1no-krugovykh oblastyakh" (Integral repre-
sentations of nmctions that are holomorphic in multiple-
Circular domainS), Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR, 138 (1961).
9-12.
154. S. Bochner. Lectures on Fourier Integrals, Princeton Univer-
sity Press, 1959.
155. R. E. A. C. Paley and N. Wiener, Fourier transform in the
complex domain, Colloq. Amer. Math. Soc., XIX, 1934.
156. A. Plancherel and G. P6lya, "Fonctions entieres etintegrales
de Fourier multiples," Comm. Math. Helv., 9 (1937), 224-
248; 10 (1938).110-163.
157. H. KOnig. "Multiplikation und Variablentransformation in der
Theorie der Distributionen," Arch. Math., 6 (1955). 391-396.
158. H. K"onig, "Multiplikation von Distributionen, I," Math.
Ann.,128 (1955),420-452.
159. P. Lelong, "Domaines convexes par rapport aux fonctions
plurisousharmoniques." J. d' Analyse Mathematique, II (1952-
53), 178-208.
160. L. Hormander, Linear partial differential operators, Springer-
Verlag, 1963.
 Index

Abel's theorem 118, 125 Canonical system, general theory of 164

Akilov, G. P. 14 Caratbl!odory's theorem 47,72
Aleksandrov, P. S. 3 Carrier, defined 14
Analytic polyhedra 108 Canan, E. 49
Analytic surfaces 82 Canan, H. 116, 118, 142, 162, 163
sequence of 157 Canan-Thullen theorem 134, ISO, 262
Araki,fL 229,279 Canan's pseudoconvexity 155
Arzela's theorem 15 Cartesian coordinate system 194
Automorphisms, group of 47 Cartesian product 2, 37
Ayzenberg. l.. A. 118,228 Cauchy-Hadamard theorem 127
Cauchy's formula 32,191
Cauchy's inequality 135
Banach space 20.291 Cauchy kernel 224
Banach-Steinhaus theorem 22. 237, 291 Cauchy- Poincare theorem 197, 232
Barrier f\DIction 186 Cauchy-Riemann conditions 28, 164
Basic ftmction, space of 14 Compact subcone 218
Behnke, H. 53, 54, 145, 158 Complete multiple-circular domains, holo-
Behnke-Stein theorem 146, 172 morphic extension of 121
Bergmann, S. 204 Complex spaces, theory of 54
Bergman-Well formula 210 Composite fW1ction, holomorphy of 35
proof of 211 Cones 218
8ergman- Well integral representation Conjugate fW1ctions 29
191, 204 Continuity principles 149
Blholomorphic mappings 45 Continuity theorem 149
invariance WIder 81, 144 Continuous boundary values 253
Bochner, S. 24,51,76, 142, 180,200,227, Convex domains 108
231, 239 K-convex domain 136
Bochner's formula 227 approximation of 140
Bochner's integral representation 191, P-convex domains 137
218,333 C-convex envelopes, theorem on 265
Bochner's theorem on tubular domains definition of 265
153, 181, 231, 273 proof of theorem on 272
Bogolyubov, N. N. 229, 251, 279, 292,303, r -convex envelope, theorem of 286
335 Convex fWIctions, continuity of 85
Bogolyubov's edge of the wedge theorem 230, definition of 84
251 examples of 91
Bo1zano-Weierstrass theorem 9,139 properties of 86
Bonnesen, T. 84, 108 Convolution operator, continuity of 259
Borchers, fL J. 270,279 Courant, R. 282
Borel set 18, 278 Cousin's problem 171
Boundary of a domain, holomorphic exten-
sion of 153
Boundary points 46 de Rham, G. 191, 197
BoW1ded analytic polyhedra 140 Diagonalization formulas 24
Bremermann. II J. 73, 84, 94, 107, 108, Differential equations 25
149, lSI, 171, 188, 218, 229, 261, Differentiable functions, extension of 2
283,292 Ilf:ferential forms, definition of 192
Bremermann's lemma 96 integration of 195
Broda, B. 282 Dirac's delta function 13, 16
Bros, J. 49. lSI, 229, 333 Dirichlet problem 60, 200, 264
Browder, F. E. 251 Disk theorems ISO, 261
Brown, W. S. 229 strong 151
Bunyaltovskiy-Schwartz iDequality 204, application of 152
227 [lspersion relations 229

349
350 INDEX

Distance functions 3 Harnack's theorem 57, 128

properties of 3 generalization of 76
Domain of bolomorphy 142 Hartogs, F. 118, 170
characterizations of 144 Hartogs-Laurent series 130
properties of 173 Hartogs' domain 48, 116, 122
Dual cone 218 function 83
Durand, L 283, 292 Hartogs' domains of holomorphy 174
Dyson, F. J. 251, 229, 279, 320 Hartogs pseudoconvex domains 106
Hartogs' series 122
domains of convergence of 128
Blrenpreis, L 27 expansion in 122
Embedded edge theorem 167, 169 Hartogs' theorem 3D, 121, 126
Energy-momentum operator 287 fundamental 234, 314
Envelopes, logarithmically plurisuperhar- proof of 133
monic 132 Hefer, H. 207
plurisulilarmonic 132 Heter's theorem 207
Envelopes of bolomorphy, construction of Heine-Borel theorem 2, 57, 76, 128, 166
181 Hilbert, D. 282
definition of 176 Hilbert space 287
Epstein., H. 229, 251, 252 Hltotswnatsu, S. 155
Eskin, G. L 229 Holder's inequality 65
Euclidean lengths 1 Holmgren's theorem 282
Holomorpbic continuation 39
construction of 42
Fatou's lemma 11, 12, 225 generalization of principle of 202
Fenchel, W. 84, 108 theorem of 39, 117, 135
Formal derivatives 35 Holomorphic comexity 116, 134, 155
Fourier-Laplace transformations 230 Holomorpbic extension of Hartogs domains
Fourier transform 224 125
properties of 240 Holomorpbic functions I
FOurier-transfonn operator 21 baSic properties of I
Fourier transformations 23 definitions and simplest properties of
spectrum of 24 28
Fublni's theorem 13, 64, 65, 68 in tubular cones 230
Fuks, B. A. 53, 54, 171, 176, 188, 200, Holomorpbic mappings 44
207 definition of 44
theory of 46
Holomorphically convex domains 142
Girding, L 14, 27, 320 Holomorphy
Glrdlng's theorem 27 construction of 52, 327
Gauss-Ostrogradsldy fonnula 197 definition of 50
Gel'fand, L M. 14,287,303 domains of 116
Generalized flDlCtions envelopes of 116, 327
extension to case of 256 Homeomorphism 3
products of 288 Honnander, L 23,26,285
regular 16 Honnander's theorem 27
singular 16 Hypersurfaces 6
theory of 13 analytic 163
Geometric objects, study of 116 examples of 163
Glnd1.kin., S. G. 222, 228 Hypoelliptic differential operators 27
Glaser, V. 229
Global pseudoconvextty 116, 155, 171
GoluzlD, G. M. 6,47 Identical-frequency transposition functions
Grauen, H. 54 291
Green's formula 62, 307 Implicit-function theorem 5
Integral representations 191
Intersections with pseudoconvex domains
Hadamard's three-drcle theorem 92 IDS
Habn-8aDach theorem 19,291 Inversion transfonnation 49
Hardy, G. H. 84
Hardy's theorem 92
Harmonic majorant, smallest 59 Jacobian detenniDant 171
Harnack's inequality 57 Jensen's inequality 65, 75
 INDEX 351

John, F. 282 Malgrange, B. 27

Jordan curve 151 theorem of 27
closed 46 Markushevich, A. I. 216
homotopic 6 Martin, W. T. 51, 76, 142, ISO, 239
theorem of 6 Martinelli, E. 200
Jordan's theorem 46 Martinelli-Bochner formula 200
Jost, R. 229, 251, 279 Martinelli-Bochner integral representation
Jost-lehmann-Dyson representation 191, 191,200
230,316 Maximum modulus theorem 41
Julia's problem 217 Maximum principle 83
Measures 18
Medvedev, B. V. 229, 251, 335
MeSSiah, A. 333
Kiillen, G. 230 Mityagin, B. S. 118
Kiillen-lehman representation 333, 338 Mobius bond 194
Kantorovich, 1... V. 14 Monodromy theorem 43, 153, 272
Kirchhofrs formulas 308 Montel space 21
Kneser, H. 169 Morera's theorem, generallzation of 198
Koebe's theorem 47,72 Multiple-circular domains 47, 116
Konig, H. 289 complete 48
Kontinuitatssatz 149 holomorphic extension of 116
Kothe, G. 283 Muskhelishvili, N. I. 283
Kronecker delta 214
Natanson,l. P. 7
Nikitin, V. F. 325
Nirenberg, 1... 282
Nirenberg's hypothesis 283
Laplace's equation 26 Nonlocal commUtativity 287
Laurent expansion 38 Nonlocal theories, impossibility of certain
Laurent series 38 types of 286
Lavret'yev, M. S. 47 Norquet, F. 171
Lebesgue integral, extension of concept of
11 Oehme, R. 229,251, 261
Lebesgue integration 11 Oka, K. 71,73,94
basic concepts of 11 Oka's fundamental theorem 116
Lebesgue's theorem 11,226 Oka's preparation theorem 172
Lehmann, H. 229, 251, 337 Ornnes, R. 229
Lelong, P. 73, 94 One-dimensional delta function 296
Levi, E. E. 11 Osgood-Brown theorem 153
Levi-Krzoska theorem 157, 162 Osgood's lemma 133
Levi's determinant 160 Outer normal vector 195
pseudoconvexity 155
theorem 11,12, 61, 164 1T-meson nucleOnic dispersion 265, 337
Light cones, generalized functions as- Paley- Wiener-Schwarz corollary 239
sociated with 294 theorem 276
Linear operators, continuous 17 Parasyuk, O. S. 239, 283, 285, 292
Lion's, J. L. 14, 239 ?arseval's equality 24
Liouville's theorem 41, 274 inequality 224
generalization of 327 Parseval's equation 225
Littlewood, J. E. 84 Pauli-Ionian transition functions 291
Local pseudoconvexity 116 Pauli-Villars regularization 291
Local pseudoconvexity of surfaces, defini- Petrina, D. Va. 286
tion of ISS, 156 Petrovskiy, I. G. 282
Locally pseudoconvex surfaces, examples of Piecewise-smooth bypersurfaces 166
160 Piecewise-smooth surface 6
Logarithmically convex envelopes 120 Plancherel, A. 239
Logarithmically plurisubharrnonic enve- Plurisubharmonic functions 56, 73, 200
lopes 129 on analytic surfaces 82
Log\DlOV, A. A. 229,337 apprOximation of 79
Lorentz group, orthochronous 49 behavior of 73
Lorentz invarlance 338 definition of 73
Loyasevich, S. 26 Hermitian form of 80
(Lojasiewicz) in multiple-circu1ar domains 88
Luszczki, Z. 283 simplest properties of 73
352 INDEX

Plurlsubhannonic minorant 74 Shirtnbekov, M. 183, 217

P1urlsubharmonicity test 73 Shirkov, D. V. 291, 303
Plurlsuperharmonic function 73 Similarity transformations 49
majorant 129 Simultaneous continuation of functions 134
Point-set theory theorem of 137
Points Singular points of hoJomorphic fWlction
cluster 2 149
interior 2 Sobolev, S. L.. 13
Poisson's equation 57, 68 SoIchotsldy formulas 293
kernel 57 Solutions of wave equation, representations
Polivanov, M. K. 229, 251, 335 of 303
P61ya, G. 84, 239 Sommer, F. 158, 204, 211
Polydrcular domains 48 Sorokina, N. G. 334
Polynomial domain 148 Spacelike hypersurfaces 304
convex 148 Spectral functions 230
Potentiai-theory method 200 properties of 232
Principles of continuity 116 Spectrum of a function 231
Prlvalov, l l 56 Stein, K. 145
ProJection, defined 218 Steinmann, O. 229,292,303
Properties of convex domains 111 Stepanov, B. M. 229
Pseudoconformal mapping 44 Stepanov, V. V. 165,292
Pseudoconvex domains 56,94, 116 Stoilow, S. SO, 99
definition of 94 Stokes' formula 196,295
semitubular 107 Stora, R. 333
simplest properties of 94 Streater, R. F. 229,338
tubular 112 Strictly pseudoconvex domains 103
Subharmonic fWlCtiOns 56
approximation of 66
Quasi-analyticity 279 definition of 56
examples of 65
logarithmically 69
Radial domains, tubular 218, 222 positivity property of 67
Reinhardt domalns 47 summability of 63
Remmert, K. 54 trace on Jordan curve of 71
Removal of singularities 170 Wliqueness of 64
Retarded function 287 Subharmonic minorant 61
Riemann sphere 37 greatest 61
Riemann's definition 28 Subharmonicity test 58
Riesz, F. 18, 26, 308 Superharmonic function 56
Riesz theorem 18, 19 Surface orientations 193
formula 68
Rogozhin, V.s: 283
Rothstein, W. 71
Ruelle, D. 229 Taylor, J. G. 188, 229, 251, 261, 292,336
Ruelle's lemma 181 Taylor expansion 159
RUDge domains 216, 315 Taylor's formula 157
Taylor's sertes 31
Temiyakov, A. A. 228
Tempered distributions 21
Sato, M. 283 Theory of differential forms 191
SchOnflies theorem 6,46 Theory of functions 200
Schwartz, L.. 13, 14, 231, 239, 288, 308 application of 229
Schwartz' kernel theorem 258 methods of 229
Schwartz' symmetry principle 336 Thullen, P. 53, 54, 142
Schwartz' theorem 28 Tillman, H. G. 235, 283, 284
Self-dual CODe 219 TIme-similar curve 265
SemicontinllOUS function, definition of 7 Todorov. I. T. 229
Semitubular domains 48 Topological Spac:ll 3
of holomorphy 175 mapping of 3
study of 122 Tubular domaIns 48
Shabat, B. V. 47 Tubular radial domains 191
filcherbina, V. A. 292 holomorpbic extension of 153
Shilov, G. Yeo 14, 303 holomorphic functions in 224
 INDEX 353

Vector-valued function 44, 151 Weil domain 108, 141, 191, 204
Vllenldn, N. Ya. 287 hull of 205
Vladimirov, V. S. 183,229,235,279,327, polynomial 148
337 Weil expansion 215
Weil's theorem 276,329
Whitney, H. 23
Weak continuity principle 95, 157 Whimey's construction 23
Weierstrass' definition 28 Wightman, A. S. 54, 229, 286, 320
Weierstrass theorem 42, 270
Weil, A. 204 Zielezny, Z. 283